E Proceeding Ico Ascnitech2022 - Low Resolution

FOREWORD BY
DIRECTOR-GENERAL OF DPCCE
I am privileged to give the congratulatory address for this year’s ICo-ASCNITech 2022
conference. On behalf of the advisory board, I am delighted to welcome attendees and
participants to ICo-ASCNITech 2022. It is great to witness an impressive array of renowned
invited speakers, academicians, educators, professionals, researchers from here and abroad,
and all the conference participants.
A conference of this size and scope takes many hours of preparation and hard work by
diligent and exuberant teams of individuals. I would like to express my deep sense of
gratitude and congratulate the organising committee of the International Conference on
Applied Sciences, Engineering, Information and Technology (ICo-ASCNITech 2022) who
have made an exceptional effort to ensure the success of this international conference.
Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, Malaysia and Politeknik Negeri Padang, Indonesia have been
working together in a spirit of collaboration since the conference’s first inception in 2017 with
a mission to provide sharing platform to disseminate the latest research findings related to
various disciplines (multidisciplinary), including the fields of science and technology, skills,
education and social sciences.
The conference centred on the theme of “Sustainability IR 4.0 driven by Research of Applied
Science, Engineering, Information and Technology” to recognise and celebrate the latest
technologies, tried-and-true teaching methodologies, hypotheses, cutting-edge techniques
and advanced practices as we navigate the Fourth Industrial Revolution while leaning
towards the aspirations TVET has to offer to the community. ICo-ASCNITech 2022 aims to
actively be a part of the knowledge-sharing chain as rapid development in products and
services across the globe has always thrived to be in line with the consumers’
behaviour especially now that many of us are adapting to post-COVID-19.
No doubt ICo-ASCNITech 2022 will give you more opportunities for intellectual
challenges, cross-cultural exchanges, and dynamic networking experiences as we gather to
impart extensively research findings and fresh perspectives to the beneficiaries. The
conference also will help advance our understanding of IR 4.0 and TVET education
while contributing our expertise in community-based endeavours and interventions.
Thank you once again to all of ICo-ASCNITech 2022 colleagues, members, attendees and
connections for making this conference a wonderful experience. The committee is immensely
grateful to you for your support.
Ts. Zainab binti Ahmad

Director-General
Department of Polytechnic & Community College Education
Malaysia
i
FOREWORD BY
DIRECTOR OF RIC, DPCCE
First of all, I would like to congratulate the organizing committee of the International
Conference on Applied Sciences, Engineering, Information and Technology (ICo-
ASCNITech 2022) who have made an effort to ensure the success of this international
conference. My heartiest appreciation and to Politeknik Negeri Padang (PNP),
Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan (PIS) and Sinaran Ilmu Learning & Consultancy for relentless
efforts in turning this international conference into a reality.
The conference theme, “Sustainability IR 4.0 Driven by Research of Applied Science,

Engineering, Information and Technology” is one such endeavour to bring together local and
overseas researchers, academicians, industry professionals, government officers involve in
technical & education teachers and TVET students to deliberate on theoretical
underpinnings and practical implications in the fields of various disciplines (multidisciplinary),
including the fields of science and technology, skills, education and social sciences to forge
emerging ideas and move forward in the fields ever-changing landscape. I am
confident that the array of presentations and seminar in the conference schedule
will provide excellent opportunities to create better networking between fellow participants.
I believe that ICo-ASCNITech 2022 will definitely provide chances for intellectual
challenges, intercultural interactions, and exciting networking opportunities as we get
together to share in-depth research findings and novel viewpoints with the recipients.
I also would like to express my gratitude to the guest speakers and presenters for ICo-
ASCNITech 2022 for sharing their expertise, viewpoints, and experiences and for providing a
place for reflection, as well as to the attendees for taking part in the conference to advance
both personally and professionally. I sincerely hope that all of you could continue working
together after this conference to promote and utilise the potential of research data.
Best of luck with your presentations, and I hope you have a great time and gain a lot of
insights from the conference. We anticipate that your participation in this virtual conference
will be rewarding and inspire fresh research projects and collaborations. I wish all of you an
exciting sharing experience and anticipate seeing all of you again in future events.
Dr Riam A/P Chau Mai

Director Research & Innovation Centre,
Department of Polytechnic & Community College Education,
Malaysia
ii
FOREWORD BY
DIRECTOR OF PNP, INDONESIA
Assalamualaikum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh and greetings to all.
The improvement of higher education quality becomes an increasingly important issue. One of
the most important contributions resides in what and how we learn through the
improvement of educational processes.
The fourth International Conference (ICo-Asnitech 2022) particularly provides a

collaborative environment to academicians, researchers and practitioners to exchange and
share their experiences and research results on all aspects including science and
technology, engineering, business, linguistic, education and social science.
Our goal is to offer a worldwide connection between teachers, students, researchers and
lecturers, from a wide range of academic fields, interested in exploring and giving their
contribution in educational issues. This proceeding will furnish researchers and
academicians of the world with an excellent reference book. I trust also that this will be
an impetus to stimulate further study and research in all these areas.
I would like to express my sincerest gratitude to organizing committee for their efforts,
behind the scenes, in organizing the events and activities of this conference. I would also
like to thank all of the reviewers, who performed admirably in reviewing the submissions.
Without their talent, dedication, expertise and hard work of the committee in reviewing the
submitted papers, this conference would not have been possible. Lastly, thank you to the
authors and participants for their contributions. Your contributions help to make this
conference as outstanding as it has been.
Thank you.
Dr. Surfa Yondri

Director
Politeknik Negeri Padang
Indonesia
iii
FOREWORD BY
MANAGING DIRECTOR OF SILC
Assalamualaikum Warahmatullahi Warabakatuh & Salam Sejahtera.
We are grateful to the organizing committee, who have arranged such a beautiful
event. I wholeheartedly welcome all the delegates across the country.
Sinaran Ilmu is a Human Resource Development service institution founded by young

professionals with a business field at a training provider. This conference is aligned with
our vision to be one of the forums for leading, teaching, and sharing knowledge and
insights for individuals and groups. We are honoured and delighted to collaborate with PNP
and PIS as a co-organizer.
This year’s conference emphasises on the theme: “Sustainability IR 4.0 Driven by

Research of Applied Science, Engineering, Information and Technology”.
It aims to bring together leading academic educators, researchers and research scholars to
exchange and share their experiences and research results on all aspects of Applied
Science, Engineering, Information and Technology.
We hope you enjoy the conference and we hope that you find the papers published here
interesting and full of future research potential.
We would also like to express our gratitude to all the contributors, namely the authors,
reviewers, and all, who have made this conference possible. Particular and heartfelt thanks
to PNP and PIS again for accepted us to be in this meaningful sharing event.
Pn Norhayati binti Daud

Managing Director 2
Sinaran Ilmu Learning & Consultancy
- iv
FOREWORD BY
DIRECTOR OF PIS, MALAYSIA
Assalamualaikum Warahmatullahi Wabaratuh and Salam Sejahtera,
It is high time for academics and researchers alike to share their knowledge and expertise
while we are recovering from the adverse effects of Covid-19 pandemic. Hence, Politeknik
Ibrahim Sultan is once again privileged to host ICo-ASCNITech and gather academia across
the region to present their papers.
Therefore, it is a great privilege for us to present the proceedings of the 4th International
Conference on Applied Sciences, Engineering, Information and Technology (ICo-ASCNITech
2022) to the authors and delegates of the event. We hope that you will find it useful, exciting
and inspiring.
Feel free to keep yourself updated with the latest development particularly in the fields of
science and technology, skills, education and social sciences. You may benefit immensely
from latest findings and results presented by each and every researcher who has signed up
for this conference.
We are very grateful to the organizing committee who have worked very hard to ensure
that ICo-ASCNITech 2022 conference run smoothly. Roman was not built in a day. The
saying perfectly reflects all the good work done by every committee member who has
played their roles well and put every jigsaw piece together to form a big picture. Efforts
taken by reviewers who have contributed to improve the quality of papers by providing
constructive critical comments; improvement and corrections to the authors are greatly
appreciated.
Last but not least, it is hoped that this conference will encourage research to flourish. I
personally believe that research culture should be imparted to every educator to bring about
change in the areas of science and technology, skills, education and social sciences. It is
my goal to see this conference be held annually so that together we can make a change
for the betterment of our future.
Thank you.
Ts. Noor Aidi binti Nadzri

Director
Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan
Malaysia
v
-
Table of Contents
FOREWORD
DIRECTOR-GENERAL OF DEPARTMENT OF POLYTECHNIC & COMMUNITY i

COLLEGE EDUCATION
DIRECTOR OF RDIRECTOR RESEARCH & INNOVATION CENTRE, ii
DEPARTMENT OF POLYTECHNIC & COMMUNITY COLLEGE EDUCATION
DIRECTOR OF POLITEKNIK NEGERI PADANG, INDONESIA iii
MANAGING DIRECTOR OF SINARAN ILMU LEARNING & CONSULTANCY iv
DIRECTOR OF POLITEKNIK IBRAHIM SULTAN, MALAYSIA v
CONTENTS
vi - x
TECHNOLOGY & ENGINEERING

1 COLOUR SENSOR DETECTION TOWARD VARIOUS SURFACE ROUGHNESS 1 - 8
Sofian Abd Samad, Nazahiah Salleh, Khairul Nazry Talib
Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, Malaysia
2 DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF SEMI AUTOMATED CORN SHELLER 9 - 14

MACHINE
Khairul Nazry Talib, Hamid Salamon, Sofian Abd Samad
3 A DEVELOPMENT OF AUTOMATIC DISINFECTANT HANDWAVE SANITIZER 15 - 21

Maisarah Mahizan, Nur Farah Syaza Daud
4 LOW COST REMOTE OPERATED VEHICLE (ROV) FOR UNDERWATER 22 - 27

SURVEILLANCE
Muhamad Nor Nodin, Zailani Ab Ghani, Mohamad Zaidi Ahmad Yusoff
5 SOCIAL DISTANCING REMINDER SMARTWATCH FOR PREVENTING COVID- 28 - 33

19 DISEASE
Nurnisha Shazriena Sumadi, Arfah Ahmad Hasbollah
6 ORGANIC COMPOST FERTILIZER PROCESSING MACHINE FOR SMALL AND 34 - 41

MEDIUM INDUSTRIES
Nor Hidayu Shahadan, Ishak Taman, Saipol Hadi Hasim, Hanifah Jambari
Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, Universiti Teknologi Malaysia, Malaysia
vi
7 IMPLEMENTATION OF STATISTICAL PROCESS CONTROL FOR 42 - 49
MANUFACTURING PROCESS IMPROVEMENT (METAL BED FRAME BRACKET)
Zuhaila Mohammad, Noorilyana Abu Bakar, Mohd Norazizul Fadli Abu
Bakar
8 OPTIMIZING THE NABEEZ FORMULATION IN TERM OF TPC, DPPH AND 50 - 57

VITAMIN C
Nor Hairul Palal, Rahimawati Abd Rahim, Nor Hashina Bahrudin
Politeknik Tun Syed Nasir Syed Ismail, Malaysia
9 WATER HEAD INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION TECHNIQUE USING YFS201 IN 58 - 62

THE WATERFALL AREA
Yusmahaida Yusoff, Zuraida Osman, Zarina Mohd Suhaimi
10 FABRICATION OF 3-IN-1 ONION FRIED MACHINE (OFM) FOR SMALL AND 63 - 70

MEDIUM INDUSTRIES
Noorilyana Abu Bakar, Nik Nor Fatihah Nik Mood, Muhammad
Imanuddin Ishak
11 SMART POWER SOCKET MONITORING BASED ON ACS712 71 - 77
Noor Ainniesafina Zainal, Norhanis Nadhirah Harol Annual
12 IOT SMART AVAILABILITY OF THE POLYTECHNIC IBRAHIM SULTAN (PIS) 78 - 86

LECTURER MODULE BY USING RFID
Farhana Norazman, Wan Mohd Rumaizi Wan Taib, Muhammad Nur Hadi
Che Ibrahim
13 DEVELOPMENT OF SORTING COLOUR BY USING ARDUINO 87 - 92
Siti Fatimah Mardan, Nor Farhana Falil, Nur Qistina Nabila Abdul Aziz
14 THE DEVELOPMENT OF AN INNOVATIVE HELMET DRYER MACHINE 93 - 100

Zuhaila Mohammad, Mohd Norazizul Fadli Abu Bakar, Mohd Azri Abd
Lateb
15 DESIGN OF MINI PLASMA REACTOR FOR TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS 101 - 111
WASTE DESTROYERS USING A PLASMA ARC CUTTING MACHINE
Royas Putra, Aulia Sayuti, Yona Mayura
Andalas University, Politeknik Negeri Padang, Indonesia
16 MIXED DURABILITY PERFORMANCE ASPHALT CONCRETE WEARING 112 - 118

COURSE (AC-WC) USING LIME ASH AS FILLER SUBSTITUTION
Lusyana, Mukhlis, Ernita Suardi, Alfino Busry, Ghina Pujadany
Politeknik Negeri Padang, Indonesia
17 THE EFFECTS OF PALM FIBERS ON FLEXURAL STRENGTH OF CONCRETE 119 - 125

Mukhlis, Zulfira Mirani, Takdir Alamsyah, Adinda Shaffira, Rifqie Adityo
Fawzar
vii
EDUCATION AND TVET STUDIES
18 GAMIFICATION IN TEACHING MATERIAL SCIENCE & ENGINEERING AT 126 - 132

POLITEKNIK BANTING SELANGOR DURING COVID-19
Hanis Rasyidah Abdullah, Nur Raihana Sukri, Intan Liyana Ramli,
Politeknik Banting Selangor, Malaysia
19 OCCUPATIONAL STRESS: ANALYSIS OF POLYTECHNIC ACADEMICIANS 133 - 141

DURING COVID-19 PANDEMIC USING MODIFIED HSE UK MANAGEMENT
STANDARDS
Segar Rajamanickam, Mohamad Amirul Azwan Mohamed Yusof, Khairol
Adha Ahmad
Politeknik Seberang Perai, Shaziman Sdn Bhd, Politeknik Mukah,
Malaysia
20 THE USE OF MULTISIM LIVE SIMULATOR IN CONDUCTING PRACTICAL FOR 142 - 149
THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT COURSE AT THE DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL
ENGINEERING, IBRAHIM SULTAN POLYTECHNIC: A STUDY OF STUDENTS'
PERCEPTIONS"
Siti Noor ShaadahAli, Maisarah Mahizan
21 A CDIO APPROACH ON DIPLOMA IN MARKETING FINAL YEAR PROJECT 150 - 159
Nur Dalila Zainal, Nor Azzila Azmi, Nik Zuraini Nik Mahmood
Politeknik Sultan Azlan Shah, Malaysia
22 THE IMPLEMENTATION OF 3R (REUSE, RECYCLE, REDUCE) CONCEPT IN 160 - 168

OPTIMIZING THE CONSUMPTION OF CARPET WASTE.
Sharuddin Mohd Dahuri, Nor Hakimah Ahmad Subri, Aliff Ab Tahir
Politeknik Kuching Sarawak, Malaysia
23 ANALYSIS OF INDUSTRY AND INSTITUTIONAL FEEDBACK FOR STUDENTS 169 - 175

WITH HEARING PROBLEMS AT POLITEKNIK IBRAHIM SULTAN USING THE
WEKA APPLICATION
Ismalyza Mt Arif, Rafiuddin Rohani
24 READINESS, SUITABILITY AND ACCEPTANCE OF TBEM4U APLICATION FOR 176 - 185
BASIC TAKAFUL BASIC EXAMINATION (TBE) AT POLYTECHNIC MALAYSIA
Muhammad Nazri Abdul Halim, Faizah Sahbudin, Saipol Hadi Hasim
Politeknik Metro Johor Bharu, Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, Malaysia
25 THE USAGE OF ISSUE FINDER TO IMPROVE THE STUDENT’S ANSWERS IN 186 - 194
PROBLEM BASED LEARNING QUESTIONS IN BUSINESS LAWE
Siti Fatimatuz Zahra Hussin, Nur Asikin Aziz, Rafiuddin Rohani,
Politeknik Metro Johor Bharu, Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, Malaysia
viii
ART AND CREATIVE DESIGN & ECONOMICS, BUSINESS AND
MANAGEMENT
26 A NEW REBRANDING SME PACKAGING DESIGN CONCEPT FOR DFF 195 - 200
INDUSTRIES SDN BHD VIA ILLUSTRATION
Nurulkusuma Adnan, Muhammad Rizqin Husnan Junan
27 DEVELOPING A SMART MULTIFUNCTIONAL ACTIVEWEAR JACKET 201 - 207

Nurrul Asmar Azhan, Muhammad Helmi Abu Bakar, Nafsiah Sairi
28 COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE BEFORE AND 208 - 214

DURING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC: A CASE STUDY ON TECHNOLOGY AND
INFRASTRUCTURE SECTOR COMPANIES ON THE IDX FOR THE 2018-2021
Wiwik Andriani, Rangga Putra Ananto, Eka Rosalina, Wina Nofrima Fitri,
Dandi Aprila
29 THE EFFECT OF CULTURE AND LOCUS OF CONTROL ON MANAGEMENT OF 215 - 222

HOUSEHOLD FINANCE
Eka Rosalina, Wiwik Andriani, Fitra Oliyan, Asratul Rahmi
30 REDEFINING DIGITAL BANKING 223 - 229

Willson Gustiawan, Maya Permata Sari, Mega Dwi Septivani, Rahmat Eka
Putra, Rifdatul Husna
31 DEVELOPING ALAMI’S ADVENTURE ADVERGAME FOR PROMOTING ECO 230 - 240
TOURISM ACTIVITIES AT KELAB ALAMI TANJUNG KUPANG
Umi Kalthom Ramin, Nur Nasyrah Aainaa Mohd Nasri, Mazlisa Mohd Isa
32 TTHE EFFECTIVENESS OF SEWING TECHNIQUE TUTORIAL APPLICATION 241 - 247

(SWAP) ON THE LEARNING PROCESS OF STUDENTS WITH SPECIAL NEEDS
Mastura Abu Bakar, Nurul Aini Mohamed, Nor Rofizah Joharii
33 MANAGEMENT CASH WAQF IN WEST SUMATERA: CASE STUDIES ON 248 - 257

YAYASAN WAKAF ARRISALAH
Gustina Gustina, Syukri Lukman, Muhammad Rizki Prima Sakti, Mohamad
Fany Alfarisy
Politeknik Negeri Padang, Andalas University, Indonesia
University College of Bahrain, Bahrain
34 ANTHROSCALE: AN INNOVATIVE HUMAN ANTHROPOMETRY MEASURING 258 - 266
TOOL FOR ERGONOMIC FURNITURE DESIGN
Nazirah Mat Zain
ix
ACTION RESEARCH, COMPUTER AND ICT, SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
& SOCIAL SCIENCE AND HUMANITIES
35 THE DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF MOBILE APPLICATION (MOBILE APP) 267 - 274
FOR THE TOPIC OF PROBABILITY
Zainab Ali Taha, Naksa Ahmad
36 AN EXPERIMENTAL STUDY ON TEACHING AND LEARNING UNIVERSAL 275 - 282

DESIGN THROUGH VIRTUAL REALITY 360-DEGREE VIDEO
Syafiza Ab Wahab, Nur Atiqah Daud, Norhaida Hussain
Politeknik Balik Pulau, Politeknik Tuanku Syed Sirajuddin, Malaysia
37 AN E-GOVQUAL MODEL TO ANALYZE THE E-GOVERNMENT WEB PORTAL 283 - 290

SERVICE
Devi Utami, Y. Yuhefizar, Josephine Sudiman
38 SOYBEAN RESIDUE-MODIFIED FORMULATION SUSTAINABLE AND HEALTHIER 291 - 296

INGREDIENTS IN BREAD FORMULATION
Siti Saleha Abdul Azis, Aishah Mohd Marsin, Fariz Mahmod
Kolej Komuniti Pasir Salak, Malaysia
39 IMPLEMENTATION OF A HYBRID TEACHING AND LEARNING STRATEGY FOR 297 - 306

A DIGITAL ELECTRONICS COURSE UTILIZING TINKERCAD APPLICATION
Nazra Aris
40 THE MIRACLE OF HEALING WITH THE FOOD FAVOURITE COLOUR OF THE 307 - 315
PROPHET PBUH
Noli Kasim, Abdul Rahman Muhammad
Politeknik Sultan Mizan Zainal Abidin, Malaysia
41 A STUDY OF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE E-WARDEN SMARTPHONE 316 - 321

APPLICATION UTILIZED BY POLYTECHNIC MERLIMAU MELAKA RESIDENTIAL
COLLEGE
Nor Farhana Falil
42 ‘WORDWALL’ EDUCATIONAL LEARNING TOOLS FOR DEAF STUDENTS 322 - 329
TOWARDS STRENGTHENING AL-QURAN LEARNING
Siti Suhaila Samian, Rafiuddin Rohani
43 STAKEHOLDERS’ PERCEPTIONS OF BENCHMARKING PROGRAMME IN 330 - 338

SUPPORTING VILLAGE ENHANCEMENT AND EMPOWERMENT PROGRAM IN
ISKANDAR MALAYSIA
Nor Hidayu Shahadan, Mazlisa Mohd Isa, Siti Adila Mohamad Yazi
x
Colour Sensor Detection Toward Various Surface Roughness
Sofian Abd Samad1, Nazahiah Salleh2 And Khairul Nazry Talib3
1,2,3 Department of Mechanical,

Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, Johor,81700 Malaysia,
*Corresponding Author: sofiansamad@pis.edu.my
Abstract : An experimental examination was completed to investigate the effect of surface

roughness on the detection range of the colour sensor. The target of this study is to find an
adequate reading level because of variety sensor reading error when there is a distinction in
surface roughness of a similar colour. This study utilizes the Arduino Uno microprocessor and is
furnished with a TCS3200 colour sensor to obtain the frequency readings from each colour of ABS
plastic which consists of red, green and blue. The outcomes discovered that the higher the
roughness value, the lower the roughness value. Each addition in the roughness of the plastic will
reduce the frequency readings at 0.5%, 0.7% and 1.6% for ABS plastic red, green and blue
respectively. The outcomes discovered that the higher the roughness value, the lower the
roughness value. The results introduced here might work with quality enhances in toy producing,
clinical hardware, and those engaged with colour related examinations.
Keywords : colour sensor, surface roughness, roughness value.
1. INTRODUCTION
The colour sensor, otherwise called a light sensor, can be created utilizing discrete parts (eg photoresistors
or phototransistors), or on the other hand it works in coordinated methods. In that sense, colour sensors are
getting smaller, more accurate, more reliable, and more subdued. Problems occur when there is a difference
in color readings on a product that affects the decision to separate products according to color. Referring to
Daun et. al., (2018), although the patterns of colour varieties are commonly similar, some degrees of
dissimilarity in their intensities must be observed. Increasingly, engineering systems are well understood
from a technical point of view; however referring to Martin Leary et al., (2021), an important challenge that
remains is associated with the surface roughness produced.
1.1 Colour Sensor

Colour Sensor is a colour detector that can identify and quantify a practically limitless range of visible colour
and furthermore the colour sensor framework can deal with light reflected from a surface and produce a
computerized yield that states the colour of its surface. The use of color sensors is widely used in the
automotive and toys industry. Based on Neal N. Xiong et. Al., (2018), the colour and luminance information
in the RGB colour space detected by determined the dominant colour first, and then the colour similarity can
be calculated with the proposed colour component calculation technique, which generates a colour class
map.
The colour sensor is an effective tool for quick evaluation. With the accuracy and minimal expense of this
sensor technology, it will be feasible to expand the spatial and temporal density extensively (Roxanne et.
al., 2018) and very influential on the surrounding light (Poltak Sihombing et. al., 2018)
1.2 Surface Roughness

Surface roughness refers to the irregularity of a processed surface in which there are small peaks and
valleys isolated by moderately small divisions. Surface roughness is strongly identified with the fit, wear
resistance, fatigue resistance, contact firmness, vibration and noise of a mechanical part and significantly
affects the life span and reliability of a mechanical item. In most cases, these identifiers belong to the
indirect approach and are made by dint of sensors, such as dynamometer, accelerometer, acoustic emission
(AE), current and colour sensors (Dongdong Kong et al., 2020 and Mustafa Kuntoglu et al., 2020).
1
Ahmed AlRatrouta et al., (2018) stated that surfaces roughness is associated with lower contact angles and
higher interfacial curvature. The variation of both the contact angle and the interfacial curvature increases
with the local degree of roughness. Surface roughness is one of the most explored keys in machining
(Elzbieta Doluk et. al., 2021). It is realized that the assessment of the surface quality of materials through the
dimension and scrutiny of roughness boundaries is a successful method for deciding the quality or
standardization of surfaces. Additionally, the ability to compute results locally and through spatial division
and hierarchical organization and subdivision of these locations provides engineering professionals with a
more accurate control tool for comparison and evaluation of surface quality (Leandro Tonietto et al., 2019).
1.3 Roughness Value

The roughness value (Ra) of materials is commonly expressed to identify the change in surface height
relative to a baseline. The roughness of solid surfaces is very important for surface interaction, as the
surface characteristics impress the actual contact area, friction, wear, lubrication, fatigue resistance, etc
(Cagri V.Y. et al., 2020). In addition, surface roughness is also prominent in some conditions, including
optical, electrical, and thermal capabilities, colour and appearance. The use of Ra to indicate product quality
(Wan-Ju Lin et al., 2019). A change in rouhgnses value can cause a change in height on the surface of a
product. This also causes a shadow that will cause a spot on the product to become darker
2. METHODOLOGY
Since the study is based on the fundamental colour sensor, all data collection uses the reading of the
Arduino microcontroller by performing laboratory experiments. Referring to that, it would easily study the
percentage of reflection received from various plastic surface roughness. Later, we will summarize the
conclusion and also recommend optimization of the colour sensor to improve the detection rate.
2.1 Colour Sensor Detector

The colour sensor detector was built using an Arduino UNO compatible TCS3200 colour sensor set as figure
1 which is used to capture the colour level. The sensor has an array of photodiodes with 4 different filters. A
photodiode is a semiconductor device that converts light into current. The photodiode filter’s readings has
been selected to detect the intensity of the different colours. The sensor has a current-to-frequency
converter that converts the photodiodes’ readings into a square wave with a frequency that is proportional to
the light intensity of the selected colour. This frequency is then, read by the Arduino. Figure 2 shows the
sensor pinout. The control pins S2 and S3 was used to enable the colour read by the photodiode.
Figure 1: Assembly of Colour Sensor Detector. Figure 2: Sensor Pinout.
Table 1 below shows the combination of output S2 and S3 used to detect the red, green and blue by setting
the low or/and high to their input.
Table 1: Arrangement Setting of Output S2 and S3.

Photodiode filter S2 S3
Red Low Low
Green High High
2
Blue Low High
Pins S0 and S1 was used for scaling the output frequency. Table 2 shows the combination of low and high
to scale the following preset values: 100%, 20% or 2%. Scaling the output frequency was worthy to optimize
the sensor readings for Arduino. In this project, the output frequency scale was set to 20 % hence the output
S0 was high and output S1 was setting up low.
Table 2: Arrangement Setting of Output S0 and S1.

Output frequency scale S0 S1
2% Low High
20% High Low
100% High High
2.2 Twin Variable Speed Grinder-Polisher

Buehler twin variable speed grinder-polisher in figure 3 was used to obtain surface roughness variation by
using 240 and 600 mesh particle size. With 600 mesh particle for 10 minutes, it was produced surface
roughness at ±0.6μm and ±0.4μm for 240 mesh particle size within the same time. Without any polishing,
the Duplo bricks roughness was at ±0.2μm measured with a surface roughness tester. The brick surface
was polish with the speed 100rpm for 10 minutes as the parameter setting at figure 4. Silica carbide number
240 and 600 are used to obtain surface roughness of 4 μm and 6 μm respectively.
Figure 3: Twin Variable Speed Grinder-polisher. Figure 4: Parameter Setting for Twin Variable
Speed Grinder-polisher.
2.3 Surface Roughness Tester
The Mitutoyo SJ-301 surface roughness tester as in Figure 5 was capable of taking measurements in any
orientation, including vertical and upside down. It was used to measure the surface roughness after the
plastic polishing process. The SJ-301 main unit can store up to 5 sets of measurement conditions. An
individual measurement can be chosen for each workpiece. When the START/STOP key was pressed in
measuring mode, the probe begin to travel. When measurement was finished, the display show the
measured value. The evaluation length was predefined with standard length 2.5mm within three times
measuring range. Figure 6 shows the location of probe attached to the tester.
Figure 5: Mitutoyo SJ-301 Portable Surface. Figure 6: Portable surface roughness tester
with the probe.
3
Figure 7 below is a sample of the results that have been obtained using the surface roughness tester. All the
data that have been found have been recorded in table 3.
Figure 7(a): 0.2 µm Figure 7(b): 0.4 µm
Figure 7(b): 0.6 µm

Figure 7(a),(b),(c): Example of Surface Roughness Tester Results.
Table 3: Surface Roughness Reading For Entire Sample.

No. of sample Surface roughness reading (μm)
Red Green Blue
Sample 1 0.2 0.2 0.2
Sample 2 0.4 0.4 0.4
Sample 3 0.6 0.6 0.6
2.4 Surface Topography and Composition

After all the reading is recorded, image surface topography is taken using the Mitutoyo toolmaker
microscope. Figure 8 has shown Mitutoyo toolmaker microscope while table 3 has shown surface
topography taken on every plastic samples that have different surface roughness sizes.
4
Figure 8: Mitutoyo Toolmaker Microscope.
Table 3.5: Surface Topography and Composition

No. of sample Red Green Blue
Sample 1
0.2 μm
Sample 2
0.4 μm
Sample 3
0.6 μm
5
3. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
According to Poltak Sihombing et. al., 2018, colour sensor can detect the orang fruit colour influenced by
surrounding light. This emphasizes again that the colour level is very important for the color sensor to detect
the correct frequency reading. Every frequency generated from colours like red, green and blue is recorded
in the table and mapping with the available colour levels. Any change in the colour level of each surface
roughness can be seen in the graph.
3.1 Red Sample

Red frequency obtained from sensor output parameter which output frequency scale S0: high, S1: low was
set and photodiode filter S2: low, S3: low to detect the red colour. Figure 9 shows the plot of frequency when
the surface roughness for red sample 1 at 0.2 μm, sample 2 at 0.4 μm and sample 3 at 0.6 μm. It shows that
the frequency decrease 0.5% for every 0.1 μm roughness increase. This reduction is due to increased
distance between the sensor and the detection area. Besides, it is also due to the dark zone of the detection
area.
Figure 9: Graph Frequency (Hz) Versus Roughness (μm) for Plastic Red Sample.
3.2 Green Sample

Green frequency gained from sensor output parameter which output frequency scale S0: high, S1: low was
set and photodiode filter S2: low, S3: low to detect the green. An average frequency identified from colour
sensor to the plastic green with different roughness 0.20 μm, 0.40 μm and 0.60 μm respectively. Figure 10
shows the plot of frequency when the surface roughness for green sample 1 at 0.2 μm, sample 2 at 0.4 μm
and sample 3 at 0.60 μm. It shows that the frequency decrease 0.7% for every 0.1 μm roughness increase.
This decrease is because of expanded separation between the sensor and the detection zone. Plus, it is
likewise because of the dull zone of the detection region.
6
Figure 10: Graph Frequency (Hz) Versus Roughness (μm) for Plastic Green Sample.
3.3 Blue Sample

Blue frequency acquired from sensor output parameter which output frequency scale S0: high, S1: low was
set and photodiode filter S2: low, S3: high to detect the blue. An average frequency sensed from colour
sensor to the plastic blue with different roughness 0.2 μm, 0.40 μm and 0.60 μm separately. Figure 11
shows the plot of frequency when the surface roughness for blue sample 1 at 0.20 μm, sample 2 at 0.40 μm
and sample 3 at 0.60 μm. It shows that the frequency decrease 1.6% for every 0.1 μm roughness increase.
Figure 11: Graph Frequency (Hz) Versus Roughness (μm) for Plastic Blue Sample.
4. CONCLUSION
The colour sensor TCS3200 was used to read the red, green and blue colour on ABS plastic. Various
surface roughness on the plastic causes the frequency read by colour sensor to vary greatly and it also
affect the colour level. The roughness samples of 0.2 μm, 0.4 μm and 0.6 μm had been prepared to prove
every hypothesis. As a result, each colour has different frequency readings and each frequency must be
mapped to get the correct colour level. Every increment in the roughness of the plastic will reduce the
frequency readings at 0.5% for plastic red colour, 0.7% for plastic green colour and 1.6% for plastic blue
colour. The result was expected due to the change of distance when there is a high degree of roughness
and thus causing error in the frequency readings.
7
5. REFERENCES
Daun S., Jong-Sik M., Yujin L., Jiye H., Daeil J., Dong-Jin K., Jiyoung M., Eunjin J., Jin-W.O., Hoeil C., 2018.
Feasibility of using a bacteriophage-based structural colour sensor for screening the geographical
origins of agricultural products. Spectrochimica Acta Part A: Molecular and Biomolecular
Spectroscopy, volume 197, pp. 159-165.
Martin Leary, Mahyar Khorasani, Avik Sarker, Johnathan Tran, Kate Fox, David Downing, Anton Du Plessis,
2021. 7 - Surface roughness, In Additive Manufacturing Materials and Technologies, Fundamentals of
Laser Powder Bed Fusion of Metals, Elsevier, Pages 179-213,
Xiong, N., Shen, Y., Yang, K. et al., 2018. Colour sensors and their applications based on real-time colour
image segmentation for cyber physical systems. EURASIP Journal on Image Video Proc.
Roxanne Y., Elena A. Mikhailova, Julia L. Sharp, Christopher J. Post, Mark A. Schlautman, Patrick D.
Gerard, and Michael P. Cope. 2018. Predicting Soil Organic Carbon and Total Nitrogen at the Farm
Scale Using Quantitative Colour Sensor Measurements. Agronomy 8, no. 10: 212.
Poltak Sihombing, Faddly Tommy, Sajadin Sembiring and Nogar Silitonga, 2018. The Citrus Fruit Sorting
Device Automatically Based On Color Method By Using Tcs320 Color Sensor And Arduino Uno
Microcontroller. Journal of Physics: Conference Series, Volume 1235.
Dongdong Kong, Junjiang Zhu, Chaoqun Duan, Lixin Lu, Dongxing Chen, 2020. Bayesian linear regression
for surface roughness prediction, Mechanical Systems and Signal Processing, Volume 142, 106770.
Mustafa Kuntoğlu, Abdullah Aslan, Danil Y. Pimenov, Khaled Giasin, Tadeusz Mikolajczyk, and Shubham
Sharma. 2020. "Modeling of Cutting Parameters and Tool Geometry for Multi-Criteria Optimization of
Surface Roughness and Vibration via Response Surface Methodology in Turning of AISI 5140 Steel"
Materials 13, no. 19: 4242.
Alratrout, Ahmed & Blunt, Martin & Bijeljic, Branko. 2018. Wettability in complex porous materials, the mixed-
wet state, and its relationship to surface roughness. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences.
Elzbieta Doluk, Rudawska, A.,Kuczmaszewski, J., Miturska-Baranska, I, 2021. Surface Roughness after
Milling of the Al/CFRP Stacks with a Diamond Tool. Materials, 14, 6835.
Tonietto, L., Gonzaga, L., Veronez, M.R. et al., 2019. New Method for Evaluating Surface Roughness
Parameters Acquired by Laser Scanning. Scientific Reports 9, 15038.
Çagri Vakkas Yıldırım, Turgay Kıvak, Murat Sarıkaya, Şenol Şirin, 2020. Valuation of tool wear, surface
roughness/topography and chip morphology when machining of Ni-based alloy 625 under MQL,
cryogenic cooling and CryoMQL, Journal of Materials Research and Technology, Volume 9, Issue 2,
pp 2079-2092,
Wan-Ju Lin, Shih-Hsuan Lo, Hong-Tsu Young, and Che-Lun Hung. 2019. Evaluation of Deep Learning
Neural Networks for Surface Roughness Prediction Using Vibration Signal Analysis. Applied Sciences
9, no. 7: 1462.
8
Design And Development of Semi Automated Corn Sheller Machine
Khairul Nazry Talib 1, Hamid Salamon 2 And Sofian Abd Samad 3
1,2,3Department of Mechanical,
Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, Johor,81700, Malaysia,
*Corresponding Author: khairulnazry@pis.edu.my
Abstract : The corn sheller machine separates maize kernels and cobs. The corn sheller is an
equipment invented for maize shelling that can increase corn husk productivity with less time
operation. This semi-automated corn sheller machinery is significantly more effective and efficient
than hand-picking corn. The operational principle of the corn picker is that the tool is driven by two
pulses: the sheller pulley and the driving motor pulley. The sheller pulley and the drive motor
pulley both revolve at the same time when the tool is powered by the drive motor. The purpose of
this research is to design, develop and learn about the mechanical corn threshing tool's
construction design, tool function, operating principle, and working capability. A series of
experiments utilizing the same amount of capacity revealed that the semi-auto corn sheller
machine saves more than 60% of operating time compared to manual operation. At the
completion of the study, it was discovered that the time required to complete all tests using the
manual method is rising and the interval between tests is 0.3, while the time required to complete
all tests using the semi-automatic corn sheller machine is decreasing and the interval between
tests is 0.17. The average time to complete 3 corn cobs manually is 3.24 minutes while the
average time with the same number of corn and using a semi auto corn sheller machine is 1.23
minutes.
Keywords : Corn, Corn Sheller , Semi-Automated.
1. INTRODUCTION
Zea mays L., also known as corn, is a short-term crop that is commonly farmed in Malaysia and other
nations. It is composed of sweet corn and grain maize, the second- and third-most significant crops in
Southeast Asia after rice. Sweet corn is Z. mays saccharate, whereas grain corn is either Z. mays indurate
or Z. mays indentata (Tan and Wong 2007). The planting season for these two types of maize differs.
Sweet corn has a cultivation cycle of approximately 70 days, but grain corn has a cultivation time of
approximately 100-110 days, 67 days per season. When the husks and stalks of sweet corn are still green
and moist, they are harvested. In contrast to grain corn, which is harvested when the corn cobs are browned
and ripe. Shelling is a significant post-harvest technology activity in which the kernels are separated from
the cobs for use as seed, fodder, oil extraction, and to manufacture value-added products while still
maintaining end product quality (Singh and Singh, 2010). The time-consuming and laborious traditional
method of removing the kernels from cobs involves pressing with fingers or a sickle. The corn pearls are
removed off the cobs using maize shellers, which can be powered or operated manually. The device used
for plucking corn has developed into a fantastic tool for splitting maize kernels. This is so that a small
business or household can benefit from the machine's ability to do tasks fast. However, using the current
tools still results in discomfort and inefficiency. The lengthy process time and the machine's continued
production of maize grain residue serve as indicators of inefficiency. The development of a semi-automated
maize sheller machine was the aim of this study. This machine will make it easy to separate the corn kernels
from the cobs effectively and with a faster time compared to manually. This machine was developed to
address issues experienced by maize farmers, particularly by small businesses and households that
continue to remove corn kernels from the cob by hand. Additionally, some traders remove each individual
corn kernel from the cob by hand. According to Patil,(2013) maize kernels are often manually plucked from
the cob in rural regions then it takes so long to complete the task manually, it is a waste of time and effort.
1.1 Types of Corn Sheller

Simple hand-held tools: Simple hand-held tools are commonly used in the process of maize shelling. A
hand-held metallic apparatus for shelling maize is shown below. It is made up of teeth that protrude
perpendicularly from the inside of the cylindrical wall. The device is tapered to fit the similar shape of the
9
maize cob as well as the different sizes. It works well, but it is incredibly sluggish because it can only
process one cob at a time, reducing the availability for large-scale production. It is mainly useful at the home
level. This method will often damage the corn kernels separated from the cob. In order to reduce damage to
corn kernels, the process needs to be done slowly and with less pressure applied to the corn cob.
Figure 1 : Tapered Cylindrical Metallic Shelling Device, (Gemplers, 2017)
Hand sheller in this technique is a classic procedure that, in general, is still valid today. The result of the
ploughing is assured to be clean, and the ploughing damage that occurs is minimal, but the capacity by
implementing this approach is drastically reduced. With this technique, a worker can shell 8 to 15 kg of
maize an hour (Patil, et.al, 2014)
Figure 2 : Hand Sheller Technique.
Mechanical manual shellers: Mechanical shellers are useful for small and medium-scale maize production.
According to Adeleye et al. (2015), mechanical threshers are mostly used by large-scale maize producers.
The procedure is based on friction, which is given to the maize kernels by teeth from enormous rotary discs.
The cobs are put into the drum where the shelling disc is placed through the hopper. Shelling occurs as the
disc is rolled. Anant and Arunkumar (2014). This mechanical manual sheller have a limitation where it
requires human labor throughout the process.
Figure 3 : Mechanical Manual Sheller
2. PRODUCT DESIGN
To produce this Semi Automated Corn Sheller Machine project has been divided into several different
process steps. This is meant to improve the efficiency with which this project is developed. Drawing and
sketch are involved in this process. This sketch process is the inventor’s method of sketching the project to
be produced. This process does not require specific dimensions. This process only requires an idea or
illustration of the design of the machine to be developed. Once the design is agreed, the process of
10
engineering drawings such as autographic and isometric drawings is implemented. On this engineering
drawing all dimensions and measurements of the machine must be stated.
Figure 4(a) : Isometric Drawing Figure 4(b) : Otographic Drawing
2.1 Product Fabrication

Product fabrication entailed creating machinery, parts, and structures from diverse raw materials based on
the previously intended design drawing. Human work, as well as tools, are widely used in industrial
operations. The equipment and raw materials used in preparing this machine is shown in Table 1
Table 1 : Raw Material and Equipment
AC Motor Set of pulley gears
An alternating current (AC) motor is an electric A pulley is a wheel mounted on an axle or shaft that
motor that generates mechanical energy by using is meant to support the movement and direction
magnetism and alternating current. An AC motor's change of a taut cable or belt, as well as the transfer
structure includes coils that generate a spinning of power between the shaft and the cable or belt. A
magnetic field inside a rotor coupled to an output pulley supported by a frame or shell that does not
shaft, which generates a second magnetic field. It is deliver power to a shaft but is used to guide the
portable in this project. cable or exert a force is referred to as a block, and
the pulley is referred to as a sheave. In this project,
one of our pulleys will be connected to the engine
and the other to the tool eye.
V belt Steel, Stainless
The alignment and slippage issues were resolved Stainless steel, often known as alloy steel, is a steel
using V belts. It is currently the fundamental belt for with a minimum chromium concentration of 10.5
power transfer. They offer the optimal balance of percent. It is not easily corroded and rusts with water
traction, movement speed, bearing load, and long like conventional steel, but it does not survive forever
service life. The belt cannot come off because of due to a variety of factors, including exposure to low
the way its "V" form fits into the pulley's matching oxygen and high pressure. The amount of chromium
groove. Additionally, when the load increases, the in stainless steel differs from that in carbon steel.
belt tends to wedge into the groove, boosting When exposed to air and moisture, carbon steel rust
torque transmission and making the V-belt an is not easily protected. This active iron oxide film
11
efficient alternative that requires less width and accelerates corrosion by producing additional iron
tension than flat belts. oxide, and the increased amount of iron oxide tends
to disintegrate.
Sheets of acrylic
Acrylic plexiglass sheets are thermoplastics that

are commonly available in sheets as a lightweight
or shatter-resistant substitute for glass. Acrylic has
many different names, including acrylic, acrylic
glass, and plexiglass. It is a translucent substance
in this project. We use it as a sheller corn storage
door.
2.2 Product Assembly and Testing

Semi Automated Corn Sheller Machine has been built measures 330mm x 370mm x 470 mm with an
estimated weight of 8 kg, capable of performing the task of sheller corn from the cob minimum 5 kg at one
time. This machine uses an electric power supply to operate and operates semi-automatically.
Figure 5 : Ready Semi Automated Corn Sheller Machine

Sheller process The peeled cob is inserted into the machine's side and pushed with a stainless steel rod
until the corn kernels pass through a cutting knife that separates the cob from the corn kernels. The cob with
the loose corn kernels will exit from the drain hole on the other side
Figure 6(a): Peeled Corn inserted into machine and Figure 6(b) Loose corn kernels exit at drain hole
12
Process Result After performing a time taken test, isolate the corn with 3 corn cobs using a Semi Auto Corn
Sheller machine, 5 series of time tests by using 3 corns corb were run on this machine and these tests were
compared with the manual method by using hands to separate the corn from the cob. The average time is
calculated as the result of the time taken test.
Figure 7 : Isolate the corn from 3 corn cobs.

The table below displays the results of a time test for removing corn kernels off the cob performed on a Semi
Automated Corn Sheller Machine. This time test compared the required time to manually remove corn
kernels from corn cobs versus the machine capacity to sheller 3 corn corbs with 100% efficiency. This test
will be conduct five time with an average processing time will be taken.
Table 2 : Result of Time Taken to Sheller 3 Corn Corbs

Hand Sheller Semi Automated Corn Sheller Machine
Test No
(minutes ) ( Minutes)
1 3.10 1.26
2 3.05 1.20
3 3.32 1.32
4 3.40 1.23
5 3.35 1.15
Average 3.24 1.23
Figure 8 : Graph Time Taken vs Sheller Method
From Figure 8, Based on the results of time tests performed on both method, namely hand sheller and
using a semi-auto corn sheller machine, it was observed that the time needed to remove three corn kernels
13
from the cob significantly different. Five repetitions of the time test on both approaches revealed that the
time significant difference between the two methods was greater than 60%. From the first test until the fifth
test, this time test was run continuously. When testing the method of removing corn kernels from its cob, an
actual simulation is used. As can be seen, the manual process found that from the first test to the fifth test, it
needed longer time to complete three corns with 100% efficiency. Additionally, the manual method's
reported time range is 0.3, whereas the machine method's recorded time range is 0.17. The operator's
tiredness and loss of concentration during the time test to separate the corn from the cob resulted in a wide
time range. Additionally, it was discovered that the fourth and fifth tests took longer, 3.40 minutes and 3.35
minutes, respectively. This is also a result of operator tiredness. Meanwhile considering machine operation,
it was discovered that from the first test to the fifth test, the time spent on each repetition improved. On the
fifth test, the quickest time is possible. This is because the operator has grown accustomed to using the
machine, and five repetitions have improved the operator's machine handling skills.
4. CONCLUSION
In conclusion, the Semi Automated Corn Sheller Machine has been constructed according to the design
specifications effectively. Strong indication that the objectives have been accomplished comes from testing
operations on our equipment. Furthermore, it has been demonstrated that our product has been better for
the user than the manual corn Sheller. In addition to being simple to use, it is also user-friendly because it
may be used at home or elsewhere by all different groups of people. The research proposal for the future is
to design and develop a fully automatic machine and include it with artificial intelligence for fully automatic
processing in line with the development of IR4.0
5. REFERENCES
Ashwin, K., and S.H. Begum. 2014. Design, development and performance evaluation of a hand
operated maize sheller ,International Journal of Agricultural Engineering, 7(1):194-197
Patil, S.B., A. D. Chendake, M. A. Patil, S. G. Pawar, R. V. Salunkhe and S. S. Burkul. 2014.

Development and performance evaluation of pedal operated maize sheller. International
Journal of Advanced Research, 2(9):561-567,
Dagninet, A. et al., 2017. Evaluation and Demostration of Maize Shellers for Small-Scale
Farmers, Etheopia: Agricultural Research Institute.
G.W. Zhao,Q.Sun and J.H.Wang 2007. Improving seed vigour assessment of super sweet
and sugar‐enhanced sweet corn (Zea mays saccharata). New Zealand Journal of
Crop and Horticultural Science
Gite, L.P. and Yadav, B.G. 1989. Anthropometric survey for agricultural machinery design, An
Indian case study. Applied Ergonomics. 20: 191-196
Adeleye, O. et al., 2015. Role of local innovation in mechanisation of maize shelling: Evidence
from Igabi, Chikun and Kajuru Local Government Areas, Kaduna State Nigeria. Journal
of Agriculture Extension and Rural Development, 7(5), pp. 170-175.
Anant, G. J. & Arunkumar, P., 2014. Design, Development and Fabrication of a Low Cost Corn
Deseeding Machine. International Journal of Research in Engineering and Technology
(IJRET), 03(08), pp. 242-248.
Singh, S.P and Singh, P. 2010. Hand operated maize dehuskersheller for farm women. Agric.
Engg. Today, 34(1): 25-29
14
A Development of Automatic Disinfectant Handwave Sanitizer
Maisarah Mahizan1 and Nurfarah Syaza Daud2
1,2Department of Electrical Engineering,

Polytechnic Ibrahim Sultan, Johor Bahru, 81700, Johor.
*Corresponding Author: maisarahmahizan@pis.edu.my
Abstract: According to the World Health Organization, maintaining good hand hygiene is the most
important way to stop the spread of disease. This includes routinely washing hands with water and
soap, using hand sanitizers, etc. Since the coronavirus first emerged and spread throughout the
world, demand for hand sanitizers has increased. The majority of hand sanitizers on the market
don't operate automatically. Typically, hand sanitizers are applied by squirting the sanitizer liquid
when the user presses a pump with their hand which raises the possibility of viral transmission.
This paper aims to design an automatic touchless hand sanitizer with alert systems for refill
purpose. This contactless hand sanitizer is set to detect the presence of hands up to 5cm by
using infrared sensor. The pump will discharges a few milliliters of liquid hand sanitizer for 1
second if the distance between hands and infrared sensor is less than 5 cm. It will send to the
transistors to activate the pump motor and dispense the sanitizer liquid through the nozzle. The
ultrasonic sensor will send the data to Arduino to measure the level of the sanitizer liquid.
Additionally, the automatic hand sanitizer will alert the owner when the liquid needs to be refilled
by flashing an LED indicator to mark the volume of sanitizer. Then, df mini player will play an mp3
as an alert system to refill the sanitizer when the liquid reaches minimum level. This study has
successfully demonstrated an automatic disinfectant handwave sanitizer in a touchless with alert
systems for which is practical in public areas, particularly at building entrances.
Keywords :sanitizer, automatic, Arduino ,infrared sensor, ultrasonic sensor
1. INTRODUCTION
On March 12, 2020, the World Health Organization (WHO) declared a pandemic due to the SARS-CoV-2
virus's global expansion and the thousands of deaths brought on by COVID-19. According to World Health
Statistics 2022, as of 20 April 2022, there had been 50.4 million confirmed cases worldwide and 6.2 million
deaths directly linked to the virus with past two years. Despite the lack of a complete understanding of
COVID-19's pathophysiology, droplet and contact transfer were thought to be the main methods of
transmission (World Health Organization , 2020). People began to take precautions against the illness by
quarantining themselves at home, using face masks, maintaining good cleanliness, and staying inside as the
epidemic spread quickly over the world (Chiu, N.C. et al,2020). COVID -19 may result if a person's hands
come into contact with mucous membranes like the eyes, nose, or mouth after touching a surface
contaminated with SARS-CoV-2 (McIntosh, K. et al,2020). One of the method of transmission for contagious
viruses and illnesses is through the hands. Thus, maintaining good hand hygiene is key to reducing the
spread of serious infections (Zainudin, Z. I. B., et al,2022).
The "New Normality" was imposed by central government during the Covid-19 pandemic in order to maintain
the community's health when all sectors were re-open. WHO advised frequent handwashing with soap and
the use of alcohol-based hand sanitizers to maintain good hand hygiene to stop the spread of COVID-19
(Coronavirus, N.,2020). In a medical context, hand hygiene is widely recognized as the basis of infection
control. Hand hygiene is defined as washing hands with soap and water and/or using alcohol-based hand
sanitizers. (N.Lotfinejad, et al ,2020).The most economical technique to stop its spread is through hand
sanitization (Tan, S. W., & Oh, C. C. ,2020). During the ongoing COVID-19 epidemic, the majority of
respondents did improve their hand hygiene frequency (N. M. U Dwipayanti, et al, 2021).
Now days, most of entrance of administration provide visitor or consumer with hand sanitizer. But practically
majority of the liquid dispensers being used at these locations are manual models. Therefore, a practical and
effective automatic hand sanitizer is required for controlling the release of liquid hand sanitizer from the
bottle. The objectives of this project is to design an automatic touchless hand sanitizer with alert systems for
15
refill purpose. Moreover, this automatic hand sanitizer come up dispenser with LED light to mark the volume
of sanitizer. This technique can be used to prevent the Covid-19 outbreak from spreading further.
2. LITERATURE REVIEW
SARS-CoV-2 could linger on surfaces for days or even weeks. Therefore, surfaces might act as a medium
for the spread of infections. It's important to use disinfectants and detergents to reduce the transmission of
SARS-COV-2 . Therefore, Ismail, M. Z., & Hussin, P. M. H. P. (2021) proposed a touchless device that
dispenses soap and water for hand washing with a soap-monitoring system that can be used in public
spaces. A self-tissue dispenser is also part of the system, which helps users dry their hands after washing
their hands. The idea also includes a soap monitoring system that enables customers to check the volume
of liquid using a smartphones and a Wi-Fi connection.
Wichaidit, W et al (2020),says that an evaluation on hand hygiene practices before and after the installation
of pedal-operated alcohol gel dispensers was made. They observed that hand hygiene was higher following
installation than it was prior to installation, which indicated that the installation may have removed some
barriers to hand hygiene. However, due to the mechanical stress, an elderly person cannot operate this
equipment. To overcome this gap, a self-activating sanitizer with battery-imposed system for cleansing
hands was developed using IR sensor to detects human hands and is used to regulate a motor pump that
removes liquid from a container. The flow of the sanitizer's liquid is accomplished by connecting the motor to
an RC timed delay (Srihari, M. M,2020).
Most of hand sanitizer is placed at the building entrance in order to prevent the spread of the Covid-19 virus.
But practically most of the hand sanitizer dispensers being used at these locations are manual models and
does not consistently dispense the same amount of hand sanitizer. As a result, Zainudin, Z. I. B., et al
(2022) come out with a smart hand sanitizer that can automatically dispense the appropriate amount of
sanitizer based on the size of the user's palm. To recognize the hand palm, the Haar Cascade Classifier are
used. In order to measure the hand using Euclidean distance and pixels per metrics. The system also has
monitoring and alerting features. Node-RED is used to monitor the hand sanitizer's liquid level. A refill
reminder mechanism for the hand sanitizer is also built in. In addition, a speaker is used to blast a message
reminding people to use hand sanitizer when a PIR sensor detects the presence of humans nearby.
Large facilities with numerous water dispensers require a significant amount of manual supervision.
Parashar, M., et al (2018) proposed a system used ultrasonic sensors to monitor the water dispensers and
compares the level with the dispenser's threshold volume, and then notifies the administrator of the amount
of water remaining in each dispenser via a mobile application.
Therefore, this project stands out for its work to prevent the corona virus and enhance hand hygiene by
develop a touch-less hand sanitizer with alert systems . The project makes use of an infrared sensor to
identify the user's hand and trigger the motor pump. If the distance between hands and infrared sensor is
less than 5 cm, the pump releases a few milliliters of liquid hand sanitizer every 1000 milliseconds.
Meanwhile, an ultrasonic sensor used to detect the liquid level by measuring distance between the sensor
and liquid level .
3. METHODOLOGY
The idea of this project is to develop a contact-less hand sanitizer dispenser with alert system for refill
purpose when the liquid reaches minimum level. The proposed system is projected to be significant for
contactless hand sanitization in public settings and to stop the transmission of infectious diseases in the
general population.This project comprises a number of components. The component used in this project are
ultrasonic sensor, Arduino Uno, infrared sensor, water pump, DF mini player, speaker and LED.
3.1 System design

Figure 1 illustrates the design's system block diagram of automatic disinfectant handwave sanitizer. This
working principle of this systems is to use 2 types of sensors. An infrared sensor is an electronic device,
that emits in order to sense some aspects of the surroundings. An IR sensor can measure the heat of an
object as well as detects the motion. Meanwhile, ultrasonic sensor is the HC-SR04 ultrasonic distance
sensor. Data from sensors will processed by Arduino Uno, which serve as a systems controller. This project
use Motor DC pump to dispense the liquid on hand sanitizer. The DF Player Mini MP3 Player for Arduino is
a MP3 module with an simplified output directly to the speaker.
16
Figure 1 Block diagram automatic disinfectant handwave sanitizer
3.2 Hardware Design

Figure 2 and 3 shows the circuit design. The circuit used in this study has two simultaneous operating
systems which is IR sensor with motor pump circuit and ultrasonic sensor circuit by using Arduino.
Figure 2. IR sensor with motor pump circuit
Figure 3. Ultrasonic Sensor circuit
A flow chart for the automatic disinfectant handwave sanitizer is shown in Figure 4. An infrared sensor
detects the hand's heat and instantly activates the water pump to supply water to the hand. The LED will
light up then changes to green for maximum and yellow for medium. The ultrasonic sensor detects the
minimal amount of water as it decreases, and when it does, a sound signal will play to warn of the need for
refill. After that, LEDs will turn red.
17
Figure 4: The flowchart of the system

Figure 5(a) and (b) show the design and circuit connection of automatic disinfectant handwave sanitizer. The
system of Automatic Disinfectant Handwave consists circuit have been combined with Arduino Uno,
Ultrasonic and Infrared Sensor, DC Motor Pump, DF player mini, speaker, LED, and power supply. The
dimension of hardware casing is 260(L) x 126(W) x 292(H) mm. To determine the distance between the
liquid of hand sanitizer and the sensor, an ultrasonic sensor is placed at the top of and facing downward to
the container. The maximum capacity of liquid is 500ml. The liquid will dispense through the tube.
(a) (b)
Figure 5 : Design (a) and (b) Circuit connection of automatic disinfectant handwave sanitizer
18
(a) (b)
Figure 6 (a): Infrared systems (b): Ultrasonic sensor with DF mini player
Ultrasonic sensor result: Table 1 shows the relationship between of infrared sensor and motor pump.
When the infrared sensor detects the hand, the signal from infrared sensor will send to the transistors to
turn ON the motor pump as shown in Figure 6 (a). The pump will discharge a few milliliters of liquid hand
sanitizer from container for 1 second when hands are placed in the proximity of the sensor . Based on the
Table 1, motor pump will turn on if the IR sensors detect less than 5cm. Meanwhile, the pump motor will turn
off if the distance between IR sensor with hands is more than 5.1cm.
Table 1: Hand Distance Experimental Result of Infrared Sensor

Distance (cm) Sensor Information Motor Pump Operation
1 Sensor Detected ON
7 Sensor Not Detected OFF
9 Sensor Not Detected OFF
An evaluation of the effectiveness of the tools—the automatic disinfection handwave sanitizer was
conducted. To test the ability of the ultrasonic sensor, a test involving ten user was conducted. Based on
Table 2, it show that the automatic disinfectant handwave sanitizer was function properly based on the rate
success of the IR sensor. Its shown the hand sanitizer liquid dispensed out from the nozzle when the hand is
at a distance of 5cm . The distance threshold can be set by adjusting the potentiometer on the board. In this
system, the threshold distance is to set at 5cm
Table 2: Automatic Disinfectant Handwave Sanitizer’s Rate of Success

Rate of Success of IR sensor
User
3cm 5cm 7cm
1 100% 100% 0%
2 100% 100% 0%
3 100% 100% 0%
4 100% 100% 0%
5 100% 100% 0%
6 100% 100% 0%
7 100% 100% 0%
8 100% 100% 0%
9 100% 100% 0%
10 100% 100% 0%
Ultrasonic sensor result: Ultrasonic has a two components which is trig and echo. Trig is used to transmit
a sound wave to an object and it bounce back with equal or greater strength known as an echo (Varun, K.
S., et al, 2018). This sensor identifies the object and estimates the distance by using the echo principle.
Liquid is included as an object because when a sound ray strike the liquid, it generate an echo that the
19
ultrasonic sensor’s echo component can detect. The ultrasonic sensor is placed at the top of the tank to
measure the distance of the liquid. When the ultrasonic sensor detects the hand sanitizer liquid, the green
indicator will light up if the distance is between 0<d<6cm which means the capacity of the hand sanitizer
liquid in high level. If the distance between ultrasonic 6.1<d<9cm, the yellow indicator will light up which
means the liquid in medium level. When the liquid level is at its lowest which is more than 10 cm the red
indicator will light up and an alert sound plays to signal that it's time to refill as shown in Figure 6(b). The
results are given in table 3.
Table 3: Distance Experimental Result of Ultrasonic Sensor

Distance (cm) Liquid Level Indicator Output Of Speaker
12 Low (Led Red) ON
10 Low (Led Red) ON
8 Med (Led Yellow) OFF
6 High (Led Green) OFF
5. CONCLUSSION
The development of automatic disinfectant handwave sanitizer was successfully carried out based on the
testing result and discussion. The infrared sensor can detect the existing of hand presence up to 5cm.
Meanwhile, the indicator of liquid level was determined by using ultrasonic sensor. Meanwhile, DF mini
player will give out an alert to remind to refill the hand sanitizer liquid if reach minimum amount. The touch-
free hand-sanitizer approach can significantly reduce the risk of spreading Covid-19 or any other virus that
can infect people through contaminated objects or surfaces.
6. REFFERENCES
Ciotti, M., Ciccozzi, M., Terrinoni, A., Jiang, W. C., Wang, C. B., & Bernardini, S. (2020). The COVID-19
pandemic. Critical reviews in clinical laboratory sciences, 57(6), 365-388.
Chiu, N. C., Chi, H., Tai, Y. L., Peng, C. C., Tseng, C. Y., Chen, C. C., ... & Lin, C. Y. (2020). Impact of
wearing masks, hand hygiene, and social distancing on influenza, enterovirus, and all-cause
pneumonia during the coronavirus pandemic: Retrospective national epidemiological surveillance
study. Journal of medical Internet research, 22(8), e21257.
Coronavirus, N. (2020). Available online: https://www. who. int/emergencies/diseases/novel-coronavirus-

2019. Accessed on, 10.
Dwipayanti, N. M. U., Lubis, D. S., & Harjana, N. P. A. (2021). Public perception and hand hygiene behavior
during COVID-19 pandemic in Indonesia. Frontiers in public health, 543.
Ismail, M. Z., & Hussin, P. M. H. P. (2021). Automatic Water/Soap Dispenser and Self-Tissue
Dispenser. Journal of Engineering Technology, 9(1), 59-62.
Lotfinejad, N., Peters, A., & Pittet, D. (2020). Hand hygiene and the novel coronavirus pandemic: the role of
healthcare workers. The Journal of hospital infection, 105(4), 776.
McIntosh, K., Hirsch, M. S., & Bloom, A. (2020). Coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19). UpToDate Hirsch
MS Bloom, 5(1), 23-27.
Parashar, M., Patil, R., Singh, S., VedMohan, V., & Rekha, K. S. (2018). Water level monitoring system in
water dispensers using IoT. International Research Journal of Engineering and Technology
(IRJET), 5(04), 2395-0056.
Srihari, M. M. (2020, July). Self-activating sanitizer with battery imposed system for cleansing hands. In 2020
Second International Conference on Inventive Research in Computing Applications (ICIRCA) (pp.
1102-1105). IEEE.
Tan, S. W., & Oh, C. C. (2020). Contact dermatitis from hand hygiene practices in the COVID-19
pandemic. Ann Acad Med Singap, 49(9), 674-676.
20
Varun, K. S., Kumar, K. A., Chowdary, V. R., & Raju, C. S. K. (2018). Water level management using
ultrasonic sensor (automation). Int. J. Comput. Sci. Eng, 6(6), 799-804.
World Health Organization (WHO). (2020). Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) Outbreak Situation: World
Health Organization.
Wichaidit, W., Naknual, S., Kleangkert, N., & Liabsuetrakul, T. (2020). Installation of pedal-operated alcohol
gel dispensers with behavioral nudges and changes in hand hygiene behaviors during the COVID-19
pandemic: A hospital-based quasi-experimental study. Journal of Public Health Research, 9(4), jphr-
2020.
Zainudin, Z. I. B., San, L. Y., & Abdulla, R. (2022). Smart hand sanitizer dispenser. Journal of Applied
Technology and Innovation (e-ISSN: 2600-7304), 6(1), 10.
21
Low Cost Remote Operated Vehicle (ROV) for Underwater Surveillance
M.N.Nodin1, Z.Ab Ghani2, M.Z.A.Yusoff3
1,2,3Department of Mechanical Engineering,

Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, Johor, 81700, Malaysia
*Corresponding Author: muhamadnor@pis.edu.my
Abstract: Remotely operated underwater vehicles (ROVs) are frequently employed for monitoring,
surveying, and research purposes. A network of wires connecting the operator and the ROV and attached
to it transmits signals. Since the target application for this ROV project is lighter underwater activities like
monitoring activities at a depth of 1 to 10 meters, it is affordable for everyone to own. The project is started
with conceptual design, develop the ROV prototype and end with the testing and analysis. The assistance
of Styrofoam as buoyancy support, the ROV manage to controlled motion by using all three motors: two
motors for horizontal motion control and one motor for depth motion control. To keep an eye for underwater
operations, the ROV is fitted with a camera with an internal light. The user controls the ROV manually by
connecting a custom joystick to an umbilical connection. Its construction to withstand underwater pressure
includes the choice of suitable pressure hull materials and waterproof fixings to prevent leakage to any
electrical equipment. The motor controller at the ROV successfully controls the depth and linear movement
motion as a result of testing in the pool. By substituting a ROV application, the duration constraints on
monitoring in an undersea environment can be avoided.
Keywords: ROV, Underwater Surveillance, Low Cost, Motor Operation Control
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Developing underwater robotic vehicles, or UAV, has become an important instrument to make various underwater
assignments due to several applications or mishaps occurring now. When compared to human divers, underwater
robots are more advantageous in terms of speed, endurance, and depth capability, as well as having a superior
safety factor. Pipe lining, inspection, data gathering, drill support, hydrography mapping, building, maintenance, and
subsea equipment repair are just a few of the assignments that can be created and assigned (Yuh, J, 1994).
Underwater robots can be divided into two categories: autonomous underwater vehicles (AUVs) and remotely
operated vehicles (ROVs) (ROV). These underwater robots are sometimes referred to as mobile robots of the
underwater aquatic environment type. According to Skoglund, M. A on underwater robotics, the key distinction
between these two, is that the ROV is controlled by an operator since it is tied to a submarine, a surface vehicle, or
is employed in a port. ROVs, on the other hand, may be maneuvered in a variety of directions since they typically
have many thrusters, but AUVs frequently merely go forward and manipulate the heading and depth with rudders like
a torpedo (Skoglund, M. A et al, 2012).
Generally, ROVs can fall under the categories of micro, tiny, general, light work class, and heavy work class (Yusoff
et al, 2013). Remotely operated vehicles (ROVs) have a wide range of uses, including underwater exploration for
commercial, academic, professional, or even recreational purposes. The development of such underwater vehicles
has boosted reliability and made them more cost-effective. The visual image surveys from the video or image capture
are not particularly clear, and the ROV's reliance on the camera makes evaluations more challenging. Additionally,
the ROV umbilical cable's length makes it difficult for the ROV to be controlled from the surface (Jarret et al, 2007).
The price to buy a commercial undersea vehicle is another restriction that will make the ROV harder to have for light
applications. Therefore, the best course of action is for researchers to explicitly design and create their own
underwater vehicle robots that are appropriate for their study needs and applications. The duties that must be
completed by the robots must be done so consistently. A basic underwater robot system ought to be able to perform
tasks like underwater observation.
Although the question of who exactly created the first ROV is still unresolved, two individuals are thought to have
contributed to its development are Luppis-Whitehead Automobile in Austria who created the PUV (Programmed
Underwater Vehicle), a torpedo, in 1864; nevertheless, Dimitri Rebikoff created the first tethered ROV, called
POODLE, in 1953. (Ahmed et al, 2012). In its attempt to create some sort of underwater robots to recover undersea
weapons lost during sea tests, the US Navy was an innovator who took the technology to an operational stage.
Several thrusters are used by the majority of commercially available ROV today to independently control each of the
six degrees of freedom (DoF) movement to successfully complete its objective. Because of their thruster, most ROV
22
have a rolling moment along their longitudinal axis. For the vehicle to properly submerge in the deep-water targeted
zone, this rolling motion is mostly eliminated or decreased by mechanical characteristics that place the center of
gravity below the center of buoyancy or by adding other factors (Zhao, S., & Yuh, J., 2005). To ensure the stability
of the robots, it’s important for the ROV to employ numerous fixed thrusters (FT) from end to end. Utilizing motors as
thrusters at the ROV for planner motion and adding additional motors as thrusters at the physical body for depth
control to balance handling while giving six degrees of freedom (DOF) of movement ( ELAFF, I, 2020).
The ROV has been developed in a number of shapes. The cylindrical form like a torpedo is the most prevalent type
of underwater robots which is more frequently employed for autonomous vehicles. Underwater robots may utilize
speeds control by remotes to drop diagonally and travel at high speeds along the horizontal axis (Kabanov, A et al,
2021). The ROV's conceptual design was shaped like a circle, which had the benefit of having less drag when
operating underwater (Kabanov, A et al, 2021). The importance of ROV is determined by a number of factors, with
particular emphasis on size, weight, and price that make entry level ROV competitive. By using an umbilical
connection, the control unit is joined to the remote system. The ROV's in-house built thrusters provide full speed
control in three axes of motion (two translational and one rotational). (Sahu, A et al, 2017). The development of 3D
printing has made it possible to construct ROVs in a variety of shapes or to be customized to meet the special
demands of a person. The goal is to create a low-cost, portable, simple-to-use ROV that may be utilized for scientific
purposes and consume much fewer resources than current ROVs, which are expensive and difficult to operate
(Thakkar, P et al, 2022).
Since more businesses, professionals, university students, government agencies, the police, the military, and ROV
lovers want to possess their own ROV, research on low-cost ROVs has increased. The duty of monitoring or
surveillance to locate any submerged things is depend on application needed. Additionally, they may employ the
ROV as a particular research tool, a tool for specialized operations, or a personal toy robot. The major goal of this
research project was to develop and construct a low-cost ROV that would be utilized to dive into water no deeper
than 5 meters. It is only used for observation in the tank or on a beach.
2.0 CONCEPTUAL DESIGN OF ROV

The creation of a low-cost ROV was primarily done for this research's for simple surveillance in open surface waters.
Some significant criteria that have been established are employed in the building of ROVs, as indicated in Figure 1.
An early ROV design has been created using the Autodesk Inventor programmed in accordance with the
requirements shown in Figure 2. Additionally, a straightforward, durable and easy replacement maintenance body
frame are required if any accidents happen that will cause damage to the ROV's structural elements. In front of the
main body was the waterproof camera.
Low Cost
Underwater
LightWeight Operation
ROV
Video
6 Degree of Recording
Freedom and Photo
Movement Snapshot
Using
Umblical
Cable
Figure 1:- ROV Concept
When operating underwater, the ROV's design, as seen in figure 3, is expected to move by six degrees of freedom
as shown in Figure 2. There are total of 3 thruster’s motors that are installed at ROV; two motors as main horizontal
thruster purposely for main controller to move at horizontal direction; one motor as main vertical thruster purposely
for vertical direction movement. The function of three main thrusters is to enable the ROV from moving in surge,
pitching and yawing directions.
23
Figure 2:- 6 Degree of Freedom Movement
The buoyancy requirement of the system was met using composite Styrofoam, which allowed ROV to maintain an
inexpensive cost. Robots used buoyancy Styrofoam extruded polystyrene specified for them because to its excellent
thermal performance, high compressive strength, and low water absorption to stuck on the surface.
The ROV operation use two thrusters that can control the direction of the motor whether clockwise or anti-clockwise.
The hull effects of the water can be reduced by motor thruster and round type PVC body construction. The hull effects
are not really emphasized due to the application not for high pressure water rushing area. The unit is provided with
a vertical thruster to allow ROV to move in upper and downward direction. The ROV can be freely move by controlling
speed from controller to On and Off motor thruster in order for ROV to move in any direction. ROVs painted with
bright and clear lighting color coverage are required during underwater operations. For this ROV project the light-
yellow fluorescent color painted becomes brighter in 5m deep water operation.
Protection frame
Styrofoam
Horizontal thruster
movement motor
Vertical thruster
motor
ROV Camera
Figure 3: - General Design of ROVY
The force of ROV get by calculation of Force between ROV and its umbilical (Ahmed et al,2012). In order to estimate
the drag force (Fd) of ROV the following assumptions were made: The dimensions of ROV are L (length) x H (Height)
x W (width) is 90cm (Length) x 60cm (height) x 60cm(width). The area generated by the inventor software is
1.42𝑚2 .The medium of ROV operation expected is sea water and have density of 1023.6 kg/m23. The drag force is
calculated at the maximum speed of ROV which is 0.2 m/s (forward speed). The shape of ROV is bullet type due to
round type of PVC, which has a drag coefficient of approximately 0.6. The type of umbilical cable is circle wired which
we assume to be long cylinder, which has a diameter of 1.0 cm, drag coefficient wire is 0.82 and umbilical length of
10 m submerge underwater. In this project, the object's mass on a solid, rigid object is assumed to be not affected
on the drag force.
The weight estimation for ROV is about 1.1 kg (Table 1). According to Ahmed et al(2014) study, the ROV the power
of the thrusters to the weight needs to be high. Referring to drag force equation: -
𝟏 𝟏
𝑭𝒅 = [ 𝝆𝑽𝟐 𝑪𝒅 𝑨] + [ 𝝆𝑽𝟐 𝑪𝒅 𝑨]
𝟐 𝑹𝑶𝑽 𝟐 𝑼𝒎𝒃𝒊𝒍𝒊𝒄𝒂𝒍
From this equation, ρ is fluid density, V is unit velocity, Cd is ROV drag coefficient and A is frontal area of
ROV. The values of the different terms in the previous equation are defined in the equation below: -
𝟏 𝟏
𝑭𝒅 = [ (𝟏𝟎𝟐𝟑. 𝟔)(𝟎. 𝟐)𝟐 (𝟎. 𝟔)(𝟏. 𝟒𝟐𝒎𝟐)] + [ (𝟏𝟎𝟐𝟑. 𝟔)(𝟎. 𝟐)𝟐 (𝟎. 𝟖𝟐)(𝟎. 𝟑𝟒𝟓𝒎𝟐)]
𝟐 𝑹𝑶𝑽 𝟐 𝑼𝒎𝒃𝒊𝒍𝒊𝒄𝒂𝒍
24
𝑭𝒅 = (𝟏𝟕. 𝟒𝟒𝑵 + 𝟓. 𝟕𝟗𝑵) = 𝟐𝟑. 𝟐𝟑𝑵
The power required (Pd) for ROV was calculated as below: -
𝑷𝒅 = 𝑭𝒅 × 𝑽 = (𝟐𝟑. 𝟐𝟑) × (𝟎. 𝟐) = (𝟒. 𝟔𝟓 𝑾𝒂𝒕𝒕)
2.1 Buoyancy
According to Archimedes principle, a body at rest wholly or partially submerged in a fluid (gas or liquid) is subject to
an upward (buoyant) force whose magnitude is equal to the weight of the fluid the body has displaced as shown in
figure 4.
Figure 4: - Archimedes principle of work force
The following equation is represented Archimedes Principle: -
The buoyancy of a submerged body = Weight of displaced liquid – Weight of the body
Based on above equation, if a body's buoyancy is positive, it will float, if it is negative, it will sink, and if it is neutral,
it will become stuck. A liquid's buoyant force is determined by its density, or weight per unit volume. The density of
freshwater is 1000kg/m3 and the density of seawater is 1023.6 kg/m3. It’s easy to submerge on fresh water rather
than seawater. The difference between seawater and freshwater is the wave that make the ROV difficult to submerge.
The ROV body have many holes to ensure the water flow into ROV body, so it will support the ROV body to the
water. From above mention equation, the submerge ROV body will become negative in weight in order the body
submerge underwater. However, the body cannot be overweight in order the thruster can control the movement. The
small percentage of the Styrofoam added to the ROV body to help the ROV floating on the water when the upper
thruster motor is turned on and move anti-clockwise. When the vertical thruster motor turn clockwise, it will control
the height submerge of the ROV.
2.2 ROV Construction Design

The construction of ROV as shown in figure 5 is divided into two categorized. First, the design of mechanical part
which is the body of the ROV. The body of the ROV is constructed 95% by using PVC pipe which is, each part is
easier to construct. Furthermore, PVC is light and enough durability to submerge in the water. The PVC pipe is
connected tightly.
Figure 5: - ROV Structure
As soon as the ROV's final conceptual design was complete, construction got under way. PVC pipe was used in
almost 95% of the ROV materials, which were purchased from hardware stores. The specification of the ROV can
be shown in table 1 as below: -
25
Table 1: - ROV Specification
Dimension 90cm (L) x 60cm (W) x 60cm (H)
Gross weight 1.1 kg
Depth Testing 1 to 10 meters (depend on ROV umbilical length)
Material PVC
Propulsion DC motor propeller thruster
Controller User Custom Remote
Power supply 12 V DC Battery
Equipment DC Battery, Remote Control, 3 12V DC Motor,
Wireless Camera, Styrofoam, Wire
3.0 RESULT AND DISCUSSION

Maintaining the center of gravity below the center of buoyancy is crucial for underwater ROV stability. The ROV must
also be neutrally buoyant to allow it to sink and surface with ease. These two traits are included in the process of
creating ROVs. By using a hole in the ROV body and a vertical dc motor to adjust the submerge height, the ROV can
submerge. By using the motor thruster's speed, the ROV does a good job of moving in six directions. Figures 6 and
7 depict the stability testing of the ROV and the view from the camera mounted on the ROV, respectively.
Figure 6: - ROV Underwater Testing
Figure 7: - ROV underwater surveillance image
Table 2:- ROV Tested Analysis

Operational Duration 30 minutes
Deepest Reach 2 meters (Pool)
Overall Weight 1.1 kilogram (without control box)
Forward Speed 0.2 meter per second
Reverse Speed 0.12 meter per second
Sinking Speed 0.14 meter per second

Floating Speed 0.05 meter per second
Turning Speed 30 degree per second
26
The ROV is able to submerge into 2 meters shown in figure 5 below the water free surface at the pool without any
problem in ROV main body. The image and video from the camera are clear. The maximum water depth of the pool
is 2 meters, but according to the ROV structural members, it is able to submerge up to 5 meters below water surface
depend on underwater condition. This ROV is not suitable for high pressure heavy water condition due to lightweight
of its structure. Finally, the tests showed that it is better to have more robust ROV structure, which can operate well
in the high pressure rushing underwater environment. Overall cost for this ROV is only RM155.00(35 dollars) not
including underwater camera. This project was submitted to International Technology Exhibition (ITEX) and won
SILVER medal.
4.0 REFERENCE
Ahmed, Y. M., Yaakob, O., & Sun, B. K. (2014). Design of a new low cost ROV vehicle. Jurnal Teknologi, 69(7), 1-
11.
ELAFF, I. (2022). Design and development of Spaiser remotely operated vehicle. Journal of Engineering and Applied
Science, 69(1), 1-15.
Jarrett S. S., Dave W., Tom T. 2007. Deep-Sea ROV Cable. Proceedings of the 56th International Wire & Cable
Symposium. 401–408.
Kabanov, A., Kramar, V., & Ermakov, I. (2021). Design and modeling of an experimental rov with six degrees of
freedom. Drones, 5(4), 113.
Remotely Operated Vehicle Committee of the Marine Technology Society, History of the ROV Committee, available
at:
http://www.rov.org/history.cfm (accessed in August 4, 2022).
Sahu, A., Ghose, D., & Sastry, P. S. (2017, December). Remotely operated vehicle (rov) iris-sp for underwater
inspection tasks. In 2017 14th IEEE India Council International Conference (INDICON) (pp. 1-6).
Skoglund, M. A., Gustafsson, F., & Jönsson, K. (2012). Modeling and sensor fusion of a remotely operated
underwater
vehicle. In Information Fusion (FUSION), 2012 15th International Conference on (pp. 947-954). IEEE.
Thakkar, P., Sanghvi, M., Lekurwale, N., & Sawant, D. (2022, February). Lumina Remotely Operated Vehicle.In 2022
IEEE Delhi Section Conference (DELCON) (pp. 1-6). IEEE.
Yuh, J. (1994). Learning control for underwater robotic vehicles. IEEE Control Systems Magazine, 14(2), 39-46.
Yusoff, M. A. M., & Arshad, M. R. (2013). Development of a Remotely Operated Vehicle (ROV) for underwater
inspection. Jurutera, 2, 10-13.
27
Social Distancing Reminder Smartwatch for Preventing Covid-19
Disease
Nurnisha Shazriena binti Sumad1 And Arfah binti Ahmad Hasbollah2
1,2Department of Electrical Engineering,

Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, Johor, MALAYSIA
*Corresponding Author: nshazriena7@gmail.com, arfah.hasbollah@gmail.com
Abstract: Since its inception, Covid-19 has spread swiftly over the world, having a significant impact
on people's lives, social, economic, and medical systems. One way to reduce the spread of Covid-
19 is to limit social interaction by implementing social distancing. Therefore, social distance
smartwatch is developed to send warning about social distance between people. This project uses
ultrasonic sensor to detect distance and give warning through buzzer and flashing the display onto
smartwatch. As a result, this project successfully detects optimal distance 1 meter between persons,
with average of response time for this system is around 3 seconds. This project is recommended for
those who have contagious diseases such as Covid-19, chicken pox, influenza, or others.
Keywords: Covid-19, social distancing, smartwatch, ultrasonic sensor, Arduino Nano
1. INTRODUCTION
Coronaviruses (CoV) are a diverse group of viruses that cause symptoms ranging from the common cold to
life-threatening disorders. A new coronavirus (nCoV) is a coronavirus strain that has not before been identified
in humans. The virus was eventually called "COVID-19 virus" (Ministry of Health Malaysia, 2021b). On 31
December 2019, WHO received reports of unidentified cause pneumonia in Wuhan, China. Later, on 7
January 2020, Chinese authorities identified a novel coronavirus as the cause, and it was temporarily named
as "2019-nCoV". On 4 February 2020, the first Malaysian was confirmed with Covid-19. The 41-year-old man
had just returned from Singapore when he had a fever and cough. He was quarantined at Sungai Buloh
Hospital in Selangor. (Coronavirus Disease (Covid-19) Pandemic, 2020). Eventually, the World Health
Organization (WHO) has declared the COVID-19 outbreak is a global pandemic (Cucinotta D, 2020).
The patients experienced classic respiratory symptoms such as fever, coughs, difficulty breathing, and
inflammation lung infiltration as well as exhaustion, myalgia, and diarrhea (Huang et al., 2020). During this
outbreak, several individuals were displayed asymptomatic signs. This virus is easily transmitted since it can
be transmitted either directly or indirectly from one person to another person by air droplets (Li, 2020). In
Malaysia, the spread is increasing and have been attacked up to hundred cases per day in the second wave
(from February 27, 2020) due to a massive cluster gathering within the state of Selangor (Rampal & Liew,
2020). Therefore, Malaysia government implement the movement control order (MCO) to limit the social
gathering activity.
There are many ways suggested to break the Covid-19 pandemic infection chain. Ministry of Health Malaysia
(MOH) stressed to the public the importance to adhere and practice social distancing. Social distancing is
keeping physical distance between 1 meter apart (Ministry of Health Malaysia, 2021a). This is due to droplets
created by coughing, sneezing, or speech having a specific transmission distance. People can reduce the
spread of the virus by maintaining this distance. But when engaging in some routine social interactions people
unintentionally break the social distance rule. To lessen this unintentional violation, this paper proposes a
smartwatch equipped with ultrasonic sensor to recognize distance that would give alarm on buzzer and display
at smartwatch.
There are several approaches that proposed by the researchers. For instances, some researchers used PIR
sensors to detect surroundings (Mayuri, Khalid, & Nikhil, 2021) (Sashmita, et al., 2020). While (Wang, et al.,
2022) using gyroscope and accelerometers to determine activities that may be in breach of social distancing
behaviors. On the other hand, (Gautam, Mishra, Pandey, & Singh, 2021) and (R., U., M., & ., 2021) use
ultrasonic sensor as main device to track and notifies user when not practicing social distance. Despite the
fact that each researcher's method was unique, the majority of the devices were designed to be wearable
devices. However, most of them are only designed to specific function, which is to alert the user when they
28
need to practice social distance. The present paper demonstrates social distancing smartwatch that includes
a smartwatch function while also safeguarding the user from contagious disease.
2. METHODOLOGY
As described by the title “Social Distancing Smartwatch”, the “Social Distancing” characteristics of the project
is realized by using ultrasonic sensor, LED and buzzer as alarm. While “Smartwatch” is realized by using Tiny
RTC and OLED Display. OLED display will show current time and date as normal smartwatch. Sensors provide
information about the real world that's been transmitted, and actuators allow objects to response to the input
they have received. Ultrasonic sensor will sense the distance between wearer and other people within its
vicinity. While LED and buzzer will help to convey an alert message to the user. The block diagram of this
model is shown in Fig. 1. A smartwatch with an Ultrasonic sensor is connected to the Arduino UNO board in
proposed model. This model must be crafted in the form of a smartwatch so that it can be worn at wrist area.
Figure 1: Block Diagram of Social Distancing Smartwatch
The proposed smartwatch will be working as normal smartwatch. However, whenever the user in the public
area, the ultrasonic sensor will scan the distance between any person who approaching the wearer. Ultrasonic
sensor will send signal to Arduino Nano. Arduino Nano then continuously process the input from ultrasonic
sensor as per threshold value for the distancing as 1 meter. If the distance become closer than 1 meter, then
it will trigger a signal to buzzer an LED. A buzzer attached to the smartwatch will beep and LED will be flashing
to alert the wearer that he or she may have encountered close distance to another person. The buzzer will
continue ringing until the distance between each person at more than 1 meter. Once the distance between
other people more than 1 meter, the buzzer sound will stop buzzing and LED will turn off. Because of this
design, it allows user to maintain the distancing criteria of at least 1 meter. The flow of the project is shown in
Fig. 2.
The following are the hardware components involved in the device's construction:
• Arduino Nano:
The Arduino Nano is a complete, and breadboard-friendly development board based on the
ATmega328 with the smallest dimensions. It just lacks a DC power jack and functions with a Mini-B
USB cable rather than a conventional one.
• Ultrasonic sensor
An ultrasonic sensor is a device that uses ultrasonic sound waves to determine the distance between
two objects. An ultrasonic sensor uses a transducer to send and receive ultrasonic pulses that relay
information about an object's vicinity. Ultrasonic sensors operate by emitting a sound wave with a
frequency higher than that of human hearing. The sensor's transducer functions as a microphone to
receive and transmit ultrasonic sound. Ultrasonic sensors, like many others, rely on a single
transducer to send a pulse and receive an echo. The sensor calculates the distance to a target by
measuring the time between delivering and receiving an ultrasonic pulse.
• OLED Display
OLED displays are electronic visual panels that harness organic light-emitting diodes (which, of
course, is what the acronym OLED stands for their core illumination power. OLED is used to display
clock and calendar for smartwatch.
• Tiny RTC Module

The Real Time Clock module is based on the DS1307 clock chip, which is compatible with the I2C
protocol. It is powered by a Lithium cell battery (CR1225). The clock and calendar provide seconds,
minutes, hours, day, date, month, and year information.
29
• Buzzer
A buzzer or beeper is an audio signaling device, which is piezoelectric type. The buzzer warns the
user if somebody within the ultrasonic sensor's predetermined range.
• LED
A light-emitting diode is a semiconductor light source that emits light when current flows through it.
When someone gets inside the ultrasonic sensor's predetermined range, it will flash.
Figure 2: Flow chart of the system
This system will always scan a 1-meter radius for human presence. It will send an audible signal if a person
is within 1 meter of it. Due to this, both people will receive an alert in the same situation. This warning will be
sent to both the person who wearing the smartwatch and the one who does not have it. According to the
recommendations made by the WHO, this will lower the rate of transmission that is brought on by either
negligence or a lack of understanding of social distance.
3. PRODUCT DESIGN
The designed system would include a wearable gadget that can detect persons moving in close proximity to
one another and raise an alarm if this occurs, as shown in Fig. 3. This prototype model was created in three
parts: a square form in 8cm x 9cm x 3cm for the base, which includes an Ultrasonic Sensor, Buzzer, Arduino
Nano, Tiny RTC, and battery, a cylindrical shape in diameter for the LED, and a square shape in 2.8cm x
2.8cm for the OLED Display. The prototype was made using PLA filament and printed by 3D printer.
Meanwhile, the watch band is made of Velcro nylon.
30
(a) (b)
Ultrasonic OLED
Sensor Display
LED
(c) (d)
LED
OLED
Display
Ultrasonic
Sensor
(e)
Figure 3: (a) Front View (b) Back View (c) Left View (d) Top View (e) Overall View
Figure 4: Prototype model of Social Distance Smartwatch

An experiment was conducted to measure the response time of the social distancing smartwatch system. If
somebody approaches within range of the user, the buzzer and LED will activate. Three distances with three
trials were studied which are 1.5m, 1m, and 0.75m. Table 1 summarizes the test results. The results reveal
that the response time for 1.5 meters is getting slower, with the first trial taking 0.94s and the third attempt
taking 3.29s. While response time for 1 meter improves from the first attempt taking around 3.6s to the third
attempt taking 3.10s. The response time for 0.75 meter is the quickest of all distances, with the first attempt
taking 3.63s and the third attempt requiring 3.04s.
The average of response time for this system is around 3s. It seems that the most stable measured distance
is 1.0 meter. The result of this system is support by previous work that using ultrasonic sensor for belt (Gautam,
Mishra, Pandey, & Singh, 2021). The findings demonstrate that the Social Distance Smartwatch can alert the
user to immediate surroundings at any time and from any location. The device is better since it has a
smartwatch that the user can use at any time as a conventional watch. Furthermore, the user does not need
turn ON social distancing when in a crowd because it runs automatically
Table 1: Response Time for Social Distance Smartwatch
Trial 1.5 Meter 1.0 Meter 0.75 Meter
1st attempt 0.94s 3.69s 3.63s
2nd attempt 1.55s 3.20s 3.08s
3rd attempt 3.29s 3.10s 3.04s
31
RESPONSE TIME VS TRIAL
1.5 Meter 1.0 Meter 0.75 Meter
4
RESPONSE TIME (S)
3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
1st attempt 2nd attempt 3rd attempt
1.5 Meter 0.94 1.55 3.29
1.0 Meter 3.69 3.2 3.1
0.75 Meter 3.63 3.08 3.04
Figure 5: Response time (second) for different distance (meter) using social distance smartwatch.
5. CONCLUSION
In this paper, a Social Distancing smartwatch for detecting user activities that may breach the social distancing
practice and informing individuals of it during the current COVID-19 epidemic in order to avoid virus
transmission is presented. To test the reliability of this device, an experiment is set up by utilizing three
distances with total nine trials conducted. According to the experimental results, the average reaction time is
roughly 3s, which is sufficient to alert the user in real time.
The Social Distance Smartwatch is a device that designed to help people maintain the bare minimum of
physical space, often known as social distancing, during periods when people are afraid of getting deadly
diseases. Because it is safe and simple to use, this device, which is basically a smartwatch, may be worn by
anyone, anywhere. This device is highly recommended for persons who have COVID-19 as well as other flu
symptoms or contagious disease in order to improve their health care
6. REFERENCES
Coronavirus disease (covid-19) pandemic. (2020). World Health Organization.
https://www.euro.who.int/en/health-topics/health%02emergencies/coronavirus-covid-19/novel-
coronavirus-2019-ncov
Huang, C., Wang, Y., Li, X., et. al. (2020). Clinical features of patients infected with 2019 novel coronavirus
in Wuhan, China. The Lancet, 395(10223), 497–506. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(20)30183-5
Li, T. (2020). Diagnosis and clinical management of severe acute respiratory syndrome Coronavirus 2
(SARS-CoV-2). Emerging Microbes and Infections, 9(1), 582–585.
https://doi.org/10.1080/22221751.2020.1735265
Ministry of Health Malaysia. (2021a). Covid-19 : Guidelines for Physical Distancing At the Workplace , Home
and for Individuals . In Ministry of Health Malaysia (Issue March).
Ministry of Health Malaysia. (2021b). Covid Now in Johor. https://covidnow.moh.gov.my/jhr/
Rampal, L., & Liew, B. (2020). Coronavirus Disease Coronavirus Disease ( COVID-19 ) Spreads. The
Medical Journal of Malaysia, 75(2), 95–97.
Wang, X., Wu, X., Meng, H., Fan, Y., Shi, J., Ding, H. and Wang, F., 2022. Social Distancing Alert with
Smartwatches. arXiv preprint arXiv:2205.06110.
Cucinotta D, V. M. (2020). WHO Declares COVID-19 a Pandemic. Acta bio-medica : Atenei Parmensis
version 91(1), 157–160.
32
Gautam, R., Mishra, S., Pandey, A. K., & Singh, J. K. (2021). Sensor and IoT-based belt to detect distance
and temperature of COVID-19 suspect. In Mathematical Analysis for Transmission of COVID-19 (pp.
349-361). Springer.
Mayuri, D. K., Khalid, A., & Nikhil, S. D. (2021). Social distancing using IoT approach. Journal of Electrical
Systems and Information Technology, 8-15.
R., S. s., U., S., M., S., & ., S. T. (2021). Corona smart watch – the reminder friend. IOP Conference Series:
Materials Science and Engineering (p. 012117). IOP Publishing.
Sashmita, R., Gayathri, V., Peddu Sai, H., A Venkateswara, R., Athira, G., S. S., & and Gayathri, G. (2020).
Suraksha: Low Cost Device to Maintain Social Distancing during CoVID-19. Fourth International
Conference on Electronics, Communication and Aerospace Technology (ICECA-2020) (pp. 1476-
1480). IEEE.
33
Organic Compost Fertilizer Processing Machine for Small and Medium
Industries
Nor Hidayu Shahadan1, Ishak Taman2, Saipol Hadi Hasim3 and Hanifah Jambari4
1,2,3Department of Electrical Engineering,

4School of Education, Faculty of Social Sciences and Humanities,
Universiti Teknologi Malaysia, Johor, 81310, Malaysia
*Corresponding Author: norhidayu@pis.edu.my
Abstract: Fertilizers aid farmers in enhancing their crop production. Excessive and continuous use
of chemical fertilizers on crops is one of the main contributors to environmental pollution because it
not only damages the soil structure but also pollutes water resources near agricultural areas and is
unhealthy for humans. Therefore, using organic fertilizer and compost processing equipment to
accelerate plant growth is healthier and more nourishing for the environment. Nowadays, farmers
are still using manual and conventional methods of producing organic compost. Added to that, the
process required high resources (cost and manpower) and was time-consuming. Thus, the compost
yields cannot be commercialized due to the process of drying and crushing, resulting in compost
fertilizer still in the form of large lumps. This compost fertilizer needs to be dried, crushed according
to the appropriate size, and filtered to be like lumps of granulated sugar without losing the quality of
the fertilizer and killing unnecessary organisms. Although there have been efforts in developing
organic compost processing machines, it only involves one or two stages of processing and mostly
the system is operated separately. Therefore, a semiautomatic organic compost fertilizer processing
machine is developed to process the compost comprehensively. This project aimed in developing
organic fertilizer machines for small and medium industries. It will operate semiautomatic with the
Programmable Logic Control (PLC) and electromagnetic control. It involves four stages, namely
drying, crushing, dissolving and filtration. AutoCAD 3D software is used in designing the system
based on the appropriate dimensions and scale referring to the system size. The finding from the
analysis performed that, the machine is expected to produce a quantity of compost fertilizer of 500
kg per day with only one worker handling the system as well as reduced the time for the whole
process.
Keywords: Organic compost, fertilizer machine, programmable logic control
1. INTRODUCTION
Excessive and continuous use of chemical fertilizers on crops is one of the main contributors to environmental
pollution because it not only damages the soil structure but also pollutes water sources near agricultural areas.
Nowadays, the recycling of organic waste is very important for creating a better and good environment.
Therefore, the use of organic fertilizers needs to be strengthened to catalyze the growth of plants so that they
are healthier and more nutritious because they do not bring any harm to nature (Karthigayan, G. et al.,2021).
In addition, organic compost fertilizers are easy to decompose perfectly, harmful-free chemicals, less disease-
carrying bacteria and have sufficient nutrient content.
The waste is transformed into manure and gas in the conventional recycling process using basic methods like
shredding and squeezing. To ensure that the composting process occurs, it will need a considerable amount
of time roughly 3 to 5 months and requires a lot of manpower ( Katiyar, A. et. al.,2019). As a result, many
34
composting devices have been developed domestically and internationally to make the process of making
fertilizer efficient, timely and reliable. Particularly, there is still potential for advancement in the development
of the compost fertiliser machine, including the level of processing, the size of the machine, and its load
capacity.
In order to create their organic fertilizer apparatus, Daniyan et al. (2017) used just three primary procedures:
shredding, mixing, and pelletizing. Due to this, it still requires different equipment to dry and heat it until it
reaches the right compost temperature. While only a heating procedure for composting the fertiliser was
created by Pare, M., and Aman, M. (2019). Similar to Shubhdeep, S. M. et al. (2020), the produced compost
is lumpy and necessitates a dissolving step.
In this work, the machine created goes through four processes, including crushing, drying, dissolving, and
filtration. It required a design phase and the consolidation of multiple operations into a single unit, which sped
up production and decreased processing time. A device like that would streamline the procedure and make it
safer, quicker, and more affordable. A biological analysis of the nutrient content is required for compost
fertilizer manufacturing, according to Wierzbowska, J. et al. (2020). El-Sayed (2021) and El-Gioushy (2018)
also used it in their research. The only comparison made in this paper was between the N-P-K (nitrogen-
phosphor-potassium) concentration of the fertilizer before and following composting. The following research
paper will give additional research on the subject.
The structure of this paper is as follows: in Section I, the background research and problem statement related
to the objectives are presented. Additionally, Section 2 will discuss the product development process, which
includes product design and analysis. In the meanwhile, Section 3 discusses the findings and contrasts them
with those of the conventional approach. Section 4 will finally wrap up the paper's discussion.
1.1 Objectives
This project aimed to create machinery for small and medium industries to process organic fertilizer. It involves
the following objectives:
i. to design and fabricate an organic compost fertilizer processing machine.
ii. to analyze the machine performance in terms of time, speed and temperature.
iii. to analyze the N-P-K content in the processing compost
2. DESIGN AND ANALYSIS

The three (3) main phases of the research methodology for product development are depicted in Fig. 1. Finding
data from previous research, product development, and testing was the initial step. In the first stage,
information was gathered by doing a literature review using sources such as journals, conference papers,
books, the internet, and others. The shortcomings and deficiencies from the previous initiatives have been
highlighted and aid in the advancement of this research in its subsequent stages.
Figure 1: Design Phase
2.1 Product Design

The 3D design of the development product was done by using Pro-e software, vision wildfire 4 and AutoCAD
3D. It comprises four main stages namely drying, crushing, dissolving and filtration. According to Daniyan et
al. (2017), the size of the drum for the drying and crushing operation is decided. The mass of the drum, m of
the shredder is given by Eq. (1):
𝑚 = 𝜌𝑉 (1)
where ρ is the density of the material (kg/m 3); and V is the volume of the material (m 3) but
35
𝑉 = (𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ × 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ × 𝑡ℎ𝑖𝑐𝑘𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠) + (2 × 𝑐𝑖𝑟𝑐𝑢𝑚𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 × 𝑡ℎ𝑖𝑐𝑘𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠) (2)
Based on the chosen size dimensions, Fig. 2 displays the development product in 3D along with related
elements and components.
(a)
(b)
Figure 2: Product Development (a) Side-View (b) 3D-View
Additionally, schematic and completed PCB circuits are drawn using the circuit maker and automation studio
software. Moreover, the production of the chassis, the casing, the installation of relevant components, and the
testing of each component are all included. The CX-programmer and automation studio software are used to
draw ladder diagram circuits for Programmable Logic Control (PLC), which has 10 inputs and 8 outputs, and
is used to regulate the operation of the organic fertilizer processing machine. The block diagram of the control
system in Fig. 3 can be used to identify the components involved in the microcontroller circuit.
36
Figure 3: Block Diagram of the Control System
2.2 Analysis
This section presents the analysis that accompanied the development of the tests. According to Fig. 4(a), a
tachometer is used to measure the motor's rotational speed for the grinder, crusher, conveyor, and filter. The
measurement is made in revolutions per minute (rpm). As shown in Fig. 4(b), the measurement is carried out
by attaching a probe to the end of the rod shaft while the motor is turning. Fig. 4(c) shows an analysis of the
crushing motor's rotational speed versus the weight of raw compost. It has been demonstrated that the motor's
rotational speed needs to be increased as the weight of the compost increases. Thereby, the motor is capable
of grinding at a rate of up to 40 rpm.
(a) (b)
Rotation speed of crushing motor (rpm)
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Weight of raw compost (kg)

(c)
Figure 4: (a) Multipurpose Digital Tachometer (b) Motor speed data measurement process (c)
Analysis of Rotation Speed
37
Next, the time required for drying and crushing is calculated in minutes. The drying and crushing operations
that rotated inside the drum are depicted in Fig. 5(a). A fine helical grinding blade completes the crushing
section's dimensions, which are 2.75 feet in diameter and 3.7 feet in length. In this light, the rotation process
uses a 3-phase motor for a 2.0 hp Nmrv gear motor grinder. This duration measurement is conducted for raw
compost weighing between 15 and 35 kg and it was discovered that the drying time increases along with the
weight of the compost. This demonstrates that the time (minutes) will increase in direct proportion to the
increase in compost weight (kg).
Duration of drying and crushing process (minutes)

35
30
25
20
15
10
5
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Weight of raw compost (kg)

(a) (b)
Figure 5: (a) Drying and Crushing Process (b) Analysis Duration of Drying and Crushing Process
(a) (b)
Temperature of process fertilizer (celcius)
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Time (minutes)
(c)
Figure 6: (a) Material Temperature Thermometer (b) Temperature Measurement of Compost
Fertilizer (c) Analysis Temperature of Compost Fertilizer
38
Subsequently, the temperature of the process fertilizer is measured with reference to Fig. 6. As seen in Fig.
6(a), a material temperature thermometer is used to measure temperature in degrees celsius (°C). With a
straightforward measuring technique, this thermometer can measure values beyond 300°C by poking the
sharp part into the compost to be tested as shown in Fig. 6(b). The analysis's findings are shown in Fig. 6(c),
which shows that the process of raising the temperature to 60 degrees requires 35 minutes. This demonstrates
that the developed system successfully generates a temperature for composting organic waste in the range
of 50 to 60 degrees Celsius, as indicated in Pare, M., and Aman, M.(2019).
3. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The organic compost fertilizer machine was developed, and Fig. 7 shows a photograph of it. The previous
section has provided an analysis of each processing stage. It's also important to note that the semiautomatic
machine, which has dimensions of 11.4 feet by 6.2 feet by 8.9 feet, has the capacity to generate 400 kg of
organic compost each day. It accomplishes around three times as much productivity as the conventional
approach. Table 1 contains a detailed comparison of the performance in relation to the conventional approach.
This information was gathered through an experiment done at Ben Malek Agro Farm, a collaborator in this
study.
Figure 7: Fabricated Organic Compost Machine
Table 1: Performance of the developed machine compare to the conventional method

Criteria Conventional Method Developed Machine
(Data from Ben Malek
Agro Farm)
Drying process 2 days ~ 30 minutes
(dried under the sun) (1 processing cycle)
Crushing process More than 1 day (with ~ 30 minutes

the help of manpower) (1 processing cycle)
Dissolving process More than 1 day (with ~ 30 minutes
the help of manpower) (1 processing cycle)
Productivity per day 150 kg (with the help of 1 hour = 50 kg
manpower) 1 day (8 working hours) = 400 kg
Manpower More than 5 workers 1 worker only
39
Further, fertilizer samples are sent to the lab to be tested for their nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium (NPK)
nutrient content both before and after the composting process. It is important to use this procedure to
determine the nutrient content of the produced fertilizer (Wierzbowska et al.,2020). According to the findings
in Fig. 8 for the five samples, the N-P-K content in the fertilizer before composting was higher than the N-P-K
content after the composting process. This demonstrates that samples 1 through 5 have undergone the
process of N-P-K decay and decomposition.
Figure 8: Fabricated Organic Compost Machine
4. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

The capability of a semiautomatic machine to produce up to 400 kg of organic compost per day was
demonstrated in this research. It has been successfully processed through four stages, drying, crushing,
dissolving, and filtration which together take around one hour and thirty minutes. Overall, this machine is able
to speed up the manufacturing of compost fertilizer while reducing labour costs. Additionally, the machine
needs less manpower to operate and it demonstrates well suited for its use in small and medium-scale
industries. Nevertheless, to precisely determine the amount of nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium, a
detailed biological laboratory test involving organic matter, organic carbon, and CN ratio must be conducted.
The author will perform this testing in the next research approach.
5. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The authors would like to thank the Ministry of Higher Education (MoHE) for sponsoring this work under TVET
Applied Research Grant Scheme (T-ARGS). As a collaborative partner, Ben Malek Agro Farm is also to be
thanked for providing the experiment's location and the raw compost material.
6. REFERENCES
Ahammad Vazim K. A., Jesin T. A., Anil Raj B., Midhun A. R. & Sreekutten K. (2017). Design and Fabrication
of a Novel Low Cost Food Waste Composting System with Accelerating Process Technology,
International Journal of Engineering and Advanced Technology (IJEAT), 6(3).
Daniyan, I.A., Omokhuale, A.M., Aderoba, A.A., Ikumapayi, O.M. & Adaramola, B.A. (2017). Development and
performance evaluation of organic fertilizer machinery, Cogent Engineering, 4(1).
El-Gioushy, S. F., Abedelkhalek, A., & Abdelaziz, A. M. R. A. (2018). Partial replacement of mineral NPK by
organic and bio-fertilizers of fagri kalan mango trees. Journal of Horticultural Science & Ornamental
Plants, 10(3), 110-117.
40
El-Sayed, A. E. G. A., El-Liethy, A. S., Hendawy, S. F., & Hefni, O. G. (2021). Response of Camelina sativa
Oil to Different Levels of NPK and Compost Fertilizers. Journal of Ecological Engineering, 22(7).
Karthigayan, G. et al. (2021). Economical smart composting machine to manage food waste, alleviate
environmental degradation and combat climate change on Penang Hill. International Journal of
Innovation, Creativity and Change, 9(1).
Katiyar, A., Gaur, A., Kaur, G., Department of Mechanical Engineering, A. B. E. S. E. C., Ghaziabad, U. P., &
I. (2019). Design and Construction of a Shredding Machine for Recycling and Management of Organic
Waste. International Journal of Trend in Scientific Research and Development, 3(4), 707–712.
Pare, M., & Aman, M. (2019). Design Of Organic Compost Machine. International Research Journal of
Engineering and Technology, 6(12), 532-6.
Pavankumar, E., Baskaran, S., Prithivirajan, R., Vinoth Kumar, S. & Karpagaraj, A. (2021). Development of
Multi-functioning Organic Waste Shredding Machine for Natural Compost. In: Arockiarajan, A.,
Duraiselvam, M., Raju, R. (eds) Advances in Industrial Automation and Smart Manufacturing. Lecture
Notes in Mechanical Engineering. Springer, Singapore.
Shubhdeep, S. M. et al. (2020). Design and Development of Organic Waste Compost Machine. International
Journal of Innovations in Engineering Research and Technology, 7(4).
Swapnesh H. B. , Pramod Walke & Ganguly, D. S. S. (2017). The Organic Compost Machine and Factors
Effecting Performance of Composting: A Review. International Journal of Engineering Science and
Computing, 7(1).
Wierzbowska, J., Sienkiewicz, S., Zalewska, M., Żarczyński, P., & Krzebietke, S. (2020). Phosphorus fractions
in soil fertilised with organic waste. Environmental monitoring and assessment, 192(5), 1-11.
41
Implementation of Statistical Process Control
for Manufacturing Process Improvement
(Metal Bed Frame Bracket)
Zuhaila Mohammad1, Noorilyana Abu Bakar2 and M.Norazizul Fadli Abu Bakar3
1,2,3Department of Mechanical Engineering,
*Corresponding Author: zuhailamohammad@pis.edu.my
Abstract: Any company that wants to survive in a crowded market must raise quality and
productivity. Simple strategies, such utilizing the seven core quality tools, can be very effective and
cost-effective in achieving these objectives. Statistical Process Control (SPC) tools technique are
employed to the metal bed frame bracket production. It also seeks to reduce reject rates while raising
production. Continuous process improvements are given priority in the optimization theory of SPC.
SPC entails using a range of tools to examine data and processes, make decisions, and come to
conclusions about how processes behave. This study highlights scratches as the primary cause of
the poor quality. This is due to the fact that the top three defect kinds by percentage Types of Defects
analysis were Small Embossing/Bending Peel Off, Material Problem, and Scratches. Scuffs
comprise the highest average percentage of these top three defects (7.4%), Small Emboss/Bending
Peel Off 1.2% and Material Problem 0.7% came after that. The goal of these studies is to lower the
highest defect among the top three highest defect rates. Improvement after following the action plans
for the top three problems, which is based on three months' worth of data, reveals that the average
monthly defect rate for scratches had decreased from 7.4% in June-July-August to 7.1% in Oct-Nov-
Dec in proved the study's objective was achieved. Operator handling was primarily to blame for the
problem, which was essentially identical. The operator was given the warning to handle the parts
more carefully in order to prevent human error-related errors, and good parts would be reused for
the subsequent procedure.
Keywords: Fishbone Diagram, SPC, Check Sheet.
1. INTRODUCTION
SPC is an excellent tool for tracking, evaluating, and enhancing product quality and customer satisfaction. Key
product quality attributes are captured using process monitoring charts, and feedback from statistical
indicators and control chart analysis is very beneficial for improving process management (Elamine et.
al.,2022). Pascu et. al., 2020 claims that SPC is one of the Lean Manufacturing strategies. However, Six
Sigma is a method of improving the manufacturing process's quality that enables the detection of faults before
they are produced. With the help of this technique, a process may be monitored, and when necessary, an
intervention of control or of process correction can be made before nonconformities occur. It is an effective
set of methods for resolving issues that can be used as problem-solving tools useful in achieving process
stability and improving capability through education on variability (Abtew et. al.,2018). For quality assurance
and improvement, this study uses SPC methods such as control charts and process capability ratios. The
control charts used are the cumulative-sum, R, and x-bar charts (CUSUM). The so-called process capability
index is the ratio that is used (PCI). The statistical program Minitab® was used to implement these features.
Supplier of metal bed frame brackets to Company Q, XYZ.Sdn.Bhd manufactures steel bed frames using the
SPC method. The engineering sector has enhanced "business" in this research to offer lower costs for higher-
quality goods due to the current market's tough competition. The quality program's improvement component
was designed and launched with the goal of increasing the profit margin. It also seeks to reduce reject rates
while raising production. The emphasis on quality may be completely included in the business strategy and
used as a yardstick to measure how satisfied customers are with the provided services. Customer satisfaction,
as defined by Gaikwad, & Hemlata, 2022 is a marketing phrase that assesses how well a company's goods
or services live up to a customer's expectations. Focusing on both internal and external consumers as well as
both are the primary goal of this company's quality improvement efforts. Considering that a company's success
will mostly depend on its quality (Isniah, & Purba,2021). Customer loyalty and product quality are impacted by
42
each other (Bolla et. al.,2022). This study aims to enhance the metal bed frame bracket manufacturing
process. In terms of problem-solving methods, the organization has included some of "the seven quality tools."
The "seven quality old tools" of Check sheet, Pareto chart, Histogram, Scatter diagram, Process Flow Chart,
Fish Bone Diagram, and Control Chart are the ones that are most frequently used (Ishikawa,1985). The control
chart is one of these seven tools that businesses employ most frequently. Depending on the kind of data
gathered, there are two different types of control charts, which are as follows:
i. Chart of Variable Control or Variable Control Chart
ii. Chart of Attribute Control or Attribute Control Chart
Variable control charts are used to regulate continuously monitored product qualities and process parameters.
Attribute control charts govern the process that determines if something is excellent or bad, accepted or
rejected, progressed or stopped, and passes or fails. The kind of attribute control chart to be utilized will be
determined by making a difference between nonconforming or faulty units and nonconformities or defects.
Using the brainstorming approach and fishbone diagram, the important factors that could affect the process
capabilities were identified. A prominent tool for cause-and-effect analysis is the fishbone diagram, which has
a form like a fish skeleton and is used to show the intricate interactions of causes for a certain issue or
occurrence. For representing and analyzing the origins of innovation, the fishbone diagram can serve as a
thorough theoretical framework. (Mario, 2017). Fishbone diagrams, however, are the most common tool used
by industrial engineers in manufacturing settings to explain impacts and interactions between different
production process variables (Sal et. al.,2021).
2.0 METHODOLOGY AND TECHNIQUES

2.1 Data Collected- Check Sheet
After the research design, it is normal to address the data collecting method by defining the data sources,
variables, and the necessary number of observations (Li & Zhang, 2022). The company had been using a
daily check sheet to gather data for three months. This check sheet comprises the proportion of output that is
made up of excellent and faulty components, which is displayed in Table 1 below:
Table 1: Data Collection- Percentage (%) Types of Defect

Types Of Defects (Percentage %)
In- Small
Total Total Material
Proces Emboss/B White Chip
Month Product Good
s Fall-
Dented Scratches Proble Crack
ending Dot Mark
Tapping
ion Parts ms
Out Peel Off
0.1
June 100 90.5 9.5 0.03 7.09 0.74 0.19 1.22 0.0 0.01
8
0.1
July 100 90.3 9.66 0.02 7.44 0.62 0.27 1.18 0.00 0.02
0
0.1
Aug 100 89.9 10 0.02 7.72 0.87 0.22 1.12 0.00 0.0038
0
Ave 100 90.2 9.7 0.03 7.4 0.7 0.2 1.2 0.0 0.1 0.0
0.0
Target 100 95.00 9.70 0.00 7.00 0.50 0.00 1.00 0.00
0
0.00
Total Defect June 9.47 July 9.65 Aug 10.05
2.2 Pareto Chart

A statistical tool known as a Pareto chart is frequently employed for decision-making based on the frequency
of events in comparison to the causes of those events (Irfanto, 2022). Using the information in Table 1 above,
a Pareto chart was made to determine the most common flaw. According to the graph, small embosses/peel-
offs (1.2% on average), material problems (0.7%), and scratches (7.4%) have the greatest defect rates. Figure
1 shows how the Pareto chart revealed all other small problems. However, in this case study, only the top
three serious problems were chosen.
43
Figure 1: Pareto Chart-Type of Defect Based on Average (June-July-August)
2.3 Fishbone Diagram (Cause and Effect)
A technique for generating potential causes for a certain impact uses the "Fishbone Diagram" (the head of the
fish). Using this together with the affinity diagram can help you determine the major categories. The several
causes of a certain occurrence can be shown graphically using a fishbone diagram. It was developed to
establish a link between the failures and their root causes and the failures that were mentioned. Here, the
Fishbone diagram is used as a cutting-edge way of graphic representation to locate, investigate, and assess
the origins of invention, particularly for general-purpose technology (Mario, 2020). To help others comprehend
the underlying issue, the "5 Whys" technique is usually used in conjunction with it.
There are several categories of underlying causes for these three different types of flaws, including labor, work
processes, materials, and equipment. The graphic below shows a fishbone diagram that breaks down the top
three defect types into Small Embossing/Bending Peel Off, Material Problem and Scratches. Figure 2 shows
the fishbone diagram of a little embossing/bending peel-off. Having a material problem is one of the most
prevalent flaws in steel bed frames. We may look at every possible root cause of this problem using the
Fishbone model in Figure 3. A line of scratches, in addition to a material problem and a slight, emboss or peel-
off, are the worst fault that can happen in this situation. Figure 4 displays the causes of scratches in detail.
Scratches leave behind lines and deep scratches. The absence of color, however, occurs when the scratches
are light and shallow.
Figure 2: Fishbone Diagram of Small Embossing/Bending Peel Off
44
Figure 3: Material Problem Fishbone Diagram
Figure 4: Scratches Fishbone Diagram
3.0 IMPROVEMENT ACTION PLAN
There are three types of flaws that might exist in an improvement action plan. Based on the fishbone diagram,
the top three issues will be distilled for the action plan. Machines, materials, work methods, and people(man)
can all be considered relevant topics for development.
Table 2: An action plan suggestion for all defect problem

Type Action Plan Suggestion for Action Plan Suggestions for Action Plan Ideas for the
Small Embossing/Bending Material Problem Scratches Issue
Peel Off
Machine After each use, clean the machine • Preventive maintenance keeps a piece • Preventive maintenance keeps a
thoroughly. of equipment in good working order. piece of equipment in good
• After each use, clean the machine working order.
thoroughly. • After each use, clean the machine
thoroughly.
Material • Must have the correct type of paint • The right drying time and temperature • Utilize the proper materials.
• Must always guard the quality of are required. • Make sure the supplier gives you
the paint • Use the appropriate materials the proper materials.
• Before receiving, perform a check.
Work • Always follow the packing process • Use the most recent procedure • Apply the most recent method.
Method and use methodical handling on • Follow the proper speed and • Follow the appropriate temperature
your end. temperature requirements. and speed criteria in accordance
with the recommended handling
Man • Knowledge and expertise • well-trained worker • well-trained worker
• Correct handling of the material • Knowledge is provided through training Knowledge is provided through
• A positive attitude • Pay close attention training
• Pay close attention
45
4.0 SPC IMPLEMENTATION AND RESULTS ANALYSIS
There was a noticeable improvement after following the action plans for the top three problems. The Pareto
chart in Figure 5, which is based on three months' worth of data, reveals that the average monthly defects rate
for scratches had decreased from 7.4% in June-July-August to 7.1% in Oct-Nov-Dec.
Figure 5: Type of Defects Based on Averages Data from Oct-Nov-Dec
Figures 6, 7 and 8 show how the P chart was developed to examine the procedure and show how to yield
might be increased even further. In line with MIL-STD 105E LEVEL II AQL 0.65 percent SINGLE NORMAL
INSPECTION, the P chart was made at the customer's request. Sometimes referred to as an "AQL table," the
ANSI ASQ Z1.4 table was produced by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) and the American
Society for Quality (ASQ). QC professionals commonly use the ANSI ASQ Z1.4 standard for AQL sampling
when evaluating consumer goods. Table 3 shows how the example plan with code letter M was implemented
and approved for inspection level II for output sizes 10 001 and 35 000 components.
Upon request from the client, our part will be inspected in compliance with MILSTD 105E LEVEL II AQL 0.65
percent SINGLE NORMAL. The sample size for level II code letters M is 315, as shown in Table
4, and the entire batch will be rejected if six or more faulty units are found.
Table 3: Sample Size Code Letters (ANSI/ASQ Standard Z1.4- 2008)
46
Table 4: Single Sampling Plan for Normal Inspection (ANSI/ASQ Standard Z1.4- 2008)
Figure 6: October Data P Chart
Figure 6 demonstrates that scratches on the packaging and handling materials from subgroups ten to twelve
are what led to the higher reject rate. The operator's method of moving the parts from one operation to another
is what led to this flaw. All of the rejected lots were sorted completely as part of the corrective procedure.
These damaged pieces have been scrapped and segregated from the good ones. Coating the scratch-built
item required operator rework.
47
Figure 7: November Data P Chart
According to Figure 7, the operator's scratches and the bending machine's stains were to blame for the greater
reject rate. Other than that, operator handling was primarily to blame for the problem, which was essentially
identical. Corrective action was conducted by sorting out and separating the damaged pieces from the good
parts. Every scratch had been removed. The bending machine had been cleaned of debris that could have
dented or caused the bending to peel.
Figure 8: P Chart for Data from December
While the sample size is still inconsistent, as shown in Figure 8, the range of the out-of-control output has
shrunk during the preceding month. The scratches caused by the operator's carelessness led to the
components being returned. The origins of the materials also a role in the error. The repair action was refused
for all sorted lots where good parts and faulty parts could be differentiated. The operator was given the warning
to handle the parts more carefully in order to prevent human error-related errors, and good parts would be
reused for the subsequent procedure.
5.0 CONCLUSION
The Seven QC Tools were a collection of tools that were utilized in some capacity to enhance quality. By
methodically organizing the contributing variables, a fishbone diagram may be used to depict an undesirable
state or phenomenon and assist in examining how the problem came about. Monitoring the distributional
trends of the average defect rates has also been done using a p chart. A three-month data collection and re-
examination of the outcomes of the faults were done after setting up an improvement action plan. The intended
outcome had been accomplished, as evidenced by data gathered over a period of three months, which
revealed that the average defect, which included scratches, had decreased from 7.4% to 7.1%. The
organization may benefit greatly from even basic QC tools, it was highlighted. Future improvement plans have
been suggested and encouraged, and include a necessity for all staff to finish some fundamental training,
notably on how to handle parts properly and without causing flaws like scratches. Many of the things that are
essential for new operators should be provided, in addition to the usual way of handling the parts. The machine
must always be cleaned to remove any stains or chips that can harm or mark the components.
48
6.0 REFERENCES
Elamine, Benrabah & Kadri, Ouahab & Nadia, Mouss & Benhassine, Naamane. (2022). Statistical Process
Control.
Isniah, Sarah & Purba, Humiras. (2021). The Application of Using Statistical Process Control (Spc) Method:
Literature Review and Research Issues. Spektrum Industri. 19. 125-133. 10.12928/si. v19i2.19035.
Pascu, Ileana & Didu, Anca & Gheorghe, Stefan. (2020). Study about the Application of Statistical Process
Control for Process Quality Improvement in Automotive Industry. Applied Mechanics and Materials.
896. 169-174. 10.4028/www.scientific.net/AMM.896.169.
Abtew, Mulat & Kropi Bhuyan, Subhalakshmi & Hong, Yan & Pu, Linzi. (2018). Implementation of Statistical
Process Control (SPC) in the Sewing Section of Garment Industry for Quality Improvement. Autex
Research Journal. 18. 160-172. 10.1515/aut-2017-0034.
Mario Coccia. (2017). The Fishbone diagram to identify, systematize and analyze the sources of general
purpose technologies. 4. 291-303. 10.1453/jsas. v4i4.1518.
Sal, Brian & García-Saiz, Diego & Sánchez, Pablo. (2021). Automated Generation of Datasets from
Fishbone Diagrams. 10.1007/978-3-030-78428-7_20.
Mario Coccia 2020, Fishbone diagram for technological analysis and foresight. Int. J. Foresight and
Innovation Policy, Vol. 14, Nos. 2/3/4, pp.225–247.
Li, Yanmei & Zhang, Sumei. (2022). Data Collection. 10.1007/978-3-030-93574-0_4.
Ishikawa,K (1985),What is Total Quality Control: Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliff, N.J.
Irfanto, Ryobi. (2022). The Analysis Cause of Casting Repair Work with Pareto Chart In Project X. Jurnal
Teknik Sipil. 18. 106-117. 10.28932/jts. v18i1.4485.
Bolla, Bharath & Kingam, Mohan & Ethiraj, Sabeesh. (2022). Efficient Deep Learning Methods for
Identification of Defective Casting Products.
Gaikwad, Hemlata. (2022). A study of Customer satisfaction. Review of Research.
ANSI Tables- Source: Mil-Std 105E, replaced by commercial standards: ISO2859, ANSI/ASQ Z1.4-2003,
NF06-022, BS 6001, DIN 40080.
49
OPTIMIZING THE NABEEZ FORMULATION IN TERM OF TPC, DPPH
AND VITAMIN C
Nor Hairul Palal1, Rahimawati Abd Rahim2 and Nor Hashina Bahrudin3
1 Nor Hairul Palal,
Politeknik Tun Syed Nasir Syed Ismail, KM1 Jalan Pachor ,

Hub Pendidikan Tinggi, 84600 Pagoh,Johor Malaysia
2 Rahimawati Abd Rahim,

3Nor Hashina Bahrudin,

*Corresponding Author: khairulpalal@gmail.com
Abstract : Nabeez is a sunnah drink based on soaking dates or raisins. This drink has become a
phenomenon to take because it has the best antioxidant content and nutritional value. Nabeez also
helps provide energy to its users and is usually taken during the month of Ramadan. The current
generation's need to obtain highly nutritious food makes nabeez drinks an alternative choice.
Accordingly, this study was conducted to determine the nutrient and antioxidant of Nabeez raw
ingredient after Ultraviolet-C (UVC) treatment. The Nabeez drink produced is a combination of raisins
and dates. The dates used are Ajwa dates while the raisins used are golden raisins. These raisins
and dates will be cut small and then given treatment using UV-C rays at a radiation rate of 254nm.
UV lamp is used to supply UV-C rays where the distance between the lamp and the sample is set at
a distance of 22 cm. The sample was treated with UV-C Ray for 180 seconds and then analyzed to
determine the value of 2,2-Diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl (DPPH) and the value of Total Phenolic
Compound (TPC). The results of the analysis show that the best combination of raisins and dates is
75:25. The result found that the DPPH value was 79.71%, Total Phenolic Compound (TPC) 1.7454
mg GAE/mg and Vitamin C 0.0076. The study found that the correct formulation of the ratio of raisins
and dates helps to increase the nutrient content in the nabeez drink, and even the treatment given
through UV-C rays also helps to increase the antioxidant content.
Keywords : Nabeez, antioxidant, Ajwa dates and Golden raisins
1. INTRODUCTION
Eating healthy food is a way of life in today's society. Awareness in nutrition and health influences society
today to know the nutritional value of food taken. In fact they will make nutritious food as their food of choice.
Now the awareness of eating sunnah food has started to gain attention because it not only provides high
nutritional value, it is also an act which from an Islamic point of view is rewarded when implemented. However,
the study on the interaction between phytochemicals and nutrition in the sunnah food is not clear from the
aspects of the research carried out. In fact, it is necessary at this time to increase awareness to consumers to
consume foods that are based on the sunnah and have high nutraceutical value through simple consumption.
Therefore, the research conducted is to determine the nutrient and antioxidant of Nabeez raw ingredient after
Ultraviolet-C (UVC) treatment. The research conducted refers to Ajwa dates nd Golden raisins.
1.1 Kurma (Ajwa Date)

Dates are a sunnah food mentioned in Al-Quran and Al-Hadith. In fact, dates became the favourite food of
Rasullullah and were usually taken by Muslims in the month of Ramadan (Fasting month). Dates (Ajwa dates)
contain a high sugar content of 33.2% - 74.2%. Table 1 shows the nutritional value of Ajwa dates. Ajwa dates
are very popular dates these days. This fruit is a dark brown to a dark black colour with white wrinkles. Ajwa
dates are widely planted in Medina and are known as prophet dates (Mallhi et al., 2014).
50
Table 1 : Nutrient Value of Ajwa Date
Nutrient Value
Proline 86 mg / 100 g
Histidine 26 mg / 100 g
Leucine 57 mg / 100 g
Acid Amino Glycine 83 mg / 100 g
Acid Aspartic 186 mg / 100 g
Glutathione 205 mg / 100 g
Lysine 73 mg / 100 g
Manganese 0.4 mg / 100 g
Magnesium 1.5 mg / 100 g
Sodium 7.5 mg / 100 g
Mineral and Vitamin Potassium 4.8 mg / 100 g
Zinc 1.9 mg / 100 g
Phosphorous 2.7 mg / 100 g
Calcium 2.3 mg / 100 g
Total Phenolic Content 245 and 455 mg /100 g
Phytochemicals Total Flavonoid 2.79 mg /100 g
(Khalid et al., 2017)
1.2 Raisins (Golden Raisins)

Raisins or Vitis vinifere L. are dried grapes without any added sugar or sweetener. These raisins contain
various levels of nutrients that can provide health to consumers (Olivati et al., 2019). Raisins contain a high
natural sugar content of up to 60% (Alexandra, Olmo-Cunillera Danilo, Pérez, Marhuenda-Muñoz, Lamuela-
Raventós, & Vallverdú-Queralt, 2020) and are very rich in fiber. Even raisins also contain phytochemicals such
as phenolic compounds (Schuster, Wang, Hawkins, & Painter, 2017). Table 2 shows the nutrient value of 4
types of raisins.
51
Table 2 : Value Content for Raisins
Zante Corinthian Golden

Dark Raisins
Currant Currant Raisins
Nutrient
Value per 100 g
Water (g) 17.6 NR 3 14.90 15.46
Carbohydrate (g) 76.98 77.5 80.02 79.32
Protein (g) 3.43 2.5 3.28 3.30
Total lipid (g) 0.22 0.4 0.20 0.25
Sugars (total, g) 62.28 NR 3 65.70 65.18
Fiber (total dietary, g) 4.4 6.7 3.30 4.50
Minerals
Potassium (mg) 777 710 746 744
Phosphorus (mg) 99 180 101 98
Calcium (mg) 88 10 64 62
Magnesium (mg) 36 30 35 36
Sodium (mg) 43 NR 3 24 26
Iron (mg) 1.88 4 0.98 1.79
Zinc (mg) 0.37 NR 3 0.37 0.36
NR: not reported.
(Schuster et al., 2017)(Alexandra, Olmo-Cunillera Danilo et al., 2020)
1.3 Nabeez
Nabeez drink is a sunnah drink that refers to soaking dates or raisins overnight before drinking (Endah, Fildzah,
& Siti Sulaiha, 2020). Sunnah food is the food and drink favored by the Prophet SAW.
From Aisyah she said.
“ We used to make flavors for Rasulullah in stringy drinking water on it, we make a soak in the morning and
drink it in the afternoon of make a soak in last evening I drank it in the morning”. (H.R. Muslim)
This drink is also known as infused water which is alkaline and acts as a detox that helps the process of
removing toxins in the body (Muzaifa, Lubis, & Arifullah, 2019). Nabeez is also a drink that has a high
antioxidant value (Fibonacci, 2020) n addition to containing other nutritional values such as fat-soluble
vitamins, water-soluble vitamins and minerals. The nutritional value of Nabeez drink is derived from the high
nutritional value of dates and raisins. Referring to (Al-Farsi & Lee, 2008) it was found that dates contain high
levels of Vitamins B-complex, Vitamin C and minerals.. Restani et al., (2016) explains that raisins also match
the high value of Vitamins B-complex, Vitamin C and minerals. In fact, these two sunnah foods also contain
high antioxidant values that help prevent the growth of cancer cells (Schuster et al., 2017; Khalid, Khalid, Khan,
Ahmed, & Ahmad, 2017).
1.4 Phenolic Compound and Antioxidant

Basically, plants are the main source of phenolic compounds. Even plants may contain simple phenolics such
phenolic acids, flavonoids, stilbenes, hydrolysable, coumarins and condensed tannins, lignins and lignans.
Accordingly, determine the total phenolics is one of the important parameters to estimate the number of
antioxidants (Papoutsis et al., 2016). Antioxidants are chemicals that the body needs to neutralize free radicals
and prevent damage caused by free radicals to normal cells, proteins, and fats. Antioxidants are a group of
substances that when present at low concentrations, in relation to substrates that are oxidized, significantly
inhibit or delay oxidative processes, while often being oxidized themselves (Thorat et al., 2013).
52
Nabeez is a sunnah drink that is rich in natural nutritional value. The process of improving the content of
phenolic compounds and antioxidants through treatment using UVC radiation, makes this drink good for health.
Therefore, the sharing of information about the goodness of nabeez needs to be spread so that many people
can take it as a daily drink and at the same time practice the consumption of sunnah drinks.
2. METHODOLOGY
2.1 Pre-Treatment of Dates and Raisins
The pre-treatment process refers to the treatment applied to dates and raisins through UV-C radiation (refer
figure 1). Samples will be cut into small pieces at a size of 0.5cm X 0.5cm, then these samples will be exposed
to UV-C rays using a UV lamp at a radiation rate of 254nm (Shen et al., 2013). The distance set between the
sample and the UV lamp is 22 cm. The sample is then exposed to UV light for the following period of time
which is 0 second as a benchmark, while the other samples are exposed for periods of 60 seconds, 120
seconds, 180 seconds, 240 seconds and 300 seconds
Figure 1 : Pre-treatment of Dates and Raisin
2.2 The Extraction Process

A sample of 20.0g was taken from each part. Then this sample will be mixed with 40.0 ml of distilled water and
ground (Rivera-Pastrana, Gardea, Yahia, Martínez-Téllez, & González-Aguilar, 2013). Each sample will then
be taken as much as 0.1g. This sample will be mixed with 5ml of methanol and 100.0ml of distilled water. This
extraction process is done where the ingredients are then mixed using a Centrifugal Machine for 10 minute.
Then this mixture is stored in a Scott Bottle wrapped in aluminium foil before the next analysis is done.
2.3 Phenolic Compound Content Study (Total Phenolic Content (TPC)

Phenolic Compound Content Study involves the analysis of Total Phenolic Content (TPC) of 2.0ml of 10%
Folin-Ciocaltue reagent (Folin-Ciocaltue Reagent (FCR) mixed with 1.0ml of sample extract (Alothman, Bhat,
& Karim, 2009). Then this mixture will be left for 5 minutes before 2.0ml of sodium carbonate (Sodium
Carbonate 7.5% w/v) is mixed. Next, this mixture is kept in a dark place for 30 minutes. The next process
involves measurement using a UV Spectrometer (UV-Vis). The wavelength is set at 765nm. The next process
is to use Gallic acid at a concentration of 0.05 mg/ml, 0.15 mg/ml, 0.20 mg/ml and 0.25 mg/ml.
53
2.4 Antioxidant Content
The next process is to test the antioxidant content. This process involves the preparation of DPPH
solution by using 0.1ml of DPPH (2,2-Diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl) equivalent to 39.4mg added with 1000.0ml
99% methanol. The next process is prepare dilution of the sample was done at the dilution (1.0ml mg/ml, 0.8
mg/ml, 0.6 mg/ml, 0.4 mg/ml and 0.2 mg/ml) with a rate of 10.0ml of distilled water. The sample was mixed
with 4.0ml DPPH reagent and 2.0ml methanol. This mixture was mixed then kept in a dark pot for a period of
30 minutes (Abd El-Rahman & Al-Mulhem, 2017). This mixture was tested for its absorption rate using a UV
Spectrometer at 517nm.
2.5 Analysis of Gallic Acids

The process for the analysis of gallic acids involves the use of 10.0 mg of gallic acid powder and dissolved
with 10.0 ml of methanol. Then, using gallic acid solution at concentrations of 0.05mg/ml, 0.15 mg/ml, 0.20
mg/ml and 0.25 mg/ml (Padmini, Samarasekera, & Pushpakumara, 2014). The solution are then put in UV
Spectrophotometer to measure its absorbance 765 nm.

3.1 Optimize of Nabeez Mixture
This stages is the process of determining the optimal mix of nabeez involving golden raisins and Ajwa dates.
Various ratios are tried and analyzed to ensure the best mixture to determine the DPPH value that produces
the highest percentage. The highest DPPH value will be selected to be used for further analysis. Table 3 shows
the inhibitory percentage of DPPH radical of individual and mixture between raisin and date. The results of this
process show that the best mixture is a mixture at a ratio of 75% Golden raisins and 25% Ajwa dates. This
mixture showed a DPPH value of 79.71% higher compared to other mixture ratios.
. Table 3 : Antioxidant Activity of Nabeez Formulations
DATE RAISIN DPPH
0 100 64.34%
25 75 79.71%
33.33 66.67 48.63%
50 50 73.62%
66.67 33.33 43.17%
75 25 23.52%
100 0 32.44%
3.2 Optimization Result

The next process is to obtain analytical information to assess the content of nutrients, especially vitamin C and
the antioxidant activity.
Table 4 shows the Total Phenolic Compound (TPC) of all formulation of Nabeez generated by Design-Expert
software (version 6, USA, 2000). The TPC was express as mg of gallic acid equivalents (GAE) /mg of sample.
It is determined quantitatively with gallic acid standard curve (Figure 2) by the equation y = 51.105x + 0.0477,
R2=0.9966. Gallic acid was selected as standard as it is reported as the main type of phenolic compound
presented at high value in Quranic food (Al-Habsi & Al-Khusaibi, 2018). The data shows that the highest TPC
content is 1.8583 mg GAE/mg (50% date: 50% raisin), and the lowest TPC content is 0.6448 mg GAE/mg (100%
date). From the previous study, the range for phenols in raisins was between 477.3 ± 103.2 mg/100g for
Thompson, up to 799.4 ± 44.1 mg/100g for golden raisins (Thompson et al., 2006). Meanwhile, phenols in
dates 6.61 ± 1.11 mg/100g GAE (Carughi, 2008).
54
Table 4 : Mixture Generated by Design Mixture
TYPE OF SUNNAH FOOD RESPONSE

DATE RAISIN DPPH TPC Vit C
0 100 64.34% 1.2934 0.0091
25 75 79.71% 1.7454 0.0076
33.33 66.67 48.63% 1.6195 0.0065
50 50 73.62% 1.8583 0.0102
66.67 33.33 43.17% 1.4999 0.0086
75 25 23.52% 0.8835 0.0076
100 0 32.44% 0.6448 0.0045
Figure 2 : Calibration Curve Gallic Acid
The effect of UVC treatment and the best formulation of raisins and dates which is 75:25 makes this nabeez
drink contain the highest percentage of DPPH and TPC content. It helps users get nutritious drinks especially
to neutralize free radical content that causes cell damage. Accordingly, the study to determine the value of
DPPH, TPC and Vitamin C in this nabeez drink is an effort to help more people to be able to consume nutritious
drinks
4. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION

In conclusion, the production of nabeez drinks that provide maximum nutritional value requires research from
the aspect of determining the best formulation involving the ratio of Golden Raisins and Ajwa dates. The 75%
raisin and 25% date formulation is seen to have the best nutritional value in terms of DPPH percentage. In
fact, the content of TPC is one of the best contents apart from vitamin C. The findings of this study are in line
with the objective of the study which is to determine the nutrient and antioxidant of Nabeez raw ingredient after
UVC treatment. For future studies, it is recommended that the details of the formulation can be improved so
that the value of DPPH, TPC and Vitamin C is optimal and able to make this nutritious.
55
5. REFERENCES
Abd El-Rahman, S. N., & Al-Mulhem, S. I. (2017). Characteristic Analysis, Antioxidant Components and
Antioxidant Activity of Date Fruits, Date Seeds and Palm Shell. In Lifestyle disease (Vol. 1). Retrieved
from https://www.omicsonline.org/open-access/characteristic-analysis-antioxidant-components-and-
antioxidant-activityof-date-fruits-date-seeds-and-palm-shell.pdf
Al-Farsi, M. A., & Lee, C. Y. (2008). Nutritional and Functional Properties of Dates: A Review. Critical
Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition, 48(10), 877–887. https://doi.org/10.1080/10408390701724264
Al-Habsi, N. A., & Al-Khusaibi, M. (2018). The Potential Antioxidant Properties of Date Products: A Concise
Update. Canadian Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 6(2), 84–104.
https://doi.org/10.14206/canad.j.clin.nutr.2018.02.08
Alexandra, Olmo-Cunillera Danilo, E.-A., Pérez, A. J., Marhuenda-Muñoz, M., Lamuela-Raventós, R. M., &
Vallverdú-Queralt, A. (2020). Is Eating Raisins Healthy? Nutrients, 12(54), 1–17.
Alothman, M., Bhat, R., & Karim, A. A. (2009). UV Radiation-Induced Changes of Antioxidant Capacity of
Fresh-Cut Tropical Fruits. Innovative Food Science and Emerging Technologies, 10, 512–516.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ifset.2009.03.004
Carughi, A. (2008). Health Benefits of Sun-Dried Raisins. In Review of the Scientific Literature through July
2008. Sun-Maid Growers of California 13525 South Bethel Avenue Kingsburg, California.
Endah, B. P. P., Fildzah, K. P., & Siti Sulaiha. (2020). Perbandingan Kadar Flavonoid dan Vitamin C pada
Infused Water Goji Berry (Lycium barbarum) dan Air Nabeez Kurma (Phoenix dactylifera L.). Medical
Technology and Public Health Journal, 4(1), 32–37. https://doi.org/10.33086/mtphj.v4i1.1458
Fibonacci, A. (2020). Antioxidant Activity of Nabeez Water from Ajwa Palm Date Fruits (Phoenix dactylifera
L) as a Favourite Drink of the Prophet Muhammad SAW. Journal of Physics: Conference Series,
1594(1). https://doi.org/10.1088/1742-6596/1594/1/012001
Khalid, S., Khalid, N., Khan, R. S., Ahmed, H., & Ahmad, A. (2017). A Review on Chemistry and
Pharmacology of Ajwa Date Fruit and Pit. Trends in Food Science and Technology, 63(September),
60–69. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tifs.2017.02.009
Mallhi, T. H., Qadir, M. I., Ali, M., Ahmad, B., Khan, Y. H., & Atta-Ur-Rehman. (2014). Ajwa date (Phoenix
dactylifera): An emerging plant in pharmacological research. Pakistan Journal of Pharmaceutical
Sciences, 27(3), 607–616.
Muzaifa, M., Lubis, Y. M., & Arifullah, M. (2019). Kajian Pembuatan Infused Water dari Buah Kurma (Phoenix
dactylifera) dengan Penambahan Jeruk Nipis (Citrus aurantiifolia). Jurnal Teknologi Dan Industri
Pertanian Indonesia, 11(2), 84–89. https://doi.org/10.17969/jtipi.v11i2.14656
Olivati, C., de Oliveira Nishiyama, Y. P., de Souza, R. T., Janzantti, N. S., Mauro, M. A., Gomes, E., … Lago-
Vanzela, E. S. (2019). Effect of the pre-treatment and the drying process on the phenolic composition
of raisins produced with a seedless Brazilian grape cultivar. Food Research International, 116(July
2018), 190–199. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodres.2018.08.012
Padmini, S. M. P. C., Samarasekera, R., & Pushpakumara, D. K. N. G. (2014). Antioxidant Capacity and
Total Phenol Content of Sri Lankan Annona muricata L. Tropical Agricultural Research, 25(2), 252.
https://doi.org/10.4038/tar.v25i2.8146
Papoutsis, K., Vuong, Q. V., Pristijono, P., Golding, J. B., Bowyer, M. C., Scarlett, C. J., & Stathopoulos, C.
E. (2016). Enhancing the Total Phenolic Content and Antioxidants of Lemon Pomace Aqueous Extracts
by Applying UV-C Irradiation to the Dried Powder. Foods, 5(55), 1–10.
https://doi.org/10.3390/foods5030055
Restani, P., Frigerio, G., Colombo, F., Peres de Sousa, L., Altindişli, A., Pastor, R. F., & Lorenzo, C. Di.
(2016). Raisins in Human Health: A Review. BIO Web of Conferences, 7, 1–6.
https://doi.org/10.1051/bioconf/20160704005
Rivera-Pastrana, D. M., Gardea, A. A., Yahia, E. M., Martínez-Téllez, M. A., & González-Aguilar, G. A.
(2013). Effect of UV-C Irradiation and Low Temperature Storage on Bioactive Compounds, Antioxidant
Enzymes and Radical Scavenging Activity of Papaya Fruit. Journal of Food Science and Technology,
56
51, 3821–3829. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13197-013-0942-x
Schuster, M. J., Wang, X., Hawkins, T., & Painter, J. E. (2017). A Comprehensive Review of Raisins and
Raisin Components and Their Relationship to Human Health. Journal of Nutrition and Health, 50(3),
203–216. https://doi.org/10.4163/jnh.2017.50.3.203
Shen, Y., Sun, Y., Qiao, L., Chen, J., Liu, D., & Ye, X. (2013). Effect of UV-C Treatments on Phenolic
Compounds and Antioxidant Capacity of Minimally Processed Satsuma Mandarin During Refrigerated
Storage. Postharvest Biology and Technology, 76, 50–57.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.postharvbio.2012.09.006
Thompson, H. J., Heimendinger, J., Diker, A., O’Neill, C., Haegele, A., Meinecke, B., … Jiang, W. (2006).
Dietary Botanical Diversity affects The Reduction of Oxidative Biomarkers in Women due to High
Vegetable and Fruit Intake. The Journal of Nutrition, 136(8), 2207–2212.
https://doi.org/10.1093/jn/136.8.2207
Thorat, I. D., Jagtap, D. D., Mohapatra, D., Joshi, D. C., Sutar, R. F., & Kapdi, S. S. (2013).
Antioxidants,Their Properties, uses in Food Products and Their Legal Implications. International Journal
of Food Studies, 2, 81–104. https://doi.org/10.7455/ijfs/2.1.2013.a7
57
WATER HEAD INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION TECHNIQUE USING
YFS201 IN THE WATERFALL AREA
1 2 3
Yusmahaida Yusoff , Zuraida Osman and Zarina Suhaimi
123
Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, KM10 Jalan Kong -Kong, 81700
Pasir Gudang, JOHOR
*Corresponding Author: yusmahaida@pis.edu.my
Abstract: Water head tragedies are now frequent even outside the monsoon season. There are
early warning indications before this issue begins, but we might get careless, and unfortunately,
there is still a lack of knowledge about the symptoms of hydrocephalus. Many investigations have
been carried out to develop a warning system. The main concern is that the capacity of rainwater in
the upstream may exceed the normal level, potentially resulting in a catastrophic water head
phenomenon. This proposed project could help visitors get an early warning when there is a water
head. Early Warning System Research is entirely based on the YF-S201 module, which will be linked
with the world's most well-known microcontroller, the Arduino Uno. When the rainwater level rises
above the normal level, the sensor activates the microcontroller, which then activates the emergency
light and speaker functions. The more water capacity that passes through the YS-F201, the more
frequently the emergency light and speaker will be activated. This project's prototype has been
developed successfully, and the functionality of the tools used has been demonstrated.
Keywords: Arduino, Water Level Sensor, Water head, waterfall, YF-S201
1. INTRODUCTION
Malaysia has a lot of beautiful natural scenery because it is surrounded by tropical forests. Malaysians are
extremely fortunate to have access to and experience the beauty of the outdoors, particularly
waterfalls. Malaysia tourism is supported by a variety of natural resources like as lakes, waterfalls, marine
parks, calcareous caverns, tropical forests, and mangroves (Yusoff & Jamaludin, 2014). And in fact, there is
a good deal of tropical rain covering the equator line. It also benefits Malaysia, which has a large numbers
of rain catchment regions. However, in rare cases, heavy precipitation can lead to dangers including water
heads, floods, landslides, and so on. Floods have been reported to be a major disaster in any country, and
Malaysia has experienced similar disasters in the past, resulting in disruptions in daily community routines,
financial losses, infrastructure damage including railway tracks, bridges, roads, vehicles, and properties, and,
worst of all, the loss of lives (Syed Muzammil et.al, 2022).
Due to the lack of an early warning system, which (Fakhruddin et al.,2015) argue is a crucial component of
disaster risk reduction, it still has flaws. It is necessary to set up a warning system so that guests may take
early precautions. Visitors can use this warning as a quick and simple approach to be more cautious and get
ready for all the negative possibilities. This is also acknowledged by (A. Supani and Y. Andriani, 2019) which
by merging electrical technology and the internet of things (IoT), a flood early warning system may be
implemented. This system may be constructed and utilized with only a few components .
Natural calamities are quite terrifying. Not only it causes monetary harm, but it may also endanger lives.
Natural catastrophes are not restricted to floods; landslides, storms, and water heads are all included. A head
of water, also known as a river source, is a big wave of water that flows from an upstream or waterfall to the
main river. It is typically caused by strong rains that occur upstream. When it rains, these streams become
quite large and forceful, carrying a variety of silt, pebbles, and logs. It will also collide with any obstructions
that it encounters. A black sky at the upper section of the river, i.e. on the hilltop, followed by loud thunder,
and the sound of rocks or water rushing upstream are early warning markers of water head occurrences. It is
followed by bubbling river water and appears unexpectedly, whether silt, rotten leaves, or twigs are abundant
on the water's surface.
58
These calamities sometimes occur overnight, particularly in upstream locations, when all the tourists are
enjoying the coolness of the river and the natural beauty. Most visitors are unaware of the symptoms of water
head. The concept of this project is based on the problem faced by the current system, where the flood warning
system is not sent directly to visitors. The current method is to notify the technician on duty via telegram or
text. Since the average waterfall in Malaysia has many levels, it is quite impossible for all visitors to obtain this
information simultaneously.
Furthermore, the way of spreading information from technicians to visitors is seen as ineffective. Thus, this
project was created to address the issue of concurrently spreading information while also assisting
technicians in their task of disseminating information. Meanwhile, (Hatividad and Mendez, 2018) build up a
warning system model that encourages the use of real-time monitoring systems via developed web-based
applications and SMS notification. Although this system is an efficient method of disseminating information,
especially in remote areas. but it is inappropriate to use in the nearby area of a waterfall, especially for
visitors, who will undoubtedly be happy to enjoy themselves regardless of SMS or phone calls.
3. METHODOLOGY
This is a prototype project that will cover the actual scale. This project's development is divided into a few
stages as illustrated using a flow chart, as seen in the Fig 1.
Figure 1: Flow chart of the project
This prototype's development includes programming, simulation, hardware, and testing. The programming is
done with Arduino software, as well as the simulation is done with Proteus software.
Figure 2: Schematic diagram of the project
Figure 2 illustrates the circuit used in this project. It begins with the rain and continues through FY-S201. The
orange wire from the YF-S201 water level sensor is connected to Arduino pin 2, which is the flow sensor used
to detect input. The output of this sensor will be recorded based on the litres per minute measurement.
Meanwhile, the LCD will display the amount of rain that passes through this component. When the volume of
rain exceeds certain conditions specified in the programming, the warning system will be activated. Arduino
will activate both the LED and the speaker for the duration indicated.
When water flows through the rotor inside this water level sensor, the rotor rolls and its speed varies with the
flow rate. The flow rate is calculated using liters per minute as shown in Equation 1 .
1000
𝑥 𝑝𝑢𝑙𝑠𝑒
𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒(𝑠)
𝐹𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒, 𝑄 = (1)
𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑖𝑏𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟
59
Equation 2 demonstrates how to calculate how many litres have flowed through the sensor in one second.
𝐹𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒, 𝑄
𝐹𝑙𝑜𝑤 (𝑚𝑖𝑙𝑖𝑙𝑖𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠) = 𝑥 1000 (2)
60
According to the Department of Irrigation and Drainage, rain that surpasses 60mm in 2 to 4 hours is classified
as extremely heavy and might produce flooding or waterlogging. The table 1(a) refers to the category
established by the Department of Irrigation and Drainage, whereas table 1(b) refers to the amount of water
scaled to meet the demands of this project's prototype.
TABLE 1 (a): Categorization of rainfall Intensity from Department of Irrigation and Drainage Malaysia
(b) Categorization of rainfall for prototype
The prototype results of this project will be used to determine the accuracy of this product in measuring rainfall.
Furthermore, it aims to maximize the efficiency of this product. Several experiments have been done on the
hardware of this project to test its effectiveness. The sound level of the speaker is set according to the rainfall.
Table 2 shows the outcomes of observing four-level circumstances.
Table 2: Setting for triggering

Rainfall (ml) Category Sound (beep) LED
<50 Light No OFF
50-89 Moderate Beeping every 10 minutes Toggle every 10 minutes
90 - 110 Heavy Beeping every 5 minutes Toggle every 5 minutes
>111 Very Heavy Non-Stop Beeping ON
Fig 2: Circuit diagram for water level sensor Fig 3: Serial monitor result
60
The speaker will emit different tones based on the results under four distinct scenarios. The same goes for
the warning light, which illuminates according on the function selected. Simulation by using Proteus 9.0
Professional software was successfully implemented. Hardware development is also carried out using this
simulation, as seen in Figure 2. On top of that figure 3 represent the simulation result.
From August 1st to September 3rd, 2022, a rainfall measurement test was conducted. The collected data was
compared to the rainfall from the responsible department for the same timeframe. Every day, data will be
collected three times: at 11 a.m., 5 p.m., and 11 p.m.
(a) (b)
(c)
Figure 5: Weekly rainfall observation at (a) 11am (b) 5 pm and (c) 11 pm
A comparison of the volume of data on a weekly basis is shown in Figure 5. It is evident that there is little
difference between the two. Additional evidence for this is provided by the accuracy calculation as shown in
table 3 and the solution of equation 3.
Table 3: Result of efficiency (Ʈ)

Week Time Original data (X) Collected data (Y)
11:00 AM 187 178
W1 5:00 PM 251 244
11:00 PM 325 321
11:00 AM 16 16
W2 5:00 PM 75 74
11:00 PM 0 0
11:00 AM 151 151
W3 5:00 PM 122 120
11:00 PM 59 58
11:00 AM 103 102
W4 5:00 PM 191 190
11:00 PM 227 223
11:00 AM 65 65
W5 5:00 PM 74 73
11:00 PM 15 15
Total ∑1861 ∑1830
In order to make the comparison clearer, the data from figure 3 has been further simplified as shown in table
61
4. The effectiveness of this early warning system, according to the results, is 98.33% efficient.
∑ 𝐶𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑑𝑎𝑡𝑎 (𝑌) 1830

𝐸𝑓𝑓𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑦 (Ʈ) = 𝑥 100% = 𝑥 100% = 98.33% (3)
∑ 𝑂𝑟𝑖𝑔𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑑𝑎𝑡𝑎 (𝑋) 1861
5. CONCLUSION
It has been successful in developing a prototype early warning system for water levels near a waterfall. The
YFs201 water level sensor has undergone testing that has successfully demonstrated its effectiveness in
accurately measuring rainfall and successfully activating the warning system. It is believed that this warning
system, which employs the YFs201 water level sensor and is supported by LEDs and speakers, can effectively
and quickly communicate information to waterfall visitors. This project only needs a small amount of upkeep
and does not require a sizable investment. The project's importance for real-world applications is emphasised.
However, it appears that if this concept is strengthened by incorporating modern technologies through the
internet of things, there will be a lot more advantages. Not only can data be gathered in a systematic way, but
the alert notification can also be regularly improved.
6. REFERENCES
Ahmad, A., “ Proposal framework for the flood disaster”, Management Cycle in Computer Science, Vol 3. No.
1, 2022, https://doi.org/10.30880/aitcs.2022.03.01.055
A.Supani and Y. Andriani ,2019. Designing and Applying Flood Early Warning System Based on Waterfall
and Water Level for Special of Palembang City. Journal of Physics: Conference Series.
https://doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1500/1/012129
Luqman H.A and Nazri M. Nawi, “Flood Monitoring and Alerting System, Applied Technology And
Malaysia”. Sustainability 2022, 14, 4088.
Fakhruddin S.H.M, Akiyuki Kawasaki, Mukand S. Babel, 2015, “Community responses to flood early warning
system: Case study in Kaijuri Union, Bangladesh”, International Journal of Disaster Risk Reduction,
vol. 14, part 4, pp.323-331. ISSN 2212-4209.
Natividad J.G and Mendez J.M,2018, “Flood Monitoring and Early Warning System Using Ultrasonic
Sensor”, IOP Conference Series Materials Science and Engineering 325(1):012020,
DOI: 10.1088/1757-899X/325/1/012020
Syed Muzamil, S.A.H.B.; Zainun, N.Y.; Ajman, N.N.; Sulaiman, N.; Khahro, S.H.; Rohani, M.M.; Mohd, S.M.B.;
Yusof, Z. B., & Jamaludin, M. (2014). Barriers of Malaysian green hotels and resorts. Procedia-Social
and Behavioral Sciences, 153, 501-509. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2014.10.083
62
FABRICATION OF 3-IN-1 ONION FRIED MACHINE (OFM) FOR SMALL
AND MEDIUM INDUSTRIES
Noorilyana Binti Abu Bakar1, Nik Nor Fatihah Bt Nik Mood2 and Muhammad Imanuddin Bin
Ishak3
1 Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, Pasir Gudang, 87100, MALAYSIA

*Corresponding Author: noorilyana@pis.edu.my
Abstract: The "O.F.M 3IN1" project is geared for small- and medium-sized businesses. The letters
F stand for fried, M for machine, and O for onion. Surveys and observations about peeling, cutting,
and frying led to the conception. An observation has been done and it shows conventional procedure
for making fried onions entails using a cutting board, a knife to peel the onion, and three different
cooking methods. These steps address the lengthy procedure involved in making fried onions,
beginning with peeling, chopping, and frying the onions. Based on these problems, the researchers
want to build and create a machine that can perform three tasks at once, cutting down on both labour
costs and time. These machines were produced through a process that began with design, moved
on to material selection, fabrication, finishing, and analysis. In contrast to conversional methods, this
machine was designed to combine all the processes and be more efficient. The results of an
experiment show that the processing time is significantly faster than with the conventional method.
Using OFM, it has been discovered that processing two kilogram of raw onion into fried onion takes
15–16 minutes. This project's goal was successfully attained.
Keywords: Onion fried, peeling, cutting, frying.
1. INTRODUCTION
Onions fried shallots is cut thin and fried in hot oil until browned and fragrant then lifted and ready to be eaten.
India produced 19 million tons of onion and comes second in the yearly production (Rasool.et.al, 2020).
Usually served fried onions sprinkled on food and Malaysian cuisine such as fried rice, soup, and others. Fried
onions also to increase a person's appetite. An onion peeling machine has been designed, developed, and
evaluated according to SMEs food industry needs.
However, to produce fried onions still in traditional ways. It takes a long time and less productivity. Therefore,
the idea to produce a machine that can produce fried onions semi-automatically. The project is called ‘OFM’.
In the current work, an ergonomics-based slider crank mechanism-based vegetable and fruit cutting machine
is designed and constructed (Krishna et.al, 2022). This machine can perform tasks such as peeling, cutting
and fry at a time. The machine is also designed to save time and man (Fauzi,2022).
1.1 Problem Statement

Statement of the problem is an important aspect that should be considered regardless of the industry or any
organization before creating or producing a product. Creativity and innovation rank among the most crucial
components of a product design project. (Hmina et.al,2018). Thus, the idea to project product machine fried
onions or OFM based on problems addressed. By research of the problems are:
63
1. Long time taken to process produces fried onions starting from the process of peeling, cutting, and
frying onions.
2. The level of security using traditional methods is decrease.
3. Productivity using traditional methods is less.
The objective is an important factor in the production process of a project is to design and develop machine
produce fried onions and to reduce time and energy on process peeling, slicing, and frying (Nor, 2019). The
objective of this study is:
1. To design and develop machine produce fried onions.
2. To reduce time and energy to produce fried onion. (Three process in one machine).
This study limited to only:
1. Using a semi-auto system.
2. This machine can carry out 3 processes only (peeling, cutting, and frying)
3. Processing 2 kg of onion in a time.
4. Able to process the onion only.
1.2 LITERATURE REVIEW

The onion (Allium cepa L., from Latin cepa meaning "onion"), also known as the bulb onion or common onion,
is a vegetable that is the most widely cultivated species of the genus Allium (Wikipedia,2022) Onions are
cultivated and used around the world. As a food item, they are usually served cooked, as a vegetable or part
of a prepared savory dish but can also be eaten raw or used to make pickles or chutneys. They are pungent
when chopped and contain certain chemical substances which may irritate the eyes. Onion bulbs formed from
the base of the leaves together and form stems that change shape and function, grow, and eventually form a
coated bulb. Onion bulbs formed from layers of leaves that grow and coalesce.
An essential garnish or ingredient in a dish is fried onions (Umaroh et.al, 2018). Fried onions are slices of
onion that have either been pan-fried (sautéed) or deep-fried and are frequently used as a vegetable side
dish, garnish, or ingredient in dishes. (Wikipedia, 2022). Almost all Malaysian specialties use this ingredient.
Fried onions are now widely used and can be said to be necessities restaurant entrepreneurs and ordinary
food stall or even at home. Three processes must be completed before an onion can be fried: the onion must
first be peeled, then it must be sliced, and finally it must be fried. Peeling is one of the crucial steps in the
preparation of raw materials that will impact the final product's quality and cost (Rahim et.al, 2019).
Previous final year project report session December 2010 covered was cutting and frying only. The machine
process starts with onion peeled manually and limited processing one kilogram of onions at one time (Firas
et.al, 2010). In addition, the final year report projects session December 2015 just focus on cutting the onion
process using 13 blades of cutter (Yusof,2015). Most of the machine part is from recycled final year projects
from the past (Husni ,2019).
Fried onions produced from three major process which is peeling, cutting, and frying. Usually, the traditional
way that always used to peel and chop the onion is using a knife. Parents or older people are adept at using
this method, but this method takes a long time to peel and chop one onion. SMEs used a machine but only
certain process they afford to buy. Based on observation, cutting process SMEs use a machine. The others
still manually done by operator. Use of this method requires a lot of energy to do with quantity. In addition, it
also causes a painful and watery eye due to enzyme sulfonic respond with tear into sulphury acid. Nowadays,
there are many types of machines invented for onion, but it was only facilitating the process separated.
Table 1: Comparison Type of Onion Fried Machine in Market
Name of Amisy Onion Fryer Bop-2 Full Automatic Onion Onion Slice Cutting
machine Machine (Amsdyz- Peeler Stainless Steel Onion Machine
500) Processing Machine
Dimension 880*620*930mm 2200*1200*1950mm 720*500*900mm
64
Capacity Follow oil groove size Around 7200 pieces per hour 300-600kg/h
500*500*400mm
Advantage -Temperature can be -This sort of fully automatic -The round onion cutter
set by the machine. onion peeler works with all machine can slice onions
types of onions in a specific and dice them. Suitable for
-Food scraps
size range (40-80mm, 60- restaurants and onion
generated in frying
120mm, etc.); there is no need processing plants
process can sink into
to grade onions or return
bottom funnel -This vegetable onioncutting
onions to their original location;
through water machine is also suitable for:
it works with both dry and fresh
filteration. potatoes, apple, banana,
onions and uses air peeling,
bamboo shoots, onions, etc.
which doesn't harm onions.
Disadvantage Only concerned Only concerned peeling Only concerned slicing
frying process. process process.
Table 1 shows the comparison onion fried machine that are available in the market. There only one machine
for one process. Based on the survey shows an opportunity for innovation to be design. The expected result
is to improve the quality of fried onion productivity up to twice which initially only able to fry onion as much as
two kilogram in one process of frying (Umaroh, 2018). Frying is applied as one of the oldest methods of food
preparation both in domestic and industrial scale (Salehi,2019).
2. METHODOLOGY
2.1 Product Design
Research methodology and techniques are designing, collecting, and analyzing data to produce evidence that
can support a study (to conclude that what is studied). The purpose of the methodology is to help understand
the wider (in detail) about the application of the method to make the description of the review process. The
following flowchart illustrates the approach taken to fulfil the activity's goal.
Figure 1: Flow Chart Of Implementation Method
65
Figure 1 shows the flow chart of implementation method to produce OFM machine. Started with introduction
on selection of topic of project. Observation and research have been done to study the current method that
SMEs used to produces onion fried. The results show that, they more preferred to used manual method using
knife for peeling process and frying process traditionally using big size of wok and gas stove. They spend
more buying a cutting machine to ensure the thick of cutting size was standardized. Total time to finish
50kilogram per day were six hours. Where in ratio for two kilograms were finished per hour. This project aims
to help the SMEs reduce the time and manpower to produce onion fried and the productivity will increase at
the same time. Therefore, OFM were designed to achieve the objective with small expenditure.
Based on the study, literature review conducted and gather the information. Several ideas have been
designed. Sketch is the main step for a designer. The concepts of machine have been discussed and the
material selection were based on stainless steel for hygienic and safety. The selected design drawings have
been drawn using the AutoCAD drawing application. Next, the raw material been measured, cutting, fabricate
and continued with finishing process.
Figure 2: AutoCAD Drawing of OFM Machine
2.2 Product Fabrication
Product fabrication includes the creation of machines, parts, and structures from various raw materials based
on planned design drawing before. As with other manufacturing processes, both human labor with tools are
commonly used. Process of product fabrication shown in Table 2 below.
Table 2: Process of Product Fabrication

STEPS Work Procedure STEPS Work Procedure
Measured Process Install cutting blade
Onion will fall from the top after the peel
1 Measure the hollow bar according to the 6 door is opened.The cutter will cut the onion
predefined size. (Frame size: when subjected to pressure then the cutter
100x40cmx 80cm) will cut the onion.
66
Cutting Process Install Frying cooker
Make cuts on materials that have been Weld the place for cooker to frying
measured using ‘power grinder’ process. After completing the process on
the cooker's side, repeat welding process
to connect the cooker's side and the
cooker frame. The cooker was 32 Watt
2 7 and 6.4 liter.
Welding Process Install cover body of machine

Welding process fabricate mainframe of i.Cut the aluminum plate to cover the motor
machine. and others part.
i.Welded ‘hollow bar’ according to the ii.welds the aluminum plate on the outside
desired shape using MIG Welding and the bottom of the machine. It aims to
3 Machines.Use the L, to make sure that 8 make our machine surface neat.
the corner of the frame is 90 °.Use the
handrails to level the welded parts.
Motor Assembly Process Finishing

After all the above works are completed, the
After the modification process is finishing process is done by removing any
completed then the motor can be placed. sharp guitars and paint spraying. Finishing
This motor used for peeling and cutting work to ensure safety and satisfaction to
4 semi-automatic process. The diagram 9 consumers.
below shows the position where the
motor is mounted.
Install Peeling container

1) Use stainless steel containers to make
the process of peeling.
2)The radius on the side of the wall
remove the onion skin and radius at the
5 bottom used to filter the onion skin if the 10
water from the pipe released.
4) make the door or the path according to
the shape and size of the desired size so
that the ready-to-peel shall pass through
the door to fall to the cutting process.
Final product OFM
67
Table 3: Result of Time Taken

Methods (1kg onion) Time taken (min)
Trial peeling cutting frying Total finish process
Current method in 1 15 5 10 30
SMEs factory 2 14 5 8 27
(One skilled 3 16 5 12 33
operator) Ave 15 5 10 30
1 4 3 8 15
OFM 2 5 4 7 16
(1 operator) 3 4 3 8 16
Ave 4.33 3.33 7.67 15.67
Table 3 shows the time taken for three processes using two different methods. Current method in SMEs using
manual peel and frying but used machine for cutting. Three experiments have been done and the result shows
almost 30 minutes where finish to produced one kilogram of onions. While by using OFM, the time consuming
was reduced 50% from current method. Figure 3 below, shows that OFM, the orange bar showed save much
time rather than using current method. Peeling process shows the bigger different time taken which is OFM
takes 4.33 minutes compared to manual method that takes about 15 minutes. OFM also shows cutting time
save to 16.75% time from 5 minutes to 3.33 minutes compared to current method. For frying process, the time
23.3% difference where current method were 10 minutes and OFM was 7.67 minutes.
GRAPH TIME TAKEN CURRENT SMEs METHOD VS OFM

(1 kg onion)
100%
4.33
3.33 7.67 15.67
80%
TIME (MIN)
60%
40% 15
5 10 30
20%
0%
peeling cutting frying total time
OFM 3in1 4.33 3.33 7.67 15.67
current SMEs 15 5 10 30
METHOD OF PROCESS
Figure 3: Graph Time Taken for Current SMEs Method Versus OFM
68
1.Switch on the machine. Put the onion on 4.Push the onion to cutting hole while blade spinning
peeling container
2.Pour a water while the container running 5.The cutting onion straight down to fryingpan
3.The onion has peeled move out to cutting hole 6.Frying the onion until finish. Switch of the machine
Figure 4: Steps of OFM Machines Operates
Figure 4 shows the steps of OFM operates. Turn on the switch, the bottom blade on container side will spinning
and the same time, water was added for peeling process. After the process done, the onion then moves to
cutting hole in one side, after cutting done, by using gravity force, the cutting onion were gone down to the
frying pan. The onion will be frying until it becomes brown-gold color. Then the fried onion was ready to eat
and finish at 15minutes per one kilogram.
Compared to the market product, it shows clearly that the function of OFM much better. Accordingly, OFM
capable of running three processes at one time on a regular basis. The SMEs will increase their production
due to time producing has been decrease. These innovation machine will help the SMEs to use their space in
factory wisely because OFM very smart and small where just one machine for three processing. Part of the
work involved with processing easy to clean because the material used was stainless steel. The machine can
process 2 kg onions in a time starting from peel and ended the frying process. Additionally, entrepreneurs can
reduce labour costs and save time (Sha’ari et.al, 2021).
4. CONCLUSION
The implementation of ‘FABRICATION OF 3-IN-1 ONION FRIED MACHINE (OFM) FOR SMALL AND
MEDIUM INDUSTRIES’ very useful to increase the production process become effective and efficient. the
resulting product is also more hygienic because the processing made of stainless steel. These are the
conclusion:
69
1. The objective of this study has successfully achieved:
• To design and develop machine produce fried onions
• To reduce time and energy to produce fried onion. (Three process in one machine).
2. The time process has been reduced from total 30 minutes to 15.67 minutes using OFM machine. It
was about 47.76% faster than current SMEs method.
3. The problem statement has been solved by using OFM. It was short time taken to process produces
fried onions starting from the process of peeling, cutting, and frying onions.
4. Productivity using traditional methods is increase by the processing to produce the fried onion has
been improve and faster.
5. REFERENCES
Fauzi, L. A. F. B. M., Kamaruddin, L. R. B., & Abdullah, L. M. F. B. (2022) The Development Of Automatic
Non-Leafy Vegetables Cutting Machine. In International Symposium Of Education And Values-4 (P. 31).
Firas, N.A Rahim, S.T Arman, & Teymoi, L (2010), Fried Onion Producing Machine, Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan.
(Unpublished)
Halim, M. I. A., Musa, Z. N., Jaluddin, S. N., Karim, U. K. A., Mahat, M. M., Sufian, M. F., & Ariffin, Z. Z. (2019).
Investigation of sharpness of knife by onion cutting. Materials Today: Proceedings, 16, 2039-2046.
Hmina, K., Sallaou, M., Arbaoui, A., & Lasri, L. (2018). A preliminary design innovation aid methodology based
on energy analysis and TRIZ tools exploitation. International Journal on Interactive Design and Manufacturing
(IJIDeM), 12(3), 919-928.
Husni, A. M., Majid, A. L., Fuei, W. C., Azhari, N. K. S., & Jie, S. W. (2019). Semi-automated onion peeler
machine. MCH EED GMI. (Unpublished)
Krishna, U. V., Kumar, P. P., Sri, B. D., & Basha, S. A. (2022). Ergonomic Design of Vegetable and Fruit
Cutter. In Technology-Enabled Work-System Design (pp. 41-51). Springer, Singapore.
Nor, N. H. M., Hassan, M. F., Ali, M. H. M., & Tuparman, M. H. (2019). Design and Development of Shallots
Skin Peeler Machine. Journal of Industry, Engineering and Innovation, 1(2).
Nurherdiana, S. D., Nugraha, R. E., Yogaswara, R. R., Ramadhan, H., Hakam, M., & Dharmawan, W. A.
(2022). Diversification of Processed Onion Products as the Iconic Product in Darurejo Village, Jombang
Regency. Nusantara Science and Technology Proceedings, 330-334.
Rahim, H. A., Abidin, M. H. S. Z., & Ibrahim, M. H. (2019). Design and Development the Onion Peeling
Machine Using Diamond Mesh Shape Tromp Peeler. Politeknik & Kolej Komuniti Journal of Engineering
and Technology, 90-102.
Rasool, K., Islam, M. N., Ali, M., Jang, B. E., Khan, N. A., Chowdhury, M., ... & Kwon, H. J. (2020). Onion
transplanting mechanisms: A review. Precis. Agric. Sci. Technol, 2, 196.
Salehi, F. (2019). Measurement of Central Temperature and Color Changes of Onion Slices During Frying
Process. Journal of Food Technology and Nutrition, 16(4), 71-80.
Sha'ari, M. S., & Yasak, F. (2021). Improvement of Existing Onion Peeler Machines. Progress in Engineering
Application and Technology, 2(2), 1090-1101.
Umaroh, S. T., Khofi, M. I., Huda, K., Purnomo, A. S., & Alfianti, A. F. (2018). Design Of Semi-Automatic Onion
Frying Machine Equipped With Temperature, Timer, Speed Control. International journal of Tourism
and hospitality in Asia Pasific (IJTHAP), 1(1).
Yusof, Y.M Aiman, M. Razak & S. Maria (2015), Onion Cutter Tool in the Restaurant. Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan.
(Unpublished)
70
Smart Power Socket Monitoring Based on ACS712
Noor Ainniesafina Zainal1, and Norhanis Harol Anual2
1,2 Department of Electrical Engineering,

Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, 81700, Johor, Malaysia
*Corresponding Author: ainniesafina@pis.edu.my
Abstract: Electricity applications are used by humans to carry out their daily tasks. Electrical or
electronic equipment must be charged on a regular basis since excessive current will damage the
product. The energy-saving sockets is important, and has been developed so far, but the technology
still needs to be improved. In order to create a smart socket that uses GSM warning, the Smart
Socket Monitoring Based on ACS712 is presented. The study's purpose is to develop a mechanism
that measures the use of current values and then gives warnings when excessive current usage
occurs. A system is established to measure the consumption of current values that have been
specified and to apply technology in the safety of electricity use. The current sensor ACS712 is used
as an incoming current detector for this purpose, and it is controlled by the Arduino Uno. This product
can calculate current consumption values on three different levels. Through SMS alerts, the system
was able to successfully operate as an energy-efficient smart socket. This simple and low-cost
product makes it inexpensive and potentially marketable.
Keywords: Current sensor ACS712, GSM, Arduino Uno, Current consumption
1. INTRODUCTION
Electric current usage is becoming a necessity for people to go about their daily lives. This is due to the fact
that all electronic and electrical devices need to be charged and to have current flowing through them in order
to work. As an illustration, consider water heaters, rice cookers, and mobile phone chargers. Therefore, end
users need to cut back on their energy usage by changing how they consume energy and utilizing energy-
efficient tools and equipment [1]. However, irresponsible and haphazard current usage might have detrimental
implications. Heat from an overload/overcurrent causes insulation ageing in an electrical socket outlet [2].
According to studies, there are several occurrences of house premise fires caused by a short circuit and
current overload [1].
Officials from Malaysia's Department of Statistics published the dataset Statistics on Fire Breakouts, Malaysia,
2000 - 2019, where the number of Deaths refers to instant death at the scene, sourced from Malaysia's Fire
and Rescue Department. According to 2019 statistics, there were 50720 fire outbreaks, with 121 deaths and
455 injuries [3].
While, according to Malaysian Fire Protection Association president Michelle Hah, a fire occurs every 24
minutes on average, with an annual loss of RM5bil. She estimated that there is a 60% rise in fires caused by
electrical failures, particularly during the holiday season. This is caused by overloading, which occurs when
additional electronics or lights are plugged into sockets. To limit the risk of fires, it was critical to understand
the maximum voltage of electrical sockets [4]. Such cases can occur due to human negligence or the attitude
of not taking seriously the prudent use of electricity.
The biggest issue with home and shop owners is that they are unaware of excessive current consumption. As
a result, consumers are unaware of the value and limitations of an electrical item's current consumption when
plugged into a socket. Aside from that, users frequently use a large number of electrical goods on all in sockets,
which can cause harm to electrical products. As a result, this research was carried out in order to create a
Smart Socket capable of measuring and displaying incoming current utilising a current sensor and an LCD
display. This smart socket may also warn the user if there is an excessive current by sounding a buzzer and
sending an SMS alert. The project is expected to boost safety while decreasing current usage.
71
1.1 Smart Socket
Several smart socket prototypes for monitoring and managing home appliances have been proposed. In
buildings and other sites, electric equipment is often connected to an alternating current (AC) mains electricity
power supply via AC power plugs and sockets [5]. Plug sockets are electrical outlets that provide a safe and
convenient way to distribute fixed power in any residential, commercial, or industrial environment. Electricity
can be used to power anything from a phone charger to a computer or large machineries, and even an
automobile. When needed, electric sockets in a range of colours and finishes can be both functional and
visually appealing. One, two, and three gang plugs give versatility in applications that demand more or fewer
power points.
A smart socket is not simply a conventional socket; it can execute multiple tasks at once. The socket's "smart"
aspect is implemented by the use of a current sensor, which is then paired with a GSM modem to inform the
user as a warning indication. Previously, most people at home as well as shop premises used a traditional AC
plug socket. Overflow current may occur if multiple charging occurs, and it may injure the electrical good if the
current is surpassed. Power sockets have seen significant changes in terms of function augmentation, such
as wireless control and current monitoring, over the years.
In [6], the system based on ZigBee communication and infrared remote controls. The socket in the study
consists of a current-sensing component and a series of resistors arranged in such a way that the voltage is
divided until it reaches the appropriate limit for the power metering chip. Through the device interface, the
overall and individual power consumption of the linked device can be accessed by using the socket. However,
the device's low sampling rate and limited communication coverage at a few tens of metres only limit its
capabilities.
The similar study based on ZigBee communication is present in [7]. The investigates a smart socket that can
wirelessly monitor and regulate attached loads using a main controller, an ATmega328 microcontroller that
functions as the manager of all other plug components. Similarly, to earlier designs, [7] does not require a
measurement unit for the voltage signal because power consumption is approximated using the current drawn
from the socket, hence tying the voltage level to a reference value.
Many of these enhancements were developed to stay up with technology advancements. Thus, the proposed
idea can manage the electric current consumption for multiple charging while also alerting consumers via SMS
warning via smartphone. In a real life, we cannot avoid the advancement of technology on a daily basis. Aside
from that, energy-saving methods are excellent. It can benefit everyone indirectly. Consequently, a smart
socket is one of the options that encourages the use of technology in daily life and the efficient use of energy.
1.2 Wireless System
Mobile communication has evolved into a vital means of information exchange around the world. All of the
mobile technologies that have been developed to date have significantly changed our way of life [8]. GSM
Modem is the wireless connection used in Smart Socket. A study released in [9] described an outlet system
that can be controlled and monitored using a GSM cellular phone's short message service. Wireless modems
create, transmit, or decode data from a cellular network to establish connectivity. A SIM (Subscriber Identity
Module) card is required to communicate with the network. They, like mobile phones, have an IMEI
(International Mobile Equipment Identity) number for identification.
The modem requires AT commands to interact with the processor or controller, which are transmitted via serial
connection. The controller/processor sends these commands. After receiving a command, the modem returns
a response. The controlled elements in this system were equipped with current sensors, and the intelligent
system would apply LED controls based on the detecting results supplied by the current sensors.
2. METHODOLOGY
This study indicates the design of a smart socket system that is expected to be able to send a warning when
excessive current consumption occurs in order to address concerns linked to the wasteful use of electricity.
The project is divided into three main parts which will be done simultaneously. The smart socket characteristics
is realized by using current sensor while warning system is realized thru GSM Modem.
Fig. 1 shows the block diagram of the project. Refer to Fig. 1, this project build with current sensor (ACS712),
which is operate as a current detector and converts it to an output voltage that can be measured and is
proportional to the current via the route being monitored. Each sensor is made for a particular current range
and environmental condition. Sensors are available in a variety of shapes and sizes. The most common of
these sensors is a resistor that measures current. It is a current-to-voltage converter in which a resistor is
placed in the current channel to linearly convert the current to voltage.
72
Based on the project implementation, there are three levels of current value rates. All these three levels of
current are setting with three level of current consumption. Each current level will be set according to the
colour of the LED, which is green, yellow and red. Current sensor will detect an incoming current through plug
socket and it will generate data as an information to Arduino Uno. This Arduino Uno is a microcontroller board
based on the Microchip ATMega328P microcontroller. The board has 14 digital I/O pins (six capable of PWM
output), 6 analog I/O pins and it is programmable with the Arduino IDE, via a type B USB cable.
The Arduino will process the data and command the LED, LCD, Buzzer and GSM Modem as output of the
project. GSM modem is a complete GSM/GPRS module in SMT format, developed with a high-performance
single-chip processor based on the AMR926EJ-S core, allowing for tiny dimensions and cost-effective
solutions. When the current exceeds the limit, it will display the current value on the LCD. Apart of that, buzzer
is connected to trigger a GSM module in order to send an alert message through smartphone via short
message.
Figure 1: Block Diagram

Fig.2 shows the flow chart of project development, which is a process of project or project design to plan and
build effective learning experiences consists of analysis, design, development, implementation and evaluation
process. Refer to the flowchart, first process flow is analysis. Thus, the analysis has been done in order to
understand the gaps of study. The fundamental issue is that the owner of a home or business is unaware of
high current consumption. As a result, consumers are unaware of the value and limitations of an electrical
item's current consumption when plugged into a socket. Another problem with consumers is that they
constantly overload one outlet with electrical appliances, which might damage the equipment.
Following that, based on the study, the decision was made to design a system that measures the utilisation of
established current levels using a current sensor, as well as a system that delivers alarms when there is
excessive current usage. After the design step, the end-product is developed to provide a learning experience.
At this stage, three parts of main development is considered, which is develop a current sensor that can
measure an input data, LCD display to display the total current consumption, and a buzzer to alerts the user
at the same time. In this case, the system must determine the overall current consumption in order to carry
out the command issued by the processor, which is an Arduino Uno. As a result, the system must determine
and comprehend whether the current exceeds 0.3A. As a result, it is critical to determine whether the Green
LED or Red LED should be turned on. Finally, the process is assessed to determine the system's
effectiveness. If the current consumption exceeds the limit, the Red LED will illuminate, the buzzer will sound,
and an SMS warning will be sent.
73
Figure 2: Flow Chart of Project
2.1 Product Design

The product is made by waterproof Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) / Plastic material or IP66 waterproof enclosure
boxes. Fig. 3(a)-(d) shows the product top view, side view, front view and isometric view. It was designed in a
part which are rectangular shape in dimensions 215mm x 150mm x 80mm (Width x Long x Height), which is
consists of three LED, 3-pin socket, buzzer and LCD on the top casing. Fig. 4(a)-(b) shows the final product
and product setup for testing and analysis. Test conducted on a prototype model that has 5 bulbs and ACS172
current sensors 5A to measure the total power usage and current measurements as shown in Fig. 4(b). The
analysis and testing have been done in order to monitor power consumption at home.
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Figure 3: (a) Top View (b) Side View (c) Front View (d) Isometric View
74
(a) (b)
Figure 4: (a) The Developed Smart Socket (b) Product Setup for Testing and Analysis
3. DATA FINDING AND DISCUSSION

To fulfil the study's goal, two analyses were performed. The first analysis was completed, which measured the
utilisation of current values using a current sensor. As indicated in Fig. 5, the warning will be issued to the cell
phone through short message. While, Fig. 6 shows the three levels setting of current sensors, in Arduino Uno,
which is 0.01A ≤ Current exceed < 0.2A for level 1, 0.2A ≤ Current exceed < 0.3A for level 2 and Current
exceed  0.3A for level 3. After then, a liquid crystal display (LCD) will display the measurement value of the
current sensor. In addition, this project consists of three Light Emitting Diodes (LED) in the colours green,
yellow, and red.
Figure 5: Source Code to Define Message
Figure 6: Source Code Setting for Level of Current and LEDs
Table 1 shows the result for current sensor finding. The green LED will turn ON if the current equal or exceeds
0.01A but less than 0.2A. It shows that the amount of electricity being consumed is still quite low. When the
current equal or exceeds more than 0.2A, the yellow LED will turn ON. This implies that the user is on high
alert while remaining within the limits of the permissible electricity consumption rate. However, if the current is
equal or exceeds 0.3A, the red LED will turn ON and the user will be alerted at the same time. According to
the testing results, the limit current display in Fig. 6 has three levels: 0.08A (Green LED), 0.20A (Yellow LED),
and 0.32A (Red LED).
75
Table 1: Result Finding of Current Sensor
CURRENT LIMIT Green Yellow Red
LED = ON LED = ON LED = ON
0.01A ≤ Current exceed < 0.2A YES NO NO
0.2A ≤ Current exceed < 0.3A NO YES NO
Current exceeds  0.3A NO NO YES
(a) (b) (c)

Figure 7: (a) Green LED (b) Yellow LED (c) Red LED
Second analysis has been conducted in order to achieve second objective, which is to design a system that
issues warning if excessive current consumption occurs. Table 2 shows the result finding based on the
combination circuit of smart socket with GSM module. The GSM Modem SIM900A is used as a wireless
module and it’s dependable [10]. The GSM will be sending a message using smartphone thru SMS application
as when the current measured by a sensor current exceeds 0.3A.
At the same time, Red LED will turn on and the buzzer will be warned as shown in Fig. 7(c). Therefore, if the
passing current exceeds the set of current level, a warning will be received via SMS with a display of "Current
exceed limit" as shown in Fig. 8, while the LCD module was developed to display real-time voltage and current
monitoring value as mentioned in. Next, a short messaging service on a GSM cell phone to remotely manage
and monitor an outlet system [11]. This smart power socket monitoring based on ACS712 is a simple
mechanism that monitoring a current consumption. The development of smart sockets has been identified as
a viable answer to these challenges. However, earlier literature analysis could not uncover an optimal design
for the creation of cost-effective, easy-to-use smart sockets [11].
Table 2: Result Finding for Buzzer and GSM Modem

CURRENT LIMIT BUZZER WARNING MESSAGE RECEIVE
STATUS STATUS
0.2A < Current exceed > 0.01A OFF NO
0.3A < Current exceed > 0.2A OFF NO
Current exceed > 0.3A ON YES
Figure 8: SMS Warning
76
4. CONCLUSION
To reduce electrical fires caused by electrical socket outlets, it is required to execute and monitor electrical
socket outlet current consumption. In this study, Smart Power Socket Monitoring Based on ACS712 has been
successfully proposed for alerting the users if there is an excessive current consumption with easier and safety
design. Thus, finding of this research has been summarized. The ATmega328P microcontroller board received
the data from the current sensor and the LCD shows a message and user prompts as a display system. The
programmed for a microcontroller was written in C programming, which is based on the current circumstances.
It also enables to interfaced with SIM900A GSM module to send a message. In conclusion, the aim of this
project which is to create a mechanism that measures the use of values current that has been set while using
current sensor is successful designed. The application of a product that may send a short messaging service
on a GSM cell phone to monitor an outlet system is advantageous for the system if excessive current
consumption occurs. Furthermore, it can use technology to improve the safety of electricity use.
5. REFERENCES
Al-Hassan, E., Shareef, H., Islam, M. M., Wahyudie, A., & Abdrabou, A. A. (2018). Improved smart power
socket for monitoring and controlling electrical home appliances. IEEE Access, 6, 49292-49305.
Kim, K. C., Kim, D. H., Kim, S. C., & Kim, J. H. (2020). Analysis of thermal characteristics and insulation
resistance based on the installation year and accelerated test by electrical socket outlets. Safety and
health at work, 11(4), 405-417.
“Statistics On Fire Breakouts” [Online]. Retrieved November 10, 2021. Available:

Malaysia”https://www.data.gov.my/data/en_US/dataset/statistics-on-fire-breakouts-malaysia
“Be safe rather than sorry” [Online]. Retrieved December 12, 2021. Available:
https://www.thestar.com.my/news/nation/2021/04/28/be-safe-rather-than-sorry
AC Plug, "What is plug socket?". [Online]. Retrieved November 26, 2021. Available: https://my.rs-
online.com/web/c/fuses-sockets-circuit- breakers/electrical-installation-accessories/plug-sockets/
J. Han, C.-S. Choi and I. Lee, "More efficient home energy management system based on ZigBee
communication and infrared remote controls", IEEE Trans. Consum. Electron., vol. 57, no. 1, pp. 85-89,
Feb. 2011.
T. M. Fernández-Caramés, "An intelligent power outlet system for the smart home of the Internet of Things",
Int. J. Distrib. Sensor Netw., vol. 11, no. 11, pp. 214805, 2015.
Yadav, R. (2017, March). Challenges and evolution of next generations wireless communication.
In Proceedings of the International MultiConference of Engineers and Computer Scientists (Vol. 2).
Lien, C.H.; Bai, Y.W.; Lin, M.B. Remote-controllable power outlet system for home power management. IEEE
Trans. Consum. Electron. 2007, 53, 1634–1641.
SIM900A GSM GPRS Module. [Online]. Retrieved November 26,2021. Available:

https://www.mybotic.com.my/ products/SIM900A-GSM-GPRS-Module/1783.
Ma, M., Huang, B., Wang, B., Chen, J., & Liao, L. (2018). Development of an energy-efficient smart socket
based on STM32F103. Applied Sciences, 8(11), 2276.
77
IOT Smart Availability of The Polytechnic Ibrahim Sultan (PIS)
Lecturer
Module by Using RFID
Farhana Norazman1, Wan Mohd Rumaizi Wan Taib1 and Muhammad Nur Hadi Che
Ibrahim1
`1Department of Electrical Engineering,
Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, KM 10, Jalan Kong Kong, Pasir Gudang, 81700, Johore, Malaysia
*Corresponding Author: farhana.norazman@pis.edu.my
Abstract: Despite the trends of online classes in place, sometimes face-to-face lecture is
unavoidable. Last-minute notice regarding the availability of a lecturer through verbal
communication is cumbersome. Students might have come to the lecturer’s room to consult their
lecturer just to learn that the lecturer is not in the lecturer’s room. Therefore, the proposed module
consists of an RC522 RFID module, a NodeMCU ESP8266 is developed to detect the availability of
PIS lecturers in the lecturer’s room. The objective of this paper is to develop a module that can use
RFID cards to track the availability of the lecturer in the room and send a notification to the android-
based mobile application. Finally, the functionality and capability of the proposed module are tested.
The module uses the advantage of Blynk software to interconnect with NodeMCU ESP8266 and
students’ mobile phones. By using an RFID card, a lecturer can tap their card onto the module before
entering the room, simultaneously data is sent to the Blynk cloud and a notification will be popped
out from the Blynk application installed on the student’s Android-based mobile phone. The same
process will be repeated if the lecturer taps their card again to leave the room. The module can
successfully identify each card tested with the validity occurrence test returning 84% of valid output
and only 16% of invalid output. The module is also tested against different use of service providers
and concluded by using Celcom, the notification is received earlier than using UMobile, Maxis, and
Digi. Finally, based on the test conducted, it can be concluded that the objective of this paper is
fulfilled. However, the module is still in the early stage of development and more improvement can
be done such as incorporating biometric technology into the module to make it more secure.
Keywords: RFID, IoT, Blynk, attendance, mobile application.
1. INTRODUCTION
RFID technology is becoming increasingly popular for a variety of reasons. It stands for Radio Frequency
Identification and refers to the use of radio signals to transmit data from tags to receivers. The tags are tiny
computer chips that can be attached to just about anything. The use of RFID is an efficient way to manage
large quantities of data. The RFID tags can be read at a very long range, making them perfect for tracking and
tracing items. The use of technology is expanding rapidly these days, with examples of its applications
appearing in businesses, transportation, agriculture, educational institution, and many other fields. One of the
most RFID usages in an educational institution is in taking attendance. The traditional method of manually
recording attendance in educational institutions is frequently inconvenient and time-consuming. (Aravindhan
et al., 2021; Hasanein D. Rjeib, 2018; Karwan Jacksi, 2018; Vibin Mammen Vinod, 2021). However, RFID
technology can help to alleviate this issue. Moreover, the automatic identification technology used to retrieve
or store data on RFID Tags can be performed without any physical contact. (Sarah Amsler, 2022). With the
current trends of the Internet of Things (IoT), recording and accessing daily attendance becoming more
convenient. Malaysia should integrate the use of IoT in their educational institution to create a digital
environment thus enhance the quality of our educational system (Sivakumar, Jusman, & Mohd Mastan, 2017).
Despite innovations in the accessibility and availability of digital educational content such as video lectures
and e-books, physical access to institutions still relies on the availability of a lecturer to teach the course in
question. Such reliance on live instruction can cause problems when a lecturer cannot attend a class for a
78
legitimate reason or chooses to skip a class session in a short notice to the students. In an extreme case, this
can result in some students being unable to complete their course work. Because of this problem, innovative
methods have been developed to help ensure that students can always access a required lecture when
needed. Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan (PIS) is listed as one of the premier’s polytechnics in Malaysia and the
attendance of the lectures is taken using a thumbprint. Even though by using thumbprint and data is being
collected, the database is restricted to students due to several reasons.
Therefore, the IOT Smart Availability of the PIS lecturer module by using RFID is proposed. The purpose of
the module is to identify the availability of each lecturer in the lecturer’s room. The main component of the
module consists of RC522 RFID Module and ModeNCU ESP8266. The use of RC522 RFID module is popular
among researcher because by placing the RFID card onto the reader, the attendance can be taken
immediately in real-time (Omkar Gaikwad, 2020). The module could capture the attendance of the lecturer
along with the time and date they enter and exit the lecturer’s room and finally store the data inside the Blynk
cloud. The data would then be sent as a notification via the Blynk application installed in an Android based
mobile phone. By using RFID and IoT, the traditional method of taking attendance can be totally changed to
be more aligned with the digitalization advances. This system could assist the administrators in managing the
attendance system in a more systematic and convenience way. The objective of this paper is to construct and
test the efficiency of the module so it can be improved and commercialized further in the future.
2. BACKGROUND RESEARCH
Several related literature reviews were collected to identify the design and device use to be use for the
proposed module. Previous research regarding RFID based attendance system, the use of node
microcontroller unit, RC522 RFID module, and Blynk software were collected and reviewed to get better
understanding and finding the new method to construct the module, so that the objective can be fulfilled.
2.1 RFID Based attendance system
The use of RFID for recording attendance is accepted widely. By using RFID, it can identify each unique
identification number of a lecturer, student and employee (Aravindhan et al., 2021). Different methodology is
used together with the RFID technology. The “Lecturer Is In-oT” application developed by (Nor Farahidah
Za’bah, 2021) let the students know the availability of the lecturer in the office. The system is designed using
raspberry Pi as a gateway to connect to the firebase. However, using the application, the lecturer cannot set
their status to “busy” if they don’t want any interruption from the students.
In different study, the use of RFID is integrated with a biometric identification using a fingerprint to enhance
the security level in collecting the attendance. The record of the attendance can be viewed via a website by
using the raspberry pi as a hosting platform. Eventually, the data can be exported into Excel format (.xsl) for
documentation purposes. However, the RFID is connected directly to the PC to function properly (Vibin
Mammen Vinod, 2021). In a school in Morocco, the students’ attendance is recorded using RFID technology
and parents can monitor their kids’ attendance by receiving notification thru email or SMS (El Mrabet & Ait
Moussa, 2020).
The automated attendance technology not only implemented in educational institution but also in a work place.
(Akshat Gupta, 2019) reported the use of biometric technology to record the attendance of the staff since the
working hour is associated with their salary. Therefore, it is crucial for the employee to monitor the time their
staff enter and leave the premise. Another research by (Aravindhan et al., 2021) also reported the application
of RFID use in monitoring the staff attendance. By using Arduino UNO to connect to the RFID module, the
recorded data is saved on a Google Spreadsheet. Additionally, the module is convenience since it can run
on a battery or a direct power supply, hence it is portable. These researches prove the automated recording
system could reduce human error.
Node Microcontroller Unit
To design the prototype IoT based module an IoT microcontroller unit or development board should be used.
The Node Microcontroller Unit which is an open-source firmware is suitable to be used to connect a device to
local network or internet. The main component of the NodeMCU is ESP8266. The pins are programmable and
has built in WiFi function has shown in Figure 1. Since it is powered via micro-USB port, it is considered a low-
cost controller. In addition, multiple programming development platforms such as Espruino, Mangoose OS,
Software Development Kit (SDK) by Espressif and ESP8266 add-on for Arduino can be used to program the
pin. In summary, it is a highly integrated chip complete with networking solution as well as on board processor
with storage capabilities (Parihar, 2019).
79
Figure 1: NodeMCU ESP8266 Board And Pinout
2.2 RC522 RFID Module

The RC522 is a 13.56MHz RFID module that is based on the MFRC522 controller from NXP semiconductors.
The operating distance to write/read data mode is up to 50mm. It is commonly used in attendance systems
and other person/object identification applications (NXP, 2010). The RC522 RFID module can easily be
connected with Arduino Uno, as well as ESP8286 (M. Swathika, 2018). The module has interrupt pin that will
give an alert when a tag is near the receiver (Omkar Gaikwad, 2020). Thus, it makes a very convenient device
to be incorporated into the module proposed.
Figure 2: RC522 RFID Reader Module
2.3 Blynk Software

The Blynk software is designed to be used for IoT environment. It works effectively on Android based mobile
phones to remotely control and display collected data. Components in the Blynk platform involve a Blynk
application tool kit, a Blynk server and a Blynk libraries. This components allows user to create various IoT
projects, to connect to the mobile phone with hardware via both Wi-Fi and Bluetooth and finally interact with
the server and process command wisely (Thimmapuram Swati, 2018). Blynk can be used to control Arduino
board using a mobile phone via internet (Todica, 2016). It is reported the usage of Blynk application in a
weather monitoring system developed using Arduino UNO Microcontroller (Mohd Hakimi Bin Zohari, 2019)
and a home monitoring system (Media’s, Syufrijal, & Rif’an, 2019).
3. METHODOLOGY
The methodology flow chart is shown in Figure 3. Initially, background research is been done based on the
topic chosen. A literature review is carried out to get a better understanding of how the module will be
designed. Since the objective of the project is to develop a module that can use RFID cards to track the
availability of the lecturer in the room using an android mobile application calls Blynk, a flowchart is necessary
to keep the project in track in fulfilling the objective. The programming code is written in Arduino IDE since it
is the easiest and most convenient way to program the RFID module and ESP8266. The information about
the lecturer such as entry and exit time will be recorded on the Blynk cloud and notifications will be
automatically sent to the students’ Blynk application regarding the availability of their lecturer. The module is
divided into two main parts which the hardware and software. However, this paper will be focusing more on
the hardware and how the circuit operated together with the equipment used to complete the module. Finally,
the capability and the efficiency of the module are tested.
80
Figure 3: Flowchart of the methodology
Figure 4(a) shows the block diagram of the module. The module consists of an RC522 RFID Module,
NodeMCU ESP8266, a green LED, a buzzer, a 5V module stepdown, a 9V battery, an ON/OFF switch, and a
casing box. The RC522 RFID module is connected to the Blynk application via a Wi-Fi connector from the
NodeMCU ESP8266 and the programming code is loaded onto the device using Arduino IDE.
While Figure 4(b) below is the wiring diagram for the module. The module is powered using a 9V battery and
is connected to a stepdown regulator to regulate the 9V voltage into 5V voltage. A switch is connected to the
module to connect and disconnect electrical current to the circuit. Finally, the microcontroller is connected to
the buzzer, LED and the RFID module.
(a) Block Diagram of the module (b) Wiring Diagram of the module
Figure 4: Block and wiring diagram of the module
When a lecturer taps their RFID card on the RC522, the buzzer and the green LED on the RFID module turn
on indicating that the identity information of the card owner is read simultaneously storing the data captured
to the Blynk cloud. Finally, the Blynk application installed will display the notification regarding their lecturer's
availability. The process is represented in the flow chart in Figure 5 below.
81
Figure 5: Process flowchart
3.1 RC522 RFID Module

The MFRC522 controller from NXP Semiconductors is the core of the 13.56MHz RFID module known as the
RC522. The module typically comes with an RFID card and key fob and can support I2C, SPI, and UART. It
can be used in person/object identification as well as in attendance recording system. The 13.56MHz
electromagnetic field that the RFID module generates use to communicate with the RFID tags. A 4-pin Serial
Peripheral Interface (SPI) allows the reader and microcontroller to connect at a maximum data rate of 10Mbps.
The RFID tags can be used to automatically and uniquely identify and track assets and goods. Figure below
shows the RC522 RFID Module.
3.2 NodeMCU ESP8266
The NodeMCU is a development board which is a Lua-based firmware that is specifically designed for Internet
of Things applications. It has a hardware based on the ESP-12 module and firmware that runs on ESP8266
Wi-Fi SoC. The NodeMCU development board can be used just like any other ESP8266 development board,
but the NodeMCU firmware is a Lua language interpreter and has nothing to do with Arduino. The ESP8266
is a perfect Internet of Things module because it is very affordable and packed with many features suitable as
an IoT module. It can be utilized in any application that requires for connecting a device to a local or global
network.
3.3 LED, Buzzer and Switch
The LED and buzzer are used in the module to show audio and visual representative that indicates the RFID
module is reading data from the RFID card. Additionally, the module is also incorporated with an ON/OFF
switch. It is used to interrupt electrical current or direct it from one conductor to another by connecting or
disengaging the conducting channel in an electrical circuit. An electromechanical switch is the most popular
kind of switch and consists of one or more sets of moveable electrical contacts coupled to external circuits. It
is possible for current to flow between two contacts when they are in contact, but not when they are apart.
3.4 Power Supply

A rechargeable battery and a stepdown regulator are used as a component to powered the module. The
battery supplies a 9V voltage with the capacity 300 – 500 mA. The RC522 RFID Module and NodeMCU
ESP8266 require a minimum of 9V and 5A of electricity to operate.
3.5 Circuit Construction
Since the RC522 RFID module and NodeMCU ESP8286, is powered by a 9V power supply, it is connected
to the module using a female-female jumper wire. While both the RC522 RFID module and the NodeMCU
ESP8286 is connected using a tape connector. Finally, a switch and a buzzer are connected to the RFID
module using a jumper wire. The circuit is then put nicely into a casing box for commercial purposes. Using
82
the Arduino IDE, the programming code is built and load into the module. Then the identification of a lecturer
will be automatically detected when the lecturer taps the RFID card onto the module. The entry and exit time
of each lecturer is recorded and notification is sent on the Blynk application.
After the module is assembled, the module is tested for its capability and functionality. The process of testing
the validity of the RFID cards and the module is crucial to ensure that the module can be used effectively.
There are three types of tests has been done; accuracy, validation occurrence and efficiency tests. Below is
a brief discussion of the tests made.
The accuracy of the module is tested to assess its capability in identifying the lecturer with their entry and exit
time every time they tap their cards onto the module. Each RFID card are unique and have different Electronic
Product Code (EPC) value. (Massimo, Antonio, Giovanni, & Andrea, 2017) test the performance of their RFID
devices by collecting the result of EPC value and time stamp of each activity. Therefore, the accuracy of each
card and the time stamp is tested in this paper. Currently, there are only four RFID cards incorporating with
the module with each cards identifying four different lecturers. The cards are tested to check the validity
whether it represent the correct lecturer or not. When the cards are tapped on to the module, a notification is
sent to the mobile phone installed with the Blynk application. The notification is shown in Figure 6 below. The
Blynk Notification will be popped up and identify which lecturer is tapping their card to enter and exit the room.
To see the time stamp of each tapping, the display as Figure 7 below is shown on the application. Based on
this test, it can be concluded that, all four cards could identify the identity of each lecturer and can detect the
time they enter and leave the room.
Figure 6: Accuracy test
83
Figure 7: Assessing the entry and exit time
Next, the validation occurrence test is done based on the tests conducted by (Massimo et al., 2017) on their
RFID based device. They recorded the number of successful RFID tag read by the device by varying the
antenna used. However, in this paper, random RFID cards used in previous test is tapped onto the module
multiple times to check the validation of occurrence of each tap. In this test, 100 taps from four RFID cards
are recorded whether the module can read the RFID cards or not. It is labeled as 1 for valid output and 0 for
invalid output. Figure 8 is the result of the validation occurrence test that shows 84% valid output with only
16% invalid output.
Validation Occurrence Test
Invalid
16%
Valid
84%
Figure 8: Result of validation occurrence test
Finally, the efficiency test is done by recording the receiving time between the RFID card is tap onto the
module and the notification received via mobile application as Figure 9. There are four service providers
involve in the test; UMobile, Celcom, Digi and Maxis. For each service providers, 100 delivery speed result is
recorded and the speed of notification transmission is measure in time(s). The average time is also recorded
for each service provider and the final result of the test is tabulated in the bar chart as Figure 10.
Based on the Network performance report presented by Malaysian Communications and Multimedia
Commission (MCMC) in 2020, Maxis is reported as the best service provider, followed by UMobile, Celcom
and Digi in term of high average throughput and low latency in Southern region (MCMC, 2020). Therefore,
this test is conducted and result is compared. Based on the result, the fastest service provider received the
notification is Celcom (1.116s), followed by UMobile (1.135s), Maxis (1.188s), and Digi (1.244s). However,
the difference between the fastest service provider and the slowest service provider is only 0.128s. The result
of this test does not comply with the report presented by MCMC maybe due to the different devices use in the
tests and the test is conducted by amateurs. More tests can prudently conduct in the future to see the
performance of service provider in Malaysia.
84
Figure 9: Testing the efficiency
Digi 1.244s
Maxis 1.188s
Umobile 1.135s
Celcom 1.116s
Figure 10: Efficiency test result
5. CONCLUSSION AND RECOMMENDATION

Based on the result of the test, it can be concluded that the objective of proposed module is successfully
fulfilled. The proposed module is constructed using the RC522 RFID module, NodeMCU ESP8266, a
stepdown regulator, a buzzer, LED and finally a power supply. The IoT smart availability of PIS lecturer module
using RFID can be used to notify student when a lecturer enters and leaves the room. The notification will be
popped up on the Blynk application installed on student’s android based mobile phone. The capability of the
module is tested and verified by assessing its validation occurrence (84% valid output) and efficiency using
different service providers which show Celcom is the fastest service provider in receiving the notification
compared to UMobile, Maxis and Digi.
However, it cannot be denied that this module is still in early stage of development. Therefore, further
improvement could be done such as introducing the biometric technology so that if the lecturer forgetting their
card, they still can use their thumbprint to notify their availability to the students. In addition, the module should
able to detect multiple taps as one input, if the lecturer accidentally taps the card more than once in short time.
Finally, the notification through Blynk application could be improved by designing a mobile phone application
that can be used in both Android and iOS environment.
85
6. REFERENCES
Akshat Gupta, A. K., Rik Das. (2019). Automated Attendance System For Efficient Employee
Management: A Biometry Based Approach. International Journal on Recent Trends in
Business and Tourism, 3(3), 117-121.
Aravindhan, K., Sangeetha, S. K. B., Periyakaruppan, K., Keerthana, K. P., SanjayGiridhar, V., &
Shamaladevi, V. (2021). Design of Attendance Monitoring System Using RFID. Paper
presented at the 2021 7th International Conference on Advanced Computing and
Communication Systems (ICACCS).
El Mrabet, H., & Ait Moussa, A. (2020). IoT-School Attendance System Using RFID Technology.
International Journal of Interactive Mobile Technologies (iJIM), 14(14).
doi:10.3991/ijim.v14i14.14625
Hasanein D. Rjeib, N. S. A., Ali Al Farawn, Basheer Al-Sadaw. (2018). Attendance and Information
System using RFID and Web-Based Application for Academic Sector. (IJACSA)
International Journal of Advanced Computer Science and Applications, 9(1), 266-274.
Karwan Jacksi, F. I., Shahab Ali. (2018). Student Attendance Management System. Scholars Journal
of Engineering and Technology (SJET), 6(2), 49-53. doi:10.21276/sjet.2018.6.2.1
M. Swathika, G. I. (2018). IoT Based Access Control Mechanism Using RFID Technology. Asian
Journal of Computer Science and Technology, 7, 115-118.
Massimo, B., Antonio, R., Giovanni, R., & Andrea, V. (2017). Testing an RFID receiving gate for
improving process accuracy in fashion and apparel retail. Paper presented at the 2017 IEEE
3rd International Forum on Research and Technologies for Society and Industry (RTSI).
MCMC. (2020). NETWORK PERFORMANCE REPORT 2020. Malaysian Communications and
Multimedia Commission
Media’s, E., Syufrijal, & Rif’an, M. (2019). Internet of Things (IoT): BLYNK Framework for Smart
Home. KnE Social Sciences, 3(12). doi:10.18502/kss.v3i12.4128
Mohd Hakimi Bin Zohari, M. F. B. J. (2019). Weather Monitoring System using Blynk Application.
International Journal of Innovative Technology and Exploring Engineering, 9(1), 1315-1319.
doi:10.35940/ijitee.L3666.119119
Nor Farahidah Za’bah, A. M. (2021). A Mobile Application Monitoring System Using Internet Of
Things (Iot) And Firebase. Journal of Information Systems and Digital Technologies, 3(1),
16-30. doi:https://doi.org/10.1109/ICIRCA.2018.8597197
NXP. (2010). MFRC522: Contactless reader IC. In.
Omkar Gaikwad, P. S., Manas Kantimanhanti. (2020). RFID Attendence Using RC522. International
Journal of Scientific & Engineering Research, 11(5), 949-954.
Parihar, Y. S. (2019). Internet of Things and Nodemcu: A review of use of Nodemcu ESP8266 in
IoT products. Journal of Emerging Technologies and Innovative Research (JETIR), 6(6),
1085-1088.
Sarah Amsler, S. S. (2022). RFID (radio frequency identification). Retrieved from
https://www.techtarget.com/iotagenda/definition/RFID-radio-frequency-identification
Sivakumar, S. D., Jusman, M. F., & Mohd Mastan, A. N. (2017). A Case Study Review: Future of
Internet of Things (IoT) in Malaysia. International Journal of Information System and
Engineering, 5(2), 126-138. doi:10.24924/ijise/2017.04/v5.iss2/126.138
Thimmapuram Swati, K. R. R. (2018). Industrial Process Monitoring System Using Esp32.
International Journal of Engineering and Advanced Technology (IJEAT), 8(2C2), 123-127.
Todica, M. (2016). Controlling Arduino board with smartphone and Blynk via internet.
doi:10.13140/RG.2.2.23956.30080
Vibin Mammen Vinod, G. M., Mekala, Thokaiandal, Vishnudevi, Siddharth SM. (2021). A Low-
Cost Portable Smart Card Based Attendance System. IOP Conf. Series: Materials Science
and Engineering, 1-11.
86
DEVELOPMENT OF SORTING COLOUR BY USING
ARDUINO
Siti Fatimah Mardan1, Nor Farhana Falil2 and Nur Qistina Nabila Abdul Aziz3
1
Department of Electrical Engineering,
Polytechnic Ibrahim Sultan, Pasir Gudang, Johor,81700 , MALAYSIA
2
3
*Corresponding Author: sitifatimah@pis.edu.my
Abstract: Colour sorter is a tool using to sort things according to their colour. Continuous manual sorting
creates consistency issues. As all people know, this problem is common because it involves employers'
liability, which is employers employing so many workers and causing high costs to food industries and
farmers. To solve the problems, we built this project to organize the fruits in terms of colour group. We
also carry out this project to meet fruit safety requirements and to reduce the higher costs by lowering the
number of employees. The colour sorter includes sensors that identify the object's colour and after that
transmit the signal information to Arduino Nano. The information turn adjusts the servo motor located
below the slider, to move left and right. A fruit sensor will also detect and distinguish the type of fruit. The
fruit Detector is attached beside the servo motor in the small area to read the kind of fruits. The fruit
sample used for the testing is green grape for green colour, blueberry for blue colour and tomato cherry
for red colour. The top servo ensures the fruit is delivered after the fruit name is identified. This slider
platform is then set to deliver the fruit to the group of containers where the coloured fruits are stored.
Based on the colour detected, the slider will move according to the angle depending on the fruit colour.
After every fruit placement, the slide returns to its default position, waiting for the next fruit. The test is
carried out to decide which colour of the natural products can best identify by the colour sensor TCS3200.
Keywords : Colour identification; Colour Sensor TCS3200; Fruit Detector.
1. INTRODUCTION
Manufacturing performance is the key to success in today's competitive commercial production
environment. Rapid developments in the Internet of Things and Cloud Computing are propelling the
phenomenon of what is called smart farming (Sjaak et al, 2017). Product sorting is a difficult industrial
process and consistency issues arise from continuous manual sorting. Fruit handling (post-harvest) is
completed in several steps: washing, sorting, grading, packing, transporting, and storing. The most
important steps of handling are fruit sorting and grading. Product quality and quality evaluation are
important aspects of fruit and vegetable production. Manual labour for sorting and packaging has to be
reduced or eliminated whereby staff can be utilized for other tasks, Time taken for sorting and packaging
also should be reduced to increase customer satisfaction (Deepaket et al, 2021). This paper discusses
about the automatic sorting tool help in sorting objects based on colour and also helps in counting objects.
The objective of this paper to design sorting machine as an improvement of the current manual system
for sorting the agricultural product. This makes the completion of work in less time than usual as normal
human will have weariness and exhaustion from labor. Moreover, human intervention is not needed. This
is a project hardware type. The project used component such as the Arduino Nano, TCS3200 Colour
Sensor, Servo Motor, Arduino Uno, and LCD Display to complete our project. Colour recognition has been
widely used in the industrial detection and automatic control fields as modern industrial production moves
toward high speed and automation. In the long run, the work of colour identification which is led by the
human eye, has been replaced by an increasing number of colour sensors. Colour sensors detect colour
by comparing the object colour to the reference colour, and if they are consistent within a certain error
range, the detection results are output. Colour sensors can be used in a variety of applications, including
monitoring the manufacturing process and product quality in the industry. This proposed machine is
designed to automatic sorting of red or green or blue coloured product.
87
2.1 COLOUR SENSOR AND IDENTIFICATION
In automated applications, colour sensor systems are being gradually replaced in order to detect
automation failures and monitor quality at the speed of the production line. They are used in production
lines to distinguish products by colour. There have been identified eleven basic colour names: white, grey,
black, red, yellow, green, blue, orange, purple, pink, and brown. The majority or all colours can be
described by their variations and combinations. According to (Kunhimohammed et al, 2016), since human
colour vision is facilitated in part by three distinct types of cone cells in the retina, three values are required
and sufficient to define any colour. (Ch.Shravani et al, 2019) define colour in space with coordinates of
hue, saturation, and intensity (HSI) in colour science. The hue of a colour is determined by the wavelength
of white light reflected by it. Intensity (lightness) quantifies the degree of whiteness or grey scale of a
particular colour. Saturation is a measurement of a colour's vibrancy. The term chromaticity encompasses
primarily hue and saturation components.
2.2 DEFINITION OF LIGHT
Light is an electromagnetic radiation within a specific portion of the electromagnetic spectrum; the term
typically refers to visible light, which is perceptible by the human eye and responsible for the sense of
sight. In physics, the term light is sometimes used to refer to electromagnetic radiation of any wavelength,
visible or not. According to (Zwinkels & Joanne, 2015), light is also synonymous with electromagnetic
radiation, which includes not only ultraviolet, visible, and infrared spectrums, but also X-ray, gamma-ray,
and radio spectrums.
2.3 THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN COLOUR AND LIGHT
Colour is a brain sensory experience, and only in the presence of light is it possible to perceive colour.
Sir Isaac Newton found that white light is comprised of a spectrum of colours, specifically Red, Orange,
Yellow, Green, Blue, and Violet. Only when light strikes an object is its characteristic colour revealed, and
there are only three ways in which an object can interact with light rays. When all light rays are absorbed,
the human eye perceives black; when all are reflected, it perceives white; and when all but one are
absorbed, it perceives the reflected colour. For example, an apple is red. The apple appears red under
white light because it reflects light in the red portion of the spectrum and absorbs light at other
wavelengths. If red is removed from the light source using a filter, the apple will reflect very little light and
appear black. Each colour has a distinct wavelength that is processed, recognised, and transmitted to the
brain by the eye. The rods and cones of the eye's retina recognise the colours of light and the degree of
black and white, allowing for the perception of the colour characteristics of objects. This information is
then translated by the brain for perception by the human eye. Red, green, and blue are the three primary
colours that represent RGB space; all other colours are derived from these three colours. The three
relevant components of the RGB colour space. And it will be modified accordingly if the brightness is
altered (Neal et al, 2018). Colour and texture are the defining characteristics of natural images and play
a crucial role in visual perception. (Bresilla et al, 2019) concentrated on the colour of ripe fruit. Colour is
frequently a distinctive and revealing indicator of the presence of fruit. The majority of ripe fruits have a
distinct hue. For example, apples, strawberries, and peaches are typically red. The colour orange is a
synonym for oranges. Yellow indicates that pears, lemons, peaches, and bananas are ripe. When they
are ready to be picked, they stand out from the surrounding greenery.
3. METHODS
By (M. Khojastehnazhand et al, 2010), many farmer associations give automated grading of agricultural
products a high priority due to the constant need to produce high-quality food items in a timely manner.
Colour sorting machines provide farmers and the food industry with significant relief by reducing their
workload. These machines are equipped with a colour sensor that can detect the hue of any object. For
this project, the colour sorting machine will colour-sort the fruits. It can be done quickly by sight, but when
there are a large number of objects to sort, the process becomes tedious and automatic colour sorting
machines are advantageous. In addition, a fruit detector will identify the type of fruit inserted into the
machine. The top
88
servo ensures the fruit is delivered after the fruit name has been identified, which moves the fruit from the
detector to the colour sensor, which detects the fruit's colour, and then to the dropping hole using a slider
platform controlled by a bottom servo. After colour detection, a servo motor will grasp the fruit and place
it in the appropriate box. The fruit is transported by a slidable platform to a group of containers where
coloured fruits are stored.
Arduino is an open source microcontroller which can be easily programmed, erased and reprogrammed
at any instant of time (Leo louis, 2016). This project sorts fruits by colour using an Arduino board and a
TCS3200 colour sensor. Texas Advanced Optoelectronic Solutions (TAOS) developed the programmable
colour light-to-frequency converter Sensor Colour TCS3200. The programmable IC TCS3200 converts
light into colour frequency with a box-shaped output signal (Trong et al, 2018). The photodiode current-
to- frequency converter and sensor as the two major components of this colour. The TCS3200 colour
sensor light is outfitted with a filter and an RGB light base. According to (Lim and Irda, 2014), a colour
sensor recognizes the colour of an object by using the green, blue, and red filters to detect a common
colour and then determining which colour filter has the highest recorded value. The light intensity of LEDs
varies with the detectable surface darkness of fruits. The photodiode's filters capture only one colour and
exclude the others (P. Rajkumae et al, 2021). Figure 1 show the Photodiode Spectral Responsivity as
taken from data sheet TCS3200 colour sensor. Note that the results differ due to the various photodiode
types sensitivity levels, as shown in the sensors datasheets photodiode spectrum responsivity diagram.
As stated in diagram, the blue detector corresponds to about the lower one of the visible spectrums, the
green detector corresponds to the middle, and the red detector corresponds to the upper one.
Figure 1: Photodiode Spectral Responsivity.

The physical structure for this project is made of PVC board that has been cut and glued. The Arduino
Nano serves as the primary controller, to which the colour sensor and servo motors are connected. It then
transmits a command to the servo motors after analysing the data from the colour sensor. Attached facing
downward, the colour sensor examines the fruit's colour in accordance with a colour frequency and a
custom function that aids in the identification of the fruit's colour. The fruit sample used for the testing is
green grape for green colour, blueberry for blue colour and tomato cherry for red colour.
4. SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT
The machine's body and storage compartment are constructed of a suitable plastic material. In this
instance, PVC Board was used for the body, while PVC rigid sheet was used for the tube. After assembling
both software and hardware, the machine is basically complete. The sensor's RGB (Red, Green, Blue)
values will then be transmitted to the Arduino Nano for processing. It is necessary to create a programme
for Arduino in order to correctly perform the colour sensing and recognition task. Before the design is
confirmed and materials are purchased, the programming must be tested and a simulation conducted.
There are numerous
89
ways to simulate, including using software on a computer and a breadboard. The breadboard simulation
must be performed with basic components. After applying voltage and current to a circuit, it is essential
to verify that the components and board are free of defects. If the programme is not functioning during
the test or simulation, troubleshooting is crucial. Connecting all wires to the Arduino Nano, batteries, servo
motor, and colour sensor completes the connection. During testing, the sorting system is observed and
errors are checked for. Either one or both components must be modified if the combination of hardware
and software contains errors or defects. The process of troubleshooting will be repeated until the project's
objectives are met. As shown in Figure 2, the Colour Sorter's design and development are now complete.
Figure 2: Colour Sorter

The sorting mechanisms and tests are presented in the following sections in figure 3. In the discussion,
the result is analysed and compared. The test carried out includes colour accuracy test.
Figure 3: Experiment of the Project

5.1 Analysis
For the first analysis, the test is carried out to determine the best colour of the fruits can detect by the
colour sensor TCS3200. Table 1 shows the frequency limit of colour for the bottom and upper frequency
for red, green and blue colours. There is a variety of types and colours of the fruits used for the first
analysis, such as red colour, blue colour and green colour.
90
Table 1: Frequency limits of colour
Colour Bottom frequency limits Upper frequency limits
Red 25 120
Green 30 90
Blue 25 70
The result of the study is shown in Figure 4. To distinguish between different colours we have three
conditions. When the R is the maximum value (in RGB parameters) we know we have a red object. When
G is the maximum value, we know we have a green object. While when B is the maximum value, we know
we have a blue object.
Based on the result analysis, slight inaccuracy shows between the colour of the fruits is due to an error
of detection. The regular error happened due to the improper position of the fruit. Because these colours
are so similar, the colour is not well detected when the fruits are not well positioned under the colour
sensor. This issue could be resolved by using a different parameter, luminance, to distinguish between
the fruits or by improving the positioning of the fruits under the colour sensor. The other problem
happened during testing, the fruit jumped to the next compartment. This problem is caused by the rotor,
which is slightly twisted. This issue could be solved by using a more rigid material for the rotor.
Figure 4: Frequency reading on Serial

Monitor
6. CONCLUSSION
There are ways to make the sensor recognised more colours than now. This can be enhanced by
programming more RGB values comparison code to allow the system to sort more colour such as yellow,
purple, orange and other colour. Another improvement can be made is to make the product use in every
industry that need to do colour sorting. This can be improved by expand the size of the product so that it
suitable with the product that need to be sort by colour.
By applying the idea of this project, industry and agriculture can quickly sort the required product
according to their colour. Despite its limitations, this concept can be implemented in various applications
with some modifications. We can conclude that time and human effort can be reduced by implementing
such projects in the chemical, food, and chip manufacturing industries. There is an existing machine
using PIC and other microcontrollers, but there are not many created using Arduino software.
By done a lot of testing and experiments, we managed to fix a few errors during the testing process.
Before releasing the product, everything should be double-checked to avoid functionality errors. This will
not only highlight errors that occur during the development phases, but it will also reduce the extra
spending on maintenance. It ensures that the application meets the needs of the customer. It also
significantly reduces the risk of failure. The project's reliability can be measured using testing by
confirming that the product meets any set technical standard.
91
7. REFERENCES
Kunhimohammed C. K, Muhammed Saifudeen K. K, Sahna S, Gokul M. S and Shaeez Usman Abdulla.

2016. Automatic Colour Sorting Machine Using TCS230 Colour Sensor and PIC Microcontroller.
International Journal of Research and Innovations in Science and Technology, ISSN 2395-3858,
Deepak Devasagayam, Ajinkya Shende, Aldrick Gonsalves, Kaustubh Padalkar, Vinit Rodrigues. 2021.
Design and Development of Fruit Sorting and Packaging Machine.
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/348231182
Zwinkels, Joanne. 2015. Light, Electromagnetic Spectrum. Encyclopedia of colour science and
technology, Business Media New York, doi : 10.1007/978-3-642-27851-8_204-1.
Ch.Shravani, G. Indira, V. Appalaraju, 2019. Arduino Based Colour Sorting Machine Using Tcs3200
Colour Sensor. International Journal of Innovative Technology and Exploring Engineering (IJITEE),
ISSN: 2278-3075, Volume-8, Issue- 6S4,
Neal N. Xiong, Yang Shen, Kangye Yang, Changhoon Lee and Chunxue Wu. 2018. Color sensors and
their applications based on real-time color image segmentation for cyber physical systems.
https://doi.org/10.1186/s13640-018-0258-x
Bresilla K, Perulli GD, Boini A, Morandi B, Corelli Grappadelli L and Manfrini L 2019 Single-Shot
Convolution Neural Networks for Real-Time Fruit Detection Within the Tree. Front. Plant Sci.
10:611. doi: 10.3389/fpls.2019.00611
Xiong, N. Shen, Y., Yang, K. et al. 2018 Colour sensors and their applications based on real-time colour
image segmentation for cyber physical systems.J Image Video Proc., 23 doi.org/10.1186/s13640-
018-0258-x
Leo Louis. 2016. Working principle of arduino and using it as a tool for study and research. International
Journal of Control, Automation, Communication and Systems (IJCACS), Vol.1, No.2, April 2016
DOI: 10.5121/ijcacs.2016.1203
Trong Tuan Nguyen, Tat Thang Nguyen, Van Tuu Nguyen, Chi Cong Cao, and Jun Hua. 2018.
Application of Arduino Control Mainboard with Colour Light Sensor TCS3200 in Colour Recognition
of Edge Banding In Laser Edge Banding Machine doi:10.1088/1755-1315/252/2/022130
Lim Jie Shen, Irda Hassan, 2015. Design and Development of Colour Sorting Robots. EURECA 2014
Special Issue January (2015) 71-81
M. Khojastehnazhand, M. Omid and A. Tabatabaeefar. 2010. Development of a lemon sorting system

based on colour and size. ISSN 1996-0824
P. Rajkumar, K. Abinaya, J. Deepa, R. Pandiselvam, C. Indu Rani, S. Parveen. 2021. Development of a

farmer-friendly portable colour sorter cum grader for tomatoes DOI: 10.1111/jfpe.13894
Sjaak Wolfert , Lan Ge, Cor Verdouw, Marc-Jeroen Bogaardt. 2017. Big Data in Smart Farming
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.agsy.2017.01.023
92
The Development of An Innovative Helmet Dryer Machine
Zuhaila Mohammad1 M.Norazizul Fadli Abu Bakar2 and M.Azri Abdul Lateb3
1,2,3 Department of Mechanical Engineering,

Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, Pasir Gudang, 87100, MALAYSIA
*Corresponding Author: zuhailamohammad@pis.edu.my
Abstract: Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is frequently utilized in a range of settings and
professions in daily life. Starting with construction labour and moving on to firefighting. The use of
motorcycle helmets is one of the many prevalent applications of PPE in daily life. The biggest issue
with PPE is humidity, which results from exposure to perspiration and wet weather. The same goes
to motorcycle helmets, which are frequently worn. Due to frequent use of the helmet, hygiene issues,
contamination, unpleasantness, and bad odour will develop once it becomes wet and moist.
Therefore, this project research was undertaken to develop a simple and affordable drying machine
to precisely tackle wet and humid motorcycle helmets. Stainless steel was used in the creation of
for the primary frame, heating element, and some electronic parts. The efficacy of the dryer machine
was then evaluated using the rate at which a wet helmet dried. The designated helmet drier includes
an electric fan that is positioned at the base. Through perforations in the stanchion, the electric fan
blows air along the interior of the helmet for drying purposes. To provide appropriate, thorough
airflow throughout the inside of the helmet, spacers attached to a dome divide the helmet. According
to data, a helmet dryer machine can completely dry a wet helmet in less than an hour. It is deemed
successful for this project to have produced a high-quality dry PPE for everyday usage. The most
important drying characteristic is drying time. Humidity (from sprayed water) doesn't dry out right
away. To allow the water molecules to freely travel, they must first be heated. The water molecules
must then have enough time to decompose before they may start to absorb moisture from the air.
Keywords: Dryer; Humidity; Wet; Bad Odor, Helmet
1. INTRODUCTION
A helmet is a piece of safety gear made specifically to shield bikers and riders from harm in the event of an
accident. We refer to safety helmets, usually referred to as PPE, as helmets. The PPE is a mandatory use
within the construction environment especially when hazards are present (Ronald,2019). In numerous
occupations, including law enforcement, firefighting, construction, sports, and aviation crews, safety helmets
are worn. Safe helmets are protective equipment used to reduce or prevent the impact on the head when an
object is hit or dropped. As an important safety gear, safety helmets can effectively protect the head (D.
Ren,2021). It is well known, particularly in Malaysia, that the majority of road users are motorcyclists, followed
by drivers of automobiles and a variety of other public transportation. The Malaysian climate can also, to a
certain extent, influence how vehicles, whether two- or four-wheeled, are handled. This is owing to Malaysia's
location in the Equatorial climate region, which causes the country's climate to experience rain and heat all
year. The issue of helmets frequently results in a variety of difficulties, such as theft, getting hit by rain while
riding a motorcycle and leaving helmets exposed to rain and heat on the motorcycle after the user exits. Most
Malaysians who drive two-wheelers after a rain will unavoidably experience wet and damp helmet problems.
Early detection of the development of heat stroke is possible thanks to the ability to forecast how much
someone will sweat in a hot environment (Chikage, 2022). Even if this is attributable to their own attitude,
certain customers who routinely take such things for granted and have a casual attitude frequently complain
when their helmets smell or are moist. Therefore, several methods were taken to address the issue and dry
their safety helmets as they rode the motorcycle.
93
1.1 Background/Problem Statement
Typically, there is no one right way to dry a helmet. Owners of helmets have in the past discovered they must
wait for suitable, hot weather in order to dry their wet or damp helmets. Additionally, Malaysia's unpredictable
wet weather contributes to the difficulties in drying the helmet. Due to Malaysia's Khatulistiwa climate, which
experiences both heat and rain throughout the year, this issue arises frequently. Motorcycle riders who
regularly wear helmets to work or to school will have trouble because of this issue. A helmet that is so wet will
be painful on the head and divert attention away from the road ahead to motorcycle riders or passengers.
Regardless of the weather, we perspire when we are operating a motorcycle or car on a racetrack. When the
heat is exceptionally humid or chilly, the sweat on the helmet does not dry out, which can lead to issues like
minimal comfort fogging of the visor, or sweat drops in the eyes.
We are also concerned about another issue that motorcycle riders face on extended rides: the
sanitation of their helmets. If a wet helmet is not properly dried out once, it will also smell. This happens
because the damp helmet lacks ventilation, which allows the interior bacteria to quickly spread and irritate the
wearer. Additionally, humidity affects how quickly the Covid-19 virus spreads. In areas with high relative
humidity, the aerosol droplet remains in the air for a longer period of time, increasing the risk of infection for
more people (Rajeev,2021).
Some motorbike riders complained about their musty, damp helmets in interviews. Because the
offensive smell makes them feel uneasy as well as scratch their heads.
A food delivery person's helmet, for instance, will unavoidably smell because they spend a lot of their
daily commute on a motorcycle in the rain and the heat. A helmet that is humid or wet will also be much easy
to damage. This is because the interior of the helmet was made of a material that resembles a sponge, which
easily absorbs moisture. It is essential to stay dry in order to retain quality and durability. Wet and damp
helmets constitute a serious problem since they may obstruct daily tasks. Wet and damp helmets are a major
problem since they could obstruct daily activities. The problem of uncomfortable clothing cannot be
disregarded. The majority of people who use helmets do not like having to flush a damp helmet and wait for it
to dry in order to have a comfortable helmet.
1.2 Research Scope

The design idea is only focused on the helmet drying scope based on:
i. Small size for portability
ii. Use heating filament as a heating medium
iii. Closed space to allow hot air circulation

In fact, dryers are already on the market that are used to dry various wet and damp clothes and equipment.
Even so, technically there are no helmet dryers in Malaysia yet. In relation to that, this project tries to find
ideas from existing dryers and innovates a special dryer for helmets. Design is next step where the purpose
is to develop an appropriate instructional method to achieve the objective. SWOT analyses were used to
provide a complete picture of a product, according to Simone Somekh in 2022. This project applied the
analysis on several products in order to find idea in designing a new innovative helmet from existing related
product.
94
Table 1: SWOT Analysis, Comparison of Dryer Products
Product ‘Pengering Helm’ Stilo Helmet Dryer Pronomar Drying Cabinet

Item
Strength - Low cost - Mobile - Able to dry up a variety and a

- Easy to operate - Besides helmet, able to dry up large amount of equipment.
- Save space shoes and socks - Heating and drying thoroughly
due to hot air circulation
Weakness have maintenance - High price for a simple task; Use a lot of space
replacement of LPG barrels that price > RM800.00
have run out
Opportunit heating is only concentrated heating is only concentrated Suitable usage in industry field
y from inside the helmet. Hot air from inside the helmet. Hot air
circulation will provide thorough circulation will provide thorough
heating and drying if having a heating and drying if having a
close area close area
Threats the danger of using LPG as a Not suitable for personal usage
heating medium
Reference https://www.lazada.co.id/tag/pen https://www.nickygrist.com/stilo- https://www.pronomar.com/dryin
gering-helm/ helmet-and-equipment-dryer gsystems/
Due to the employment of heating filament, the Pronomar Drying Cabinet and Stilo Helmet Dryer offer
advantages in terms of heating medium. The equipment is dried using the hot air that has resulted. Unlike the
"Helm Dryer," which needs to have its LPG tank replaced if it runs out, only electricity is needed. In comparison
to comparable products, the Stilo Helmet Dryer provides advantages in terms of space and portability. A
contained chamber that allows for hot air circulation gives the Pronomar Drying Cabinet an edge in terms of
thorough drying, nevertheless. In contrast to the "Helm Dryer" and Stil Helmer Dryer, just the interior of the
equipment being dried is concentrated during drying.
3.0 METHODOLOGY
The ADDIE model was chosen as a guide for the procedures involved in this project since it is a
straightforward problem-based innovation initiative. Due to its conceptual framework being pertinent to
the standard of learning and the quality of Design and Technology disciplines, the ADDIE model is
regarded as the most appropriate methodology concept (Zamri Sahaat et al., 2019). The process utilized
to conduct this study is briefly described below.
ANALYSIS DESIGN DEVELOPMENT IMPLEMENTATION EVALUATION
• Problem • Define learning • Develop & • Prepare the • Assess the

identification objective & validate the learning effectiveness of
• Questionnaire instructional learning environment & the course
strategies resources implement the instruction
• Product Design • Product learning • Analysis and
evaluation Fabrication solution discussion
using SWOT • Product testing
analysis
Drying Process Analysis
Figure 1: Project Methodology Based on ADDIE Model
3.1 Problem Identification Using Questionnaires
Targeted participants were asked questions to identify areas that needed improvement and to highlight areas
of concern. Before the studies began, each volunteer participant the study gave their consent. The design of
the questionnaire uses a quantitative methodology to make it easy to summarize, compare, and generalize
the findings. Likert-style questions, in which respondents had to select from a list of five to ten answers, were
used in the majority of these surveys, according to Satyendra,2020. Surveys, social science research, and
95
health status all frequently employ the Likert scale. Ten motorbike riders provided their answers to this quiz.
The questionnaire was divided into sections for participant age, helmet usage style, and opinion on damp or
humid helmets.
The average scale was determined using Eq. 1 to find the minimum or maximum scale of the 5-point and 10-
point type scales. The range of the average scale was established to be 1 to 1.80, which represents strongly
disagree, 1.81 until 2.60, which represents do not agree, 2.61 until 3.40, which represents (somewhat) agree,
3.41 until 4.20, and 4.21 until 5.00, which represents highly agree (Beglar,2014)
(the number of respondents chosen,n)x(response weighting,n)

Average scale = sum of all respondents
Eq.1
Over the course of the project, several discoveries were made. It should stress the examination of the entire
project as one component of it. As a result, a crucial concept like system operation might be described as
operating according to plan. Either the operating system or the fully functional project can be used for this
project.
3.1.1 Data collection and analysis using questionnaires among helmet users
The surveys were completed by ten people. The participants were divided into three age groups:
10-16 years old, 17-30 years old, 31-50 years old, and 51 years and older.
Table 2: Responder age
10-16 ages 17-30 ages 31-50 ages 51 ages

1 2 6 1
Table 3: Types of user’s helmet
Open face Full-face helmet Modular helmet Half cut helmets Off-road
helmet helmet
4 6 0 0 0
Based on the questionnaire results, the average scale for the majority of the questions found that it is at the
highest level of strongly agree with a range of 4.3 to 4.8. Except for the question wet helmets emitting foul
odours, the average score was 4.21.
With an average scale of 4.7, 8 out of 10 respondents strongly agree that there is a product that can
dry the helmet faster and more practical to overcome the problems they face when the helmet is damp.
Table 4: Helmet User Responses

Average
Question/ scale 1 2 3 4 5
scale
Do you feel more self-assured when wearing a
7 3 4.3
cosy (dry) helmet
Do you agree wet helmets emit foul odours? 1 7 2 4.1
Do you think a device should exist to help you
dry your helmet more rapidly, especially during 1 1 8 4.7
the rainy season?
When the heat is especially humid, does the
sweat on the helmet not dry up, causing issues
1 5 5 4.8
like uncomfortable sweat drops in the eyes or
visor fogging?
Malaysia's unpredictable wet weather
contributes to the difficulties in drying the 2 8 4.8
helmet?
96
2.2 Design using AutoCAD.
450.00
130.00
450.00
700.00
100.00
600.00
20.00
250.00
DRAWN
LENOVO 25/3/2019
CHECKED
TITLE
QA
250.00
MFG
APPROVED
1 / 10
SIZE DWG
NO
A4
SCALE perf
Figure 2: Design of Innovative Helmet Dryer Machine
2.3 Development: Product Fabrication
Based on the created engineering drawing, the helmet dryer was fabricated. A close main frame was
developed initially from mild steel plate and glass through grinding, drilling, welding, rebating process. Next
was the development of a circuit board that used to control the heating which contain heating filament, air
blower, rocker switch, timer switch, temperature controller and sensor. Lastly, they were assembled
accordingly, and the outcome as illustrate in figure below.
Figure 3: Final Product of Innovative Helmet Dryer
97
Start
Research Title Selection
Identify Problems of Project Scope and Objectives
Making A Project Sketch
Created Engineering Drawing using AutoCAD
Identify the Components to be Used
Fabricated
NO
Development of a Circuit Board
Demonstration
YES
Drying Process Analysis
Figure 4: Flowchart in developing the Helmet Dryer Machine
2.4 Implementation and Evaluation: Drying Process Analysis
The drying works analysis is performed by setting water quantities of 20ml, 40ml, and 60ml. Water is
then sprayed into the selected helmet model using a bottle of water sprayer into which a quantity of
measured water has been inserted. This method is used as an example of a simulation of the actual
rainfall that is occurring. After the water is sprayed into the helmet, the weight of the helmet that stirs the
water is weighed in order to identify a damp cap mass. Finally, the damp cap is inserted into the 'Drying
Machine,' and the drying time is calculated. As shown in tables 5 and 6.
Table 5: Shows the drying rate(time) versus volume for an open-face helmet (model MS88)
Open Face Helmet (Model Ms88 900g)
Volume (ml) 20ml 40ml 60ml

Weight
Time 20g 40g 60g
(minutes)
Trial 1 20 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes
AVERAGE 20 minutes 31 minutes 61 minutes
98
Table 6: Shows the drying rate(time) versus volume for Full face helmet (model MHR III)
Full face helmet (MODEL MHR III 700g)

Volume (ml) Weight 20ml 40ml 60ml
Time
(minutes)
20g 40g 60g
AVERAGE 15 minutes 32 minutes 51 minutes
Sprayed water vs drying time

70 61
60 51
Time (minute)
50
40 31
30 20
15 32
20
10
0
1 2 3
open face 20 31 61
full face 15 32 51
water spayed (g)
Figure 5: Graph Sprayed Water Vs Drying Time
Figure 5, briefly show the average of drying time according to quantity of water sprayed onto both of open face
helmet and full-face helmet. The full-face helmet line shows a uniform drying rate against the increase in the
amount of water sprayed. Although there is a slight decrease in the open face line, the degree of drying also
increases along with the increase in the quantity of water sprayed.
4.0 CONCLUSION
Overall, the machine produced positive results when all drying time findings were controlled, indicating that it
met the project's objectives and scope. Analysis data shows the drying time period is between 20 minutes and
61minutes for Open Face Helmet (Model Ms88 900g) and for Full face helmet (MODEL MHR III 700g)
data shows the drying time period is between 15 minutes-51 minutes based on the rate of water integration in
the helmet. This implies that the project of creating a Helmet Dryer Machine is a correct and functional concept.
When gathering analytical data, two helmet models with three different humidity levels are used. Water
sprayed into the helmet in quantities of 20ml, 40ml, and 60ml was used for the analysis. As a result, the
process of gathering data can be completed more quickly and with greater accuracy. For less than 1 hour,
people can wear back their wet and humid helmet after using this innovative helmet dryer machine.
99
5. REFERENCES
Chikage Nagano, Riho Tanaka, Kimiyo Mori, Kimie Fukuzawa, Seichi Horie. 2022.
Helmet-type measuring device for estimating the amount of sweating in a hot environment,Safety and
Health at Work,Volume 13, Supplement,Page S272.
D. Ren, T. Sun, C. Yu and C. Zhou. 2021

"Research on Safety Helmet Detection for Construction Site," 2021 International Conference on
Computer Information Science and Artificial Intelligence (CISAI), 2021, pp. 186-189, doi:
10.1109/CISAI54367.2021.00042.
Rajeev Jayadevan1, Raveendran AV. 2021

The Humidity Hypothesis Of COVID-19 Spread, BMH Med. J.2021;8(1):5-7. Special Article
Satyendra Nath Chakrabartty. 2020

Transforming Likert Scores to Ratio Scale, Romanian Journal of Psychological Studies Hyperion
University
Ronald Valledor Gomeseria,2019

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Planning in the Construction Environment,DOI
10.17605/OSF.IO/VQ4CK
Beglar, D., & Nemoto, T. (2014).

Developing Likert-scale questionnaires. JALT2013, Conference Proceedings, 1–8.
Zamri Sahaat et. al. (2020)

ADDIE Model in Teaching Module Design Process Using Modula Method: Applied Topics in
Design and Technology Subjects. DOI:10.2991/assehr.k.200824.161. Conference: 1 st Progress
in Social Science, Humanities and Education Research Symposium (PSSHERS 2019).
Simone Semokh (2022), SWOT Analysis of A Product And What Can You Use It For?
‘Pengering Helm’ (2022). The product was cited from https://www.lazada.co.id/tag/pengering-helm/ on

February 2022.
Stilo Helmet Dryer (2022), The product was cited from https://www.nickygrist.com/stilo-helmet-and-
equipment-dryer on Febuary 2022.
Pronomar Cabinet Dryer (2022). The product was cited from https://www.pronomar.com/dryingsystems/ on
March 2022
100
Design of Mini Plasma Reactor for Toxic and Hazardous Waste Destroyers
using a Plasma Arc Cutting Machine
Royas Putra1, Aulia2 , and Yona Mayura3

1 Andalas University
Department of Electrical Engineering, St. Limau Manis, Padang, 25163, INDONESIA
2 Andalas University
3 Politeknik Negeri Padang
*Corresponding Author: royasputra4@gmail.com
Abstract: The growing population of local and urban communities has increased the quantum of
toxic and hazardous waste, which has become a complex task for the municipal authorities. From
statistical observations, it can be seen that the ability to manage waste and waste production is not
balanced. This is due to the limited means of collection, transportation, disposal, and final destruction
of waste. In addition, current waste processing methods still contain hazardous elements and still
have shortcomings, namely in the environmental and health sectors as well as for the socio-
economic and cultural life of the community. Waste to energy technologies is emerging that has the
potential to create renewable energy from waste. The latest technology is proposed which in the
future is expected to be the best solution in dealing with the waste problem, namely the use of
plasma technology or plasma gasification. Plasma gasification technology can decompose various
toxic compounds within 1/1,000 seconds, it can eliminate the process of formation of other
compounds and the formation of toxic gases that usually occur in combustion from an incinerator.
The focus of this research is to develop and design a high-temperature mini plasma reactor, apply
effective and efficient toxic and hazardous waste treatment methods, and measure flow parameters,
air pressure, and their effect on waste decomposition time. Through several tests, it was concluded that
the mini plasma reactor was designed to withstand heat up to 1300C. The electrical system uses the power
source of the 220 Volt PLN which is connected to the plasma arc cutting machine. The results showed that
the higher the current and air pressure, the plasma flame burst will get longer and hotter. This affects the time
in the decomposition of the toxic and hazardous waste following the capabilities of the mini plasma reactor.
Keywords: Reactor, Toxic and Hazardous Waste, Waste to Energy, Plasma Gasification, Plasma
Arc Cutting.
1. INTRODUCTION
The waste problem factor is strongly influenced by the population, socio-economic conditions of the
community, and technological advances. With the increasing number of residents, limited landfill or land, bad
community behavior, which still does not realize the importance of the environment, and is accompanied by
consumptive patterns of the community itself, and will indirectly have an impact on increasing the rate of
waste production, type, volume, and the amount of waste generated is not commensurate with the handling
process. Waste problems, if not handled properly, will cause many problems and risks, such to human health
and other living things [1].
The increasing amount of industrial and residential waste and its environmental footprint dictates the need
for effective waste management practices. Thermal waste treatment technology plays an important role in
energy recovery from waste. Conventional and plasma gasification is an advanced thermal processing
technology that has been introduced as a promising and environmentally friendly way for energy utilization
from biomass and municipal solid waste (MSW) [2].
Some of the methods of processing waste that are widely used today are:
1. Composting and hoarding reducing the volume of waste by retrieving fresh organic materials that can be
composted and recycled materials that can be reprocessed. The rest will then be stockpiled, the problems
that will be faced due to the hoarding are soil degradation, polluted groundwater, and vulnerability to
landslides.
101
2. Combustion (Incineration) is the burning of waste that is carried out in full oxidation in an incinerator. Where
the incineration process uses fossil fuels which will leave ash and may still contain harmful elements.
3. Pyrolysis is the conversion of materials into liquid, solid and gaseous fractions by heating in the absence
of air. This is a way of thermal degradation in a reactor, where a useful byproduct of pyrolysis is charcoal.
This also leaves ash which contains harmful elements [3].
Waste to energy technologies has the potential to create renewable energy from waste, including municipal
solid waste, industrial waste, agricultural waste, and waste by-products. The main categories of waste-to-
energy technologies are physical technologies, which process waste to make it more useful as a fuel, thermal
technologies that can generate heat, fuel oil, or synthetic gas from organic and inorganic waste, and biological
technologies in which bacterial fermentation is used to digest organic waste to produce fuel [4].
The utilization of plasma gasification, and waste into energy (WtE) is one of the new technologies introduced
several decades ago. In this case, the plasma arc makes a carbon-based part of the waste material such as
municipal solid waste, sludge, agricultural waste, etc., and produces a synthetic gas that can be used to
generate energy through reciprocating engine generators, gas turbines, and boilers [5].
2.1 Toxic and Hazardous Waste
Toxic and hazardous waste is the residue of an activity or business that contains toxic and hazardous materials
which due to their quantity, nature or concentration, either directly or indirectly, can harm, pollute and damage
the environment, health and survival of humans and other life [6].
The packaging, storage, collection, management and transportation of Toxic and hazardous waste must be
carried out in a manner that is safe for work, society and the environment. An important factor related to this
safety is the marking on the places for storage, collection, and processing as well as on every packaging and
vehicle for transporting toxic and hazardous waste. This is intended to provide the identity of the waste so that
the presence of toxic and hazardous waste in a place can be recognized. toxic and hazardous waste is marked
with the symbol, it can be easier to find out basic information regarding the type and nature or characteristics
of toxic and hazardous waste for people carrying out work, for toxic and hazardous waste treatment
supervisors and people around them. Because it is very important and useful to trace and determine the safe
treatment of toxic and hazardous waste [7].
Figure 1: Toxic and Hazardous Waste Symbols [6]

Each symbol shown in Fig. 1 is a specific image to indicate the characteristics of toxic and hazardous waste.
There are 8 (eight) types of symbols, namely:
1. Explosive toxic and hazardous waste classification symbol
2. Corrosive toxic and hazardous waste classification symbol
3. Combustible solid symbol
4. Flammable liquid symbol
5. Reactive toxic and hazardous waste classification symbol
6. Reactive and hazardous waste classification symbol
7. Toxic and hazardous classification symbol causes infection
8. Mixed classification B3 waste symbol
Integrated waste management (IWM) is the application of a combination of waste management practices to
minimize the health and environmental impact of waste disposal. IWM planning evaluates local needs and
conditions to select the most appropriate management practices to create a comprehensive system. IWM
planning has identified four main practices. These include source reduction, which focuses on reducing the
amount and toxicity of waste generated; material recovery, which includes diversion practices of recycling and
102
composting; energy recovery, which includes energy production from landfill gas, anaerobic digestion,
incineration, or gasification; and disposal, which is most commonly accomplished by landfilling [8]. Then these
practices are organized into a hierarchical model that provides strategies according to environmental impacts
as illustrated in Figure 2.
Figure 2: Diagram of Integrated Waste Management Systems [6]
2.2 Waste to Energy

Waste to energy is the process of generating energy in the form of heart or electricity from waste, just as
power plants use oil, coal, or natural gas. The burning waste heats water into steam. It drives a turbine to
produce electricity. Waste to energy technologies can be used to produce biogas (methane CH4 and carbon
dioxide Co2), synthetic gas (hydrogen and carbon monoxide), liquid biofuels (ethanol and biodiesel), or pure
hydrogen, this fuel which can then be converted into electricity. The main categories of technologies used for
the conversion of waste into energy are physical methods, thermal methods, and biological or biochemical
methods [4].
2.3 Conventional Gasification

Gasification uses a thermal process to capture chemical energy from feedstocks. There are three main
classifications of gasification processes, characterized by the reactor temperature [8]. Pyrolysis occurs at
lower temperatures between 500°C and 800°C and its distinguishing characteristic ar that feedstock is
processed in the absence of oxygen. Conventional gasification is thermal processing at temperatures between
550°C and 1600°C [9]. Plasma-assisted gasification or plasma arc gasification uses a plasma field of
electrically charged gas to reach temperatures of 4,000°C to 7,000°C. At these high temperatures, plasma arc
systems experience more feedstock flexibility, achieve higher thermal efficiencies, and produce cleaner
syngas [8]. Some conventional gasification systems require the effluent to be preprocessed to achieve more
even heating of the feedstock and higher conversion efficiency. Prepared residual derived fuel (RDF) enters
the conversion chamber where it is heated to release synthesis gas, which is primarily composed of carbon
monoxide and hydrogen. These syngas is cooled and cleaned before being converted into liquid fuels or
combusted to produce electricity and heat [8]. The gasification process diagram is shown in Fig. 3.
Figure 3: Diagram of Conventional Waste Gasification System [8]
103
2.4 Pyrolysis
Pyrolysis takes place at lower temperatures in the absence of oxygen and produces intermediate products of
syngas, pyrolysis oil, and char [8]. Syngas from pyrolysis contains methane, as well as carbon monoxide,
hydrogen, carbon dioxide and water [9]. Two main types of pyrolysis processes are slow pyrolysis and flash
pyrolysis. Slow pyrolysis takes place in a stationary reactor and is used to maximize the production of gas and
solid byproducts. Flash pyrolysis occurs over several minutes and is used primarily for producing pyrolysis oils
[10].
2.5 Plasma Arc Gasification

Plasma arc gasification is the newest development in waste gasification technology. The plasma field reaches
temperatures up to 14,000°C [8]. These extremely high temperatures break down waste more completely
giving plasma gasification systems increased feedstock tolerance and higher syngas yields than traditional
gasification while producing less char and tar [9]. Application of plasma torch provides a high level of
temperature of the process and allows destroying the toxic compounds, formed in the traditional waste
incineration [11]. Fig. 4 shows a schematic of the experimental installation for MSW plasma gasification.
Explanation:
(1) MSW Gasification Zone.
(2). Pipe for Supplying Briquette MSW.
(3) Reactor.
(4) Arc Plasma Torch.
(5) Plasma Flame.
(6) Flue Gas Cooling Unit.
(7) Gas Purification Unit With A Bag Filter.
(8) Gas Sampling System for Analysis.
(9) Exhaust System.
(10) Slag Formation Zone
Figure 4: Scheme of The Experimental Installation for Plasma Gasification of MSW [11].
Plasma arc cutting (PAC) is a thermal cutting process that makes use of a constricted jet of high-temperature
plasma gas to melt and separate (cut) metal [12], in Fig. 5 there is a schematic diagram of plasma arc cutting
the basic principle of plasma arc cutting is to use electricity to heat the air very high up to the plasma point. In
the working process of the plasma cutting machine, an inverted gas is blown at high speed from the nozzle,
and at the same time, an electric arc is formed through the gas from the nozzle to the surface [13]. The
operation of the plasma cutting machine begins with the contact between the electrodes touching the nozzle,
when the cutting torch is turned on, DC current flows through this process, then hot air presses and starts
trying to come out simultaneously from the tip of the nozzle, then the compressor pushes the used air out of
the nozzle. Air flows and establishes the gap between the electrode and the tip, the transformer automatically
increases the voltage to maintain a steady and constant current, the electric current then heats up and heat
becomes plasma.
Figure 5: Schematic Diagram of Plasma Arc Cutting
104
The main advantages of thermal plasma are the high densities and high temperature that allow high heat and
reactant transfer rate, the smaller size of the installation, and rapid start-up and shut down. The use of
electricity as input is also very interesting as it decouples the heat generation from the oxygen potential, thus
allowing for better control of the processing unit. Plasma can be either generated by DC electric discharges,
RF and microwave discharges. For the treatment of waste, plasma is preferentially generated by DC electric
discharge. For that, two kinds of devices can be used: transferred and non-transferred arc [14].
3. DESIGN METHODOLOGY
In this research, a mini plasma reactor for destroying waste with a capacity of 500 grams will be designed.
The supporting tools used consist of the main reactor, transformer/plasma cutting machine, voltage regulator,
high voltage cable, compressor, electrodes, nozzle, mass pliers, digital thermocouple, plasma torch, refractory
cement insulation, glass, chimney, iron pipes, valves and other supporting tools.
3.1 Mini Plasma Reactor Design Description

The design specifications for the Mini Plasma Reactor as shown in Fig. 6 are as follows:
1. Height of reactor 75 cm, the outer diameter of the reactor 28 cm, the inner diameter of the reactor 20 cm
2. Monitor window 30 cm high, 10 cm wide
3. Iron pipe 10 cm long, 5 cm diameter
4. Insulation thickness 5 cm
5. Insulation using fire-resistant cement Technocast Castable TNC-12 max temperature 1500°C
(a) (b) (c)
Figure 6: Mini Plasma Reactor Design (a) Top View, (b) Front View, (c) Back View
Design of mini plasma reactor is also added with monitoring window, as shown in Fig. 7.
Figure 7. Mini Plasma Reactor Design of The Monitoring Window
The main source of 220 Volt electricity supply is connected to a circuit breaker and a socket. The output goes
directly to the electric voltage regulator circuit, namely the sliding regulator before being connected to the
105
compressor and voltage transformer or plasma cutting machine. Connecting to the reactor to create plasma
is done by modifying the reactor, a small hole is made in the iron or workpiece which is connected to the
positive output terminal of the plasma cutting machine, and a portable connecting iron is made which is
connected to the nozzle to trigger the plasma reaction at the desired place. It follows the diagrams, designs
and schematics shown in Fig. 8 below.
The tools used to create this plasma are:
1. Transformer / Plasma cutting machine
It serves to increase the input voltage from the inverter to reach the plasma voltage. Plasma cutting is a
machine that functions to melt or cut objects such as iron
2. Voltage regulator
It is useful as a regulator of the output voltage of the PLN electricity before entering the plasma cutting
machine so that it can regulate the formation of a plasma in the plasma reactor.
3. Voltage cables and sockets
They connect the input and output of the plasma arc cutting machine with a plasma reactor that is capable
of transmitting 220 Volt voltage to connect electricity between the Plasma Cutting Machine with a voltage
regulator.
4. Compressor
It Serves to produce plasma in the arc, supply heat and increase pressure or get air from the surroundings
which will then be pressurized in the tube, then redistributed as compressed air.
(a) Plasma Power Generation Schematic Diagram
(b) Plasma Power Generation Schematic Design (c) Plasma Trigger Schematic
Figure 8: Plasma Power Generation Designs and Schematics
106
(a)
(b)
Figure 9: (a) Plasma Form (b) Decomposition Process
The mini plasma reactor has been made is tested. These tests consisted of leakage tests and plasma tests.
The reactor is suitable and ready for use, then observations and data collection are carried out which are then
analyzed. In Fig. 9 there is a plasma form and the decomposition process.
The display of temperature data obtained is shown in figure 10, the instrument testing was carried out in the
high voltage engineering laboratory of Andalas University. The data obtained is then processed using
Microsoft Excel to see the effect of the data comparison chart from each test. Furthermore, the data is
processed using Design Expert 12 software with the response surface methodology.
Figure 10: Display of Temperature Data on Testing
107
4.1 Research Data Description
In this research observation data from the object being tested were analyzed. The data was obtained by
conducting various experiments with various conditions directly in the high-voltage laboratory of Andalas
University. With the data obtained are shown in Table 1 and Fig.11, as follows:
Table 1: Recapitulation of Testing Data on Equipment in The High Voltage Laboratory of Andalas
University
Parameters Testing 1 Testing 2 Testing 3
Volt Electricity (V) 220 220 220
Current (A) 10 15 20
Air Pressure (MPa-kgf/cm2) 3 4 5
Waste (gram) 500 500 500
Decomposition Time (minute) 9 7 6
Temperature (0C) 1139 1236 1260
A Data Comparison Chart

1400 1300
1200 1100
1000 900
800 700
600 500
400 300
200 100
0 -100
Testing 1 Testing 2 Testing 3
Figure 11: A Data Comparison Chart Was Obtained by Experiments
To get the temperature and time of decomposition, several experiments were carried out by varying the current
and air pressure. The results showed that the higher the current and air pressure, the plasma flame burst will
get longer and hotter. This affects the time in the decomposition of the waste following the capabilities of the
mini plasma reactor.
In the data comparison chart, it can be seen that the fastest decomposition time is 6 minutes, and 9 minutes
is the longest. While the highest temperature is 1260°C and 1139°C is the lowest temperature in the test.
108
4.2 Design Expert 12
Design Expert 12 software uses response surface methodology with a model of central composite design.
There are two process parameters selected as factors (the amount of current and air pressure) determining
the high and low values of the designed factors. This design can provide information about effects,
interactions, and predictions. After inputting the level factor data (high and low), the design expert 12 software
will read and display the data. Optimization of the data in this research using design expert 12 is shown in the
following Table 2.
Table 2: The Amount of Current, Air Pressure and Response Time

Num Std Run Factor Factor 2 Response
1 B: 1
A: Pressure Time
Current Mpa- Minute
Amp kgf/𝐜𝐦𝟐
1. 6 1 22.0711 4 6
2, 2 2 20 3 7
3, 5 3 7.92893 4 8
4. 7 4 15 2.58579 9
5. 8 5 15 5.41421 6
6. 10 6 15 4 7
7. 3 7 10 5 8
8. 4 8 20 5 6
9. 9 9 15 4 7
10. 1 10 10 3 9
Fig 12 show the time prediction points when running 1, according to the data in table 2, the current value is
22.0711 and the air pressure is 4 MPa, so it gets a response time of 6 minutes The results obtained are very
effective and efficient in obtaining optimum conditions that are close to real conditions.
(a) (b)
Figure 12: (a) Contour Design Expert, (b) Design Expert of 3D Surface
109
4.3 Discussion
The problem of solid waste continues to be discussed, because it is directly related to the lifestyle and culture
of the community itself. Waste problems, if not handled properly, will cause many problems and risks, such to
human health and other living things [1]. The ever-increasing amount of industrial and residential waste and
its environmental footprint dictates the need for effective waste management practices. For this reason, the
latest technology is proposed which in the future is expected to be the best solution in dealing with the waste
problem, namely the use of plasma technology, or better known as plasma gasification. The utilization of
plasma gas, waste into energy (WTE) is one of the new technologies introduced several decades ago. In this
case, the plasma arc can produce synthetic gas which can be used to generate energy through reciprocating
engine generators, gas turbines, and boilers [5].
Therefore, the authors develop and design a high-temperature mini plasma furnace, so that it can apply an
effective and efficient waste treatment method. with the test results, namely: to get the temperature and time
of decomposition, several experiments were carried out by varying the air current and pressure, from the
experiments carried out it was seen that the higher the current and air pressure values, the longer and hotter
the plasma flame bursts. This affects the time in the decomposition of waste in accordance with the capabilities
of the tool. The fastest decomposition time is 6 minutes, and 9 minutes is the longest. While the highest
temperature is 1260°C and 1139°C is the lowest temperature in the test. because of the limitations of the
author in researching, the suggestions for further researchers, in order to be able to conduct data collection
or research on data variables that have not been obtained. In order to be able to complete the next tool to be
able to develop the results of the decomposition reaction in the form of flue gas for sample analysis or be
processed as a source of electricity generation.
5. CONCLUSIONS
This research is expected to help understand and develop or analyze mini plasma gasification technology in
the future. This research can also be used as a reference to get the quality of effective and efficient waste
management that can overcome the toxic and hazardous waste problem. Through several tests, it was
concluded that the mini plasma reactor was designed to withstand heat up to 1300C. The electrical system
uses the power source of the 220 Volt PLN which is connected to the plasma arc cutting machine.
The results showed that the higher the current and air pressure, the plasma flame burst will get longer and
hotter. This affects the time in the decomposition of the toxic and hazardous waste following the capabilities
of the mini plasma reactor.
6. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The author would like to thank all parties who have been involved in this research.
7. REFERENCES
[1] M. Rizal, “Analisis Pengolahan Persampahan Perkotaan (Studi Kasus pada Kelurahan Boya Kecamatan
Banawa Kabupaten Donggala),” Jurnal SMARTek, Vol. 9, 2011.
[2] M. S. Lavaee, “Waste to Energy (WTE): Conventional and Plasma-assisted Gasification Experimental and
Modeling Studies,” A Thesis presented to the University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, 2013.
[3] S.D.S.Djaja, Penerapan Teknologi Plasma pada Pemusnahan Sampah Kota, Metallurgist-ITB74-
Inkubator, 2010
[4] J. Sanderson, "Waste to Energy," Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, 2014.
[5] M. Pourali, “Application of Plasma Gasification Technology in Waste to Energy Challenges and
Opportunities,” IEEE, vol.1, no.3, pp.125-130, 2010.
[6] Indonesia, “Peraturan Pemerintah No. 85 Tahun 1999 tentang Perubahan Atas Peraturan Pemerintah No.
18 Tahun 1999 tentang Pengelolaan Limbah Bahan Berbahaya”, 1999.
[7] L.E. Sunarsih, “Penanggulangan Limbah,” Deepublish, Yogyakarta, 2017.
[8] K. Hervin, “Feasibility Analysis of Gasification for Energy Recovery from Residual Solid Waste in Humboldt
County”, A Thesis presented to the University of Humboldt State University, Berlin, Germany, 2013.
110
[9] U. Arena, “Process and technological aspects of municipal solid waste gasification. A review,” Waste
Management., vol. 32, no. 4, pp. 625–639, 2012.
[10] F. Lamers, E. Fleck, L. Pelloni, and B. Kamuk, “Alternative Waste Conversion Technologies,” ISWA -
International Solid Waste Association, p. 35, 2013.
[11] V. E. Messerle, A. L. Mosse, and A. B. Ustimenko, “Municipal Solid Waste Plasma Processing :
Thermodynamic Computation and Experiment,” IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science, pp. 1–6, 2016.
[12] S. Ali, D. K. Prasad, S. Shankar, and K. Saw, “Experimental Investigation of Temperature Distribution and
Surface Roughness for Cutting Aluminium-19000 and Stainless Steel 304 Using Plasma Arc,” International
Journal of Advanced Technology in Engineering and Science, vol. 4, no. 3, pp. 344–349, 2016.
[13] S. Chamarthi, N. S. Reddy, M. K. Elipey, and D. V. R. Reddy, “Investigation analysis of plasma arc cutting
parameters on the unevenness surface of hardox-400 material,” Procedia Engineering, vol. 64, pp. 854–861,
2013.
[14] C. Ducharme, N. J. Themelis, and M. J. Castaldi, “Technical and economic analysis of Plasma-assisted
Waste to Energy processes,” A Thesis presented to the University of Columbia, New York, USA, 2010.
111
Mixed Durability Performance Asphalt Concrete – Wearing Course
(Ac-Wc) Using Lime Ash as Filler Substitution
Lusyana1, Mukhlis2, Ernita Suardi3, Alfino Busri4 And Ghina Pujadany5

1,2,3,4,5 Civil Engineering, Padang State Polytechnic, Padang, 25164, WEST SUMATERA
*Corresponding Author: lusyana@pnp.ac.id
Abstract: Road is a means of transportation of Asphalt Concrete Wearing (AC-WC) as a wearing

course (wearing course) is a pavement layer that is directly related to the load and weather, then
the layer must have the ability to be weather-resistant, water-resistant, and have good Coarseness.
hinted. Usually the filler used in an asphalt mixture is obtained from rock ash. However, in the field
conditions, rock ash filler has limited availability, so one type of substitute material that is possible
is lime ash. With a mixture of fillers or fillers that utilize lime ash to function as a cavity filler and
asphalt concrete binder, it is expected to increase the density, durability and stability of the pavement
mixture using the Marshall Immersion (MI) method. It is hoped that the replacement of the filler
material can increase the density, durability and stability of the pavement mixture. The results of the
AC-WC mixture test with the addition of 0%, 5%, 10%, and 12.5% lime ash with an asphalt content
of 5% to 7% obtained the optimum asphalt content value using the Marshall method of 5.99% at 0%
variation of the addition of lime ash, 6 ,31% in the 5% variation of the addition of lime ash, 6.57% in
the 10% variation of the addition of lime ash and 6.60% in the 12.5% variation of the addition of lime
ash. Based on the results of the study, the value of marshal immersion tends to increase with
increasing lime ash. The mixture with lime ash 12.5% gave better durability performance (99.60%)
compared to lime ash 0%, 5% and 10% (97.52%, 97.82%, and 99.39%).
Keywords: Durability, AC-WC, Asphalt, KAO, Marshall Immersion, Lime Ash.
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Background
Road pavement is one or several layers of material that is compacted on the subgrade so that traffic
can run smoothly without being hampered. As time goes by and the increase in population is directly
proportional to the increase in the volume of vehicles, making road pavements, especially flexible pavements,
will experience faster damage. Road pavement, especially flexible pavement. has weaknesses, especially in
the pavement layer, such as experiencing deformation (change in shape) due to excessive vehicle loads, and
cracks caused by changes in temperature which will cause potholes over time.
The development of traffic that continues to increase has led to increased demands for transportation
infrastructure. Road is a medium of transportation. The media is used as the movement of traffic on land areas
which include the media for the passage of motorized vehicles, which are on the surface or below the ground
surface of the cable.(Minister of Transportation of the Republic of Indonesia, 2006).
Asphalt Concrete Wearing Course(AC-WC) is a mixture of continuously graded aggregate with a binder
of asphalt. Asphalt Concrete Wearing (AC-WC) as a wear layer (wearing course) is a pavement layer that is
directly related to the load and weather, then the layer must have the ability to be weather-resistant, water-
resistant, and have the required Coarseness. However, in the existing road construction, especially on the
wearing course, there are still many damages that reduce the level of road service, one of which is puddles of
water on the asphalt which causes damage. Mixture damage to water in the pavement layer, so that it changes
shape like a hole. The strength of AC-WC comes from the interlocking between asphalt with aggregate and
filler.(Mahli, 2017). Usually the filler used in an asphalt mixture is obtained from rock ash. However, in the field
conditions, rock ash filler has limited availability, so one type of substitute material that is possible is lime ash.
According to Refi(2019)In general, lime is hydraulic, does not show weathering and can be carried by currents.
Physically, limestone is a sedimentary rock consisting of the mineral "Calcium Carbonate" (CaCO3) which is
then heated at high temperatures and then doused with water to produce "Calcium Hydroxide" (Ca(OH)2)
112
extinguished lime. With a mixture of fillers or fillers that utilize lime ash to function as a cavity filler and asphalt
concrete binder, it is expected to increase the density, durability and stability of the pavement mixture using
the Marshall Immersion (MI) method.
This research is expected to be able to provide solutions to problems in the community, namely lime
ash waste that has accumulated and has not been utilized, which is expected to improve the quality of asphalt
mixtures, especially those that can be used for public roads.
1.2 Research purposes

The aims of this research are as follows:
1. Obtaining Marshall's Optimum Asphalt content value on a mixture of Asphalt Concrete – Wearing
Course (AC-WC) wear layer without using a mixture of rock ash filler (0%) and using a mixture of lime
ash filler with variations (5%; 10%; 12,5).
2. Obtain residual strength (IKS) in the mixture of Asphalt Concrete Wearing Course (AC-WC) without
using a mixture of rock ash filler (0%) and using a mixture of lime ash filler with variations (5%; 10%;
12.5).
2 RESEARCH METHODS
2.1 Research design

The stages of this research are schematically in the form of a flow chart as shown in Figure 2.1 below:
113
A
Figure 2.1: Flowchart Research
In this study, lime ash was used as a filler of the asphalt used. Asphalt and aggregate properties testing carried
out refers to the 2018 Highways Specification Revision 2. The stages used include:
1. Preparation Stage
This stage includes the procurement of materials that will be used in the research. The materials used in
this study include coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, rock ash filler, lime ash filler, and asphalt. Coarse
and fine aggregates, and rock ash filler are from PT. Anugrah Tripa Raya (PT. ATR) bypasses Padang.
Lime ash comes from the Padang Panjang area. The tools used are a set of sieves, aggregate inspection
test equipment, asphalt inspection test equipment and test equipment for the characteristics of the
aggregate and asphalt mixture.
2. Material Test
The materials used in this study consisted of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, filler, asphalt and asphalt
with the addition of lime ash first tested according to the test method used.
3. Mix Planning
The asphalt content used is from 5% to 7%. The planned lime ash filler content is 0%, 5%, 10%, and
12.5%.
4. Test Object Making
At this stage the aggregate is weighed according to the gradation plan. After that, heat the aggregate to
a temperature of 150oC, weigh it again before mixing it with asphalt according to the planned levels of
0%, 5%, 10% and 12.5%. After the aggregate and asphalt were mixed, put the mixture into the mold to
be pounded as much as 2x75 collisions for marshall. The test objects were made as many as 3 pieces
for each asphalt content in the marshall.
5. Testing of Test Items
Testing of the test object is volometric testing and marshall testing using the marshall test equipment.
Marshall tool is a press tool equipped with a proving ring that is used to support the stability value and a
flow meter is used to measure fatigue (flow). The results of the volometric test using the equation obtained
the value of Volume of Voids In Solid Asphalt Concrete (VIM), Volume of Aggregate (VMA) and Volume
Of Voids Between Aggregates Filled With Asphalt (VFA). After obtaining this volume, the optimum asphalt
content is obtained whose function will provide the highest stability of the pavement layer, where other
requirements are also met.
The equation used is as follows;

𝑇ℎ𝑒𝑜𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦 − 𝐴𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑔𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑡
𝑉𝑀𝐴 = 100 − [ ]
𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑏𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑑 𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝐵𝑢𝑙𝑘
𝑉𝑀𝐴 − 𝑉𝐼𝑀
𝑉𝐹𝐴 = [ ] 𝑥 100
𝑉𝑀𝐴
𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝐵𝑢𝑙𝑘 − 𝑇ℎ𝑒𝑜𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦
𝑉𝐼𝑀 = [ ] 𝑥 100
𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑏𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑑 𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝐵𝑢𝑙𝑘
114
Information
VMA = volume of aggregate voids in solid asphalt concrete, % of the bulk volume of solid asphalt concrete
VIM = volume of voids in solid asphalt concrete, % of bulk volume of solid asphalt concrete
VFA = volume of voids between aggregates filled with asphalt, % of VMA
Combined Spesific Gravity Bulk

100
% 𝑅𝑜𝑢𝑔ℎ 𝐴𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑔𝑔𝑎𝑡𝑒 % 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝐴𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑔𝑔𝑎𝑡𝑒 % 𝐹𝑖𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑟
+ +
𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝐵𝑢𝑙𝑘 𝐶𝑜𝑎𝑟𝑠𝑒 𝐴𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑔𝑎𝑡 𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝐵𝑢𝑙𝑘 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝐴𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑔𝑎𝑡 𝐸𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝐹𝑖𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑟
Theoretical Spesific Gravity

100
% 𝑅𝑜𝑢𝑔ℎ 𝐴𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑔𝑎𝑡𝑒 % 𝐴𝑠𝑝ℎ𝑎𝑙𝑡 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑡
+
𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑏𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑑 𝐸𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝐶𝑜𝑎𝑟𝑠𝑒 𝐴𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑔𝑔𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝐴𝑠𝑝ℎ𝑎𝑙𝑡 𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦
Combined Effective Spesific Gravity
100
% 𝐶𝑜𝑎𝑟𝑠𝑒 𝐴𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑔𝑎𝑡𝑒 % 𝑅𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑑 𝐴𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑔𝑔𝑎𝑡𝑒 % 𝐹𝑖𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑟
+ +
𝐸𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝐶𝑜𝑎𝑟𝑠𝑒 𝐴𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑔𝑔𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝐴𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑔𝑔𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝐸𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝐹𝑖𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑟
3 Results and Discussion
3.1 Aggregate inspection results, Asphalt pen 60/70 and Lime ash
The results of testing the properties of aggregate, filler, and asphalt are as shown in Table 3.1, Table 3.2
and Table 3.3. For aggregate testing as a whole, it has met the Technical Specifications of Highways
(PUPR, 2018) For testing of asphalt as a whole it has met the Technical Specifications of Bina Marga
2018 Revision 2.
Table 3.1: Coarse Aggregate Test Results
No Characteristics Results Specification

1. Bulk specific gravity 2,521 2.5 – 2.7
2. SSD density 2,605 2.5 – 2.7
3. apparent density 2,760 2.5 – 2.7
4. AIV (Aggregate Impact Value); (%) 9,202 30% max
5. ACV (Aggregate Crushing Value); (%) 23.209 30% max
6. Los Angeles;(%) 16 40% max
7. Flat Index; (%) 8.55 10% max
8. Index oval; (%) 5.91 10% max
9. Aggregate Weathering; (%) 4.15 10% max
From the results of testing the coarse aggregate obtained already meets the standard from the technical
specifications of Bina Marga 2018 Revision 2 Division 6 and are listed in the table coarse aggregate
requirements.
Table 3.2: Fine Aggregate Test Results

1. Bulk specific gravity 2.50 2.5 – 2.7
2. SSD density 2,562 2.5 – 2.7
3. apparent density 2.68 2.5 – 2.7
From the results of testing the fine aggregate obtained already meets the standard from the technical
specifications of Bina Marga 2018 Revision 2 Division 6 and are listed in the table coarse aggregate
requirements.
115
Table 3.3: Filler Test Results

1. Specific Gravity of Stone Ash 2,551 2.2 – 2.7
2. Lime Ash Specific Gravity 2,611 2.6 – 2.8
Tests carried out on the filler are specific gravity tests. Function The addition of filler is as a cavity filler in
the mixture. Results of filler test get a specific gravity value of . From the value of the test results obtained
is 2.551 gr/cm3 then the value of the filler density has been meet the technical specifications of the 2018
Division 6 bina marga, namely 2.2 - 2.7 gr/cm3.
3.2 Optimum Asphalt content Results

Based on the tests carried out, the optimum asphalt content of the mixture using lime ash as a mixture in the
filler was obtained. In the 0% variation of lime ash, the optimum asphalt content value was 5.99%; variation of
5% Lime ash obtained optimum asphalt content value of 6.31%; variation of 10% lime ash obtained optimum
asphalt content value of 6.57%; and variation of 12.5% Lime ash obtained optimum asphalt content value of
6.60%. In this study, all variations of asphalt mixtures had optimum asphalt content. The comparison of
Marshall optimum asphalt content values can be seen in the following graph.
6.7
6.57 6.6
6.6
6.5
6.4
Asphalt content (%)
6.31
6.3
6.2
6.1
5.99
6
5.9
5.8
5.7
5.6
Abu Kapur 0% Abu Kapur 5% Abu Kapur10% Abu Kapur 12,5%
Graph 3.1: Comparison of optimum asphalt content Marshall against Lime Ash
From Graph 3.1 Marshall's optimal asphalt content has a significant increase at the percentage of lime
ash 0%, 5%, and 10%. This is due to the existence of the effect of lime ash that binds asphalt concrete, so
that the increase in the variation of lime ash used results in the need for asphalt in the mix increases.
3.3 Asphalt Film Thickness Analysis

The comparison of asphalt film thickness for all mixtures in optimum asphalt content and the comparison
of aggregate surface area values for each mixture is presented in graph 3.2 below. The asphalt film thickness
is strongly influenced by the aggregate gradation, asphalt density and asphalt content in the mixture.
Aggregate gradation will affect in determining the value of the aggregate surface area, gradations with more
fine fractions will have a larger surface area. At the same aggregate surface area, the higher the asphalt
content, the thicker the asphalt film thickness will be compared to the lower asphalt content. High asphalt
content is influenced by the addition of lime ash where the more addition of lime ash results in the higher
asphalt content.
116
6.80
6.58
6.60 6.55
Thickness Asphalt Film, µm

6.40
6.27
6.20
6.00 5.93
5.80
5.60
Abu Kapur 0% Abu Kapur 5% Abu Kapur 10% Abu Kapur 12,5%
Graph 3.2: Asphalt Film Thickness Comparison with Mixed Variations
The results of the asphalt film thickness analysis will be very helpful in analyzing the behavior of the mixture
in durability testing. The properties of asphalt thickness play a very important role in the accelerated process
of asphalt hardening. The results of laboratory tests show that the oxidation process of the asphalt film, at a
high room temperature, between 40°C and 60°C to a depth limit of 4 microns (Ricky Kusmawan, 1999). In
TRH 8 (National Institute for Transport and Road Research, 1978) it is necessary to calculate the average
thickness of the asphalt film layer in the mixture to ensure that this value is not below the required minimum
value. For Laston (AC) mixtures, generally the asphalt film thickness requirement is >5 micron (SHELL,
1990).
3.4 Marshall Immersion Test Analysis

Immersion test Marshall (Marshall Immersion) is a test to determine the durability of asphalt mixtures. In this
test, the mixture was measured for its resistance performance in hot water with a temperature of 60˚C for 30
minutes, 24 hours and 48 hours. This indicates that the mixture is quite susceptible to the influence of water
and temperature. This value is expressed by the residual stability value which shows the adhesion behavior
between the aggregate grains and the asphalt in the mixture.
Based on the results of the research, the asphalt mixture after immersion experienced an increase in stability,
where the stability after immersion tends to increase along with the addition of lime ash.
100
99.66
99 99.39
98 97.82
97 97.52
Stabilitas Sisa (%)
96 96.19
Linear ( Marshall Immersion 24
96.01
95 95.97 Hour)
94 Linear (Marshall Immersion 48
Hour)
93
92
91
90 90.2
0.0% 2.5% 5.0% 7.5% 10.0% 12.5% 15.0%
Graph 3.3 Comparison of Residual Stability Values for 24 Hours and 48 Hours of Lime Ash
immersion
117
The durability of the mixture is expressed by the residual stability value. From the results of testing the
test object using Marshall Test Equipment with immersion 24 hours and 48 hours. From Graph 4.2, it can
be seen that the durability of the mixture tends to increase with the addition of lime percentage, but
decreases with the duration of immersion. This increase in durability occurs because lime is generally
hydraulic, does not show weathering and can be carried by currents, so that with increasing lime
percentage, the durability of the asphalt mixture will increase. It can be seen that the highest residual
stability value is found in a mixture of 12.5% lime ash with a value of 99.6% for 24-hour immersion and
the lowest value is in a mixture of 0% lime ash with a value of 97.52% for 24-hour immersion. While the
residual stability value for 48 hours of immersion tends to decrease from 24 hours of immersion. These
results as a whole indicate that the addition of lime ash can increase the performance value of the
durability of the asphalt mixture and still meet the minimum requirement of 90%.
A mixture of 12.5% lime ash with the highest IKS value compared to other mixtures showed the best level
of resistance to the effects of water and high temperatures. The asphalt film factor which is relatively thick
compared to other mixtures is estimated to provide the most dominant role in achieving its IKS. With a
thick asphalt film, it will ensure the adhesion (adhesiveness) between the asphalt and the aggregate
particles is maintained so that it still makes a significant contribution in an effort to minimize the weakening
effect caused by water infiltration and high temperatures during the 1x24 hour immersion process.
4 Conclusion
1. Based on the results of tests carried out, the mixture with the addition of lime ash has volumetric
characteristics and marshal characteristics in accordance with the 2018 technical specifications
revision 2 division 6.
2. Based on the results of testing using the Marshall method carried out at the Civil Engineering
Laboratory of the Padang State Polytechnic, the optimum asphalt content values in the AC-WC
mixture were as follows:
a. Percentage of lime ash 0% with optimum asphalt content value 5.99%
b. Percentage of lime ash 5% with optimum asphalt content value of 6.31%
c. Percentage of lime ash 10% with optimum asphalt content value of 6.57%
d. Percentage of Lime Ash 12.5% with optimum asphalt content value of 6.60%
The optimum asphalt content obtained increased in the variation of lime ash 12.5%.
3. From the results of the research, the value of marshal immersion tends to increase with increasing
lime ash. The mixture with 12.5% lime ash gave better performance than lime ash (0%, 5% and
10%), this was indicated by the higher residual strength index results, namely for 24 hours
immersion of 99.60 and for immersion 48 Hours is 96.19.
5 Bibliography
Mahli, M. (2017). The Effect of Using Limestone as a Filler in Asphalt Concrete – Wearing Course (Ac-Wc).
Minister of Transportation of the Republic of Indonesia. (2006). Government Regulation Number 34 of 2012
concerning Roads. Vascular Embolotherapy, 107–118.
Refi, A. (2019). The Effect of Using Padang Panjang Lime as a Filler on the Characteristics of Asphalt Concrete
Mix in AC-BC (Asphalt Concrete-Binder Course) Layer. Rang Engineering Journal, 2 NO. 2(2).
Shell, B (1990), The Shell Bitumen Hand Book, Shell Bitumen, UK, 223 – 263.
Ricky, K (1999), The Effect of Filler Material and Aggregate Gradation on the Durability of Stone Mastic
Asphalt, Master Thesis, Master Program in Highway Systems and Engineering, Bandung Institute of
Technology.
118
The Effects of Palm Fibers on Flexural Strength of Concrete
Mukhlis1, Zulfira Mirani2, Takdir Alamsyah3, Adinda Shaffira4 And Rifqie Adityo Fawzar5
1 ,2,3,4,5 Civil
Engineering Department, Padang State Polytechnic,
Kampus St., Limau Manis, Padang, 25164 INDONESIA
*Corresponding Author: Palito_alam@yahoo.com
Abstract: Concrete is one of the most commonly used materials in construction. However, concrete
itself is a material with low flexural strength. Flexural strength is the amount of tensile load concrete
can bear before failing, which is an important characteristic of concrete. Flexural strength is required
in rigid pavement design. One of the ways to improve concrete strength is the usage of fiber-
reinforced concrete. Fiber-reinforced concrete utilizes various types of fiber, one of them being
natural fibers. Palm fiber is one of the commonly used unprocessed natural fibers, as well as an
easy material to get. This experiment was done to find out the effect of palm fibers on flexural
strength of concrete to determine whether palm fibers can be used in concrete or not. The research
was done with concrete samples sized 15 cm x 15cm x 60cm. The variations of the concrete mixture
were the addition of 0%, 1.5%, 2.5%, and 3% palm fibers, alongside the variations of fine aggregates
of Grading Zone II and Grading Zone IV. Flexural strength test was conducted at concrete age of 28
days, with 2 samples per variation. The test conducted referred to SNI 4431:2011 method of testing
concrete flexural strength. The result showed that the highest flexural strength achieved in a mixture
using Grading Zone II fine aggregate is at 0% palm fiber with a flexural strength of 3.59 MPa. The
highest flexural strength achieved in a mixture using Grading Zone IV aggregate happened when
1.5% palm fiber was added into the mixture, which caused a flexural strength of 2.86 MPa.
Keywords: Fiber-Reinforced Concrete, Palm Fiber, Flexural Strength
1. INTRODUCTION
The usage of concrete as rigid pavement is one of the many utilizations of concrete commonly used. The
development of technology and infrastructure requires the development of concrete technology to improve
concrete strength. One of the many ways to improve concrete strength is the usage of fiber-reinforced
concrete. Fiber-reinforced concrete is a type of concrete that utilizes various types of fiber, such as steel fibers,
glass fibers, synthetic fibers, and natural fibers. Fibers are used to prevent cracks on concrete, thus making
concrete more ductile and increasing the flexural strength of concrete (Haq dan Andayani, 2017). This makes
concrete more durable against tensile force caused by weather, climate, and temperature.
Concrete is one of the materials that are widely used in various construction nowadays, thus improving
concrete properties and performance is in high demand to keep up with construction needs. Several studies
regarding fiber-reinforced concrete have been done in the past. Winarto (2017) studied the effect of palm
fibers in concrete mixture to improve the ability of concrete to withstand compressive loads with the proportion
of palm fibers of 0%, 2.5%, and 5%. The study resulted in finding the optimum proportion of palm fiber at 2.5%,
with a compressive strength of 226 kg/cm 2. The addition of palm fiber in concrete mixture also causes the
concrete to be lighter in weight.
1.1 Concrete
Concrete is a mixture of Portland cement or other hydraulic cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, and
water, with or without additives, to form a solid mass. Normal concrete has a unit weight of 2200 – 2500 kg/m3
(SNI 03-2834-2000).
119
1.2 Fiber-Reinforced Concrete
Fiber-reinforced concrete is a type of concrete that is made from hydraulic cement containing fine aggregate,
coarse aggregate, and discontinuous discrete of fibers (American Concrete Institute, 2002). The addition of
fiber is to increase the flexural strength of concrete and prevents cracks. The addition of fiber in fiber-reinforced
concrete can decrease the concrete’s compressive strength but increases flexural strength (Wora, M., and
Ndale 2018). Types of fibers commonly used in fiber-reinforced concrete are steel fiber, glass fiber, synthetic
fiber, and natural fibers. This study will utilize unprocessed natural fiber, which is palm fiber.
1.3 Palm Fiber

Palm fiber is a natural fiber produced by the palm tree (Arenga pinnata). Palm fiber is a resource that can be
found abundantly throughout Indonesia, making it an easily accessible resource and is a great alternative for
unprocessed natural fiber in fiber-reinforced concrete. Palm fiber can also last for decades and is also durable
against salt and seawater.
Palm fiber has the physical appearance of black threads, with its edge tinted red, is soft, rigid, and does not
break easily when pulled. Palm fiber consists of several chemical elements, such as 51.54% cellulose, 15.88%
hemicellulose, 43.09% lignin, 8.9% water, and 2.54% ash (Harista and Bastian 2022).
1.4 Concrete Mix Design

Concrete mix design is a process of calculation to find the right composition of cement, coarse aggregate, fine
aggregate, water, and additives in concrete. Several methods used in concrete mix design are Fineness
Modulus Method, American Concrete Institute (ACI) Method, Department of Environment Method, and
Indonesian National Standard/Standar Nasional Indonesia (SNI) method.
In this study, the method used for concrete mix design is Standar Nasional Indonesia (SNI) 03-2834-2000.
This method is used for normal concrete mix design.
1.5 Concrete Flexural Strength

According to SNI 4431:2011, concrete flexural strength is the ability of a concrete beam placed on two supports
to withstand forces in a direction perpendicular to the axis of the test object and is expressed in MPa. According
to SNI 8457:2017, the minimum flexural strength for rigid pavement for low-volume roads is 3.5 MPa for local
roads, 3.8 MPa for collector roads, and 4.1 MPa for special roads. In this study, concrete flexural strength is
tested according to SNI 4431:2011.
For testing in which fracture field happens in 1/3 of the middle section, equation (1) is used.
𝑃.𝐿
𝜎𝑙 = 𝑏.ℎ2 (1)
For testing in which the fracture field happens outside 1/3 of the middle section, equation (2) is used.
𝑃.𝑎
𝜎𝑙 = 𝑏.ℎ2 (2)
In which
σl is flexural strength (MPa).
P is the highest force read in the testing machine (kN).
L is the distance between two placement lines (mm).
b is horizontal-direction fracture cross-section (mm).
h is vertical-direction fracture cross-section (mm).
a is the average distance between the fracture cross-section and the closest support (mm).
The fractures referred to above are illustrated in Fig.1, in which Fig.1(a) illustrates the fracture within 1/3 of
the middle section while Fig.1(b) illustrates the fracture happening outside of the 1/3 middle section. This
fracture can be observed visually during the testing.
120
(a) (b)
Figure 1: (a) Fracture in 1/3 Area of the Middle Section and (b) Fracture Outside of 1/3 Area of the
Middle Section and Fracture Line within < 5% of Beam
1.6 Literature Review

Pertiwi and Sabariman (2017) studied the effects of palm fiber on concrete flexural strength using the
variations of 0%, 1%, and 3% of cement volume. The study resulted on increase on flexural strength of
147.33% at variation of 1% and increase of 54.53% at variation of 3%.
Perdana et al. (2015) studied the effects of palm fiber in concrete tensile strength. The variations used are
2.5%, 5%, 7.5%, and 10% of palm fiber. The study resulted in increase of concrete tensile strength, with the
highest tensile strength achieved at variation of 10%, which is 2,667 MPa.
Wora and Ndale (2018) studied the effects of palm fiber on concrete tensile strength using the variations of
fiber length (1 cm, 1.5 cm, 2 cm, 2.5 cm, and 3 cm) and compositions (0%, 1%, 2%, and 3%). The study
resulted decrease of compressive strength and increase of tensile strength at each variation. The highest
tensile strength achieved was 3,35 MPa, with the variation of 3% of 3 cm palm fibers.
Munandar et al. (2013) studied the tensile strength of palm fiber with the variation of palm fiber diameter (0.25
– 0.35 mm and 0.46 – 0.55 mm). The study found that palm fiber with smaller diameter has higher tensile
strength.
2. RESEARCH METHOD
2.1 Research Planning

Concrete mix design is based on Standard Nasional Indonesia (SNI) 03-2834-2000. Concrete flexural strength
test refers to Standard Nasional Indonesia (SNI) 4431:2011. The procedures of the test can be seen in the
flowchart in Fig.2.
There are four variations of palm fiber addition, which are 0%, 1.5%, 2.5%, and 3% of cement weight. Palm
fibers are cut into ± 5 cm and added homogeneously into the mixture during the mixing phase. Towards each
proportion of palm fiber, there are two variations of fine aggregate, which are Grading Zone II and Grading
Zone IV. The samples are then molded using a 15 cm × 15 cm × 60 cm mold and cured. The number of
samples can be seen in Table 1.
2.2 Research Implementation

The study is done at the Laboratory of Material Testing, Civil Engineering Department, Padang State
Polytechnic and the Laboratory of Construction Material, Ministry of Public Works and Public Housing, West
Sumatera.
121
Figure 2: Research Procedure Flowchart
Table 1: Variation and Numbers of Samples
Variation of concrete mixture Concrete age 28 hari

Fine aggregate type Fiber percentage Flexural Strength
0% 2
1.5% 2
Grading Zone II
2.5% 2
3% 2
0% 2
1.5% 2
Grading zone IV
2.5% 2
3% 2
TOTAL 16
3. RESULT AND ANALYSIS

3.1 Testing of Fresh Concrete
During the mixing of concrete, slump tests and unit weight tests are done. The result of slump test can be
seen in Table 2 and Table 3.
Table 2: Result of Slump Test on Concrete Mixture with Grading Zone IV Fine Aggregate
Fiber Average Slump Water

percentage (%) slump (cm) required (cm) addition (kg)
0% 6,10 5.0 – 7.5 0,81

1.5% 6,28 5.0 – 7.5 2,62
2.5% 9,38 5.0 – 7.5 2,43
3% 8,25 5.0 – 7.5 1,86
Table 3: Result of Slump Test on Concrete Mixture with Grading Zone II Fine Aggregate
Fiber Average Slump Water

percentage (%) slump (cm) required (cm) addition (kg)
0% 6,10 5.0 – 7.5 0,53
1.5% 6,28 5.0 – 7.5 2,99
2.5% 5,13 5.0 – 7.5 3,18
3% 8,25 5.0 – 7.5 3,49
122
Slump is defined as the consistency of fresh concrete which affects permeability, workability, and the work
process of concrete. Several things that affect slump are the size of aggregate, number of water, and the
effect of water on cement. As stated in Table 2 and Table 3, the range of slump allowed in this testing is 5 –
7,5 cm. To reach the required range of slump, the addition of water is needed. It is due to the absorption of
water on aggregate is high, and the water content in aggregate might be different than previously tested. Aside
from that, palm fiber absorbs water, causing the need for more water to reach the correct consistency.
As can be seen in Table 3, water addition in concrete mixture with Grading Zone II fine aggregate increases
proportionally with the increase of fiber percentage. This happens due to the absorption capability of palm
fiber. The more palm fiber added into the mixture, the more water absorbed by the palm fiber, causing the
need for more water to be added to reach the desired consistency.
However, according to Table 2, on concrete mixture with Grading Zone IV fine aggregate, the highest water
addition happens at the percentage of palm fiber of 1.5%, while the addition of water at 2.5% palm fiber and
3% palm fiber are met with decrease of water addition. This can happen due to differences in water content
in aggregate during the mixing. This phenomenon can happen when materials aren’t stored properly, causing
differences in water content. However, compared to mixture with 0% palm fiber, increase of water addition still
occurs. This is happening because palm fiber absorbs the water when mixed. In addition, the addition of more
water than needed causes the mixture to reach a collapse consistency, exceeding the maximum range of
slump allowed.
Concrete unit weight is affected by materials unit weight and density of mixture. Aside from the fine aggregate,
materials used in both mixtures have the same quality. Thus, we can conclude that the unit weight is affected
by mixture density. The higher the mixture density, the higher the concrete unit weight. Concrete unit weight
testing result can be seen in Fig.3.
(a) (b)
Figure 3: Concrete Weight with (a) Grading Zone II and (b) Grading Zone IV Fine Aggregate
In concrete mixture with Grading Zone II fine aggregate, there is a proportional increase of unit weight from
0% palm fiber variation to 3% palm fiber variation. However, in mixture with Grading Zone IV fine aggregate,
there is a decrease in unit weight from 0% to 3%. This can be caused due to distribution of fine aggregates
and palm fibers. In concrete with Grading Zone II fine aggregate, fibers fill the gaps between coarse and fine
aggregate well, making the mixture more dense and heavier unit weight. However, in concrete with Grading
Zone IV fine aggregate, palm fiber does not only fill the gap in the mixture, but also takes over some of fine
aggregate away, making the concrete lighter.
3.2 Testing of Concrete Flexural Strength

Testing of concrete flexural strength is done at concrete age of 28 days. Flexural strength is calculated using
Equation (2), in which the cracks happen in the 1/3 of the middle area of samples.
The result of concrete flexural strength testing of concrete mixture with Grading Zone IV fine aggregate can
be seen in Table 4.
According to Table 4, the maximum flexural strength achieved for concrete with Grading Zone IV fine
aggregate happens at the variation of 1.5% palm fiber. The flexural strength achieved is 2.86 MPa, or 105%
of the flexural strength of normal concrete (0% palm fiber). However, palm fiber does not give a positive
influence for concrete mixture using Grading Zone II fine aggregate, where the maximum flexural strength
achieved is at 0% palm fiber, which is 3.59 MPa.
123
Table 4: Flexural Strength of Concrete Using Grading Zone IV Fine Aggregate
Fiber Flexural strength Average flexural

percentage (%) (MPa) strength (MPa)
2,59
0 2,71
2,84
2,69
1,5 2,86
3,03
2,23
2,5 2,20
2,17
2,18
3 2,11
2,04
The result of concrete flexural strength testing of concrete mixture with Grading Zone II fine aggregate can be
seen in Table 5.
Table 5: Flexural Strength of Concrete Using Grading Zone II Fine Aggregate
Fiber Flexural Average flexural

percentage (%) strength (MPa) strength (MPa)
3,72
0 3,59
3,47
3,06
1,5 3,37
3,68
3,23
2,5 3,15
3,08
2,76
3 2,58
2,39
In Table 5, we can see that the flexural strength decreases for concrete with Grading Zone II fine aggregate,
with the highest flexural strength happening at the 0% palm fiber variation. This shows that there is no positive
effect of palm fiber in the mixture. This might happen due to the slippery nature of palm fiber surface, causing
the cement paste to not bind the palm fiber correctly. This can be caused due to palm fiber being mixed directly
during the mixing process, causing the distribution of fiber in the mixture to not be as evenly and controlled as
possible, which affects the benefit of the fiber in concrete strength.
4. CONCLUSION
From the study, we can conclude that the maximum flexural strength achieved by concrete with Grading Zone
IV fine aggregate is with 1.5% palm fiber, with the flexural strength of 2.86 MPa. However, the usage of palm
fiber does not affect concrete with Grading Zone II fine aggregate positively, with the maximum flexural
strength achieved being at 0% palm fiber, which is 3.59 MPa.
124
5. REFERENCES
Aly, M. A. 2004. Teknologi Perkerasan Jalan Beton Semen. Jakarta: Yayasan Pengembangan Teknologi dan
Manajemen.
American Concrete Institute. 2002. ACI 544.1R-96 Report on Fiber Reinforced Concrete.
Badan Standarisasi Nasional. 1989. SK SNI S-03-1989-F.
Badan Standarisasi Nasional. 2000. SNI 03-2834-2000 Tata Cara Pembuatan Rencana Campuran Beton
Normal.
Badan Standarisasi Nasional. 2002. SNI 03-2847-2002 Tata Cara Perhitungan Struktur Beton untuk
Bangunan Gedung.
Departemen Pekerjaan Umum. 2005. Pd T-07-2005-B Pelaksanaan Pekerjaan Beton untuk Jalan dan
Jembatan. In Departemen Pekerjaan Umum
Haq, H. A., & Andayani, R. 2017. Pengaruh Penambahan Serat Kawat Bendrat Dan Serat Ijuk Pada Beton K-
225 Terhadap Kuat Geser. Jurnal Desain Konstruksi, 16(1): 76–82.
Munandar, I., Savetlana, S., & Sugiyanto. 2013. Kekuatan Tarik Serat Ijuk (Arenga Pinnata Merr). Jurnal
FEMA, 1(3): 52–58.
Perdana, A. O., Wahyuni, A. S., & Elhusna. 2015. Pengaruh Penambahan Serat Ijuk Terhadap Kuat Tarik
Belah Beton Dengan Faktor Air Semen 0, 5. Inersia: Jurnal Teknik Sipil, 7(2): 7–12.
Pertiwi, D. R. R., & Sabariman, B. 2017. Pengaruh Penambahan Serat Ijuk Terhadap Kuat Lentur Balok Beton
Bertulang. Rekayasa Teknik Sipil, 1(1): 247–255.
Winarto, S. 2017. Pemanfaatan Serat Ijuk Sebagai Material Campuran Dalam Beton Untuk Meningkatkan
Kemampuan Beton Menahan Beban Tekan. UkaRsT, 1(1): 1–10.
Wora, M., & Ndale, F. X. 2018. Pengaruh Penambahan Serat Ijuk Dapat Meningkatkan Kuat Tarik pada Beton
Mutu Normal. Jurnal IPTEK, 22(2): 51–58.
125
Gamification in Teaching Material Science & Engineering at
Politeknik Banting Selangor During COVID-19
Hanis Rasyidah Abdullah1, Nur Raihana Sukri2 And Intan Liyana Ramli3
1,2,3 Politeknik Banting Selangor, Banting, 42700, MALAYSIA
*Corresponding Author: nur_raihana_sukri@yahoo.com.my
Abstract: One of the most important courses in the Politeknik curriculum is Material Science and
Engineering. The majority of students, however, perceive the course to be bland and uninteresting.
This was seen in the course's results for the semester of June 2019, where 79.9% of students
achieved grade C and above. This is lower than the Politeknik Banting Selangor’s key performance
indicator in course outcome review report (CORR), 90% of students targeted achieving grade C and
above. Is it possible to use gamification to make the course more exciting and engaging? This study
investigates how Diploma of Mechanical Engineering students performed in the final examination of
Material Science and Engineering when lecturers used gamification as a creative asynchronous
teaching approach during COVID-19. The sample for this case study was constituted of 174
respondents from semester two of the Diploma in Mechanical Engineering, which includes all
participants who took the course of Material Science and Engineering during short semester 2021
session. Their final grade received was analyzed and compared to the final grade results of 189
Diploma in Mechanical Engineering students for Material Science and Engineering subject for the
June 2019 session, when the gamification is not implemented in teaching and learning. Remarkably,
99.4% of students scored grade C and above on for short semester 2021 when gamification was
used. This astonishing outcome demonstrates that gamification is a significant tool for making the
course more interesting and it could be used as an asynchronous teaching technique in order to
improve students’ performance. In the near future it could be investigated how lecturers and students
perceive the use of gamification.
Keywords: Gamification, Covid-19, asynchronous teaching, material science.
1. INTRODUCTION
The coronavirus Covid-19 has proven to be a deadly disease transmitted through acute respiratory syndrome
and some common cold (Ciotti et al., 2019). It’s called a pandemic because it has spread quickly and caused
a lot of damage (Shah et al., 2020). After the first Movement Control Order (MCO) enacted in response to the
epidemic, all states in Malaysia were put into a state of lockdown. Lecturers and higher educational institutions
around the world have had to quickly adapt their teaching approaches due to the pandemic. In an effort to
stop the spread of the virus, Politeknik Banting Selangor agreed to the recommendations of health
professionals and redesigned all teaching practices, including lectures and laboratory activities.
Due to the lack of face-to-face contact, significant effort has been put into developing innovative teaching
methods in the hopes that these methods will simultaneously increase students' ability to learn while
increasing their passion and dedication to their studies. Instructional strategies can be divided into
synchronous and asynchronous activities. During synchronous teaching, students and lecturers were able to
communicate in real time through video and audio conferences. Meanwhile, students and lecturers don't have
to communicate in real time in asynchronous teaching activity. Studies have shown that students' ability to
process and understand information and their ability to manage their time both are improved by asynchronous
learning (Higgins et al., 2022).
It has become increasingly important to produce teaching materials that are consistent with social distance as
the Covid-19 epidemic grows. Technology stimulates the development and sharing of new knowledge, but
lecturers must find new ways to engage and enthuse their students in order to reap the benefits. Students'
126
attention spans will improve if lecturers put in more time and effort to prepare for online courses, create new
lessons, and improve existing ones. In recent years, educators have increasingly turned to gamification as a
tool for engaging and motivating their students to study (Nieto-Escamez & Roldán-Tapia, 2021; Rincon-Flores
et al., 2022; Suppan et al., 2020).

Material Science and engineering is one of the most significant courses in the Politeknik curriculum. Most
students, however, find the course to be dry and uninteresting. This was seen in the course outcome review
report for semester June 2019 where only 59% of students are able to explain the fundamental of material
science including identification of various types of materials, mechanical behavior, metal production processes
and various principles of material testing, and overall, 79.9% of students score grade C and above. This is far
from the targeted goal, 90% of students achieving grade C and above. Is it possible to make the course more
interesting and engaging by using gamification especially during Covid-19? Is gamification effective to
reinforce the key concept to the students?
The purpose of this case study was to investigate the performance of Diploma of Mechanical Engineering
students in the Material Science and Engineering subject when their lecturer employed gamification as a
creative asynchronous teaching approach during the Covid-19. The researchers were especially interested in
how well the students performed because most instructors were concerned about the impact of technology on
students' education in light of the current pandemics and Malaysia's rapid rise of online learning.
A literature review was conducted as part of the initial phase of the investigation. The primary focus was on
online teaching and gamification.
2.1 Online Teaching and Learning During Covid-19 Pandemic

The pandemic caused by Covid-19 has forced all educational institutions to shut down, while educators and
Higher Educational Institutes (HEIs) have been urged to change their teaching methods immediately. As a
direct consequence of this, the majority of classes is delivered remotely to ensure social distancing (Johnson
et al., 2020). Report written by Marinoni et al. (2020) shows that 85% of HEIs in Europe, 60% HEIs in Asia &
Pacific, 72% HEIs in Americas and 29% HEIs in Africa replaced the conversional teaching into remote teaching
and learning. Several academicians have distinguished between online and remote teaching. The term "online
teaching" refers to courses that are offered using various websites, whereas "remote teaching" refers to a
temporary teaching approach used in response to a specific situation such as Covid-19 (Higgins et al., 2022).
However, not all HEIs are prepared for this emergency shift, particularly in Africa, where 24% of their HEIs are
cancelled teaching (Marinoni et al., 2020). Meanwhile, the Malaysian government is instructing all HEIs to
switch from campus to remote teaching (Ma et al., 2022; Sia & Adamu, 2020).
The continued advancement of digital technology has enabled students to adhere to social distancing when
learning online. The most popular platforms used by lecturers when teaching in real time are Google Meet,
Webex, Microsoft Teams and Zoom (Cavus & Sekyere-Asiedu, 2021; Dash et al., 2021). In order to tackle the
issue of students with limited internet access, some lecturers opted to record their lesson and broadcast it to
a YouTube channel, so that students could watch it at their own convenience (Roza, 2021; Yaacob & Saad,
2020). Politeknik Banting Selangor encourages lecturers and students to make use the Microsoft Teams by
providing the institutional account for free.
During the lockdown period, certain institutions are deploying the virtual and remote laboratories (Flynn et al.,
2021; Müssig et al., 2020; Radhamani et al., 2021) using simulators or augmented reality techniques, as
recommended by Andujar et al. (2010) and Odeh et al. (2015) earlier. However, not all institutions have the
necessary resources to develop simulator and augmented reality-based laboratories. Therefore, they use
alternative methods such as guided home experiments. Students are tasked with creating the experiment,
obtaining the appropriate equipment, assembling the components, carrying out the experiment and uploading
their experiment video (Endrasari et al., 2022). This method also widely used in Politeknik Banting Selangor
for laboratories work. Gamage, Wijesuriya, et al. (2020) reviews the various methods that utilized by
institutions to deliver teaching and laboratory activities during Covid-19.
One of the greatest challenges in online teaching and learning is student assessment. Many institutions have
resorted to alternative forms of student assessment during the COVID-19 pandemic. Activities for assessing
127
learning, such as quizzes and examinations, have been created to be tracked and monitored online. Rahim
(2020) presented nine guidelines as a means of assisting institutions in designing online assessment. Students
are subject to virtual invigilation during online exams to prevent them from engaging in unethical activity such
as cheating (Gamage, Silva, et al., 2020; Tuah & Naing, 2021).
Online teaching and learning has been tough and unpleasant for everyone involved, especially the lecturers
and students (Tanveer et al., 2020). It necessitates lecturers to work hard to find strategies to improve
students' motivation and engagement. Lecturers who wish to be better equipped to deal with global threats
like the Covid-19 pandemic should enroll in online learning training (Tuah & Naing, 2021). The COVID-19
pandemic has brought to light both the strengths and flaws of our educational system and made it clear that
using digital tools to enhance and support teaching was a wise decision (Higgins et al., 2022).
2.2 Gamification as A Tool to Enhance Students’ Learning Performance

Developing educational technologies that are compatible with social distancing is crucial at a time marked by
Covid-19. This is because millions of students are being quarantined in an effort to slow the spread of the
epidemic. In recent years, educators have become increasingly interested in exploring the possibilities of
gamification to enhance student learning (López Carrillo et al., 2019; Nieto-Escamez & Roldán-Tapia, 2021;
Rincon-Flores & Santos-Guevara, 2021). Gamification is the integration of gameplay principles into non-game
settings with the intention of fostering learning. The use of gamification in educational settings as a method to
increase students' motivation and improve social interaction has become increasingly common over the past
decade (Nieto-Escamez & Roldán-Tapia, 2021; Wiggins, 2016). The ability of gamification to improve learning
outcomes has been demonstrated through its application in numerous educational environments and at
different levels of education.
In general, student feedback indicated that gamification was creative, interesting, and an effective method for
delivering curricular material; in addition, it was regarded as a pleasurable activity to participate in (Nieto-
Escamez & Roldán-Tapia, 2021). Gamification has been shown to be effective in reinforcing key concepts
and subjects learnt in class (Oe et al., 2020). Politeknik Banting Selangor held several online trainings for
lecturers to set up gamification for teaching and learning. However, no research has been conducted on the
impact of gamification in Politeknik Banting Selangor so far.
3. METHODOLOGY
A non-experimental research design was adopted in this study, as shown in Figure 1. Firstly, lecturers create
online gamification as learning materials for each topic that students can use for revision during short semester
2021 session. The URL was given to the students through the Microsoft Teams posts section for each topic.
Students' participation and performance in each game session were monitored, and the topic that received
the lowest score is further explained during synchronous remote teaching.
The sample for this study was constituted of 174 respondents from semester two of the Diploma in Mechanical
Engineering, which includes all participants who took the course of Material Science and Engineering during
short semester 2021 session, when the gamification is implemented. Their final grade received was compared
to the final grade results of 189 Diploma in Mechanical Engineering students for Material Science and
Engineering subject for the June 2019 session, when the gamification is not yet implemented in teaching and
learning. However, same lecturers were teaching for both sessions. The histograms chart is used to show the
comparison of final grade.
All course assessments in Politeknik Banting Selangor are designed to meet the course learning outcome
(CLO) and programme learning outcome (PLO). A course outcome review report (CORR) is generated at the
end of the semester. For this case study, the course learning outcome 1 (CLO1); “apply the fundamental of
material science to identify the materials, properties, behavior, process and treatment”; and programme
learning outcome 1 (PLO1); “apply the knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals to
well-defined mechanical engineering procedures and practice”; were examined too. The CLO1 and PLO1 are
most related to the purpose of gamification, which is to reinforce the key concept to the students.
128
Lecturer provide the URL of online gamification
as learning materials for each topic
Students do asynchronise revision for the

course using gamification
Students take all the assessments for the

course (quizzez, tests, final examination)
Lecturer generate the course outcome review

report
Lecturer analyze the grade,

CLO1 and PLO1
Figure 1: Methodology of the study
4. DISCUSSION
The final grade of 174 Diploma in Mechanical Engineering students during the short semester of 2021 are
presented in Table 1. The highest frequency is grade A, where 36.8% of students scored A. Meanwhile only
1 student obtained a grade of C and C-. This finding is absolutely encouraging, the gamification method should
be implemented extensively, not just during the lockdown period caused by Covid-19.
Table 1: Results for Short Semester 2021 Session
Grade Percentage
A+ 11.5
A 36.8
A- 24.1
B+ 11.5
B 10.9
B- 4
C 0.6
C- 0.6
The histograms in Figure 2 compares student performance between the June 2019 session and the short
semester 2021 session. When compared to the June 2019 session, no students failed this course during the
short semester 2021 session. The 36.8% of students earned an A grade during the short semester 2021
session, which represents a significant leap forward compared to the June 2019 session, where the highest
frequency is 21.2% for grade C+. It has been convincingly demonstrated that student performance improves
when gamification is employed as a learning tool.
129
40
35
30
Percentage
25
20
15
10
0
A+ A A- B+ B B- C+ C C- D+ D E E- F
Jun-19 0 0.5 4.8 6.3 14.3 15.9 21.2 16.9 5.3 6.3 3.7 3.7 0 1.1
Short Sem 2021 11.5 36.8 24.1 11.5 10.9 4 0 0.6 0.6 0 0 0 0 0
Figure 2: Comparison of Students Performance Before and After Gamification
Table 2 below shows the CORR summary of group attainment for CLO1 and PLO1. The 19% increment for
CLO1 and 15% increment for PLO1 has been recorded when gamification is implemented during short
semester 2021 session. As a conclusion, gamification is an effective tool for helping students better grasp the
key concept being taught.
Table 2: CORR for CLO1 and PLO1 group attainment

Item Jun 2019 SS 2021
CLO1:
Apply the fundamental of material science to identify the
59% 78%
materials, properties, behavior, process, and treatment
PLO1:
Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering
fundamentals to well-defined mechanical engineering 63% 78%
procedures and practice
5. SUMMARY
As was mentioned, gamification has attracted the attention of researchers as a means to support students'
learning. The purpose of this study was to determine students’ performance in final exam when gamification
is employed in teaching Material Science and Engineering during the Covid-19 pandemic. The findings
demonstrated that student performance improves when gamification is employed as a learning tool.
Gamification empowers students to direct their learning and increases their enthusiasm to investigate the
topics they were discovering about through games. This method should be implemented extensively, not just
during the lockdown period caused by Covid-19.
130
6. REFERENCES
Andujar, J. M., Mejías, A., & Márquez, M. A. 2010. Augmented reality for the improvement of remote
laboratories: an augmented remote laboratory. IEEE transactions on education, 54(3), 492-500.
Cavus, N., & Sekyere-Asiedu, D. 2021. A comparison of online video conference platforms: Their contributions
to education during COVID-19 pandemic. World Journal on Educational Technology: Current Issues,
13(4), 1162-1173.
Ciotti, M., Angeletti, S., Minieri, M., Giovannetti, M., Benvenuto, D., Pascarella, S., . . . Ciccozzi, M. 2019.
COVID-19 outbreak: an overview. Chemotherapy, 64(5-6), 215-223.
Dash, S., Samadder, S., Srivastava, A., Meena, R., & Ranjan, P. 2021. Review of online teaching platforms
in the current period of COVID-19 pandemic. Indian Journal of Surgery, 1-6.
Endrasari, F., Djamari, D. W., & Pranoto, I. 2022. Home Experiment Program for Senior Mechanical
Laboratory Course: A Laboratory Program during COVID-19 Pandemic. EDUKATIF: JURNAL ILMU
PENDIDIKAN, 4(3), 3867-3879.
Flynn, W., Kumar, N., Donovan, R., Jones, M., & Vickerton, P. 2021. Delivering online alternatives to the
anatomy laboratory: Early experience during the COVID‐19 pandemic. Clinical Anatomy, 34(5), 757-
765.
Gamage, K. A., Silva, E. K. d., & Gunawardhana, N. 2020. Online delivery and assessment during COVID-19:
Safeguarding academic integrity. Education Sciences, 10(11), 301.
Gamage, K. A., Wijesuriya, D. I., Ekanayake, S. Y., Rennie, A. E., Lambert, C. G., & Gunawardhana, N. 2020.
Online delivery of teaching and laboratory practices: Continuity of university programmes during
COVID-19 pandemic. Education Sciences, 10(10), 291.
Higgins, M., Taylor, A., Rocco, S., Kimel, R., & Sinnott, S. 2022. COVID-19 pandemic student engagement
strategies for materials science and engineering courses. Springer.
Johnson, H., Cuellar Mejia, M., & Cook, K. 2020. COVID-19 shutdown forces colleges to ramp up online
learning. Public Policy Institute of California (PPIC). https://www. ppic. org/blog/covid-19-shutdown-
forces-colleges-to-ramp-uponline-learning. [Accessed 5 July 2022].
López Carrillo, D., Calonge García, A., Rodríguez Laguna, T., Ros Magán, G., & Lebrón Moreno, J. A. 2019.
Using Gamification in a Teaching Innovation Project at the University of Alcalá: A New Approach to
Experimental Science Practices. Electronic Journal of E-learning, 17(2), 93-106.
Ma, G., Black, K., Blenkinsopp, J., Charlton, H., Hookham, C., Pok, W. F., . . . Alkarabsheh, O. H. M. 2022.
Higher education under threat: China, Malaysia, and the UK respond to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 52(5), 841-857.
Marinoni, G., Van’t Land, H., & Jensen, T. 2020. The impact of Covid-19 on higher education around the world.
IAU global survey report, 23.
Müssig, J. r., Clark, A., Hoermann, S., Loporcaro, G., Loporcaro, C., & Huber, T. 2020. Imparting materials
science knowledge in the field of the crystal structure of metals in times of online teaching: a novel
online laboratory teaching concept with an augmented reality application. Journal of Chemical
Education, 97(9), 2643-2650.
Nieto-Escamez, F. A., & Roldán-Tapia, M. D. 2021. Gamification as online teaching strategy during COVID-
19: a mini-review. Frontiers in psychology, 1644.
Odeh, S., Alves, J., Alves, G. R., Gustavsson, I., Anabtawi, M., Arafeh, L., . . . Arekat, M. R. 2015. A two-stage
assessment of the remote engineering lab visir at al-quds university in palestine. IEEE Revista
Iberoamericana de Tecnologias del Aprendizaje, 10(3), 175-185.
131
Oe, H., Takemoto, T., & Ridwan, M. 2020. Is gamification a magic tool?: Illusion, remedy, and future
opportunities in enhancing learning outcomes during and beyond the COVID-19. Budapest
International Research and Critics in Linguistics and Education (BirLE) Journal, 3(3), 1401-1414.
Radhamani, R., Kumar, D., Nizar, N., Achuthan, K., Nair, B., & Diwakar, S. 2021. What virtual laboratory usage
tells us about laboratory skill education pre-and post-COVID-19: Focus on usage, behavior, intention
and adoption. Education and information technologies, 26(6), 7477-7495.
Rahim, A. F. A. 2020. Guidelines for online assessment in emergency remote teaching during the COVID-19
pandemic. Education in Medicine Journal, 12(3).
Rincon-Flores, E. G., & Santos-Guevara, B. N. 2021. Gamification during Covid-19: Promoting active learning
and motivation in higher education. Australasian Journal of Educational Technology, 37(5), 43-60.
Roza, V. 2021. Incorporating both Zoom and YouTube in Micro Teaching Class during the Covid-19 Pandemic:
An Effectiveness Investigation. Journal of Physics: Conference Series.
Shah, A. U. M., Safri, S. N. A., Thevadas, R., Noordin, N. K., Abd Rahman, A., Sekawi, Z., . . . Sultan, M. T.
H. 2020. COVID-19 outbreak in Malaysia: Actions taken by the Malaysian government. International
Journal of Infectious Diseases, 97, 108-116.
Sia, J. K.-M., & Adamu, A. A. 2020. Facing the unknown: pandemic and higher education in Malaysia. Asian
Education and Development Studies.
Tanveer, M., Bhaumik, A., Hassan, S., & Haq, I. U. 2020. Covid-19 pandemic, outbreak educational sector
and students online learning in Saudi Arabia. Journal of Entrepreneurship Education, 23(3), 1-14.
Tuah, N. A. A., & Naing, L. 2021. Is online assessment in higher education institutions during COVID-19
pandemic reliable? Siriraj Medical Journal, 73(1), 61-68.
Wiggins, B. E. 2016. An overview and study on the use of games, simulations, and gamification in higher
education. International Journal of Game-Based Learning (IJGBL), 6(1), 18-29.
Yaacob, Z., & Saad, N. H. M. 2020. Acceptance of YouTube as a learning platform during the Covid-19
pandemic: the moderating effect of subscription status. Tem Journal, 9(4), 1732.
132
Occupational Stress: Analysis of Polytechnic Academicians During
COVID-19 Pandemic Using Modified HSE UK Management Standards
Segar Rajamanickam1, Mohamad Amirul Azwan Mohamed Yusof 2 And Khairol Adha
Ahmad3
1 Principal Lecturer
Department of Electrical Engineering, Polytechnic Seberang Perai, Penang, MALAYSIA. 2 HSE
Executive,
Shaziman Transport Sdn Bhd, Klang Valley Distribution Terminal, MALAYSIA.
3 Senior Lecturer
Department of Electrical Engineering, Polytechnic Mukah Sarawak, Sarawak, MALAYSIA.
*Corresponding author: vgsegar@psp.edu.my
Abstract: Occupational stress research has made many advances throughout the past two decades,
yet there is much to learn about them. One such scenario that necessitates the need for further
research on occupational stress is whenever an outlier evolves the traditional view of the work
environment in the context of occupational stress such as during the Covid-19 pandemic of 2020.
This research employed a quantitative approach to ascertain the instances and the stressors
regarding occupational stress. Data were collected from a convenience sample of 52 Polytechnic
Academicians from who completed a questionnaire recording a rating of psychosocial factors that
are the source of their stressors. Descriptive analysis is then applied on the questionnaire’s data,
which uses a single-item measure of Likert Scale to identify the main themes. The analysis yielded
a prevalence for occupational stress of 55.8% with the most common frame of reference being high
job demands. Imbalances to the work-life interface emerged as the secondary dominant theme as
boundaries of work-life interface blur. More than half of the respondents reported stress symptoms
with only ten respondents reporting no adverse health effects suffered. The findings from this
research may help illuminate on occupational stress exacerbated by work-life interface imbalances.
And as more research is being done on this subject, it may help formulate specific interventions
towards occupational stress during a pandemic.
Keywords: Occupational Stress, Covid-19 Pandemic, HSE Management Standards, Work-Life

Interface, Job-Demand Control Model
1. INTRODUCTION
Occupational Stress is the harmful physical and emotional responses that occur when the job requirements
do not match the capabilities, resources, or needs of the worker (De Silva, Samanmali, & De Silva, 2017). The
relationship between work and health is an essential concern for employers as the impact of work on health
is vital in promoting health and preventing diseases. It has been attributed that the etiology of Occupational
Stress is psychosomatic diseases and poor mental health. Traditionally, Occupational Stress can be found
largely on employees working in a traditional setting, videlicet, employees working normally at the workplace.
These employees normally have a balanced work-life interface, and Occupational Stress will only occur when
there is a disruption on the work-life interface or other psychosocial-environmental conditions. Little studies,
however, has been done for cases of Occupational Stress as a result of massive life-altering conditions such
as during a pandemic. On 31 December 2019, the world is alerted to the emergence of Coronavirus infections
which at that time are only endemic in China with the first case being reported around three months before.
Since then, due to globalization, the contagion started to spread all over the world. This prompted the World
Health Organization (WHO) to declare Coronavirus infections a Public Health Emergency of International
Concern (PHEIC) on 30 January 2020, a month after the outbreak first reported by China to WHO. The
infections are then named Covid-19. Malaysia is among the country profoundly affected by this pandemic.
With a total case as of 27 March, 2020 at 2161 active case and 26 cases of death, the effects of Coronavirus
on Malaysian are far-reaching, from the negative health impacts of the infections to fear and panic brought
133
upon it as well. Apart from that, Malaysian Government in an effort to curb further spread of Coronavirus
implemented Movement Control Order (MCO) starting from 28 March 2020 until 14 April 2020 which limited
movement of Malaysian as well as shutting down non-essential services.
This prompted many employers directing their employees to work from home or telecommuting. As employees
work during this pandemic, whether it is from home or at the frontline fighting as a collective against
Coronavirus, there is a need to ascertain their psychological state, especially in these exacting times. As
Prasad, Vaidya and Mangipudi (2020) iterated in their analysis regarding Occupational Stress & remote
working on psychological well-being of employees, there is a statistical significance of Occupational Stress on
psychological well-being of employees by means of correlation coefficient, R=0.447 (Prasad, Vaidya, &
Mangipudi, 2020). This shows that there is a moderate level of association of Occupational Stress on
psychological well-being. Wong, Yee and Chorh (2020) in their article regarding critical issues that require
concerted, coordinated attention and action on Covid-19 accentuates the need for stress management
especially among health workers (Wong, Yee, & Chorh, 2020). During the early phase of SARS outbreak in
2003, Xiang et al.,(2020) stated that a range of psychiatric morbidities such as persistent depression, anxiety,
panic attacks, psychomotor excitement, psychotic symptoms, delirium and even suicidality were reported
(Xiang, et al., 2020) All of these symptoms are a classic clinical presentation of Occupational Stress, and if
there are no measures taken to assuage stressors associated with Occupational Stress, the symptoms
progress might deteriorate until the affected person might not be able to function normally and in the worst-
case scenario, chooses death as an easy way out.
2. PROBLEM STATEMENT
The advent of Coronavirus pandemic in 2020 has caused a multitude of problems, whether it is health-related
or economic related. One area of increasing concern is the mental health effects of it, especially in terms of
Occupational Stress. Addressing this problem will have practical benefits to workers experiencing
occupational stress during the pandemic and furthermore contribute to understanding the stressors and effects
of a pandemic on the workforce. It should be of note that an employer's duty of care should be augmented
beyond the duty physical injury to mental health damage and that the employer shall provide the persons
under their care with a well thought out safe system of work that not only compasses of management of
traditional hazards (physical, biological, chemical) in nature but also of the psychosocial and psychiatric in
nature. Traditionally, a safe system of work focuses heavily on the effect of traditional hazard on the workers'
well-being but not on the effect of psychosocial hazards itself. Indeed, Fiksenbaum (2014) articulated that a
safe system of work that encompasses from development of organizational policies to formal safe system of
work practices helps in supporting employees managing psychosocial hazards (Fiksenbaum, 2014). This view
is supported by Mansour & Tremblay (2018) in their research regarding implications of safe system of work
on impacts of psychosocial hazards where they observed that whenever organizations put in place an effective
safe system of work in managing psychosocial hazards, employee’s wellbeing are taken care of positively and
this translate to increase in productivity & performance in said organizations (Mansour & Tremblay, 2018).
Conversely, with no effective safe system of work in place to manage psychosocial hazards, employee’s
psychological wellbeing suffers & this resulted in negative consequences to organizations by way of increase
cost through sickness absenteeism & high staff turnover. Clarke and Cooper (2004) define psychosocial
hazards as aspects of work design and the organization and management of work and their social and
organizational contexts that have the potential for causing psychosomatic harm (Clarke & Cooper, 2004). To
identify the stressors behind occupational stress, we must first understand the leading underlying causes of
the stressors. Kerr, McHugh and McCrory (2009) in their article HSE Management Standards and Stress-
related Work Outcomes recommended the use of United Kingdom Health and Safety Executive (HSE)
Management Standards as it highlights six critical areas of work design that, if not adequately managed, are
associated with reduced well-being and health, low productivity as a whole and increased sick leave. The six
key areas are Demands, Control, Support, Relationships, Role and Change (Kerr, McHugh, & McCrory, 2009).
3. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
This research aims to ascertain the incidence of occupational stress among Polytechnic academicians during
COVID-19 pandemic using modified HSE UK Management Standards. HSE UK Management Standards is a
tool that helps manage stress-related work outcomes through an emphasis in six critical areas of work design.
In essence, this research addresses four research objectives:
1. To ascertain the incidence of Occupational Stress amongst Polytechnic academicians using
modified HSE UK Management Standards during Covid-19 pandemic.
2. To identify the stressors leading to incidences of Occupational Stress amongst Polytechnic
academicians during Covid-19 pandemic.
134
3. To identify the highest risk level stressors causing Occupational Stress amongst Polytechnic
academicians.
4. To identify the adverse health effects suffered by Polytechnic academicians from Occupational
Stress
To further understand the impact of occupational stress on employees during a pandemic, more research
must be done to whittle down the uncertainties around it. A deep understanding of HSE Management
Standards Indicator Tool is needed as it is used as the basis of this paper albeit with a modification to
accommodate for constrains that it cannot tolerate which in this case related to work during a pandemic setting.
The six key areas of work design that are posited as the basis of HSE UK Management Standards Indicator
Tool covers all the psychosocial-environmental variables that are correlated to stress in the workplace. A deep
understanding of Occupational Stress theoretically is also a must to ensure data collected in the research
does not deviate and are in tandem with the theory and hypothesis. The theories examined in this research
are the Person-Environment Fit Model, Karasek's Job Demand-Control Model and the Effort-Reward
Imbalance Model. Lastly, as this research fringes on the effect of working at home/telecommuting, it brushes
upon the aspect of Work-Life Interface. Work-Life Interface being the intersection of the work environment and
private life needs to be balanced as any disruptions to the balance will produce adverse effect mainly in the
form of unnecessary and undue stress.
4.1 HSE UK Management Standards

HSE Management Standards is an approach first developed by the United Kingdom Health and Safety
Executive (HSE) as a way to reduce the level s of occupational stress amongst workers. Developed from
Cox's factors of psychosocial, work and organisational factors, its initial aim was to reduce cases of
absenteeism due to stress-related symptoms and underachievers who cannot perform well due to stress
(Cousins, et al., 2004). However, since then, HSE UK Management Standards has undergoes refinement to
demonstrate good health management practices at work through evidence-based, joint problem solving
between management and employees through the risk management process. Cox’s interpretation for factors
of psychosocial, work and organisational factors can be loosely defined as aspects of designs and
management of work and its social & organisational contexts that are capable of eliciting psychological and/or
physical harm (Leka, Cox, & Zwetsloot, 2008). The reason on why defining psychosocial factors can be
challenging lies with facts that some researchers tend to interchange psychosocial factors with work
organization & aspects of the individual (Regulies, 2019). However, with the case of HSE UK Management
Standards, a commonly accepted six key areas has been identified such that it covers a large expanse of
psychosocial factors. Despite there being a commonly accepted concord that define on what exactly are
psychosocial hazards (the six key areas: Demands, Control, Support, Relationships, Role, and Change),
however, Leka, Cox and Zwetsloot (2008) suggested that it should be of note that new elements of work’s
aspects might give rise to new hazards, that are previously not identified in scientific publications.
Standfeld, Head, & Marmot found that high job demands were a predictor of poor health functioning and
psychiatric disorder (Standfeld, Head, & Marmot, 2000). This can be attributed to the fact that high job
demands, especially in term of high workload, interact with control perceptions to affect the physical and
medical health outcomes. The presence of stressors in the form of job demands causes medical symptoms
of occupational stress in a phenomenon called psychosomatic disorders. Psychosomatic disorder is an
amalgam of psychology, meaning of mind & behaviour and soma, meaning of the body, is a physical symptom
that arises because of aggravation by mental factor. Thus, Management Standards has placed upon a set
target for its effectiveness, which is at least 85% of employees indicated that they are capable of coping with
all aspects of their work demands and there are systems in place to respond to any diverge of Management
Standards and can respond to employees’ consternations.
The second key area is a Work Control which has relationships with stress in term of perceptions and ability
of an individual to cope with their work. Employees with a high degree of locus of control are found to be less
prone to occupational stress as they believe they are in control with aspects of their work. Saufi, Leong, Chua,
& Razali (2013) in their study noted that individuals with an external locus of control, who perceived they are
not in control of important aspects of their work environment would find the work environment to be more
threatening and stressful (Saufi, Leong, Chua, & Razali, 2013). Social Support meanwhile can be interpreted
as the availability and quality of an employee's relationship with immediate superiors, co-workers, family and
friends and the amount of favourable consideration and task assistance received from them (Mackay, Cousins,
Kelly, Lee, & McCaig, 2004). The main stress factors involving organisational change among employees need
135
to 'rationalise' for example, staffing levels. Thus, these are accompanied by job insecurities and the increased
burden of fewer employees to do more work (Mackay, Cousins, Kelly, Lee, & McCaig, 2004).
4.2 Occupational Stress Model

Occupational Stress touches upon many different fields of studies. From the biological field of studies to
psychological and even engineering. In the biological perspective, stress is considered as the internal, non-
specific response of the body's physiological systems to physical and psychological demands made upon it
(Chen, 2001). Stimulation to either the sympathetic-adrenal medullary system or the hypothalamic-pituitary-
adrenocortical axis utilising physical or psychological will elicit a biological response as well as psychosomatic
response. The engineering perspectives put stress as a total number of load and level of demand on the
system. In this case, it can be said that stress is events that signal significant life changes in the individual
affected by the stress. It has been established earlier that Occupational Stress touches upon many different
fields of studies. This complexity has led to the development of several theoretical models of how Occupational
Stress develops. Among such literature that described on Occupational Stress are Karasek's Job Demand
Control Model (Choi, et al., 2010), Person-Environment (PE) Fit Model (Caplan, 1987), and Effort-Reward
Imbalance (Chen, 2001)
4.2.1 Job Demand Control Model

Job Demand Control Model's basic premises that high strain jobs are jobs in which its employees are subjected
to high levels of work demands, but at the same time has little to say (control) in their work (Kain & Jex, 2010).
This model, developed by Robert Karasek, is designed to predict harmful strains of job demands and job
controls to manage occupational stress better as caused by the strains. Even though it is used to investigate
the interaction between job demands and job control towards producing strains, however, Karasek argued
that statistically significant interaction between the variables is unnecessary for the model to function as job
demands and job control each exert independent main effects on the strain. Be that as it may, this model's
use must be with caution as Kain & Jex (2010) cautioned in their paper as the model does not consider
individual characteristics of the employees. Figure 4.1 shows the premise of Job-Demand Control Model.
Figure 4.1: Karasek's Job Demand Control Model (Kain & Jex, 2010)
4.2.2 Person-Environment (PE) Fit Model

Person-Environment (PE) Fit Model posits that when an individual and his work environment characteristics
are compatible, that individual's attitudes and behaviours are likely to be positive (Caplan, 1987). On the
contrary, any misfit between the individual and his environment will likely cause dysfunctional attitudes and
behaviour. This mismatch between an individual and his work environment will foment stress upon the
individual. PE Fit Model can be divided into four domains, as is commonly found in any work environment.
They are Person-Job Fit, Person-Organization Fit, Person-Group Fit and Person-Person Fit. These domains
are congruent with the basis presented in HSE UK Management Standards: Job Demand, Job Control,
Support, Relationship, Role and Change. Whenever there is a discrepancy between the demands of the job
and the ability for the individual to meet those demands, or, a conflict between organizational culture and the
individual or even discord in the relationship between the individual and his work colleague, strains will be
produced and thus be a factor in Occupational Stress. One of the salient points of Person-Environment Fit is
the needs-supplies. Needs-supplies is the degree to which employee needs (need to use skills and abilities,
needs for income, needs for a sense of belonging and participation) are met by the work environment's
supplies and opportunities to satisfy those needs. (Caplan, 1987).PE Fit Models is the Person-Organization
Fit Model model predicates that values as the most important things in the larger PE Fit Model (Chatman,
136
1989). Chatman (1989) also implies that as Person-Organization Fit is the harmony between personal values
of that particular employee and the norms and values of that organisation (meaning the norms and values
shared and hold to belief among all other employees), thus Person-Organization Fit can be achieved either
by a rigorous employee selection process, where the organisation accept only people whose values match
those of the organisation or by ensuring that the current employees relationships either with their superiors or
their peers are in a good state. This may be in the form of increased contract duration with the organisation,
feeling of satisfaction in doing a job that fit their skills and needs as well as having a sense of competence and
being able to succeed in doing a good task. However, Schneider (1987) warned that high levels of fit in the
Person-Organization Fit Model are not a good thing both towards the employees and the organisations
(Schneider, 1987). This is because achieving extremely high levels of fit may causes inefficiency to be
introduced into individuals and organisations' association.
4.2.3 The Effort-Reward Imbalance Model

The Effort-Reward Imbalance Model figure 4.2 originated from the discipline of medical sociology and
emphasizes on the effort and the reward structure of work (van Vegchel, de Jonge, Bosma, & Schaufeli, 2005).
This model's premises that work-related benefits depend upon a reciprocal relationship between efforts and
rewards at work (Siegrist, 1996). The efforts mentioned here stand for the job demands and job obligations
imposed by the employer to the employee, whilst the rewards constitute as the money, job security, sense of
belonging and achievement as well as esteem given to the employee as means of recognition of service, effort,
or achievement rendered. Any reciprocity deficit between efforts and rewards, for example, high efforts but
low rewards work will elicit strain reactions. Moreover, prolonged imbalance will cause sustained strain
reactions. So, working hard on a difficult task and achieves targeted results but are not rewarded with
commensurate gratuity and award is an example of a stressful imbalance. Furthermore, overcommitment, an
intrinsic characteristic, can aggravate the situation. For example, highly dedicated employees will elicit more
strain reactions to Effort-Rewards Imbalance when compared to less dedicated employees.
Figure 4.2: Effort-Reward Imbalance Model (van Vegchel, de Jonge, Bosma, & Schaufeli, 2005)
4.3 Yerkes-Dodson Law

The use of Yerkes-Dodson Law, an animal behaviour modification experiment in 1907 with occupational
stress, in particular, the demand aspect of it started when the original experiment paper was cited in
psychology journals and its premise; “optimum motivation for a learning task decreases with increasing
difficulty” were found to hold true by Hans Eysenck in his 1995 article for the relationship between anxiety and
task performance in humans (Corbett, 2015). The Yerkes-Dodson Law premise can further be explained that
arousal or stress has an empirical relationship. What this means is that performance will increase alongside
arousal/stress up until a certain point before it regresses as humans started to unable to cope with the stress.
The law, best illustrated by the famous bell-shaped curve which increases and then decreases with higher
levels of arousal as pictured in Figure 4.3 below.
Figure 4.3: Yerkes-Dodson Law
137
4.3.1 Work-Life Interface
The work-life interface being the intersection of work and private life is important as maintaining its balance
ensures no stress borne when working at home. However, despite the importance of work-life interface
especially on how much mental health hinges upon it, there is a lack of universally agreed on definitions of
concepts regarding work-life interface (Weale, Wells, & Oakman, 2019). According to Weale, Wells, & Oakman
(2019). In a way, it is the extent to which a person’s life away from the work environment is impacted negatively
by the person works. To balance the work-life interface in such a way that it does not elicit negative effect on
work especially to those working from home, an understanding of the relationships between factors affecting
work-life interface must be achieved first. One such explanation on factors affecting the work-life interface is
that the balanced work-life interface known as work-life harmony is influenced by both work/life conflict and
work/life enrichment (McMillan, Morris, & Atchley, 2011). The main problem of balancing work-life interface
when working at home is that it may negatively affect family relations between partners and children due to
simultaneous demands to follow both work and home roles (Ojala, Nätti, & Antilla, 2014). Apart from it
infringing on the physical space of the home, working from home can also be said to transgress on the
emotional and psychological aspect of space at home.
5. SUMMARY OF ANALYSIS, DISCUSSIONS

A questionnaire has been disseminated by convenience sampling in which links to the questionnaire has been
given out through social media. The questionnaire, adapted from HSE Management Standards Indicator Tools
contains the original 35 questions regarding psychosocial factors on occupational stress plus a few extra
questions regarding incidences of occupational stress among Polytechnic academicians during Covid-19
pandemic, stress symptoms experienced by Polytechnic academicians during Covid-19 pandemic, disruptions
of the work-life interface during Covid-19 pandemic and on possible sources of disruptions to the work-life
interface. Preliminary examination of the data shows that there are instances of occupational stress happening
across the target population with the dominant theme being high levels of job demands. Accounts of symptoms
varied in complexity, with most of the respondents noting two or more symptoms. Sample size targeted during
the planning phase of this research was set down at 60 responses. However, due to various circumstance,
chief of them being time constraint and people’s unwillingness to click on links from an untrusted source on
the internet, this research has only managed to collect 52 responses in a time period that allows this research
to finish in time for submission. From the 52 responses gathered, 29 respondents affirm to be in distress of
occupational stress due to the Covid-19 pandemic. This constitutes a majority of 55.8%. Twelve of the
respondents are not sure whether they suffer from occupational stress or not.
In terms of stress symptoms experienced by the respondents, the responses gathered shows 27 counts of
feeling fatigue with the second runner up of feeling irritated and angry (18 counts). Feeling of depressions and
decline in work performances were also reported by the respondents with eight counts for the former and nine
counts for the latter. The complete enumeration of the stress symptoms experienced can be found in Figure
8. When viewed from the standpoint of the work-life interface, 23 respondents believe that they are affected
somehow by imbalances towards their work-life and home-life equilibriums. Sixteen of the respondents
meanwhile are not sure whether they are affected by the disruptions. This can be attributed to the fact that
work-life interface in the face of the modern work environment is vague, coupled with the respondents
themselves being confused and clueless on the interface's boundary. Of those affirming being disrupted, most
of them ascribed this to being distracted with home matters whilst working and also clashes between work
and home life.
On account of the HSE Management Standards Indicator Tool, out of 35 questions given out, the question
with most poor outcomes is Question 9, averaging to 2.25 in a scale of 5. Question 9, under the domain of
psychosocial factor Job Demand, “I have to work very intensely”, shows how much overwork Polytechnic
academicians become. On the other hand, the question with the most desirable outcomes comes to Question
2, averaging to 3.88 on a scale of 5. This question, under the sphere of psychosocial factor Job Control, “I can
decide when to take a break”, meanwhile shows how much control an employee has in term of when to take
a break. When the questions are categorized according to their psychosocial factors, the average for each
factor can be seen in
Table 0.1 below.
138
Table 0.1: Averages of Response according to Psychosocial Factors
PSYCHOSOCIAL FACTORS AVERAGE (in a scale of 5)

Job Demand 2.64
Job Control 3.51
Managers Support 2.89
Peer Support 3.07
Relationships 3.53
Role 3.65
Change 3.01
5.1 Main Stressor of Occupational Stress among Polytechnic academicians during Covid-19
pandemic
From the data analysed, the main stressor for occupational stress among Polytechnic academicians during
the Covid-19 pandemic stems from Job Demand's psychosocial factor. This is in line with what Standfeld,
Head & Marmot (2000) surmises, that high job demands were always seen as the genesis or at least as an
agent of ill health. The health mentioned here includes of the body and the mind. Thus, high job demands
have negative implications on the physical well-being and the mental well-being of an individual. In order to
achieve the required work demands set upon on the individuals, they must grit on, trudges along doing their
works, often at the cost of harm to their physical well-being. Fatigue and the accumulated mental strain of
achieving heavy work demand also tax on the mind. Little by little, all of these exertions because what is known
as psychosomatic symptoms, a manifestation of physical symptoms caused psychiatric causes. Working a
high demands job with disproportionate rewards is in line with the Effort-Reward Imbalance Model. According
to Siegrist (1996), a negative work-related outcome is made up of a skewed relationship between efforts and
rewards at work.
The view that a high level of job demands is detrimental to the health of employees is also endorsed by the
Job Demand Control Model. Here, Kain & Jex (2010) stated that the model suggested four different kinds of
job, which are sorted according to the job demands and job control the employees has. The four kinds of job
are High-Strain Jobs, jobs with high demands and low controls, Passive Jobs, jobs with low demands and low
controls, Active Jobs, jobs with high demands and high controls, and lastly, Low-Strain Jobs, jobs with low
demands and high controls. So, in a job environment where the job demands are high, this can be in term of
time pressures, conflicting demands, high pace of work, high amount of work, high degree of concentration
required, rate of interruption and many mores, employees exposed or needed to go through this kind of setting
will incur a negative implication on their health. Six respondents have noted that they are in fact thrilled to be
able to work from home, eager to face new challenges ahead of them as well as the fact that they are able to
work from home, nearer their families. However, as time goes on, the disruptions faced by these respondents
also increases. With rising stress faced by these respondents, the respondents noted that their enthusiasm
started dwindling until they themselves lose the drive to work. This coincides with the Yerkes-Dodson Law.
Yerkes-Dodson Law stated that performance would increase alongside arousal/stress up until a certain point
before it regresses as humans started to unable to cope with the stress (Corbett, 2015). However, this holds
true only until a point where the stress proves to be too much for the individuals to cope. This is where the
individual’s performance peaks and started to drop. The findings of this research are consistent with secondary
data collected. According to the paper authored by Kassim, Ismail, & Ismail (2018), 6 out of 11 publications
that they have studied has high job demands as the predictors of occupational stress. Despite this data having
gathered from the year 2008 to 2017 and are not done during a health pandemic, the data gathered are still
useful and can serve as background information for this study. The overall prevalence of occupational stress
calculated from all the publications was at 29.9% and ranged from 6.0% to 71.7%. This shows that there is an
increase in the prevalence of occupational stress before and after the start of the pandemic.
5.2 The Juncture of Work-Life Interface.

Work-Life interface influences a lot of incidences of occupational stress among Polytechnic academicians
during Covid-19 pandemic. This goes on as employees needed to work from home intrudes on the traditional
role of home being a place of relaxation and of family. As such, a balanced work-life interface must be
maintained so that no stress shall be produced due to the imbalances. As evidenced by the data collected,
44.2% of the respondents believe that working from home has affected them adversely. McMillan, Morris, &
Atchley (2011) suggested that this adverse condition stems from the fact that the balance of work-life interface
is influenced adversely by negative work-life conflict and little to no work-life enrichment being done.
139
6. CONCLUSION
This research, done in ascertaining the incidences of occupational stress among Polytechnic academicians
during Covid-19 pandemic revealed a prevalence of 55.8%. This research also examines the stressors that
are causing strains on the target population as well as on the relationships of how work- home environment
reacts to each other. A questionnaire, consisting of questions adapted from HSE Management Standards as
well questions on the work-life interface is disseminated through convenience sampling to poll the target
population of Polytechnic academicians working during Covid-19 pandemic. A total of 52 respondents replied
to the questionnaire. From the data collected and analysed, it is found that high job demands to be the most
common psychosocial factor in causing stress. Although the responses vary, however, there is also a
predilection of work-life interface imbalances as another major cause of occupational stress. As occupational
stress research has gained momentum over the past two decades, numerous theories can be used to explain
the incidences of occupational stress during a pandemic. Among the theories espoused in this research is the
Karasek’s Job Demand Control Model, Person-Environment Fit, Effort-Reward Imbalances Model and Yerkes-
Dodson Law. However, further research and refinement should be done further to fortify the science behind
occupational stress during a pandemic. The information regarding predictors of occupational stress gleaned
from this research can be used to formulate specific interventions in the future, especially on occupational
stress during a pandemic. To conclude, despite the fact that the many advances occupational stress research
has gained over the past years, the decisive progress made in refining theories and the many interventions
that are formulated to deal with occupational stress, however, mastery on this subject is still far from complete.
Whenever an aberration influences on occupational stress, such as in this case, a health pandemic, more
research and contemplation must be done so that such incidences of occupational stress in the future can be
avoided.
7.0 REFERENCES
Caplan, R. D. (1987). Person-Environment Fit Theory and Organizations: Commensurate Dimensions, TIme
Perspectives, and Mechanisms. Journal of VOcational Behavior, 248-267.
Chatman, J. (1989). Improving Interactional Organizational Research: A Model of Person-Organization Fit.

The Academy of Managemet Review, 333-349.
Chen, W.-Q. (2001). Occupational Stress and its Influence on Workers' Health in Off-Shore Oil Industry in
China. [Doctoral dissertation, Chinese University of Hong Kong], UMI Number: 3025889.
Choi, B., Schnall, P. L., Yang, H., Dobson, M., Landsbergis, P., Israel, L.Baker, D. (2010). Psychosocial
Working Conditions and Active Leisure-Time Physical Activity in Middle-Aged US Workers.
International Journal of Occupational Medicine and Environmental Health, 239-253.
Clarke, S., & Cooper, C. (2004). Managing the Risk of Workplace Stress: Health and Safety Hazards. New
York: Routledge Press.
Corbett, M. (2015). From Law to Folklore: Work Stress and the Yerkes-Dodson Law. Journal of Managerial
Psychology, 741-752.
Cousins, R., Mackay, C. J., Clarke, S. D., Kelly, C., Kelly, P. J., & McCaig, R. H. (2004). 'Management
Standards' and Work-related Stress in the UK: Practical Development. Work & Stress: An International
Journal of Work, Health & Organisations, 113-136.
De Silva, N., Samanmali, R., & De Silva, H. (2017). Managing Occupational Stress of Professionals in Large
Construction Projects. Journal of ENgineering, Design and Technology, 488-504.
Kain, J., & Jex, S. (2010). Karasek's (1979) Job Demands-Control Model: A Summary of Current Issues and
Recommendations for Future Research. In P. L. Perrewé, & D. C. Ganster, New Developments in
Theoretical and Conceptual Approaches to Job Stress (pp. 237-268). Emerald Group Publishing
Limited.
Kassim, M., Ismail, A., & Ismail, R. (2018). A Review of Occupational Stress Prevalence and Its Predictors
Among Selected Working Populations in Malaysia. Malaysian Journal of Public Health Medicine, 1-6.
140
Kerr, R., McHugh, M., & McCrory, M. (2009). HSE Management Standards and Stress-related Work
Outcomes. Journal of Occupational Medicine, 574-579.
Leka, S., Cox, T., & Zwetsloot, G. (2008). The European Framework for Psychosocial Risk Management
(PRIMA-EF). Nottingham: Institute of Work, Health and Organisations.
Mackay, C. J., Cousins, R., Kelly, P. J., Lee, P., & McCaig, R. H. (2004). 'Management Standard' and Work-
related Stress in the UK: Policy Background and Science. Work & Stress: An International Journal of
Work, Health & Organisations, 91-112.
Mansour, S., & Tremblay, D.-G. (2018). Psychosocial Safety Climate as Resource Passageways to Alleviate
Work-Family Conflict. Personnel Review, 474-493.
McMillan, H., Morris, M., & Atchley, E. (2011). Constructs of the Work/Life Interface: A synthesis of the
Literature and Introduction of the Concept of Work/Life Harmony. Human Resource Development
Review, 6-25.
Prasad, K., Vaidya, R. W., & Mangipudi, M. R. (2020). Effect of Occupational Stress and Remote Working on
Psychological Well-Being of Employees: An Empirical Analysis during Covid- 19 Pandemic
Concerning Information Technology Industry in Hyderabad. Indian Journal of Commerce and
Management Studies, 1-13.
Regulies, R. (2019). What is a Psychosocial Work Environment. Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment
& Health, 1-6.
Saufi, R., Leong, K., Chua, B., & Razali, D. (2013). The Effects of Organisational Factors and Extra-
Organistaional Factors on Work Stress. Journal of the Asian Academy of Applied Business, 20-32.
Schneider, B. (1987). The People Make The Place. Personnel Psychology, 437-453.
Siegrist, J. (1996). Adverse Health Effects of High-Effort/Low-Reward Conditions. Journal of Occupational

Health Psychology, 27-41.
Standfeld, S., Head, J., & Marmot, M. (2000). Work-relted Factors and Ill-Health: THe Whitehall II Study.
Sudbury: HSE Contract Research Report 266/2000.
van Vegchel, N., de Jonge, J., Bosma, H., & Schaufeli, W. (2005). Reviewing the Effort-Reward Imbalance
Model: Drawing Up the Balance of 45 Empirical Studies. Journal of Social Science & Medicine, 1117-
1131.
Weale, V., Wells, Y., & Oakman, J. (2019). The work-life interface: a critical factor between work stressors
and job satisfaction. Personnel Review, 880-897.
Wong, J., Yee, S., & Chorh, C. (2020, February 20). Covid-19 in SIngapore-Current Experience Critical Global
Issues That Require Attention and Action. Journal of American Medical Association, pp. E1-E2.
Xiang, Y.-T., Yang, Y., Li, W., Zhang, L., Zhang, Q., Cheung, T., & Ng, C. (2020). Timely Mental Health Care
for the 2019 Novel Coronavirus Outbreak is Urgently Needed. The Lancet Psychiatry, 228-229.
Yerkes, R., & Dodson, J. (1908). The Relation of Strength of Stimulus to Rapidity of Habit-Formation. Journal
of Comparative Neurology and Psychology, 459-482.
141
The use of Multisim Live Simulator in Conducting Practical for the
Electrical Circuit Course at the Department of Electrical Engineering,
Ibrahim Sultan Polytechnic: A Study of Students' Perceptions
Siti Noor Shaadah Ali1, Maisarah Mahizan2
1, 2 Department of Electrical Engineering,

Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, Johor Bahru, MALAYSIA.
*Corresponding Author: sitinoor@pis.edu.my, maisarahmahizan@pis.edu.my
Abstract: In Electrical courses at Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, the study examined the use of
Multisim Live Simulator for laboratory work. It specifically intends to investigate how students
perceive and perform using the Multisim live simulator to finish their Practical Work for Electrical
Circuit courses. Respondents for this study were chosen at random from a group of students
taking the electrical course DET 20033 at Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan's electrical department. The
study collected both primary and secondary data that enabled the researcher to compile the
findings. Primary data were collected through questionnaires, while secondary data were gathered
from student’s practical lab result session 2 2021: 2022. Descriptive statistics were employed to
analyze the data using SPSS 22.0. In this inquiry, descriptive analysis in the forms of frequency,
percentage, and score mean is used. The findings of the study indicate that the average
knowledge level of the pupils is 4.05 overall. Students' motivation is also indicated by their high
mean score of 4.10, while their skill level is high with a mean of 4.06. Additionally, the values
above 86 per cent and 84 per cent for both laboratory tasks are shown in the students'
achievement percentages. According to the findings, Multisim Live Simulator can improve
knowledge, skills, and student motivation while also improving learning outcomes in laboratory
work.
Keywords: Multisim Live Simulator, Electrical Circuit Course, student’s perceptions
1. INTRODUCTION
Software-based learning has long been used as a medium to support teaching and learning activities. Many
people use this simulation software to find theoretical solutions to challenging challenges (Dolvin, 2018).
There are many circuit simulators on the market today, differing in some fundamental respects as using
numerical integration method for solving differential equations, treatment of non-linearities, integration time
step control, search of breakpoints, treatment of switch models, and possible incorporation of controllers and
external models for multilevel simulation (Jakopovic, 2022). The types of simulation software that support
practical work in the field of Electrical engineering are Pspice, MATLAB, and Simulink. With the
advancement of technology, there are various types of simulation software online such as Multisim Live
Simulator, Thinkercad, and software in the form of apps to support the learning system that can be used as
needed.
Simulations using software or classified as virtual laboratories have an effective effect on students,
especially in situations where there are limitations in terms of equipment, physical facilities in the laboratory,
and also time constraints in conducting laboratory activities and substitutes for hands-on practical work. In
their study, (Ali, 2018 and Abdulwahed, 2009) supported this statement.
Normally, the implementation of practical lab for the Electrical Circuit Course are often carried out face-to-
face in the electronics laboratory. Following the fully online learning instructions for the diploma program
semester 2, session 2 2021–2022, there is a need to develop alternative methods to carry out practical’s
online. Therefore, the Multisim simulation software is suggested as an alternative to performing practical
labs online. However, implementation in a practical lab using simulation creates anxiety about whether
students achieve the learning outcomes. In addition, the teaching and learning process also provides new
experiences for students and lecturers. As a result, lecturers have trouble determining how utilizing Multisim
Live Simulator has affected student performance.
142
Thus, the objectives of this study is to investigate students' perceptions and performance using the Multisim
Live Simulator, with three major components investigated: knowledge, motivation, and skill. The study starts
with an overview of the research background and then moves on to the methodology used in the study. It
then presents a perception-based analysis before discussing the findings, recommendations, and
conclusion.
Many studies have been done on various aspects of learning using simulation software. According to Chen
et al. (2011), this simulation software can improve learning performance in terms of knowledge and
understanding of a process or concept. Saidun (2020) found that students have a positive attitude toward
using software in practicals, except to strengthen their understanding of circuit connections which must be
supported by other teaching aid elements. Nurul Hasaniah (2019) also concluded that students' prior
knowledge is important in simulation-based learning. Students who received simulation software learning
performed better than students who only received face-to-face delivery strategies.
M. Sahanan (2016) stated that the integration of simulation software gives multiple benefits to learners,
which can enhance their technical and image evaluation skills, as well as their problem-solving, thinking, and
self-evaluation skills. In contrast, Chini et al. (2012) found that simulation-assisted learning can stimulate
students' cognitive processing more effectively. This proves that the process of meaningful knowledge
acquisition can be facilitated when students are exposed to simulation-assisted learning for the delivery of
practical knowledge. Therefore, it can be stated that teachers and students should accept the use of
simulation in their classrooms to enhance their classroom outcomes (Abdullah Alenezi, 2019).
Morales Chan (2019) in his research outcome states that students show a high degree of satisfaction when
performing learning activities using electronic circuit simulation software that really challenges their minds
and gives them the opportunity to practise and experiment with the theory. Overall, students’ learning
experiences are improved in a significant way. It makes a clear difference for all those students who wish to
learn and want to get better in their academic and professional performance.
2.1 Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework is a tool to evaluate the process of conducting the research. Figure 1 shows the
conceptual framework of the research used in the development of the research instrument. The framework
was adopted from Omar (2019), Saidun et al. (2020), and Ashish Kumar Awadhiya (2015) in a research
study on software simulation in the teaching and learning process based on student’s perceptions.
Figure 1: The Conceptual Framework of Research
143
3. RESEARCH OBJECTIVE
The objectives of this research are:
i. Determine students' perceptions of using the Multisim Live simulator for laboratory activities in the
Electrical Circuit Course.
ii. Identify students' achievements in performing laboratory activities using Multisim Live Simulator.
3.1 Research Questions

This study was conducted based on the research questions below:
i. What are the students' perceptions of using Multisim Live Simulator software to perform online
laboratory activities for the Electrical Circuit (DET 20033) course?
ii. What are the student learning outcomes for laboratory works assessment using Multisim Live
Simulator?
4. METHODOLOGY
This study used a descriptive survey method to explore the students' perceptions using Multisim Live
Simulator and their performance based on CLO (Course Learning Outcomes). The researcher uses two
instruments in this study. First instrument was the questionnaire and second instrument was the secondary
data from students laboratory assessment. Out of a total of 200 questionnaires distributed in person and
through WhatsApp group classes, 131 questionnaires were returned by respondents, which accounted for
65 per cent of the response rate. This survey questionnaire was adapted from Omar (2019) and Saidun et
al. (2020) according to the software simulation in the teaching and learning process. The researcher find out
the achievement of student learning outcomes through two sets of practical work, which were implemented
using the Multisim Live Simulator software for the Electrical Circuit course . The respondents in this study
was students who are taken electrical circuit course in semester 2 session 1 2021 2022.
4.1 Research Instruments

The main instrument used by researchers to obtain information and data in this study is a questionnaire. The
questionnaire developed for this study is divided into 3 main parts which are parts A, B, and C.
Part A : Respondent Demographics
Part B : Knowledge and motivation of respondents using engineering simulation software.
Part C : The respondent's skills in practicing using the Multisim Live simulator software for the
Electrical Circuit course (DET 20033).
The data obtained through the questionnaire was processed using a spreadsheet generated from Google
Form. Data analysis and processing were carried out by classifying the Likert Scale from five points to three
points to facilitate the data analysis (Best dan Kahn,1998) and can be referred to in Table 1.
Table 1: Five-Point Likert Scale Change to Three-Point
Likert Scale
Score 1 2 3 4 5
Five Point Strongly Strongly
Disagree Unsure Agree
Feedback Rating Disagree Agree
Five Point
Disagree Unsure Agree
Feedback Rating
The mean score analysis was presented in Table 2. All parts contained in this questionnaire were analyzed
by assessing the mean score for each item based on a five points scale.
144
Table 2: Mean Score Analysis
Group Code Range Level
1 1.00-2.40 Low
2 2.4 - 3.80 Moderate
3 3.81- 5.00 High
Source: adaptation from Landell, K (1997)
4.2 Pilot Test

A pilot study was carried out by the researcher to determine the students' understanding and reliability of the
items in the distributed questionnaire. A pilot study was conducted on 10 randomly selected respondents for
students who took the Electrical course in the session 2 2021 2022. To test the reliability of the
questionnaire items, the researcher used the Cronbach's Alpha Model from SPSS software. The analysis of
the study found that the Cronbach's Alpha value was 0.965. This shows that the instrument used has a high
reliability value
5. FINDINGS
Figure 2 illustrates that men made up the bulk of respondents to this study (73%) while women came in
second (27%). Additionally, according to Figure 3, about 42% of respondents were from DEE and DJK
courses, while 16% of respondents were from DEP courses.
Figure 2: The Percentage of Gender in A Sample.
Figure 3: The Percentage of Respondents Based on Courses
145
5.1 What Are the Students' Perceptions of Using Multisim Live Simulator Software to Perform
Online Laboratory Activities for The Electrical Circuit (DET 20033) Course?
Table 3 indicated the mean score value for the student's knowledge item about Multisim Live Simulator. that
students used. Based on the mean score value, the items of the students who have used the Multisim live
simulator are at a moderate level. The students have also used the Multisim live simulator to practice and
learn Multisim through the lecturer indicated high mean score 4.16 and 4.20. With a mean score of 4,05, the
knowledge variable utilizing the Multisim Live Simulator items is generally at a high level of interpretation.
Table 3: The Mean Score Value for The Student's Knowledge Item About Multisim Live Simulator
Items Score Mean Level of Score Mean
I have used Multisim Live Simulator software before. 3.75 Moderate
I have used simulation software to perform practical work 4.09 High
I know about Multisim Live Simulator through a lecturer. 4.16 High
I learnt Multisim Live simulator through the lecturer 4.20 High
Table 4 illustrates the variables of motivation items, with high scores of 4.12 and 4.08 for both questions.
The average mean score is 4.10. This demonstrates that the use of this Multisim live simulator motivates
students to perform practical tasks.
Table 4: Mean Score Value for Student Motivation Items Using Multisim Live Simulator
Items Score Means Level of Score Mean
I enjoy using Multisim Live Simulator. 4.12 High
I feel Multisim Live simulator is very easy to learn. 4.08 High
Next, the use of Multisim Live Simulator is examined in terms of how easily students can use the software's
components. The evaluated items show a high mean score, as shown in Table 5. The overall average mean
score is 4.06. From the mean score value below, we can state that the students have the skills to use
Multisim Live Simulator in performing Practical Work for the Electrical Circuit course (DET20033).
Table 5: Mean Score Values for Student Skill Items Using Multisim Live Simulator
Level of Score
Items Score Means
Mean
I can "register" and "log in to" Multisim Live Simulator
4.04 High
easily.
I know how to use the tools available in Multisim Live
3.96 High
Simulator
I know how to "save" the results of work in Multisim Live
4.13 High
Simulator
I understand circuit connection using Multisim Live
4.07 High
Simulator.
I can measure electrical parameters (voltage, current, etc.)
4.01 High
using the appropriate tools in the Multisim live simulator
Lecturers can check the circuit and practical results online. 4.09 High
I prefer to use Multisim Live Simulator for practice rather

4.11 High
than face-to-face laboratory work
146
5.2 What Are the Student Learning Outcomes for Laboratory Works Assessment Using Multisim
Live Simulator?
Figure 4: The Percentage of Students in Each Class Who Took Practical Work 5
From Figure 4, each class for the DEE, DJK, and DEP program displays an average percentage value of 82
and above. For the DJK program, the average score for lab 5 is 82, the DEP program shows an average
percentage of 89 and the DEE program shows the highest average score percentage of 87.
Figure 5 shows the average percentage of marks for Practical work 6 for each class for the three main
program. For the DJK program, the average score for lab 6 is 80.6, the DEP program shows an average
percentage of 86 and the DEE program shows the highest average score percentage of 86.4.
.
Figure 5: The Percentage of Students in Each Class Who Took Practical Work 6
6. DISCUSSION & CONCLUSION

From the results obtained, students have a positive perception in terms of knowledge, motivation and skills
in using Multisim Live Simulator for laboratory activities. The high average score mean value for all three
variables examined serves as proof of this. Students did not exhibit any difficulties in comprehending the
provided schematic circuit and were able to produce accurate voltage and current measurements, hence it
can be assumed that the use of Multisim Live Simulator software had no impact on students' achievement
for course learning outcome. Chen et al (2011) also find out that students like simulating circuits since they
don't have to deal with the physical networks' difficulties and the enormous number of interconnecting
conductors that link them everything in unison. This motivates students to experiment with circuit
components, recognize the function of each component and connect each function to the characteristics of
the response of the circuit.
147
The students have the knowledge, abilities, and strong motivation needed to accomplish their practical work
evaluation using Multisim Live Simulator, as evidenced by the score values on each measured variable.
According to Saidun (2020), who discovered that students have a good attitude toward utilising software in
practical job activities, the researcher can say that students have a positive perspective of using the Multisim
live simulator in this case. This simulation software, according to Chen et al. (2011), can enhance learning
performance in terms of knowledge and comprehension of a procedure or concept. According to M.
Sahanan (2016), integrating simulation software has several advantages for students and can improve their
technical and image evaluation skills as well as their ability to think critically and evaluate their own abilities.
Based on the results of two practical work assessment, it is very likely that knowledge, skill, and motivation
with the Multisim Live Simulator have an impact on student performance. This is consistent with the findings
of Chini et al.’s investigation (2012). Their research revealed that simulation-assisted learning can effectively
enhance students' cognitive functioning more.
Based on the objective research questions, it was concluded that students have a positive perception in their
knowledge, attitude, and their skills using Multisim Live Simulator to complete their laboratory work in
electrical circuit course. Additionally, it can be concluded that the Multisim Live Simulator software's average
percentage of student learning outcomes for laboratory work also showed good level.
7. RECOMMENDATION
To improve the quality of Multisim Live simulator software to carry out practical work activities for Electrical
Circuit (DET 20033) online are to provide videos of circuit connection procedures using real components
and instruments used in the laboratory for students to watch before starting the practical. It is intended to
provide a clearer understanding to students before carrying out practice using Multisim Live Simulator.
Besides that, the researcher suggests that to get more effective results, it is good if students are exposed to
practical work in a hands-on and simulation at the same time.
8. REFFERENCES
Altalbe, A. (2018). Virtual laboratories for electrical engineering students: Student perspectives and design
guidelines.
Alenezi, A. (2019). The impact of simulation on teaching effectivness and student learning
performance. International Journal on Integrating Technology in Education, 8(3), 11-18.
Abdulwahed, M., & Nagy, Z. K. (2009, December). The impact of the virtual lab on the hands-on lab learning
outcomes, a two years empirical study. In 20th Australasian Association for Engineering Education
Conference (pp. 255-260).
Barton, K., & Maharg, P. (2007). E-Simulations in the Wild: Interdisciplineary Research, Design and
Implementation. In Games and simulations in online learning: Research and development
frameworks (pp. 115-149). IGI Global.
Campos, N., Nogal, M., Caliz, C., & Juan, A. (2020). Educación basada en simulación que involucra
modelos en línea y el campus en diferentes universidades europeas. Int J Educ Technol High
Educ, 17(8).
Chen, Y. L., Hong, Y. R., Sung, Y. T., & Chang, K. E. (2011). Efficacy of simulation-based learning of
electronics using visualization and manipulation. Journal of Educational Technology & Society, 14(2),
269-277.
Chan, M. M., De la Roca, M., Plata, R. B., Merodio, A. M., & Salvatierra, H. A. (2019). Analyzing the
effectiveness of using enhanced activities with simulation software in a Mooc. EDULEARN19
Proceedings.
Dolvin, S. D., & Pyles, M. K. (2018). The impact of simulation activity on student performance. Journal of
economics and economic education research, 19(3), 1-10.
Jakopović, Ž., Benčić, Z., & Kolonić, F. Interactive Simulation of Power Electronics Circuits–a SIMPLORER©
Approach. In MIPRO (Vol. 99, pp. 46-49).
148
Özüağ, M., Cantürk, İ., & Özyilmaz, L. (2019). A new perspective to electrical circuit simulation with
augmented reality. International Journal of Electrical and Electronic Engineering &
Telecommunications, 8(1), 9-13.
Omar, N. I., & Ibrahim, A. B. (2020). PENGAJARAN DAN PEMBELAJARAN LITAR ELEKTRONIK
BERBANTUKAN KOMPUTER TERHADAP MOTIVASI, PENCAPAIAN DAN BEBANAN KOGNITIF
PELAJAR. International Journal of Education and Pedagogy, 2(4), 130-139.
Shanahan, M. (2016). Student perspective on using a virtual radiography simulation. Radiography, 22(3),
217-222.
Taher, M., & Khan, A. (2015, August). Comparison of simulation-based and hands-on teaching
methodologies on students’ learning in an engineering technology program. In Engineering Leaders
Conference 2014 on Engineering Education (Vol. 2015, No. 4, p. 58). Hamad bin Khalifa University
Press (HBKU Press).
Saidun,Y, Khamis, R., and Abd Hamid.N.D (2020). Kajian Impak Penggunaan Perisian Simulasi Autodesk
TinkerCAD dalam Perlaksanaan Amali bagi Kursus Semiconductor Devices (DEE20023) di Jabatan
Kejuruteraan Elektrik, Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan. Journal Online Jaringan Pengajian Seni Bina
(JOJAPS) 180-187 eISSN 2504-8457
149
A CDIO Approach on Diploma in Marketing Final Year Project
Nur Dalila Binti Zainal1, Hjh Nor Azzila Binti Azmi2 and Nik Zuraini Binti Nik Mahmood3
1, 2, 3 Politeknik Sultan Azlan Shah, Behrang, 35950, MALAYSIA
Corresponding Author: nur_dalila@psas.edu.my
Abstract: This study explores the experiences of CDIO approach on Diploma in Marketing Final Year
Project (FYP) through an integrative of Marketing Research and Marketing Plan course that made
integration with Engineering course Final Year Project. The implementation of Final Year Project before
the CDIO approach was established by a hardship of students, particularly start from acquiring ideas
for the creation of their prototype products. In fact, they needed outside expertise for the physical
fabrication of the prototype. Students are not directly involved in the fabrication process, which results
in the product's features not being produced as they would expect. They are also unable to enhance
their technical knowledge in areas related to the products they produce. The objective of this paper is
to identifies the student readiness in implementation of integrated learning experiences within
multidisciplinary program, recognize the skills and attributes that enhanced from this approach and
analyse the achievement of course learning outcomes as indicator of effectiveness of CDIO approach
implementation. This experience fosters the learning of disciplinary knowledge simultaneously with
personal and interpersonal skills, product, process, and system building skills as stated in CDIO
Standard 7. This approach is to practice the actual situation that students faced when they entered real
industry where they must collaborate between technical and commercial field in the product or services
production that meets market needs. 39 students of Diploma in Marketing integrate with FYP groups
from Electrical Engineering, Civil Engineering and Mechanical Engineering Programmes. Students are
encouraged to think critically to formulate problems, define issues and provide a solution tailored to
market needs and demand. The quantitative method used to collect data through questionnaire to
demonstrate student perspectives at end of the integrating FYP. The information obtained shows that
integrated FYP enhances students’ skills especially on personal skills, interpersonal skills and improving
their professional skills. Furthermore, students are exploring new knowledge between integrated
discipline in generating ideas or solutions to identify appropriate problems and products to the market.
Students' grade distribution also showed a good result of achievement, which implied the expected
learning outcomes had been achieved.
Keywords: CDIO, Integrated learning experiences, Final Year Project (FYP), CDIO Standard
1. INTRODUCTION
The Conceiving, Designing, Implementing, and Operating (CDIO), designed to deliver the knowledge and skills
needed by industry. The CDIO approach aims to develop students who can lead in the development and operation
of new products, processes, and systems, possess a deeper working understanding of technical basics, and
comprehend the significance and strategic influence of research and technology progress on society. (Crawley et
al., 2007).
The CDIO Initiative, which was introduced in the early 2000s, is a cutting-edge educational framework for
developing the next generation of engineers. It sets 12 standards to provide benchmarks and goals that are
applicable globally, give a framework for continuous improvement, and provide educational guiding principles as
recommendations for educational programme reform and evaluation. It helps students gain a deep understanding
of technical basics while also helping them to acquire the professional skills essential to be a practicing engineer
(Malmqvist et al., 2020). Not only was CDIO framework adopted in the field of engineering, but also in the field of
non-engineering (Tangkijviwat et al., 2018). Common advantages of applying CDIO to non-engineering
150
programmes include improved programme planning and quality control as well as a greater relationship to the
professional context. In other words, the students' skills have improved in the desired direction, accreditation has
been attained, and so on. The positive effects of CDIO implementation closely reflect the rationale for applying
CDIO. (Malmqvist et al., 2016).
The common learning methods in the classroom in most institutions of higher learning that focus only on active
learning combined with the curriculum only produce ordinary students with the same capabilities and skills as
stated by Fusic et al. (2022). An active learning technique mixed with content in engineering courses encourages
passive and unmotivated students to participate in the course. This causes students to be less interested in
attending classes and engaging directly in the learning process. Therefore, the implementation of CDIO expected
to improved learning methods with new structure such as CDIO may be able to change the situation and result in
students who are knowledgeable and have more diverse skills.
Other than that, the adoption of the CDIO learning approach in polytechnics is still considered new, especially
involving students from commerce backgrounds. Hence, there is no evidence and indication that the
implementation of CDIO can affect students' knowledge, skills and learning outcomes. Therefore, studies on the
effectiveness of the implementation of the CDIO program are needed to find out the readiness of the Commerce
department students and the impact of the program in improving the skills among students.
The implementation of Final Year Project before the CDIO approach was established by a hardship of students,
particularly start from acquiring ideas for the creation of their prototype products. In fact, they needed an outside
expertise for the physical fabrication of the prototype. Students are not directly involved in the fabrication process,
which results in the product's features not being produced as they would expect. They are also unable to enhance
their technical knowledge in areas related to the products they produce. Therefore, DPR started searching for
cross-disciplinary collaboration with the Engineering Department Programmes in 2021 with a strong desire to
improve integrated and active learning for students in their final year. The redesign effort of the DPR final year
project was based on the CDIO Standards 7 and 8 (Crawley et al., 2014) integrated learning experiences and
active learning, respectively. DPR redesign was based on the standards, aimed to promote the simultaneous
development of disciplinary knowledge and professional skills include personal and interpersonal skills. Individual
students' involvement, creative and critical thinking capacity desire to engage in personal development. The DPR
course was specifically designed to address CDIO syllabus items 2.4.3 creative thinking, 2.4.4 critical thinking,
2.5.1 professional ethics, integrity, responsibility, and accountability 3.1 teamwork and 3.2 communication
(Crawley et al., 2011). Additionally, the course included learning activities that encourage student engagement
and interaction compatible with CDIO Standard 8, active learning. DPR was able to integrate marketing teaching
activities consistent with engineering pedagogy since this unprecedented collaboration at the Commerce
Department PSAS. These activities encourage student engagement, interaction, and communication.
The objective of this paper is to identifies the student readiness in implementation of integrated learning
experiences within multidisciplinary program, recognize the skills and attributes that enhanced from this approach
and analyse the achievement of course learning outcomes as indicator of effectiveness of CDIO approach
implementation. It starts by identify students' readiness in the implementation and integrated learning experience
in multidisciplinary programs, then recognize enhanced skills and attributes of the CDIO approach among students
and analyse the learning outcomes of the course as a highlight of the effectiveness of the implementation of the
CDIO approach in the course.
2. METHODOLOGY
This study aims to examine the integrated curriculum approach between Diploma in Marketing with Engineering
Programmes final project to enhance students’ skills and knowledge. A quantitative approach was used in this
research. A total of 39 questionnaires were distributed to respondents consisting of a final year Diploma in
Marketing students. The types of sampling used in this research are purposive nonprobability sampling.
The questionnaire design was divided into four sections. Section A consists of demographic information such as
gender, CGPA, collaborated engineering programme and the types of final project produced. While section B
includes information about respondents’ readiness in implementation CDIO. Section C to evaluate the level of
knowledge among respondents regarding integrated curriculum knowledge. Finally, section D focuses on the
151
development of personal, interpersonal, and professional skills. The answer format in section B, C and D uses 5-
point Likert scale (1 =strongly disagree to 5 =strongly agree). A pilot study was also conducted and assessed to
ensure there was no bias in the feedback obtained.
The data of the respondents was collected online by using Google forms. According to Gurbuz (2017), a survey
in the form of a quantitative method is commonly used to collect data by researchers due to the time constraint,
low budget, mass target and simple application. The structure of the questionnaire allows quantitative data for
analysis. The data was analyzed using the Statistical Package for Social Science 20.0 (SPSS). Descriptive data
will calculate to get the value of frequency, percentage, mean and standard deviation. Cronbach’s Alpha test was
conducted in this study to measure reliability of data.
3. FINDINGS
A total of 39 DPR students engaged in the CDIO approach on their Final Year Project over the course of two
semesters, during semesters four (Session December 2020) and five (Session 1 2021/2022). At the completion
of the project, an online survey was done to get feedback from the students on how well the program was
perceived by the participants. More information about the survey is presented below.
Table 4: Distribution of Demographic Respondents
Items Frequency (n=40) Percentage

Gender Male 11 27.5
Female 29 72.5
CGPA 3.50 – 4.00 22 55
3.00 – 3.49 18 45
2.50 – 2.99 - -
2.00 – 2.49 - -
Below 2.00 - -
Collaborated engineering Electrical Engineering 14 35
programme
Mechanical Engineering 19 47.5
Civil Engineering 7 17.5
Final Year Project produced Technical product 17 42.5
Commercial product 5 12.5
System/Application 18 45
The distributions of the respondent's demographic obtained for the students are shown in Table 4. According to
CGPA distribution, the majority of students had CGPAs between 3.50 and 4.00 (55%) and between 3.00 and 3.49.
(45%). Moreover, 47.5% of the students collaborated together in mechanical engineering, followed by 35% in
electrical engineering and 17.5% in civil engineering. According to reports, the majority of final year students
produced applications for final year projects at a rate of 45%, followed by technical products at a rate of 42.5%,
and commercial products at a rate of 12.5%.
Table 5 illustrated the average mean of each component of preparation for student final year project
implementation with CDIO approach were 4.41, 4.31, 4.26, 4.13 and 4.00 respectively. It shows that most
respondents strongly agree that the level of preparation for student final year project implementation with CDIO
approach was high (see Table 5).
The highest mean is 4.41 which respondents agree that the lecturer has explained the concept of CDIO
implemented in this course. Meanwhile, CDIO workshops / courses are required so that students can understand
this concept as a whole is second high mean value at 4.31. However, the lowest mean is 4.00 that stated most of
the respondents agree that the CDIO approach between Diploma in Marketing Programme and Engineering
Department Programs are appropriate to be implemented. Finally, the overall mean value is 4.22. The analysis of
152
the study indicates that preparation for student final year project implementation with CDIO approach significantly
affects the understanding and the readiness of students to engage in the implementation of CDIO with overall
mean 4.22.
Table 5: Analysis on Preparation for Student Final Year Project CDIO Approach
Items Mean Std. Deviation

The lecturer has explained the concept of CDIO
4.4103 .81815
implemented in this course.
CDIO workshops / courses are required so that
4.3077 .92206
students can understand this concept as a whole.
Online implementation is suitable according to the
4.2564 1.04423
current situation (Pandemic Covid-19)
Online meetings help the implementation process. 4.1282 1.12810
The CDIO approach between Diploma in Marketing

Programme and Engineering Department 4.0000 1.21395
Programes are appropriate to be implemented.
Overall Mean 4.2205
Scale: 1= Strongly Disagree; 2= Disagree; 3= Unsure; 4= Agree; 5= Strongly Agree
The analysis results in Table 6 are based on students experience in the implementation of CDIO that impacted
the curriculum knowledge. The numbers in the column of the table are response mean and standard deviation,
based on responses with a range from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree). This result shows overall mean
is 4.31 show that most of the respondents agree that the CDIO implementation in their FYP have impacted
positively on the CDIO knowledge. The highest mean is 4.38 which student agree that the CDIO implementation
involved the data collection and classification based on user/community response in the student field survey
activities. Student also agree with the same mean 4.38 that from the from marketing research that have been
conducted they can generate ideas/solutions to identify appropriate problems and products and prepare and
present market research including technical and commercial aspect. However, the lowest mean is 4.21 if for
provide project planning in designing, developing and costing products by explaining the specific
roles/objectives/responsibilities of each group members. Students are engaged in group work from the beginning
of the implementation of the program until the end. Their involvement includes planning, product design,
development and cost calculation involved to achieve the objectives collectively. The knowledge related to CDIO
that students gained throughout the implementation of the program indirectly proved the effectiveness of the CDIO
program itself.
Table 6: Analysis on CDIO Knowledge
Std.
Items Mean
Deviation
Identify the needs of users/ communities in product
4.2821 .82554
development.
Data collection and classification based on user/ community
4.3846 .81484
responses.
Conduct literature review and market analysis including
4.3077 .79980
identifying and comparing with existing products.
Generate ideas/ solutions to identify appropriate problems and
4.3846 .84652
products.
153
Evaluate various concepts by applying critical evaluation criteria
4.2308 .87243
and selecting the best design concept for the product.
Provide project planning in designing, developing, and costing
products by explaining the specific roles/ objectives/ 4.2051 .89382
responsibilities of each group member.
Produce CAD drawings supported by specific analysis and plan
4.2821 .85682
product/ prototype fabrication process.
Prepare and present market research including technical and
4.3846 .81484
commercial aspects.
Overall Mean 4.3077
Table 7 shows the responses from students towards the effectiveness of the CDIO implementation in developing
their personal, interpersonal and professional skills. The numbers in the column of the table are response mean
and standard deviation, based on responses with a range from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree). The
result shows overall mean is 4.17 which means almost all students agree that the CDIO implementation in their
FYP helps develop students' skills. The highest mean is 4.24 personal skills which is student realize that they able
to initiating/ generating thoughts and ideas, have an active involvement, apply active and critical thinking such as
in group discussion, brainstorming and fieldwork.
Table 7: Development of Personal, Interpersonal and Professional Skills

Std.
Items Mean
Deviation
Personal Skills
Able to initiating/ generating thoughts and ideas 4.2051 .92280
Active involvement 4.2821 .94448
Apply more active thinking 4.3077 .95018
Apply more critical thinking 4.1795 .96986
Average mean 4.2436
Interpersonal Skills - Teamwork
Involved with more collaborative learning 4.1026 1.02070
Engage in brainstorming activities with group members in
4.2308 1.01207
completing tasks.
Get more opportunities to solve problems with group members 4.1538 .98778
Involved with more collaborative activities to clarify some
4.2308 1.03775
questions.
Involved in helping solve group members' problems. 4.2051 .97817
Involved in asking for help from group members. 4.2564 .90954
Average mean 4.1966
Interpersonal Skills - Communication
Often come out with opinions and ideas 4.1026 .96777
Involved in giving ideas with a variety of methods. 4.1538 .96077
Average mean 4.1282
Professional Skills
Motivated to pursue higher education 4.1026 .82062
A deeper understanding of the content 4.0256 .93153
Learning style changes from habit 4.000 .91766
154
Use more creativity in completing task in groups. 4.1538 .93298
Cultivate a positive attitude towards other group members. 4.2051 .86388
Cultivate teamwork skills to other team members 4.1538 1.01407
Cultivate creative thinking skills to other group members. 4.1795 .99662
Average mean 4.1172
Overall Mean 4.1700
The second highest mean is 4.19 Interpersonal skills - teamwork. Students acknowledge that through the
implementation of integrated CDIO inter-departmental programs can stimulate group work skills. From the
program student directly involved with more collaborative learning, engage in brainstorming activities with group
members in completing tasks and get more opportunities to solve problems with group members. Besides that,
students are also involved with more collaborative activities to clarify some questions, helping solve group
members' problems and get used to asking for help from group members.
Students are also aware that through the FYP CDIO approach, they are able to improve their communication skills
(mean of 4.13). Through group discussion and activities, student often come out with opinions and ideas and
involved in giving ideas with a variety of methods. (ex: sketching, discussion, writing etc). Through this CDIO
program, students could improve and constantly communicate with each other to ensure that information can be
shared in achieving the objectives. In addition, students also need to communicate with outsiders such as firms
and communities to get feedback and insights to improve their products that benefit the target.
However, the lowest mean was 5.12 which students also agree that the integrated program leads to positive
impact on their professional skills. Direct impact from the program can create deeper understanding of the content,
learning style changes from habit, student use more creativity in completing task in groups. It also can cultivate a
positive attitude, teamwork, and creative thinking skills towards other group members. The effect is students are
more motivated and ready to pursue higher education or career field due to the existence of related professional
skills that exists among students. This proves the integration of knowledge from different courses enhanced the
skills and attributes of the students through the activities involved throughout the implementation of the program.
Table 8 illustrated the overall average mean score of CDIO approach between Diploma in Marketing with
Engineering Programmes final year project. The findings revealed that overall mean is 4.2327. This shows that
all the variables are statistically significant. Majority of respondents strongly agree that CDIO approach enhance
Diploma in Marketing students’ skills and knowledge.
Table 8: Overall Mean score of CDIO approach between Diploma in Marketing with Engineering
Programmes Final Year Project
Variables Overall Mean

Student readiness in implementation CDIO 4.2205
CDIO knowledge 4.3077
Development of personal, interpersonal and professional skills. 4.1700
Overall mean 4.2327
The Cronbach Alpha test was used to analyze the reliability of each variable to be studied. (Sekaran & Bougie,
2016) stated that the results of the Cronbach Alpha analysis which carried out on the study instrument should get
a value of at least 0.7 and above. This important to be able researcher to prove that the form of questionnaire
design has high reliability and consistency. If the Cronbach Alpha value is below 0.7, variable or item needs to be
removed.
155
Table 9 showed the reliability test results of the variables used to measure CDIO approach between Diploma in
Marketing with Engineering Programmes final year project. The coefficients of Cronbach’s Alpha for Student
readiness in implementation CDIO, CDIO knowledge and Development of personal, interpersonal and
professional skills were 0.893, 0.983 and 0.983 respectively. These values were more than the acceptable
reliability value of 0.7 (Sekaran & Bougie, 2016). Therefore, these items have a high reliability, high consistency
and high correlation between each other.
Table 9: Reliability Test Results

Total Cronbach’s Alpha
Variables
items Coefficient
Student readiness in implementation CDIO 5 .893
CDIO knowledge 8 .983
Development of personal, interpersonal and professional skills. 19 .983
Table 10 and 11 shows the achievement of programme (PLO) and course learning outcomes (CLO) that involved
with integrated courses between DPR and engineering programmes. The overall achievement was good where
the percentage of group attainment for Marketing Plan is 71% and Marketing Research is between 86 - 87% for
both PLO and CLO group attainment. The distribution of grades among students indicated outstanding results,
which indicated that the anticipated learning outcomes had been attained.
Table 10: Programme and Course Learning Outcomes for Marketing Plan
PLO / CLO Group Attainment (%)
Programme Learning Outcome

PLO3: Perform marketing practical work skills in managing marketing 71
activities.
Course Learning Outcome

CLO1: Integrate the skills in creating a prototype from 71
conceptualization to realization in the marketing landscape.
Table 11: Programme and Course Learning Outcomes for Marketing Research
PLO / CLO Group Attainment (%)

Programme Learning Outcomes
PLO3: Perform marketing practical work skills in managing 87
marketing activities.
PLO5: Adopt a variety skill in managing information including the
use of digital application and commit to continue seeking knowledge 86
for self-improvement
Course Learning Outcomes
CLO1: Construct marketing research project by comprehending 87
different application of marketing research.
CLO3: Demonstrate the skill of managing information using
graphical or visual data by giving the best solution based on finding 86
on the research to improve management decision making.
156
4. DISCUSSION & CONCLUSION
The main objective of the study is to identifies the student readiness in implementation of integrated learning
experiences within multidisciplinary program, recognize the skills and attributes that enhanced from this approach
and analyze the achievement of course learning outcomes as indicator of effectiveness of CDIO approach
implementation. The results of the study indicate that preparation for student final year project implementation
with CDIO approach significantly affects the understanding and the readiness of students to engage in the
implementation of CDIO with overall mean 4.22. It can be explained by the analysis that the lecturer has explained
the concept of CDIO implemented in this course has a strong agree with average mean 4.41. This proves that
students agree and are better prepared when they receive early disclosure and appropriate information regarding
the implementation of CDIO from their lecturer. In addition, most students also agree with mean 4.31 that
workshops or related courses are necessary to improve students' overall understanding of the implementation of
CDIO. In the actual implementation, students are required to attend a series of preparatory workshops before and
also during the programme. Previous research conducted by (Sayed et al., 2021) state that students’ awareness
before and after being exposed to CDIO framework is important to know student’s perception before project
commencement and after project CDIO completion. The distinctions between knowledge of students are also can
be examined. Student The COVID -19 pandemic has caused learning and teaching classroom sessions to be
replaced by full online learning. The findings of this study show most of the students agree that online
implementation is suitable according to the current situation (COVID -19 pandemic). This illustrates that the
students are not only prepared in terms of knowledge but also in terms of facilities and channels of learning and
implementation. Therefore, students are more prepared and affect the smoothness of the program. Given how
well the students engagement platform is set up, students would be more motivated. (Maneeratana &
Wangsaturaka 2021) and students’ engagement was mentioned as an important aspect in CDIO projects (Martin
et al., 2016; Song et al., 2017).
Upon completion of the CDIO Course, students are exploring new knowledge. The results show that CDIO
approach between Diploma in Marketing with Engineering Programmed helps students to generate ideas or
solutions to identify appropriate problems and products to community. It is because during the implementation
CDIO students from these two different programmed always interact each other in conveying different knowledge.
For example, students’ Diploma in Engineering have knowledge and skilled in the technical aspects of products,
while student’s Diploma in Marketing expert in finding the marketability of new products or services. As a result of
exchanging knowledge, it helps the students to create new products that satisfy customer needs and wants. From
previous study (Sayed et al., 2021) found that integration positively influenced the knowledge of students towards
sustainable development. Furthermore, (Petrova et al., 2021) claimed that students who are engaged and interact
with each other have opportunities to develop the knowledge, skills and attitudes that support building
competencies. In fact, collaboration CDIO among industry also helps the students upgrade their knowledge. (Jaca
et al., 2021) found that collaboration between academic institutions and industry is important for the teaching
learning process in higher education where graduates will end up working with industries.
On the other hand, all education institutions are required to produce graduates with a variety of social and
collaborative skills as well as a mindset for flexible lifelong learning, in addition to having a strong technical
competency. Based on Armstrong & Niewoehner, 2008, the CDIO Standard 3 must include personal and
interpersonal capabilities as well as product, process, and system building abilities. Therefore, the implementation
of an integrated CDIO program between the Engineering and Commerce Departments is helpful in achieving the
institution's requirement and CDIO standard. From the results of the study, the students involved agreed with
overall mean 4.17 that through this integrated programme, it is very helpful in developing their personal skills,
interpersonal skills such as teamwork and communication in addition to improving the professional skills among
students. Most students agree with average mean 4.24 that the CDIO program requires students to use personal
skills such as bringing out ideas, giving insights into things especially during the initial stages of implementation
that require students to generate creative and innovative ideas before proceeding to the next stages. Students
also need to be actively involved and always apply active thinking and critical thinking throughout the CDIO
process CDIO process in a group known as learning team. Team learning is the process of sharing knowledge
and complementing each other. (T L Tran et al., 2014). Therefore, it can be proven from the response with mean
of 4.19 that group collaboration or teamwork is very much needed in the implementation of the CDIO integrated
program between these departments as it involves students from different courses. Students need to help each
other and bring out their expertise and skills in solving and finding solutions to a problem. At the same time,
157
students need to interact with each other and lecturers, communicate with the target users among the community
to get feedback on products that indirectly have a positive impact on students' communication skills with mean
4.12. It's in line with a statement from a previous study by (Armstrong & Niewoehner, 2008) state that CDIO's
insistence on a curriculum that priorities active learning and incorporates substantial design-implement project
work, students will have a lot more opportunity than they would in a typical curriculum to develop their abilities. In
conclusion, when students apply all available skills such as personal skills, teamwork, good communication skills
throughout the CDIO process indirectly professional skills are also practiced by the students. This is a best practice
and should be continued as it will produce excellent holistic students.
Overall, this study found a high level of knowledge, personal development, interpersonal and professional skills
among the Diploma in Marketing students’ final year project after implementation CDIO approach between
engineering programmes. The result also indicates that student readiness in implementation of CDIO influences
the understanding of students regarding the CDIO syllabus. Students' grade distribution also showed a good result
of achievement, which implied the expected learning outcomes had been achieved.
On the other hand, from this study researchers can identify one of the major challenges the institution has to face
is overcoming lecturers' resistance to teach knowledge or techniques outside of their area of expertise. The
lecturers must develop new capabilities, including interpersonal and personal skills to carry out the CDIO based
program successfully. They must be skilled in curriculum design and development since the changing society
necessitates that they continually improve and update. In addition, lecturers should be assisted to obtain those
skills by organizing and implementing seminars or any related training CDIO program. In addition, researchers
can also conduct new studies in the future. The title suggested is the level of readiness among commerce
polytechnic lecturers in the implementation of the CDIO program and experience from applying CDIO by
collaboration between Politeknik Sultan Azlan Shah and Industry. This study also has limitations. In terms of
methodology, this study uses the questionnaire as measurement tools for the sake of efficient time and resources.
In the future researchers should expand methods of collection of data such as conduct group interviews among
students and future research should be conducted with expanded other variables that affect implementation of
CDIO.
5. ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The authors would like to express their heartfelt gratitude to the Deputy Director of Politeknik Sultan Azlan Shah,
CDIO Initiative Committee and Diploma in Marketing Head of Programme for accepting and supporting the CDIO
implementation. We also want to extend our gratitude to the individuals invited speakers' lecturers from different
firms for their assistance in providing us with the expertise in executing the program.
6. REFERENCES
Armstrong, P. & Niewoehner, R. (2008). The CDIO approach to the development of student skills and attributes:
Proceedings of the 4th International CDIO Conference, Belgium.
Crawley, E., Malmqvist, J., Ostlund, S., Brodeur, D., & Edstrom, K. (2007). Rethink engineering education: The
CDIO Approach. Springer Science and Business Media, LLC.
Crawley, E., Malmqvist, J., Ostlund, S., & Brodeur, D. (2011), The CDIO syllabus v2.0 an updated statement of
goals for engineering education, Proceedings of the 7th International CDIO Conference, Technical
University of Denmark, Copenhagen.
Crawley, E., Malmqvist, J., Ostlund, S., & Brodeur, D. (2014). Rethinking engineering education: The CDIO
approach (2nd ed.). Switzerland: Springer.
Gurbuz, S. (2018, June 04). Survey as a quantitative research research method. Research Gate.
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/321874371
Henderson, A., and Trede, F. (2017). Strengthening attainment of student learning outcomes during work-
integrated learning: A collaborative governance framework across academia, industry and students. Asia-
Pacific Journal of Cooperative Education, v18 n1. Pp. 73-80.
158
Jaca, C., Ormazabal, M., Arizmendi, M., & Blanco, C. (2021). Project based learning implementation collaboration
between university and industry. Proceeding of the 17th International CDIO Conference, Thailand. pp. 137-
146.
Malmqvist, J., Edström, K., Rosén, A., Hugo, R., & Campbell, D. (2020). Optional CDIO Standards: Sustainable
development, simulation-based mathematics, engineering entrepreneurship, internationalisation &
mobility. Proceedings of the 16th International CDIO Conference, Charlmers University of Technology,
Gothenburg, Sweden. pp. 48-58.
Malmqvist, J., Huay, H. L.-W. K., Kontio, J., & Minh, T. D. T. (2016). Application of CDIO in non-engineering
programmes – Motives, implementation, and experiences. Proceedings of the 12th International CDIO
Conference. Turku, Finland. pp. 84-101.
Maneeratana, K. & Wangsaturaka, D. (2021). Student engagement: a proposed optional standard. Proceeding of
the 17th International CDIO Conference, Thailand. pp. 14-24.
Martin, J.L., Romero, A.M., Tanarro, E. C., Lantada, A. D., Sanchez, A. G., Bayo, A. H., & Rossi, C. (2021). The
initiative for promoting CDIO at TU Madrid: Lesson learnded for enhanced performance. Proceeding of
the 12th International CDIO Conference, Finland. pp. 570-579.
Petrova, Y., Yanova, E., & Bezuevskaya, V. (2021). Development of engineering workspace for hands on and
project-based learning. Proceeding of the 17th International CDIO Conference, Thailand. pp. 560-566.
Sayed, M. S, Abdullah, M., Maram, A. F., & Martin, J. (2021). Development of student sustainability awareness,
attitudes and actions. Proceeding of the 17th International CDIO Conference, Thailand. pp. 14-24.
Sekaran, U., & Bougie, R. (2016). Research methods for business: A skill building approach. (7th ed.). United
Kingdom, John Wilwy & Sons, Inc.
Song, D., Tavares, A., Pinto, S., & Xu, H. (2017). Setting engineering students up for success in the 21 st century:
Integrating gamification and crowdsourcing into a CDIO based web design course. Journal of
Mathematics, Science and Technology Education, Eurasia. 13, pp. 565-585.
Tangkijviwat, U., Sunthorn, W., Meeusah, N., and Kuptasthien, N. (2018). CDIO-based curriculum development
for non-engineering programs at mass communication technology faculty. Proceedings of the 14th
International CDIO Conference, Kanazawa. pp. 129-138.
Tran, D. T. L., Dam, T. M., & Nguyen, T. C. (2014). Improvement of individual learning and instructor role for better
team learning: Proceedings of the 10th International CDIO Conference, Barcelona. pp. 8-11.
159
The Implementation of 3R (Reuse, Recycle, Reduce) Concept in
Optimizing the Consumption of Carpet Waste
Sharuddin bin Mohd Dahuri1, Nor Hakimah binti Ahmad Subri2,

Aliff bin Ab Tahir3
1, 3Jabatan Kejuruteraan Mekanikal,

Politeknik Kuching Sarawak, Km 22 Jalan Matang, Kuching, 93050, MALAYSIA
2Jabatan Kejuruteraan Petrokimia,,
Politeknik Kuching Sarawak, Km 22 Jalan Matang, Kuching, 93050, MALAYSIA
*Corresponding Author: sharuddindahuri@poliku.edu.my
Abstract: This study describes how the implementation of 3R concept can optimize the
consumption of carpet waste at AN Engineering Sdn. Bhd. The waste of the carpet can be a
problematic to the factory because the carpet waste requires high cost (RM 4704.00/ month) to
manage it. Few study and observation had been made to investigate the sources of carpet waste
along the entire carpet-manufacturing. Few activities implemented using the concept of 3R, which
might greatly reduce (RM4704.00 - RM3234 = RM1470) the waste management cost. The “Reuse”
concept can be implemented by reusing the waste carpet to any product or at least to create the 3
proposed product which might lead in saving RM 2682/ 891.457m2 of carpet from being wasted.
The “Reduce” concept can be implement, which is by reusing the waste carpet to create product,
the company actually reducing the monthly carpet waste ~RM 320.40 (excluding transportation
cost = RM1500). While the “recycle” process is the final method in saving the carpet material.
Although the company need to pay some amount to the recycle centre, the amount is around
31.25% reduced (RM4704.00 - RM3234 = RM1470) from the current value due to the applying of
3R concept in reducing carpet waste. The company might need to invest in some area to ensure
that 3R can run smoothly. But in long run, it can benefit the company in term of cash and benefit
the community by reducing the waste produced.
Keywords: Reuse, Recycle, Reduce, Carpet.
1. INTRODUCTION
Reduce, reuse and recycle is a concept that people everywhere are starting to understand and apply to
everyday life. Their principles are quite basic but are a necessity for maintaining a sustainable life. To
remain productive, reducing one’s intake of energy and materials is vital.
The concept of reuse is applied by reinventing items after their initial life and avoiding the additional waste
by all means necessary. Though the concept of reuse is very important to the lifecycle of a material, there
are times when a second life simply cannot be created for certain items. However, when one does have to
throw an item away. An important proactive strategy is to buy products that can be recycled or, at the very
least, determine in advance the product is an alternative to a similar, less recyclable material.
Recycling is the process of turning items considered to be waste into a valuable resource as Ogushi Y,
Kandlikar M mention in his proceeding “The impact of end-of-life vehicle recycling law on automobile
recovery in Japan”. This process does include many steps, but begins with taking items such as cans,
glass, newspaper or plastic to a recycle bin or collection facility.
1.1 Background of Research

AN Engineering Sdn Bhd. is one of the largest manufacture’s vendors of carpet vehicles for JLR, AKS and
WSV involving carpet inside cabin and rear trunk of the vehicle as well. For projects that carried out in the
AN Engineering Sdn. Bhd. is to assist in solving the problem of disposing of waste carpet that every day is
increasing due to the material that comes from 3 types of combination of Fiber which is PET Fiber, Low
Melt Fiber and Recycle Fiber. Mohd Firdaus Bin Mustaffa Kamal state in his project report, Reduce,
160
Reuse, Recycle and Recovery Technique in Sustainable Construction Waste Management that in order to
assist in issue disposal carpet waste is by minimizing the carpet waste, a company should be conducted
using 3R (Reuse, Reduce, Recycle) concept to assist in the reduction of waste generated. This problem is
classified as disposable material.
In this project, this study is to reduce the carpet waste by analysis using 3R (reuse, reduce, recycle)
concept. Firstly, research will come out with observation method. In the observation method is gather the
amount of carpet waste produce in needle punching 1 line. The record based on weight, dimension, cost
and type of reject. Next, the analysis phase will be using 3R (Reuse, Recycle, Reduce) concept to utilize
the carpet waste. 3R concept will apply in Carpet. After that, improving the use of carpet from waste to
valuable sources

In AN Engineering Sdn Bhd, producing carpet products car is a major contributor that bring profits to the
company. High demand in product generation based on vehicle carpet is for JLR vehicles. Problems a
rising in carpet waste Figure 1 and Figure 2 due to the increasing demand from day to day are difficult to
dispose. According to Vadicherla, T. & Saravanan, D. (2015), Roadmap to Sustainable Textiles and
Clothing, this type of material is fiber-based, recycled fiber and low melt that is dangerous to environment
and needs to be disposed of properly and requires high spending. To help reduce carpet waste is due to
reject at the Needle Punching 1 production line is by implementing the 3R concept (reuse, reduce and
recycle) at AN Engineering Sdn Bhd.
Figure 1: Collected waste for all model carpet
Figure 2: Waste storage area at AN Engineering Sdn. Bhd.
The research and practice have been guided by a ‘‘3Rs’’ principle, which is also known as the hierarchy of
C&D WM. The principle refers to the 3Rs of reduce, reuse, and recycle, which classify WM strategies
according to their desirability. The 3Rs is meant to be a hierarchy, arranged in ascending order of their
adverse impacts to the environment from low to high. Reduction is considered as the most effective and
efficient method for managing C&D waste. It can not only minimize the generation of C&D waste, but also
reduce the cost for waste transportation, disposal and recycling.
161
In recent days, the 3R principle began to gain more attention due to the lack of natural resources and
increased pollution levels in the environment. 3R is an approach that can promote the efficient use of
resources, harmonizing both environmental and economic concerns through making waste reduction,
reuse and recycling efforts. Figure 2.0 and Figure 2.1 illustrate the change in resource flows in production
to final consumption and disposal through unsustainable economic patterns and efficient resources in an
economically efficient 3R. The first diagram illustrates the 'one-way' economy where extraction of open
sources, withdrawals, use and disposal ends with little effort-sourcing of resources making the environment
at risk. The second is the final transition of Pipe to 3R the 'close loop' of resource management in the
consumption disposal cycle with the maximum use of resources and minimum waste production by reusing
and recycling the product.
1.3 Objectives
i. To study the amount of carpet waste that produce in the production line by maintaining a strict
weekly record.
ii. To analyse the use of carpet waste by using 3R (Reduce, Reuse, Recycle) concept.
iii. To improve the use of carpet waste by implement 3R concept by applying the possible product
that could be produce from the carpet waste.
1.4 Scope of Project

The scope of the project is determined by the objectives or goals of the project. Hence the scopes of this
project are:
i. The study will be focus only on waste of carpet d20n based product.
ii. The study will be on the carpet waste that produce after needle punching process.
iii. The study will be focused on the 3r (Reduce, Reuse, Recycle) method.
1.5 Significant of Project

By envisioning this project, the importance of this study is helping the company in reducing the issue of
growing carpet waste that is increasing from day to day. In addition, the creation based on carpet waste to
produce an interior carpet part for vehicles that can help in utilisation the carpet waste that can be used.
The research study is focused on optimizing the consumption of waste through the implementation of 3R
(Reduce, Reuse, Recycle) initiative. According to Arif Reza, in his book, “3R (Reduce, Reuse and Recycle)
Action Plan for the City Corporations in Bangladesh: Paradigm shift of Waste Management to Resource
Management,” state that the 3R principle began to gain more attention due to the lack of natural resources
and increased pollution levels in the environment.
2.1 Reduce
Reduction at the source could be implemented almost throughout the project phase from initial work to
handling over of the projects. Reduction focus more on preparing adequate and accurate planning of
material used on site in order to reduce the waste produce. Experience in many countries shows that
businesses across various industries can save about 10 percent of total volume by using waste reduction
techniques.
2.2 Reuse
Reuse is another way to close the loop. The second-hand clothes trade in developing countries creates a
type of employment, leading to social sustainability. Generally, the reused or re-product is through some of
the basic steps of collecting the product used, inspection, installation of parts, compilers, cleaning, re-
installing products, and testing. However, this component is being re-used and reproduced for replacement
purposes.
2.3 Recycle
Since the world fiber production has been steadily increasing in the past few decades. In 2004 it exceeded
64 million tons. The increasing of demand and consumption is a result of global population growth and
overall improvement in living standards.
162
2.4 Fiber Recycling Technologies
Many carpet, fiber and chemical supplier companies, recycling companies, and academic institutions
actively follow various methods to recycle fibers. The approach includes chemical processes for the
reprocessing of nylon and other polymers, resin plastic resin from carpet fiber, direct extrusion of waste
carpet waste, composite as a substitute for wood, fiber for reinforcement and reinforcement, residual
exchange of energy, and carpets as raw materials for cement kilns.
2.5 CATIA
CATIA is a Computer-Assisted Design platform, Computed Aided Manufacturing and Computed Aided
Engineering has been a suite of commercial software developed by Dassault System Company. CATIA
facilitates engineering all discipline cooperation, including surface and design, mechanical engineering,
equipment and system engineering. Thus, using CATIA in designing the part from carpet waste are easily
to identify the amount of part that can be produce based on carpet waste dimension. The amount of waste
after produce part also easily to determine the pattern of waste.
3. METHODOLOGY
The methodology is not set to provide a solution - hence, not the same as the method. On the other hand,
the method that offers a theoretical basis for understanding methods, setting methods, or best practices
can be used for specific cases, for example, to calculate certain results. This method is used to achieve
project objectives that will achieve the perfect results.
3.1 Research Method

Research method that been used in this project is the observation method that been used as a reference
data. The observation of days and weeks of the production years, type of defect occur, density, total
weight, estimated cost and any remark related to carpet waste has been collected every week in the
production line as shown in Figure 3.
Figure 3: Needle Punching Workstation
3.2 Data Collection Method

All studies to be conducted must have proven sources and studies of sheet data. The data collection
method will be using a check sheet to record all the current data every week to look at the data before and
after done this research study. The check sheet that will be used will contain the detail on Table 1.
Table 1: Carpet Waste Collection Data
163
3.3 Reduce and Reuse Method
In this initiative, the carpet arrangement will be improved, to reduce waste from trimming proses. The left
over for waste generated will be use in producing smaller carpet-based product for car-interior. The design
process with using CATIA will expose the dimension of waste and part to produce. From the design, we
can identify the quantity of part that can be produce by using carpet waste through the design.
Figure 4: Carpet Waste Bin
3.4 Recycle Method

The waste generated from the re-use will be recycled using the shredding machine found on the AN
Engineering Sdn Bhd. The use of this shredding machine will produce a waste carpet after reuse into raw
material again which is recycle fiber. Indirectly the recycle fiber will be used again to produce a carpet-
based product again. Carpet shredding machine are used to reduce the size of waste products such as
carpet tiles, from cut and roll the carpet into smaller pieces called 'regrind' or flake. This is important in
carpet recycling and perhaps the only necessary step before 'regrind' can be reused in the manufacture of
new carpet products.
4. RESULT AND ANALYSIS

The purpose of this study is to minimize the waste that continuously increases at AN Engineering Sdn.
Bhd. This analysis starts with collecting the amount of carpet waste that generated in everyday production.
The amount of this carpet is collected and being improves by this concept.
4.1 Proposed Product to Reduce the Amount of Carpet Waste.

In order to reduce the amount of carpet waste, the idea come out with producing an interior carpet
compartment. The proposed product is presented in Figure 5, 6 and 7 used carpet wasted that has no
defect on the appearance. By using small area of interior waste carpet, the company can produce at least 3
product that might benefit the user.
Figure 5: Interior Carpet for D20N Cup holder
164
Figure 6: Interior Carpet for JLRD Center Slot
Figure 7: Interior Carpet for JLRD Center Compartment
The function of this carpet is not only for the appearance look but working as reducing rattling noise, easily
remove dust and absorb the water that spilled in the interior console area.
4.2 Value of Interior Carpet

The company used slab size to calculate the price of material of unit part. Table 2, 3 and 4 shows the
method to calculate the value of each carpet material, which is same as the company did in order to
calculate the material cost. The dimension of the proposed product also been calculated to ease of imagine
the size that could be save from being wasted.
Table 2: Costing of Interior Carpet / Unit
No Model Part Name Internal Cost (RM/unit)
1 JLR Cup Holder 0.03
2 JLR Center Slot 0.02
3 JLR Center Compartment 0.04
Table 3: Slab Size of Interior Carpet / Unit

Slab Size
No Model Part Name
(width × length)
1 JLR Cup Holder 135mm × 70mm
2 JLR Center Slot 92mm × 73mm
3 JLR Center Compartment 125mm × 110mm
165
Table 4: Total Value & Size That Can Be Save Monthly
Value (RM) & Size (m2) /
Quantity Month
No Demand
/ Month CH (RM0.03 / CS (RM0.02 / CC (RM0.04 /
0.009450m2) 0.006716m2) 0.013750m2)
1 Feb 7200 RM216 / 68.040m2 RM144 / 48.355m2 RM288 / 99.000m2
2 Mac 7500 RM225 / 70.875m2 RM150 / 50.370m2 RM300 / 103.125m2
3 Apr 8000 RM240 / 75.600m2 RM160 / 53.728m2 RM320 / 110.000m2
4 Mei 7100 RM213 / 67.095m2 RM142 / 47.684m2 RM284 / 97.625m2
Total for each product RM 894 / 281.570m2 RM 596 / 200.137m2 RM 1192 / 409.750m2
Total for all product RM 2682 / 891.457m2
4.3 Waste Recycle Initiative

In this recycling purpose, to utilize all the carpet waste is by recycling all the waste that generate from
producing the interior carpet. The issue on this shredding machine is the waste that wants to recycle is on
in the small size because the feeder size is only 150mm width and 70mm height.
Figure 8: Shredding Machine
In figure 8, the shredding machine that used in the company is a small size machine. To recycle the carpet
waste, the size of carpet must be smaller than the feeder size. The concept in this recycling process is that
the waste produce after recycle concept will produce a smaller carpet waste. Which is smaller than the size
of shredding machine feeder.
Figure 9: Recycle Fiber store room
The machine that been used in shredding the carpet waste was always fully utilizes, and the room to store
the shredded carpet waste (figure 9) was always full capacity before it can be transfer to a recycle centre. In
short, the company need to cut, shred, store and transfer the waste carpet to complete the carpet recycle
process. Thus, the company might reduce the cost of managing the carpet waste and increase the income
by producing the proposed product that can be made from the carpet waste.
166
4.4 Reducing Initiative on Minimizing the Carpet Waste
The biggest issue that company face is hard to dispose the production waste that generate every day in
production line because of costing to dispose the waste following schedule waste is very high.
Transportation and place for dumping waste costing is different and cause a two-side costing.
Table 5: Amount of Waste and Costing Dispose per Time

After Implementation
Worldwide Weight Cost Related Before Implementation
Dispose cost / Month
Company (Tones) (RM) Dispose cost / Month (RM)
(RM)
Dumping Waste 5.34 1602.00 2 x ~1602.00 = 3204 (2 x ~1602) - ~720 = 2484
Transportation 5.34 750.00 2 x 750.00 1 x 750.00
Total cost 910.20 4704.00 3234.00
Company needs to spend around RM2000.00 per trip (2 times per month) to dispose the waste that
generate in monthly production because of the schedule waste for that company is 2 times disposal waste
per month. So, this is the issue that company need to face to dispose the waste that effecting the company
financial.

The study was aimed to fulfil the three objectives of the study, which is to study the amount of carpet waste
that produce in the production line, to analyse the use of carpet waste by using 3R (Reuse, Recycle,
Reduce) concept and to improve the use of carpet waste by implement 3R concept. In detail, the “Reuse”
concept can be implemented by reusing the waste carpet to any product or at least to create the 3
proposed product which might lead in saving RM 2682/ 891.457m 2 of carpet from being wasted. The
“Reduce” concept can be implement, which is by reusing the waste carpet to create product, the company
reducing the monthly carpet waste ~RM 320.40 (excluding transportation cost = RM1500). While the
“recycle” process is the final method in saving the carpet material. Although the company need to pay
some amount to the recycle centre, the amount is greatly reduced (RM4704.00 - RM3234 = RM1470) from
the current value due to the applying of 3R concept in reducing carpet waste.
5.1 The Amount of Carpet Waste that Produce in the Production Line
The result shared that the amount of carpet waste that generate at needle punching 1 from daily
production. This can be proved in the quantitative data that has been collected two times a week. The
amount of carpet waste that produce in daily production is around 20kg to 45kg per day for needle
punching 1 machine.
5.2 Analysis the Use of Carpet Waste by Using 3R Initiative

In average, the carpet waste that produce in production line do not have defect on the appearances.
Carpet waste that generates in daily production sometimes can be used for other usage. The waste is not
been used is mostly due to the dimension that not meet the machine requirement. In summary, to
implement the 3R concept the study on the carpet waste need innovation thinking in utilize the carpet
waste that comes with different sizing and reject.
5.3 Improve the Use of Carpet waste by Implement the 3R Initiative

Based on the data collected. By implementing the 3R, there would be new source of income for the
company which will generate that can give a better financial to the company. Managing the manufacturing
industry present some unique challenges. Further, the company must maintain a good cash flow and
reducing the waste to the zero reject in daily production to sustain the management of company.
5.4 Limitation
Amount of carpet is the limitation in this study because the carpet waste that generate sometimes can be
used in producing sometimes valuable and sometime cannot be used due to the different amount produce.
167
In this research, it has lack of available and reliable data. A lack of data or reliable data will likely have
required researcher to limit the scope of analysis, the amount of carpet waste sometimes higher at the
others process.
Lastly, the biggest limitation in competitors the research study is to apply the study in company. This is
because of everything wants to do is need the approval to the higher head of department.
5.5 Conclusion
Based on the research conducted, this study success in achieving the objectives of the study as a result of
the findings and data collected that has been analysed. The data obtained is enough to implement the 3R
concept in optimizing the use of carpet waste and totally reduction of carpet waste generation. This finding
also shows that from waste company can generate a new source of income and reducing the order on raw
materials.
6. REFERENCES
Telli, A., & Ozdil, N. (2015). Effect of Recycled PET Fibers on the Performance Properties of Knitted
Fabrics. Journal of Engineered Fibers and Fabrics, 10(2), 47–60.
LeBlanc, R. (n.d.). The Basics of Clothing and Textile Recycling. Retrieved from
https://www.thebalancesmb.com/the-basics-of-recycling-clothing-and-other-textiles-2877780
R. A. Rogowsky (1999), Certain Polyester Staple Fiber from Korea and Taiwan, Invs. 731-TA-825-826
(Preliminary), Washington, DC: DIANE Publishing.
A. Introduction, “Waste reduction and raw material conservation.”
Vadicherla, T., & Saravanan, D. (2015). Roadmap to Sustainable Textiles and Clothing, 139–160.
https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-287-164-0
Scheirs J (1998) Polymer recycling, science, technology and application. Wiley, New York
Wang Y (2006) Recycling in textiles. Woodhead Publishing, Cambrige
M. Patel and D. Bhramhatt (2010), “Needle punching technology,” p. 10.
Yeadon, B. (2012). The No BS Cleaning Seminar, 20-23. Retrieved from www.jondon.com
Arif Reza, “3R (Reduce, Reuse and Recycle) Action Plan for the City Corporations in Bangladesh:
Paradigm shift of Waste Management to Resource Managemet,” no. February 2013, 2014.
L. Amelia, D. A. Wahab, C. H. C. Haron, N. Muhamad, and C. H. Azhari (2009), “Initiating

automotive component reuse in Malaysia,” J. Clean. Prod., vol. 17, no. 17, pp. 1572–1579.
Giudice F, La Rosa G, Risitino A (2006). Product design for the environment. Boca Raton: CRC Press.
Ogushi Y, Kandlikar M (2005). The impact of end-of-life vehicle recycling law on automobile recovery in
Japan. In: Proceedings of the 4th international environmentally conscious design and inverse
manufacturing symposium. Tokyo, vol. 1:626–33
Reduce, Reuse, Recycle and Recovery Technique in Sustainable Construction Waste Management
Mohd Firdaus Bin Mustaffa Kamal A project report submitted in partial fulfillment of the
Requirements for the award of the degree of Master of Construction Manage,” Waste Manag.,
2009.
168
Analysis of Industry and Institutional Feedback for Students With
Hearing Problems at Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan Using The Weka
Application
Ismalyza Binti Mt Arif1, Rafiuddin Bin Rohani2
1, 2 Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, KM10 Jalan Kong Kong, Pasir Gudang, 81700, MALAYSIA
*Corresponding Author: 1ismalyza@pis.edu.my, 2rafiuddin@pis.edu.my
Abstract: With the aid of TVET, the Industrial Revolution 4.0 is currently being developed.
Polytechnics and community colleges, which provide certificates, diplomas, and bachelor's degrees,
serve as the foundation for Malaysia's TVET programme. Additionally, the Certificate of Skills for
Disabled Students is one of the programmes available (Hearing Problems). To complete the
prerequisites for graduation, students with special needs who enroll in the Certificate of Skills
programme at Polytechnic Malaysia must complete industrial training. Through three academic
sessions, 32 students who were pursuing the Graphic Design Skills Certificate finished their
coursework. In this study, Presentation (PR) and Practical Task (PT) were the two key areas where
the efficiency of industrial training in preparing students for employment was examined. Participants
in this study included academics and business leaders. Weka 3.8.6 will be used to analyze the
study's findings. Data that has a mean that is at the highest end of the range is estimated at its best.
Additionally, industry comments obtained through typical scoring forms will be used as information
for improvement.
Keywords: Disabled Students, Industrial Training, TVET, Industry, Weka
1. INTRODUCTION
According to Nur Dalilah Dahlan (2017), the government is in fact paying attention to the needs of the disabled.
Also, a variety of amenities are offered by both the government and non-governmental organisations (NGOs).
To the extent that these people are capable of becoming self-sufficient and looking for work without
anticipating compassion from their family or society at large. While Aidah et al. (2016), the majority of students
with hearing impairment are eager and more inclined to employ interactive and moving visual images. The
usage of moving images can close the communication gap with them by attracting their attention and
enhancing their visual awareness.
Based to the Guidelines for the Implementation of Inclusive Policies of Persons with Disabilities in Higher
Education Institutions, there are four levels of hearing impairment, ranging from slight to very severe. In this
sense, everything is done to support students with disabilities in achieving academic and professional self-
satisfaction so they can become independent.
Additionally, there are three basic classifications of this hearing impairment issue: Bilateral hearing loss,
Single-sided deafness (SSD)/profound unilateral hearing loss, and persistent ear deformity or ear and hearing
associated syndrome. The investigation of hearing impairments will be considered if:
a. Based on an average of four frequencies, the adult hearing threshold is 40 dBHL or better: (500Hz, 1
KHz, 2 KHz, 4 KHz)
b. Improved hearing levels (in children's ears) of 30dBHL based on an average of 500Hz, 1KHz, 2KHz,
and 4KHz.
Additionally, there is a very severe level of hearing above 91dBHL close to the ear based on an average of
four frequencies: (500Hz, 1KHz, 2KHz, 4KHz). On the other hand, conditions like microtia, atresia, and anotia
are referred to as persistent ear deformities, ear-related syndromes, or hearing-related syndromes. Without a
doubt, kids with disabilities excel in the area of skills as well. Abylimpics is one of them. Young people from
all throughout Malaysia took part. They must demonstrate a high degree of originality when being assessed
on relevant abilities.
169
In regard to the technical and vocational disciplines that he engaged in, this student has demonstrated that
TVET polytechnic graduates are competitive and can compete on an international level (Nurhasni Mohd Noor,
Mohamad Faithal Hassan, 2017). Ironically, the Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan students engaged have a variety of
hearing issues.
At polytechnics and community colleges, industrial training is one of the main focuses of the curriculum. All
students must successfully complete industrial training in order to get a certificate, diploma, or possibly a first
degree. Students will work in the industry for six months to expose them to the real working environment. In
accordance with the objective of industrial training to generate semi-skilled TVET graduates, students will put
all the knowledge and skills they acquired in the lecture hall into practise during this time.
As a result, students pursuing the Certificate of Skills at Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan are also not excused from
completing 10 credit hours of Industrial Training in the second year (fourth semester) under the course code
SUL40110. The Department of Visual Design and Communication at Polytechnic Ibrahim Sultan offers the
Graphic Design Skills Certificate and the Fashion & Clothing Skills Certificate, while the Department of Tourism
and Hospitality offers the Hotel & Catering Skills Certificate.
Students will be assessed by institutional and industry assessors in accordance with the 2013 Industrial
Training Guidelines (Students) Edition as a requirement for approval. For appraisal purposes, the institution
received a total score of 60%, while the industry received a score of 40%. Even if students are covered by the
students with special needs skills certificate for an individual who is classified as impaired (OKU), this fact
does not prevent them from seeking academic excellence and fulfilling their objectives and aspirations in the
same way as other average people.
According to the Disability Bill Act of 2007, individuals with disabilities are those who lack one or more physical,
mental, intellectual, or sensory qualities that, when combined with other barriers, can limit their capacity to
fully participate and have an impact on society. They are able to lead regular lives despite their physical
limitations (hearing and speech), and they can contribute significantly to the socioeconomic development of
the nation.
Students with disabilities ought to be provided the same possibilities as other people, according to Agus
Suwignyo's 2018 study. As a result, they can participate in the stream of national learning together because
some of them have cognitive intelligence that is on par with that of ideal people. Some of them have a higher
level of ability than typical students. To avoid falling behind in this trend of globalization, the disabled should
also not be excluded from the creation of human capital (Alias et al., 2016).
1.1 Purpose of Study

In this study, the efficiency of industrial training was assessed based on the components of observation and
practical tasks.
1.2 Objectives of The Study

The objectives of the study are stated as below:
1.2.1 Assess the Presentation component of Industrial Training for according to:
1.1.1 PRCLO1P Psychomotor - Apply pertinent knowledge and abilities in the workplace;
1.1.2 Affective PRCLO2A - Capable of effective multilevel communication.
1.2.2 Examine the opinions of industry professionals through the evaluation of practical tasks:
1.2.1 Psychomotor PTCLO1P - Utilize pertinent knowledge and abilities during work;
1.2.2 Affective PTCLO2A - Capable of various degrees of effective communication;
1.2.3 Affective PTCLO3A - Integrate teamwork within oneself;
1.2.4 Affective PTCLO4A - Comply with the organization's policies, procedures, and rules;
1.2.5 Psychomotor PTCLO5P - Describes the tasks given (during LI) in the format required.

When they interact with society, they feel less confident and inferior due to physical limitations and flaws
(hearing and speech). Being a minority group suits them better, if you ask us. In order to prepare for the world
of real employment after graduation, they are using this industrial training. In some places, their
170
accomplishments and abilities are still not appreciated due to prejudice. This is shown in their readiness to
hire disabled people to work alongside them. When students applied for industrial training in other industrial
sectors, they encountered similar restrictions.
1.4 Scope of Study

This study involved students of the Graphic Design Skills Certificate, Department of Visual Design and
Communication, Semester 4 for the December 2018 Session, December 2019 Session, and the December
2020 Session of 32 people. The data analyzed only involves aspects of Presentation and Practical Tasks.
1.5 Methodology of Study

The study's main instrument is the evaluation of Appendix 1 score by the industry and Appendix 5 scoring by
the evaluator lecturer. Additionally, the comments and changes made by the evaluator and the industry were
used in the formation of the findings. The Weka 3.8.6 application was used for the analysis of this study. The
report lists nine key characteristics:
a. Registration Number
b. Presentation P (PRCLO1P) – Appendix 5
c. Presentation A (PRCLO2A) – Appendix 5
d. Practical Task P (PTCLO1P) – Appendix 1
e. Practical Task A (PTCLO2A) – Appendix 1
f. Practical Task A (PTCLO3A) – Appendix 1
g. Practical Task A (PTCLO4A) – Appendix 1
h. Practical Task P (PTCLO5P) – Appendix 1
i. Study Session
The level of assessment created by Mohamed Najib is referenced in the determination of the level of
acceptability through the range of mean score values. Table 1 refers to the acceptance level determined by
the mean score value.
Table 1: Levels of Acceptance Based on Mean Score

Mean Score Interpretation
1.00 – 1.80 Very Low
1.81 – 2.60 Low
2.61 – 3.20 Moderate
3.21 – 4.20 High
4.21 – 5.00 Very High
Source: Moidunny (2009)
2. IMPORTANCE OF STUDY
For the hearing impaired to receive equitable chances as indicated by the government in the National
Education Policy and Philosophy, this study is crucial.
3. FINDINGS
Weka 3.8.6 was used to evaluate the data that went into this study's conclusions and discussion. Descriptive
statistics were the primary analysis tool utilised by the researcher, which was appropriate given the research's
objectives. It is possible to draw conclusions and make generalisations while using this strategy, according to
Moidunny (2009).
Based on Figure 1, the mean for PRCLO2A is 4.352 (Very High). It shows the communication level for students
and interviewers (lecturers) are very comfortable and high confidence. In addition, students need to show their
projects based on the courses using software such as adobe photoshop, In Design, adobe illustrator.
Institutions will without a doubt accept the use and deployment of ICT in a world where information interchange
is now thought of as being borderless (Hamzah, M. I. M., Juraime, F., & Mansor, A. N., 2016)
171
Figure 1: Presentation Data (PRCLO1P and PRCLO2A)
The lowest mean score, as shown in Figure 2, is 3.594 (High) for PTCLO2A. Rereading, determining the
meaning of the offending words or sentences, questioning, and other techniques are some of the ways to deal
with issues. This is why, the issue of effective communication been raised up to ensure better performance of
the students. While, we did see the highest mean score is 4.438 – PTCLO3A. They are very comfortable with
their own deaf members, but not to the new comers.
Figure 2: Practical Task Data (PTCLO1P, PTCLO2A, PTCLO3A)
Figure 3: Practical Task Data (PTCLO4A, and PTCLO5P)
172
Meeting-related challenges were most frequently cited, with respondents noting a lack of captioning,
interpreters, or assistive listening devices (Punch, Renée., 2016). That is why the second-lowest mean score
for PTCLO5P is 3.813 - Describes the tasks given (during LI) in the format necessary. Table 2 shows the
summary of overall study findings:
Table 2: Summary of Overall Study Findings

Objectives of Study Mean Value Level
Presentation P (PRCLO1P) 3.703 High
Presentation A (PRCLO2A) 4.352 Very High
Practical Task P (PTCLO1P) 4.031 High
Practical Task A (PTCLO2A) 3.594 High
Practical Task A (PTCLO3A) 4.438 Very High
Practical Task A (PTCLO4A) 4.156 High
Practical Task P (PTCLO5P) 3.813 High
Based on Table 2, Numbers 1 and 2 represent the conclusions of the mean score value from the appraiser
lecturer, while Numbers 3 to 7 are from industry representatives. The greatest and lowest mean scores for the
overall findings were the main emphasis of this study, which had high standards for all of its objectives.
The CLO2A - Can communicate well at multiple levels category has the highest mean score of 4.352 for the
evaluation lecturer. For industry assessors, the opposite data was discovered. The lowest of the same
category's mean score values are displayed, at 3.594.
3.1 Highlighting Several Remarks

Some significant remarks made by the six appraiser lecturers should be highlighted. They include the
necessity of repeating instructions, students exhibit awkwardness, and skills enhancements.
3.1.1 The necessity of repeating instructions

Each student has a different level of potential and intelligence because some of them struggle with dyslexia,
slow learning, and other issues. They are of adult age, but their mindset is still that of a youngster. As a result,
since they are easy to forget, each instruction should be repeated. Due to their limited language skills, students
have also struggled to learn certain terms.
The mean score for CLO5P - Describes the tasks assigned (during LI) according to the provided format is
level 3.813 when looking at Figure 2. This is in line with institutional and industry recommendations to enhance
soft skills and communication, particularly when describing a subject and doing technical activities.
Additionally, according to the Course Outcome Review Report (CORR), the CLO for CLO5P group
achievement percentage falls short of the required level (Under 75%).
3.1.2 Students Exhibit Awkwardness

The monitoring lecturers selected to evaluate the deaf students are only partially known to the students. This
makes it seem awkward, ashamed, unconfident, and uncomfortable to face for the first time. Furthermore,
several lecturers still lack sign language proficiency. When hiring these impaired students for the first time,
employers also encounter this issue. For these impaired students, current employees must make
accommodations. As a result of being exposed to the realities of the real working world, the student also goes
through a culture shock.
Respondent R2 comments "She doesn't comprehend. Consider asking more questions. Can't think for herself,
so no need for a second job." This implies that students struggle more with two-way communication with
employers. Students may experience awkwardness or fear due to the unfamiliar job setting and presence of
regular staff. The issue of coworkers misinterpreting one another at the time was also brought on by
communication skills limits in sign language. A stress-related issue at work may result from this. This calls for
both the learner and the employer to instantly get over their initial feelings of embarrassment.
173
3.1.3 Skills Enhancements
The typical score value for CLO1P - Applying relevant knowledge and skills is 3.703, according to Figure 1.
This is consistent with upskilling requirements, particularly in terms of technological and communication
abilities. The employer's representative (Respondent R32) discovered through improvement suggestions that
students need to dive in or consult ideas to further develop the idea to be developed. This is a crucial ability
to improve employer satisfaction, particularly when it comes to themed design.
According to the R1 respondents, students need to be more creative, conduct more informed searches for
examples on social media, and put forth a lot of effort to grow as people. This indicates that despite the
restrictions and limits of having hearing loss, there is no difference in quality in the workplace competition.
What is impressive is that the analysis demonstrates that students have the capacity to develop their
collaborative skills. This is supported by the fact that CLO3A has the greatest mean point score overall, 4.438
compared to the other groups. In accordance with Respondent R12, the students are excellent at following
instructions and are highly hardworking. The company is pleased with his performance, and he gets along
well with his coworkers.
Students are very responsible and disciplined, according to R21 responders. In addition, students also do well
while interacting with colleagues. Overall, the feedback agrees with the mean value conclusions drawn from
the study data for the three study sessions.
4. RECOMMENDATIONS
Based on the research, a number of recommendations have been presented. To ensure that deaf students
do better, attention must be given to five key areas.
4.1 Knowledge of Sign Language

According to this study, a number of variables influence how well the monitoring process for industrial training
works. The evaluators' own sign language communication abilities should be highlighted among these. This
is done to get over PTCLO2A's feedback issue, which has the lowest study-wide mean value. The inclusion
of an interpreter is thought to facilitate two-way communication and the assessment process. This may make
the potential suitor more at ease during the interview.
4.2 The Implementation of Soft Skill Courses

To bring back specialized soft skills classes in core subjects for hearing-impaired students in Malaysian
polytechnics and community colleges to make sure they are prepared before face the realities of industrial
training and the world of employment. This will address the issue of PTCLO5P, which has a score of 3.813
and states that throughout industrial training, students struggle to clearly explain the work process. This
requires expertise that must be developed in polytechnics and community institutions.
4.3 ‘Love and Action’

Employers should have the concept of ‘Love & Action’ in providing for students with hearing impairment. This
is due to the fact that these students are very sensitive in many respects. The approach used by both
employers and colleagues should be considered.
4.4 Revision of The Guidelines

The 2013 version of the Industrial Training Guidelines (Students) should be revised and cleaned up in
accordance with the most recent syllabus and requirements. Additionally, the 2013 revision of the standards
does not account for students with hearing impairment when grading assignments using the rubric. For the
purposes of assessment, the suggested scoring level is inappropriate for pupils with disabilities. In order to
develop the most recent, useful guidelines, the relevant parties must examine and realign.
4.5 Increase in The Number of Respondents

In Malaysia's polytechnics and community colleges, data analysis utilizing the Weka application can be used
for all programmed including impaired students. The goal of this is to view the mean value using more detailed
data.
174
5. CONCLUSION
A disabled person actually has a heavier load of being a student than a typical person. The same is true of
their capacity to carry out the process of absorbing skills and values while undergoing industrial training. These
groups demand more time and effort than average people to deliver and accept. Additionally, not only at the
institutional level but also on the industry side, it is important to highlight their improved ability to concentrate.
The goal of developing the disabled must be accomplished by a coordinated effort from the government,
organizations, institutions, employers, families, and other stakeholders, including the person with the disability.
From the industry respondents (R1-R32), it was found that they were satisfied with the achievements of the
students with hearing problems in their place. Acceptance of employers and colleagues is also seen as not
experiencing any major problems. However, improvements from the point of view of communication and the
description of the scope of the task should be noted.
On behalf of the institution, Industrial Training for students with hearing impairment needs to be maintained.
For students of the Graphic Design Skills Certificate, creativity needs to be emphasized through the search
for scientific resources to ensure that the ideas presented to the employers better meet the standards
6. REFERENCES
Aidah Alias, Mustafa Halabi, Adzrool Idwan Ismalil, (2015), Enhancing Learning Ability Among Deaf Students
Buy Using Interactive Images, International Journal of Education and Research, Vol.3 No.3 March 2015.
Agus Suwignyo, R. D. A. Y. (2018). Praktik Sosio-Kultural Sebagai Bentuk Kewargaan Masyarakat Tahun
1950an:Melihat Kembali Historiografi Kebangsaan dalam Bingkai Non-Negara. Journal Patrawidya,
19(1), 1–18.
Alias, A., Sharif, N. M., Baharuddin, N. O. R. F., Hasmadi, M., Hamzah, M., Zahari, F., … Children, I. (2016).
Penerokaan Kesan Pengajaran dan Pembelajaran Menggunakan Visual Imej dalam Kalangan Pelajar
Cacat Pendengaran. Jurnal Komunikasi Malaysia Journal of Communication Jilid 32, 32(1), 335–350.
Domagała-Zyśk, Ewa & Kontra, Edit & Moritz, Nuzha & Urdarevic, Iva & Sedláčková, Jitka & Gulati, Beata &
Nabiałek, Anna & Malec, Monika. (2022). ENGLISH AS A FOREIGN LANGUAGE FOR DEAF AND
HARD OF HEARING PERSONS -CHALLENGES AND STRATEGIES.
Hamzah, M. I. M., Juraime, F., & Mansor, A. N. (2016). Malaysian Principals’ Technology Leadership Practices
and Curriculum Management. Creative Education, 7, 922-930. http://dx.doi.org/10.4236/ce.2016.77096
Jabatan Pengajian Politeknik dan Kolej Komuniti (2013), Garis Panduan Latihan Industri (Pelajar).
Kementerian Pendidikan Malaysia (2019) Garis Panduan Pelaksanaan Dasar Inklusif Orang Kurang Upaya
Di Institusi Pendidikan Tinggi
Mohamed Najib Ghafar. (1999). Penyelidikan pendidikan. Skudai: Universiti Teknologi Malaysia.
Moidunny, K. (2009). The Effectiveness of the National Professional Qualification for Educational Leaders
(NPQEL). Unpublished Doctoral Dissertation, Bangi: The National University of Malaysia.
Nur Dalilah Dahlan, T. A. M. (2017). Kekuatan Mental dan Prestasi Akademik Atlet Bola Sepak Universiti
Kebangsaan Malaysia. Journal of Sports Science and Physical Uducation,Malaysia, 1(1), 21–35.
Nurhasni Mohd Noor, mohamad Faithal Hassan, S. K. S. A. (2017). Kebolehpercayaan Coaching Behavior
Scale for Sport dan Sport Motivation Scale Versi Bahasa Melayu: Satu Kajian Rintis. Jurnal Kepimpinan
Pendidikan, 4(4), 56–64.
Punch, Renée. (2016). Employment and Adults Who Are Deaf or Hard of Hearing: Current Status and
Experiences of Barriers, Accommodations, and Stress in the Workplace. American Annals of the Deaf.
161. 384-397. 10.1353/aad.2016.0028.
175
Readiness, Suitability and Acceptance of TBEm4U Application for
Basic Takaful Basic Examination (TBE) At Polytechnic Malaysia
Dr Muhammad Nazri Abdul Halim1, Faizah Sahbudin2, Ts Dr Saipol Hadi Hasim3
1, 2 Politeknik METrO Johor Bahru, Johor Bahru, MALAYSIA

3Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, Johor Bahru, MALAYSIA
*Corresponding Author: nazri@pmjb.edu.my
Abstract: Students at Malaysian Institutions of Higher Learning currently belong to the Z or 'Digital
Natives' generation, which will shape the direction of success of e-Learning introduced in each
institution. Literature studies suggest that Teaching and Learning (R&D) using Multimedia is
believed to stimulate learning and enhance students' academic achievement. Not only e-Learning
acceptance can convert traditional modules, program costs and classrooms into online versions, but
the use of technology can contribute to a very flexible R&D environment. This mobile learning is a
learning approach that determines knowledge and skills of learning through mobile technology. The
content development process of this TBEm4U application is based on the Appy Pie Website. The
prototype of the application is packaged in the form of an Android application to enable this R&D
Takaful Basic Examination (TBE) course. Therefore, this study looks at the potential implementation
of the design and development of TBEm4U applications for this TBE course to create a more exciting
R&D experience. The purpose of this study was to study the comparison of traditional conceptual
teaching on the achievement of Semester 5 student exams in five Malaysian Polytechnics offering
Diploma in Finance and Islamic Finance courses in Premier Ungku Omar Polytechnic, Seberang
Perai Polytechnic, Sultan Idris Shah Polytechnic, Polytechnic Values and Johor Bahru Metro
Polytechnic involving 108 students. The questionnaire consisting of 30 items on TBEm4U
application acceptance was used as an instrument. Data were analysed using SPSS version 22.0
to obtain mean values. The findings indicate the level of student readiness, the level of adaptability
and the level of acceptance of mobile learning. Based on the findings, several suggestions have
been made to realize mobile learning in Polytechnic Malaysia.
Keywords: Takaful Basic Examination, e-Learning, Work Based Learning
1. INTRODUCTION
The usage of smartphones is not a new issue to the millennial community. Studies show that the number of
smartphone users in the world has increased by 1 billion in five years. The number of smartphone users
around the world will reach 2.7 billion in 2019. Malaysia itself is among one of the countries that has a high
percentage of smartphone ownership, which is about 65 percent (Ismail, 2019). In addition, the impact of
technology in the scenario of the education sector is now seen to be changing more and more significantly.
Now, the number of Public and Private Higher Education Institutions (IPTA and IPTS) that have implemented
mobile learning is increasing due to the benefits and advantages that can be obtained from the integration of
the technology. The use of mobile devices such as Netbook computers, iPads, tablets, smartphones, iPods,
electronic readers and PDAs is increasingly becoming the first choice for teachers and students in the teaching
and learning process because mobile technology offers learning that is more flexible. Smartphone users in
Malaysia has reached 11 million this year and it brings Malaysia to qualify to rank 10th in the world that
monopoly in the worlds of technologies. Different from the previous years, now as early as in school, the usage
of smart phones has become common issue and it is a necessity due to the changing currents of globalization
in line with the rapid development of Technology and information communication technology (ICT). (Ismail,
2019; Nordin et al., 2018; Rahim, N. A., 2013; Aziz et al., 2017).
1.1 Background of Study

A major challenge in today's education career is referring to the delivery in Teaching and Learning which is
still using conventional method. Therefore, a paradigm shift towards design and delivery methods in the
education system needs to be implemented to meet the educational needs of the 21st century. In addition, the
176
delivery method through lectures is still widely practiced and most lecturers are still bound by the use of
textbooks, whiteboards and handouts. Lecturers are seen to play the main role as knowledge transmitters and
students as passive receivers of knowledge. According to Maycock, (2019), the majority of courses are taught
using the lecture method, "chalk and talk" is identified as the main teaching method while textbooks are the
main teaching materials. According to Talib et all (2019), the use of multimedia can be a positive and effective
medium of communication because text, audio, video and animation of various colors and patterns can be
displayed on a screen at the same time. A teaching and learning system that applies hypermedia elements
such as animation, sound, graphics, hypertext, and color makes the presentation of the system more
interesting and capable of attracting students' interest. The technology creates changes to learning methods.
It is in line with the upcoming challenges. A hundred years ago, children came to school to sit in a row and be
controlled by teachers (Sharples, 2006). Therefore, eLearning has been seen as one of the most important
ways of learning nowadays and is widely used in both public and private educational institutions. It is able to
make the teaching and learning process more effective. Mobile devices have become a tool that has been
widely used by the whole society, regardless of age because it functions as a communicative tool and provides
a variety of additional functions including taking pictures, collecting, storing and sharing data and connecting
to a wider network through websites. The closest mobile devices to everyday life are smartphones and tablet
computers. This study focuses on students' preferences in the use of mobile applications. It is not impossible
if in the future mobile applications become the most preferred and easy-to-use learning method by all age
groups. In recent developments, the creation of communication technology gives space to the use of mobile
technology and wireless technology in education (Rahamat et al, 2017). In conjuction to that situationa, a
learning pattern known as mobile learning or eLearning was first introduced in society. Mobile Learning or
eLearning is a step forward in the development of electronic learning. With the production of mobile
communication tools, education experts try to take the initiative to apply the use of these tools in teaching and
learning (Kumar et al, 2018).

1.2.1 Takaful Basic Examination (TBE)
The Takaful course has exposed the students to the importance of the Takaful concept. It reflects the reality
of the Takaful-related to the workplace in Malaysia which includes risk and insurance, the basics and principles
of insurance and takaful, the takaful industry in Malaysia, legal aspects of takaful, types of takaful plans,
general principles of underwriting and claims and finally takaful planning. Students are given the opportunity
to gain experience through working in industry through a work-based learning environment. The concept that
had practiced by Politeknik METrO Johor Bahru (PMJB) Academic Management, before these students start
the Work Based Learning course in the assigned industry, they will attend the Basic Takaful Course for 2 days
at the institution. The Academics Department will invite speakers who have expertise and experience in the
field of Takaful in the industry to give lectures to the students. Once they have finished the course, on the next
day these students will go through a special exam called the TBE. Once these students have passed the Basic
Takaful Examination, they are eligible to carry out Work Based Learning in the Takaful Industry which has
been given to enable them to be appointed as takaful agents. As long as these students do not reach the
exam requirements, they have to repeat the exam. The Basic Takaful Examination is conducted by the Islamic
Banking and Finance Institute of Malaysia (IBFIM). An IBFIM which has been operating since 2001 is a talent
development institution specializing in industrial technical certification. The exam is conducted for one hour
and it is implemented by online. For PMJB students, the examination center for the fifth semester students is
usually conducted at the Open University, situated at Jalan Ibrahim Sultan. Each exam session will
accommodate a maximum of 20 candidates. The exam results are divided into two levels, namely pass or fail.
Pass for the participants if they get results A, B and C. On the other hand, potential takaful agents have to
repeat the exam if the exam result is D or fail. Takaful agents are required to comply with the minimum service
standards set by the Takaful Regulator and Association. The minimum standard of service ensures that takaful
agents conduct their business with a high level of responsibility and professionalism. The Basic Takaful
Examination is designed as a mandatory entry requirement that qualifies these takaful agents to be granted a
license to practice and intend to be registered as a Takaful agent with the Malaysian Takaful Association
(MTA) and as a basis for induction for individuals who wish to pursue a career in Takaful.
1.2.2 Work Based Learning (WBL)

Work Based Learning (WBL) is a learning method that combines theoretical and practical learning according
to the actual work environment in the organization. The current situation is the fifth semester students, Diploma
in Islamic Banking and Finance at PMJB need to study certain subjects practically in the industry. The
implementation period is for 1 semester or six months. Between this period, students will take four courses
together in the industry (Work Based Learning Guidelines, PMJB). The four courses in course requirement
177
are Takaful, Islamic Financial Management, Islamic Financial Planning and Customer Relationship
Management. This article focuses on the implementation of eLearning in Teaching and Learning for Takaful
Courses among PMJB students and to any third party who needs to use the application for the same purpose.

Referring to the 2-day Takaful course that has been practiced by the Polytechnic, the speakers will expose
these students to their knowledge and experience in the field of Takaful. Notes are presented through
PowerPoint software, which contains two parts; Part A: Basic Takaful and Medical & Health Takaful and Part
C: Family and Investment Takaful. The next session was the students were given questions related to Takaful
in the form of sets of paper copies of past questions and they will discuss with the course participants so that
the participants can then practice these questions in order to reveal them to the real TBE exam. Each set of
questions contains one hundred objective questions. Participants just choose the correct answer from A, B, C
and D. During the 2 days of the course, from 9.00 am to 4.30 pm, students have to be in class and concentrate
fully on the course. During this research, the 5th semester students were made up of those aged 20 who were
born in 1999 and belong to Z Generation. Based on data obtained from the Head Department of the WBL Unit
& PMJB Collaboration, it revealed that each semester there were 8.33 percent - 26.67 percentage of students
had failed the Takaful Basic Examination (TBE) for the first time. This results where the students once again
having to bear the cost of the exam fee to enable them to take the exam for the second time. The percentage
of students who obtained Grade B is also quite low. Therefore, the Academic Management is trying to find a
solution to reduce the percentage of students who fail in this course. The chalk and talk concept learning mode
is felt not to attract the interest of these students to continue to focus and cultivate interest in the Takaful
Course because the learning practiced in the classroom is simply not suitable for this generation.
Table 1: Results of Students Taking Takaful Basic Examination

SEMESTER RESULT GRADE
Passed – 91.67% A – 0%
December 2018 Failed – 8.33% B – 13.64%
C – 86.36%
Passed – 73.33% A – 0%
June 2018 Failed – 26.67% B – 0%
C – 100%
Passed – 82% A – 0%
December 2017 Failed – 18% B – 7.32%
C – 92.68%
Passed – 87.5% A – 0%
June 2017 Failed – 12.5% B – 18.37%
C – 81.63%

Here are the research questions that have been identified;
i. What is the level of user readiness for using TBEm4U eLearning.
ii. To what extent is the level of user suitability towards the use of TBEm4U eLearning.
iii. To what extent is the level of user acceptance towards the use of TBEm4U eLearning.
1.5 Study Objectives

The following are the objectives of the study that have been set;
i. Design and develop the TBEm4U application used by students for the Takaful Basic Exam (TBE).
ii. Identify the students' Takaful Basic Exam (TBE) exam results before and after using the TBEm4U
application.
iii. Expand the TBEm4U application that can be used by members of the public who will take the
Takaful Basic Exam (TBE).
178
1.6 Scope of the Study
This study was conducted at Polytechnic Malaysia and Multi-Millionaire Group Company Takaful Agency. The
sample of study consists of 5th semester students at Polytechnics that offered a Diploma in Islamic Banking
and Finance namely Premier Ungku Omar Polytechnic, Seberang Perai Polytechnic, Sultan Idris Shah
Polytechnic, Nilai Polytechnic and Johor Bahru METrO Polytechnic and a few prospective takaful agents from
the Multi-Millionaire Company Takaful Agency, selected randomly. The purpose of this study is to see the
extent of the use of eLearning in Teaching and Learning for TBE Courses from the level of readiness, suitability
and acceptance of course participants in learning. From the level of readiness of application users in the use
of eLearning, the researcher will study from several aspects of readiness, including the readiness of basic
skills and facing the challenges of mobile phones used by students and the facilities available in their mobile
phones. The Level of user suitability to the use of TBE eLearning covers the user's learning style, improving
the quality of the teaching and learning process, the fun of using the application, and facilitating the teaching
and learning process. The level of user accceptance towards the use of TBE Mobile Apps eLearning includes
their interest in the application, more productive, encouragement from coursemates and lecturers, mental use
ability and so on.
1.7 Importance of the Study

This study is focus on the factors that encourage PMJB students to use the TBEm4U application in their
learning activities. The study of interest is to:
i. Provide guidance to Polytechnic Studies Departments and Community Colleges to plan structured
programs in diversifying teaching and learning methods.
ii. Provide knowledge to the institution about the level of use of TBEm4U for learning purposes.
iii. Identify an effective method to increase students' awareness regarding the latest learning
techniques.
1.7.1 Product Importance

This product provides several benefits to users as follows:
i. Users can use a variety of teaching and learning methods other than traditional methods.
ii. Users can reduce the feeling of boredom when learning the Basic Takaful course.
iii. Users can use the TBEm4U application and learn this course at any time.
iv. Users are easier to use the TBEm4U application because most of them are made up of
generation Z who are closer to technology.
1.7.2 Practical Contribution
Using TBEm4U eLearning

Mobile Apps for Takaful The effectiveness of
Basic Examination Course. Semester 5 students at
5 Malaysian
1. Readiness Polytechnics who use
2. Suitability TBEm4U Mobile Apps.
3. Acceptance
Figure 1: Proposed Theoretical Framework of the Study, Illustration from the Technology Readiness
and Acceptance Model (TRAM), Lin, (2007).
2. LITERATURE OF STUDY
2.1 Readiness, Suitability and Acceptance
A study on the awareness, readiness and acceptance of students in Malaysian Higher Education Institutions
is very interesting to study because it illustrates the level of readiness of higher education students in Malaysia
towards the concept of eLearning based learning that is being implemented by the majority of educational
institutions in this country. Therefore, this section will discusses several studies that have been carried out by
several Malaysian Higher Education Institutions on the use of eLearning in student learning activities. Yahaya
and Ning, (2011) through a study on second year students at Universiti Teknologi Malaysia found that the
level of knowledge and attitude of students towards the use of eLearning was at a high level. However, the
179
findings for the level of student motivation towards the use of eLearning are moderate. The results of the study
show that students have realized the importance of knowledge in the use of eLearning and need to be positive
during their studies at UTM. According to Masood et al, (2015), as a results of his study on the use of
eLearning among students of the Ministry of Higher Education, where the sample of respondents was taken
from the students of Merlimau Polytechnic Melaka, it was found that the level of knowledge and motivation of
students who used eLearning was also moderate. In this study, he stated that in order to increase students'
willingness to use eLearning, they need to try to change their attitudes and increase their motivation in order
not to left behind in the current era of student-centered learning or Outcome Based Education. A study on the
perception of first semester students at Sultan Azlan Shah Polytechnic towards online learning made by
Nafisah et al. (2012) showed the level of use virtual learning systems, CIDOS was high. The level of student
awareness of the existence as well as student perception of the importance of virtual learning systems is also
high. This shows how important it is to reform the learning style along with the development of the education
system in this country. Azhani et al. (2012) conducted a study on the perception of students from the field of
Electrical Engineering at Sultan Azlan Shah Polytechnic towards the use of CIDOS in learning activities and
found that overall students have a good perception of the use of CIDOS in the concept of eLearning even
though the frequency of using CIDOS is only at a moderate level. This shows that students gave a positive
response to the acceptance of the concept of using CIDOS as one of the learning mediums at Sultan Azlan
Shah Polytechnic. The same study was also done by Hafiza et al. (2016) on the readiness of students from
the Civil Engineering field of Sultan Azlan Shah Polytechnic to use eLearning showed that the level of student
knowledge, attitude and student motivation in using eLearning was at a moderate level with a mean score of
3.16. The findings of the study found that there is no difference in terms of the level of knowledge, attitude and
motivation of students towards eLearning between the genders of students but there is a difference in terms
of the level of student knowledge, attitude and motivation of students in the use of e-Learning between the
classes studied.
2.2 Information And Communication Technologies In Education (Ict @ Information And

Communication Technologies)
An Information and Communication Technology @ ICT in education is usually associated with the use of the
latest technology related to the use of computers. Technology related to ICT is considered as a potential and
powerful tool to make any changes and reforms in education. The teaching and learning process will not only
actively change, but will also help to expand access to education. However, this goal can only be realized if
ICT is used wisely and appropriately. Therefore, the important aspect of the effective use of ICT in education
is actually not the latest technology but the need to understand how and whether it can improve student
learning. Technology-based learning activities actually offer more advantages and opportunities for the
learning process to occur naturally and effectively. Furthermore, it shows that student achievement is also
better compared to conventional learning activities. Activities that use technology are more flexible and can
be developed more widely (Jamian & Ismail, 2016). However, the aspects related to the use of technology in
education should be given more attention by always using the latest technology in the teaching and learning
process. An important aspect is integrating technology into the curriculum with responsibility, understanding
and efficiency (Fkrudin et al, 2018).
3. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
3.1 Study Population
The study population consisted of Diploma in Islamic Banking and Finance (DIB) students at 5 Malaysian
Polytechnics that offer this program, namely Premier Ungku Omar Polytechnic, Seberang Perai Polytechnic,
Sultan Idris Shah Polytechnic, Nilai Polytechnic and Johor Bahru METrO Polytechnic.
3.2 Sampling Process, Sample Frame, Sampling Design and Sample Size
Based on Krejcie and Morgan's table (1970) to determine the sample size for a population of 150, the sample
size is 108 needed to represent the total population. A simple random sampling method is used for sample
selection. Therefore the number of samples has been determined as stated in table 2 below.
180
Table 2: Sample Size from five Polytechnics
No. Politeknik Population Sample
1. Premier Ungku Omar Polytechnic (PUO) 30
2. Seberang Perai Polytechnic (PSP) 30
3. Sultan Idris Shah Polytechnic (PSIS) 30 108
4. Nilai Polytechnic 30
5. Johor Bahru METrO Polytechnic (PMJB) 30
Total 150
3.3 Respondents of Study

The respondents of study consisted of DIB students at 5 Malaysian Polytechnics that offer this program,
namely Premier Ungku Omar Polytechnic, Seberang Perai Polytechnic, Sultan Idris Shah Polytechnic, Nilai
Polytechnic and Johor Bahru METrO Polytechnic. Based on table 2, a total of 108 samples are required for
this study.
3.4 Instrument of Study

This questionnaire has four parts, namely Part A, containing the respondent's information, Part B, C and D
contain items on the Level of Readiness, Suitability and Acceptance of users towards the use of eLearning
TBE Mobile Apps, in 5 Malaysian Polytechnics that offer Diploma Programs in Islamic Banking and Finance.
The Likert scale used in this study consists of Strongly Disagree, Disagree, Neutral, Agree and Strongly Agree.
The scale will be given starting from number 1 to 5 (Table 3).
Table 3: Likert scale
Scale Interpretation
1 Strongly disagree
2 Do not agree
3 Neutral
4 Agreed
5 Totally agree
3.5 Data Collection for the Pilot Study

The Reliability refers to internal stability and consistency. The Cronbach Alpha value is also referred to when
measuring the internal consistency of a construct. A Cronbach Alpha value that exceeds 0.60 is used as an
index of the reliability of an instrument. A reliability value of less than 0.60 is considered low and unacceptable,
an Alpha value between 0.60 to 0.80 is acceptable while an Alpha value that exceeds 0.80 is considered good.
Based on the explanation above, the researcher has used the Cronbach Alpha value to determine the reliability
of the questionnaire (Easterby-Smith et al 2021; Sekaran et al 2016). A Cronbach Alpha value that exceeds
0.60 is used as an index of the reliability of an instrument. Overall, the average Alpha value for the mobile
learning use research instrument is α = 0.938. For the readiness level construct α = 0.912, the suitability level
construct α = 0.952 and the acceptance level construct α = 0.951 (Table 4).
181
Table 4: Alpha Value, α For Each Question Item Construct
Construct Number of Items Alpha value, α Level of tendency
The Level of readiness 10 0.912 Very high
The Level of suitability 10 0.952 Very high
The level of Acceptance 10 0.951 Very high
According to Easterby et al (2021), the overall of Alpha reliability of the construct must have a value at least
0.70 but a value of 0.80 or above is better. Alpha index value of 0.7 or above is good for an instrument scale
that has ten or more items and an Alpha value of 0.5 is considered good for an instrument scale that has less
than ten items. Therefore, the research done shows the reliability of each construct is very high and
acceptable.
3.6 Data Collection Procedures

The data collection is done by the researcher with the help of lecturers and students involvement. All student
respondents who were involved in filling out the questionnaire have returned it directly to the researcher.
3.7 Statistical Data Analysis Procedures

3.7.1 Evaluating Descriptive Data Using SPSS
The descriptive statistical analysis was used to obtain the mean using SPSS version 22.0 software. In this
study, the researcher used the mean score interpretation to answer question one, question two and question
three using a questionnaire as an instrument for the question. The interpretation of the findings from the
questionnaire is analyzed as (Table 5).
Table 5 : Interpretation of Min Score
Group Range Level of propensity
1 1.00 – 2.33 Low
2 2.34 – 3.67 Moderate
3 3.68 – 5.00 High

(Source: Adapted from Pallant, 2020)
4. DATA ANALYSIS
4.1 Respondent Profile
The researcher found that 108 samples of students at 5 Malaysian Polytechnics that offer Islamic Banking and
Finance Diploma programs were selected consisting of 19 (17.6%) males and 89 (82.4%) females, 18
respondents (16.7%) under 20 years of age and 90 respondents represent (83.3%). 75 respondents are
students while the rest are takaful agents and a total of 104 respondents are Muslims while 4 are non-Muslims.
All respondents are Polytechnic students and they are still single. In terms of education, a total of 43
respondents are SPM graduates while the rest have Diplomas. A total of 95 respondents (88%) gave an easy
perception when using this TBEm4u application while 12% stated otherwise.
4.2 Data Analysis

The discussion will revolve around the results of the study that have been analyzed using SPSS software
version 22.0. Question items are formed according to codes to facilitate the analysis process. Data analysis
is done descriptively which shows the level of readiness, suitability and acceptance of users towards the use
of eLearning TBE Mobile Apps.
For the level of user readiness to use TBE Mobile Apps eLearning, referring to item 10 (I am ready to use
mobile apps because they are lighter than carrying a notebook) has the highest mean score value of 4.34
which is at a high tendency level, followed by item 2 (I know what is eLearning TBE Mobile Apps.) with a mean
182
score of 4.32. While the lowest mean score is for item 4 (I am proficient in using eLearning TBE Mobile Apps)
with a mean score of 3.88. Overall, the level of student readiness towards the use of mobile learning tends to
be high with an overall value of 4.19.
Table 6 : Level of User Readiness towards the use of eLearning TBE Mobile Apps
No. Item Mean
1. I am ready to use eLearning TBE Mobile Apps at anytime. 4.31
2. I know what eLearning TBE Mobile Apps is. 4.32
3. I am always learning how to use eLearning TBE Mobile Apps. 4.06
4. I am proficient in using eLearning TBE Mobile Apps. 3.88
5. I am ready to face challenges in the use of eLearning TBE Mobile Apps. 4.06
I consider the TBE Mobile Apps eLearning method to be the preferred method of
6. 4.26
learning other than using conventional methods.
7. The use of Mobile Apps in the TBE course can reduce the load for this course. 4.26
8. I always take opportunities in learning through eLearning TBE Mobile Apps. 4.23
9. I always use eLearning to communicate with lecturers 4.14
10. I am willing to use mobile apps because they are lighter than carrying a notebook. 4.34
Average 4.19
Table 7 shows the level of user suitability towards the use of eLearning TBE Mobile Apps, referring to item 6
(The use of eLearning TBE Mobile Apps in the teaching and learning process does not burden me) has the
highest mean score value of 4.34 which is at a high level of tendency, followed by item 4 and item 10 each
have a mean score of 4.31. While the lowest mean score is for item 1 (eLearning TBE Mobile Apps suits my
learning style) with a mean score of 3.87. Overall, the level of suitability of students towards the use of mobile
learning tends to be high with an overall value of 4.20.
Table 7 : Level of User Suitability to the use of eLearning TBE Mobile Apps
No. Item Mean
1. TBE Mobile Apps eLearning suits my learning style 3.87
2. eLearning TBE Mobile Apps can improve the quality of my learning. 4.15
3. eLearning TBE Mobile Apps can form more unique learning network. 4.23
eLearning TBE Mobile Apps can improve the quality of the Teaching and Learning
4. 4.31
delivery process.
5. The use of eLearning TBE Mobile Apps in the teaching and learning process is fun. 4.16
The use of eLearning TBE Mobile Apps in the teaching and learning process does not
6. 4.34
burden me.
The use of eLearning TBE Mobile Apps facilitates the teaching and learning delivery
7. 4.27
process.
The effective use of eLearning TBE Mobile Apps can help me to plan Teaching and
8. 4.14
Learning activities.
9. The use of TBE Mobile Apps can put value added to my learning. 4.18
Learning process by using TBE Mobile apps can help improve the achievement of better
10. 4.31
results for this course.
Average 4.20
183
Table 8 shows the level of user acceptance towards the use of TBE Mobile Apps eLearning, referring to item
10 (I think that by using TBE Mobile Apps, teaching and learning sessions will be easier) has the highest mean
score value of 4.31 which is at a high level of tendency, followed by item 9 (I use TBE Mobile Apps to change
my learning style) which has a mean score of 4.27. While the lowest mean score is for item 6 with a mean
score of 4.05. Overall, the level of suitability of students towards the use of mobile learning tends to be high
with an overall value of 4.21.
Table 8: Level of User Acceptance towards the use of eLearning TBE Mobile Apps
No. Item Mean
1. I like learning using eLearning Mobile Apps. 4.13
2. I became more productive by using eLearning Mobile Apps. 4.22
3. I got an encouragement from a friend to use eLearning Mobile Apps. 4.23
4. I got encouragement from the lecturer to use eLearning Mobile Apps. 4.26
5. I am confident of doing a good job when using eLearning Mobile Apps. 4.18
6. I can solve problems in the learning process by using TBE Apps. 4.05
7. I use a lot of higher mental ability when using TBE Mobile Apps. 4.15
8. I feel more comfortable when learning to use TBE Mobile Apps. 4.23
9. I use TBE Mobile Apps to change my learning style. 4.27
10. I think by using TBE Mobile Apps, teaching and learning sessions will be easier. 4.31
Average 4.21
5. DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSION

5.1 Summary
Overall, the results of the study show that the three objectives of the study, namely the Level of Readiness,
Suitability and Acceptance of Users towards the use of eLearning TBE Mobile Apps are at a high level, the
average mean is 4.20. This shows that students at 5 Malaysian Polytechnics that offer Diploma in Islamic
Banking and Finance programs are ready to use this mobile learning and can accept the presence of the
TBEm4U application in their world of teaching and learning. In addition, it is most likely that mobile learning
has already started to be used among them even if not officially. The Department of Polytechnic Education
and Community College should look at it from a positive angle by encouraging lecturers and students to use
mobile phones as one of the ways of delivering teaching and learning nowadays. In addition, the Polytechnic
should also provide extensive exposure to students about the importance of using mobile learning for learning
purposes. In addition, when the pandemic hit, online learning was fully utilized and mobile devices began to
be used as the main medium in formal teaching and learning of students. The Department of Polytechnic
Education and Community College should look at it from a positive point of view by encouraging lecturers and
students to use mobile phones as one of the ways of delivering PdP nowadays. In addition, the Polytechnic
should also provide extensive exposure to students about the importance of using mobile learning for learning
purposes.
5.2 Suggestions for Future Research

In this study, the researcher did not study all the students who had taken the Takaful Course before since this
application had just been created. Therefore, future researchers can expand the number of respondents to
show the level of readiness, the level of suitability and the level of acceptance of users of this TBEm4U
application more accurately.
6. REFERENCES
Azhani Binti Hashim, Zainora Binti Kamal Ludin dan Noor Azizah Binti Mat Isa (2012). Persepsi Pelajar
Terhadap Penggunaan CIDOS Dalam Aktiviti Pembelajaran. PSAS Digest. Dimuat turun daripada
file:///C:/Users/sarizun/Downloads/psas%20digest%202012.pdf
Aziz, N. A. A., & Ahmed, M. T. (2017). E-Pembelajaran dalam Pengajaran dan Pembelajaran Bahasa Melayu
di IPG Kampus Ipoh. Jurnal Penyelidikan Dedikasi, 11.
184
Easterby-Smith, M., Jaspersen, L. J., Thorpe, R., & Valizade, D. (2021). Management and business research.
Sage.
Fkrudin, A., Yusoff, M., & Romli, A. B. (2018). Kebolehgunaan Aplikasi Mudah Alih (Mobile Apps) Bagi Kursus
Sains, Teknologi Dan Kejuruteraan Dalam Islam (M-ISTECH) di (Usability of Mobile Application (Mobile
Apps) in the Course of Science, Technology and Engineering in Islam (M-ISTECH) Polytechnics in
Malaysia), (2002).
Hafiza Binti Ibrahim et. al (2016). Kesediaan Pelajar Politeknik Sultan Azlan Shah Terhadap Penggunaan
E– Learning. National Innovation and Invention Competition Through Exhibition (iCompEx’16).
POLIMAS, Kedah. Di muat turun daripada
https://www.academia.edu/23018492/KESEDIAAN_PELAJAR_POLITEKNIK_SULTAN_
AZLAN_SHAH_TERHADAP_PENGGUNAAN_E_LEARNING
Ismail, A.M.M. (2019). Manfaat Aplikasi Telefon Pintar. Forum. Utusan Online
Jamian, A. R., & Ismail, H. (2016). Pelaksanaan Pembelajaran Menyeronokkan Dalam Pengajaran Dan
Pembelajaran Bahasa Melayu. Jurnal Pendidikan Bahasa Melayu, 3(2), 49-63.
Kumar Basak, S., Wotto, M., & Belanger, P. (2018). E-learning, M-learning and D-learning: Conceptual
definition and comparative analysis. E-learning and Digital Media, 15(4), 191-216.
Krejcie, R., & Morgan, D. (1970). Determining Sample Size For Research Activities. Educational and
Psychological Measurement, 30, 607- 610.
Lin, C. H., Shih, H. Y., & Sher, P. J. (2007). Integrating Technology Readiness into Technology Acceptance:
The TRAM model. Psychology & Marketing, 24(7), 641-657.
Masood, M., & Musman, A. (2015). The usability and its influence of an e-learning system on student
participation. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 197, 2325-2330.
Maycock, K. W. (2019). Chalk and talk versus flipped learning: A case study. Journal of Computer Assisted
Learning, 35(1), 121-126.
Nafisah Binti Harun, Aniza Binti Tahir Dan Mohamad Hafiz Bin Abdul Rahman (2012). Kajian Persepsi Pelajar
Semester Satu Terhadap Pembelajaran Secara Atas Talian. PSAS Digest. Dimuat turun daripada
file:///C:/Users/sarizun/Downloads/psas%20digest%202012.pdf
Nordin, H., & Singh, D. (2018). E-Pembelajaran Di Institusi Pengajian Tinggi Dari Perspektif Generasi Y dan
Budaya (E-Learning in Institute of Higher Education From the Perspective of Generation Y and
Culture). Asean Journal of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education (AJTLHE), 8(2), 16-34.
Pallant, J. (2020). SPSS Survival Manual: A Step by Step Guide to Data Analysis Using IBM SPSS. Routledge.
Rahamat, R. B., Shah, P. M., Din, R. B., & Aziz, J. B. A. (2017). Students’ Readiness and Perceptions Towards
Using Mobile Technologies For Learning The English Language Literature Component. The English
Teacher, 16.
Sekaran, U., & Bougie, R. (2016). Research methods for business: A skill building approach. john wiley &
sons.
Sharples, M. (2006). Big issues in mobile learning (4-5). The University of Nottingham, UK: LSRI.
Torun, E. D. (2020). Online distance learning in higher education: E-learning readiness as a predictor of
academic achievement. Open Praxis, 12(2), 191-208.
Yahaya, N., & Ning, L. N. (2011). Kesediaan penggunaan e-learning di kalangan pelajar tahun kedua kursus
Sarjana Muda Sains Komputer Serta Pendidikan, Fakulti Pendidikan, Universiti Teknologi Malaysia:
Satu tinjauan. Jurnal of Educational Social Science, 1, 121-140.
185
The Usage of Issue Finder to Improve The Student’s Answers In
Problem Based Learning Questions In Business Law
Siti Fatimatuz Zahra Binti Hussin1, Nur Asikin Binti Aziz2 and Rafiuddin Bin Rohani 3
1Siti Fatimatuz Zahra Binti Hussin,

Politeknik METrO Johor Bahru, 64, Jalan Suria 19, Taman Putera, 81100 Johor Bahru, Johor, MALAYSIA
2Nur Asikin Binti Aziz,
Politeknik METrO Johor Bahru, 64, Jalan Suria 19, Taman Putera, 81100 Johor Bahru, Johor, MALAYSIA
3Rafiuddin Bin Rohani,
Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, KM 10, Jalan Kong Kong, 81700 Pasir Gudang, Johor, MALAYSIA
*Corresponding Author: sitifatimatuz.h@pmjb.edu.my
Abstract: Gamification in learning is regarded to have mass appeal among learners in terms of
generating motivation, engagement, understanding, and memorization. This study focuses on
improving student’s ability to identify key issues when attempting to answer problem-based question
scenarios which are covered in the Business Law course. It is undeniably the most difficult skill to
master and will have a significant impact on the student's marks and the final grade for the Business
Law course. This is because the cognitive level required of diploma Polytechnic students is at least
60% of the assessment, and it focuses on the student’s ability to apply the concepts and principles
of Malaysian business law in related business activities (Cognitive 3). Thus, identifying the correct
legal issues is crucial to the successful implementation of a case study. Pre and post-test were
distributed to 54 third-semester students of Politeknik METrO Johor Bahru currently taking the
course of DPB3063 Business Law. Based on the analysis of the pre-test, the average group mark is
only 8.29 out of 15 marks. It shows that most of the students are still having difficulties in identifying
the main issues in the problem-based questions. The inability to identify the correct issue will limit
the student's ability to apply their legal knowledge to the questions and result in a reduction of the
total marks in assessments and final examinations. Issue Finder was applied to enhance the
student’s ability to identify issues focusing on the topic of the law of contract. The result in the post-
test shows an increase in the average score to 11.68 out of 15 marks. Therefore, teachers are
encouraged to use Issue Finder as an alternative teaching tool to help students master identifying
the issues in problem-based questions to achieve satisfactory results.
Keywords: Issue Finder, Identify Issue, Business Law, Problem-Based Learning, TVET Education
1. INTRODUCTION
The law course is a common core discipline that needs to be learned by many other fields including
psychology, accounting, engineering, and social sciences. It is a compulsory subject to be enrolled by the
students who are offered a diploma in Entrepreneurship and a Diploma in Logistics and Supply Chain (DLS)
186
in Politeknik METrO Johor Bahru (PMJB). The subject which is offered for semester three students have been
compulsory to be passed before they march in the practical stage or Work Based Learning in Semesters 4
and 5. Failure to do so will prevent them from graduating with their peers from the same batch intake and will
force them to redo the entire semester for that particular subject.
While acknowledging that the diploma polytechnic students have no legal experience and speak minimal
English since the entry requirement is only by having a Malaysian Certificate of Education (SPM) by getting
at least THREE (3) honors and passing in Malay and History subjects in the SPM exam (Pekeliling Kemasukan
Ke Politeknik, 2020). The main reason for the compulsory enrolment of law subject to these non-legal
background students is that it will develop broad generic skills developed by students during their law studies,
such as incisive analysis, logical reasoning, creative problem solving, clear communication, and practical
negotiation (Razak & Patel, 2020). It will also equip them for a variety of careers and generate valuable life
skills (Alison & Irene, 2010). However, developing all those critical skills that are polished for a law student for
their full 4 years of study compared to one semester of study in the other non-legal fields is quite difficult as
these legal skills cannot be mastered for one or two hours of study each week. (Ridley, 1994).
With the introduction of the concept of problem-based learning (Problem Based Learning - PBL) and Outcome
Based Education (OBE), teaching and learning techniques have been adapted based on these two concepts.
The Problem-Based Learning Approach (PBL) is highly effective to acquire the skills of acquiring and
evaluating knowledge and using it to solve a problem. (Yaman and Yalçın, 2020). This is a highly important
skill to be mastered before introducing students to the real world of employment. In this way, TVET colleges
have upheld proactive measures to equip students with a variety of knowledge and fundamental abilities.
In the law course offered by the Business Department at the Polytechnic which is offered on the subject of
Business/Commercial Law or Company Law, questions based on case studies in the form of PBL have been
widely practiced as it is the requirement imposed by the polytechnic education department and community
college. (Garis Panduan Amalan Baik: Pembinaan Rubrik, 2020) which states that sixty percent of the
questions must follow the requirements of applying the concepts and principles of business law in Malaysia in
related business activities. This requirement must also fulfill the third cognitive level according to Bloom's
Domain Taxonomy which aligns with the concept of the problem-solving method.
In the field of legal problem solving, the students are given a hypothetical scenario upon which they will have
to advise the parties as to their legal position. In doing so, they need to identify the key issue of the problem
before proceeding to identify the law and apply the law and conclude the case (Arifin et al, 2019).
The main hurdle of using this method is in applying the law to the problem, the students need to pass the first
step which is identifying the legal issue. If the wrong issue is identified, it will cause the wrong legal rule, legal
application, and legal conclusion which will cause a total reduction of marks of the said question as all the
steps are interrelated with each other (Bench-Capon, 2020)
The application of PBL in the Polytechnic education system particularly in the Business Law course (DPB3063)
is established when students are given case studies based on a real case to be solved for continuous
assessment and the final exam. Here, the students will be given a position as a legal representative for the
client, and to speed up the process of learning, they are divided into small groups to discuss the legal issue
of conflict in the case, determining the laws applicable to be used and they need to be able to apply the laws
identified to the facts of the case. Finally, the students need to make a legal conclusion and a pleading on
what they would seek from the court for their client. However, the main problem that they face is that if they
do not fully grasp the fundamentals of law, they would not be able to properly respond to the questions.
This issue can be evidenced by looking at the final assessment exam results for a total of 64 students enrolled
in the Diploma in Entrepreneurship (DEN) and the Diploma in Logistics and Supply Chain Management (DLS)
for the June 2020 session. Up to 39% of students failed to correctly respond to questions that took the form
of case studies or PBL. A similar situation also occurred in the December 2019 session in the final Open Book
Exercise (OBX) evaluation wherein a total of 80 students of the DEN (30 students) and the DLS (55 students),
82.5% did not successfully answer the PBL questions correctly In the June 2019 session. From the recorded
file, it is stated that 11 students did not succeed in achieving a passing score in the final assessment resulting
in repeating the course in the December 2019 session. This performance is worrying because the main reason
for this problem is the student's inability to pinpoint the root of the case problem, which then makes the answer
of related legal resources, applying case solutions, and writing precise case summaries all incorrect.
187
Among the reasons for the inability of the students to identify the issue and solve the problem is because the
students are not able to understand the idea of the open-ended problem and they require abstract knowledge
to create and find the solution to the problem (Ali, 2019). To do so, the students need to listen to the class
lecture and read books to have a brief idea of the legal problem that they are facing. However, students rarely
pick a book that is not appealing to them and don’t enjoy school reading (Miksikova, 2019).
Hence, the innovation of Issue Finder is made to cater to the problem by encouraging the student to read by
using the method of gamification because the method can improve student engagement and consolidates
their knowledge (Ros et al, 2020). The effective deployment of gamification and game-based learning in higher
education across many countries/student cultures, subjects, and formats gives educators cause to be
optimistic about their applicability (Subhash & Cudney 2018).
Therefore, the objective of this study is as follows:
1) To explore the reported effectiveness of gamification in improving student engagement in class

2) To what extent does a gamified quiz with points affect learning process performance?
This study is important in contributing to the improvement of related teaching practices for Law lecturers to
improve the quality of education. The results obtained can be used to help students improve their level of
understanding of the topic of the Law of Contract. Although this study was carried out at a Polytechnic level,
this teaching practice can also be adopted by students in other institutions to ensure that the learning process
is fun and enjoyable.
In line with the rapid development of the education system in Malaysia over the past few decades, the
transformation of knowledge and skill delivery has been prioritized to meet the Ministry of Education’s need
for Technical and Vocational Education and Training (TVET) graduates to be holistic, entrepreneurial, and
balanced (Jabarullah & Hussain, 2019). Among them, is the 10th Leap which is the Transformation of Higher
Education Delivery which aims to improve the quality of students. In the context of technical education
institutions including polytechnics, learning clusters consist of knowledge and understanding (Knowledge &
Understanding), cognitive skills (Cognitive Skills), practical skills (Practical Skills), interpersonal and
communication skills (Interpersonal & Communication Skills), digital skills and numbering (Digital & Numeracy
Skills), leadership, autonomy, and responsibility skills (Leadership, Autonomy & Responsibility), personal and
entrepreneurial skills (Personal & Entrepreneurial Skills) and ethics and professionalism skills (Ethics &
Professionalism) were introduced (Malaysia Education Blueprint 2015-2025).
To achieve the above goals, the Ministry of Higher Education (KPT) in general and polytechnics, in particular,
must reform the way that instruction is delivered. This can be done by following the practices of universities
and colleges throughout the world which use Problem Based Learning (PBL) as the main educational method
for courses in many subjects (Moust 2021). It shares similar concerns and expectations for learning that target
twenty-first-century skills that indirectly influence PBL which response to the requirement for active,
collaborative, immersive, motivating, and engaging learning environments (Moallem, 2019). Problem-Based
Learning (PBL) is introduced to replace teacher-centered learning (Radzali, 2018). to as a self-directed
learning inquiry (Leary, 2019). It is a teaching strategy that aims to get students ready for real-life situations
(Belwal, 2020).
Ideally, PBL is known as the most innovative pedagogical method ever implemented in any educational system
because of its ultimate goal of fostering students' ability to solve problems (Ulger, 2018; Ramadhani 2019;
Zhao 2020). This is because PBL enhances students' learning outcomes by developing their skills and abilities
in applying knowledge, solving problems, practicing higher order thinking, self-directing, and reflecting on their
learning (Guat & Hamidon 2022)
In unlocking the full potential of PBL, the learning process will be made by creating small groups of students
(Khamchiyev, 2020) and the teacher will act as a mediator to ensure the smooth progress of the learning
process (De la Vega, 2022). However, students are also required to operate in a student-based method due
to the individualized nature of their teamwork duties. Learning is much more active. In this instructional
strategy, the instructor plays several roles, including the narrator, resource provider, and coach. Students on
the other hand will talk, argue, write, and ultimately learn to work collaboratively in a group as a result of the
PBL approach's development of learners' critical thinking abilities (Akcay, 2009).
188
The following aspects of the PBL approach make it significant. First, it is grounded in a trustworthy theory from
the study of cognitive psychology. The second requirement is for students to play an active and crucial part.
Thirdly, it downplays the too strong position of teachers. Four, it promotes peer and self-assessment over
instructor evaluation. Fifth, it encourages critical and creative thinking in students. Sixth, it connects knowledge
to issues in the actual world, which will increase students' motivation (Shakhnoza, 2022).
Despite all the advantages and skills that can be acquired by a student that learns through problem-based
learning and learning legal skills accompanied with it and with the addition of the imposition of learning law as
a common core discipline of study that crosses all the fields of study, It is worth to note that non-law students
are not expected to become lawyers, but rather will be introduced to the legal environment in which they
operate and the importance to seek professional legal advice at times if the need arises (Vida, 2007). However,
the skills acquired through learning via PBL will be a helpful tool to be used when facing issues in the real
world where even with the consultation of the legal officer, they can comprehend the legal terms and jargon
during discussion and make a legally informed decision.
Reviewing the feedback and student evaluation modules, law subjects in general seem to be a struggle for
students. Since the law is a theoretical subject, it may seem dry, and they are frequently unsure of how to
study the subject and feel overloaded by the amount of reading and memorizing (Razak & Azmi, 2018). In
addition, they need to be well versed with the legal skills needed in answering law questions (Wolff, 2021).
This can subsequently result in more difficulties with writing assignments and tests, and lead to obtaining low
marks that frustrate both students and lecturers.
To add to the burden on the students, the recent COVID-19 epidemic, which has an impact on the entire world,
has increased the pressure on students (Copeland, et al, 2021) and teachers alike (Thandevaraj, et al,2021).
According to Shahzad et al (2020), most countries have to adjust to new teaching and learning methods
because the impacts of this pandemic are unpredictable and have an impact on the educational system.
Based on these reasons, the lecturers need to diversify their methods of teaching to increase student
motivation to attract their interest and confidence in learning this law course. This is because a student's ability
to learn successfully depends on whether or not they are motivated, as motivation propels pupils to meet their
learning objectives. In contrast to uninterested students, who may learn little and generally make teaching
difficult and painful, highly motivated students typically learn with joy and make classes easier to teach (Filgona
et al, 2020).
However, depending on what a task requires of us, we will apply varying amounts of attention to it. The more
we are motivated to do the task, the higher our attention span will be. This hypothesis is backed by a study
Lopez conducted between 2019 and 2022, which found that by utilizing technology, children's motivation
increases along with their attention span.
Thus, a gamification strategy in a problem-based learning setting is deemed appropriate to solve the issue
because it is a potent tool for accelerating the attention of the user (Kesumawati, 2018). It is worth noting that
at every level of instruction, it is essential to teach students by their aptitude because educators must focus
on student's personalized learning and development in accordance with the current educational model (Li, R.
(2020). Also, most studies in the available literature indicated that gamification had beneficial effects on
motivation. (Alsawaeir, 2018; Bell, 2018; Bevins and Howard, 2018; Dicheva, 2015; Faiella, 2015). This is
because compared to other courses, students thought gamified courses were more fascinating, motivating,
and learning-friendly (Dicheva et al, 2015). Gamification features also can effectively promote students' writing
participation, writing performance, interest in writing, as well as their perceptions of the use of educational self-
management games (Liao, 2018). Since writing and case-solving are fundamental components of legal work,
these improvements are crucial for the student.
In assessing the effectiveness of the gamification method via the innovation of ISSUE FINDER, firstly, the
students are given online lectures and assisted with lecture notes for chapter 2 under the topic of Law of
Contract. Then, they are given a pre-test to measure their understanding of the topic. After that, they were
given a link to the issue finder game in which they need to play drag and drop game of the incorrect issue in
a combination of legal problems that was made into a story.
189
Figure 1: The interface of the Issue Finder innovation
They are allowed to repeat the same game until they have reached full marks of the game. This way, not only
can they improve their marks due to active participation in class which escalates the efficiency of the learning
outcome (Kholmurzaev & Tokhirov, 2021) but the repetitive nature of the game allows them to memorize the
correct legal elements perfectly (Tagliabue et al, 2020) As a result, there is a major difference in the increase
in marks that is evidenced by the pre and post-test.
3. METHODOLOGY
Based on the study made by Mohamed, et al (2021) discussing the innovation This study evaluated
quantitatively by distributing pre and post-test questions to 56 students from PMJB in Session I 2021/2022
who registered for the DPB3063 Business Law course, which consists of third-semester students from the
Diploma in Logistics and Supply Chain Management (DLS 3). The test questions are verified by the head of
the Business program based on the requirements of the Course Learning Outcome provided in the syllabus
endorsed by the Department of Polytechnic and Community College Education (JPPKK).
The purpose of this pre and post-test is to determine the level of students' grasp of basic contract law cases,
and to investigate the differences in student scores following the use of innovative products via ISSUE FINDER
implemented using the Microsoft Excel system. Additionally, in analyzing the development of critical thinking
skills of the student, (Changwong, et al 2018) the difference in the analysis of the average value (mean) is
utilized to determine the average score attained by each class, and only percentage values are used to gauge
how confident students are in the efficacy of this product.
4. ANALYSIS AND RESULT

This study involved 54 students of DLS from two different classes of DLS3A and DLS3B and the demographic
of respondents are represented in Table 1. Most respondents are female students with a total of 31 (55%) and
another 23 (45%) are male respondents, and there are 27 participants from each class respectively.
Table 1: Demography of Respondents

Men Women Total
Class of DLS3A 13 14 27
Class of DLS3B 10 17 27
Total 23 31 54
Referring to Figure 1, there are slight differences in total points scored from pre-test and post-test. There are
15 problem-based questions with multiple choice answers distributed to the respondents using Google
Forms. The average total point for pre-test is 8.29 while for post-test is 11.68 over 15 marks. The total point
190
scores showed an increment in the median from 8/15 for pre-test to 14/15 for post-test. Overall, the mean
increased by 40.9 percent while the median increased by 75 percent.
Figure 2: Total Points Distribution for Pre-Test and Post-test
Mean or average value is frequently used and considers the whole data set (Faizah et al, 2015). From the
average value, it shows increasing points scores from pre-test to post-test. However, the skewed total points
distribution for post-test should be considered for median rather than mean for identification of central value
(Zach, 2021). The median value also shows rising points that define the better performance of respondent’s
marks after using the issue finder. It indicates that using issue finders does help students identify correct
issues, apply suitable law concepts, and suggest the correct answers or recommendations for problem-based
questions.
Table 2: Paired Samples Correlations and Test

N Correlation Sig. Std. Deviation
DLS3A PRETEST & POSTTEST 27 .010 .959 5.48995
DLS3B PRETEST & POSTTEST 27 .499 .008 3.76935
The result of this study is highly significant to compare the pre-test and post-test results for DLS3A, showing
that issue finders do help students of the class solve problem-based questions. This is shown with the 95%
confidence interval. However, the result is different for DLS3B where the data shows insignificance and no
correlation between pre-test and post-test marks. There must be factors that bring highly different significance
values between the two classes and further study is needed to identify these factors. The standard deviation
shows that the individual responses on average were a little over 5 points away from the mean for DLS3A and
only 3 points for DLS3B. It means that there are more spread-out individual points in class DLS3A compared
to DLS3B.
5. CONCLUSION
In answering the first research question on the effectiveness of gamification, it is evident based on the literature
reviews and the submission of the student’s answers using the game of issue finder, the student's attention
and engagement spikes as they are willing to continuously repeat the game until they reach the highest mark
possible. The interesting attitude of the students affirms the study by Lopez in 2022 that by taking full
advantage of technology, children's motivation increases along with their attention span and that it has
extended effects on the higher institution students.
From the researcher’s view during the application of the game in class, the student’s tendency to ask
questions, participate in the discussion and find the correct answer in the notes is also evident. As a result,
191
it has answered the second research question where a gamified quiz with points enhances their learning
process performance. This is evidenced by the post-test whereby the median value shows rising points that
define the better performance of respondent’s marks after using the issue finder.
To ensure that the goals of the lesson are met, effective teaching methods must be used. The lecturer's
extensive and systematic expertise in planning and handling will make the delivery of lesson information
simple to understand. Innovation through gamification in terms of identifying the legal root of the case problem
using ISSUE FINDER is effective when implementing problem-based learning in the Business Law course,
particularly for the topic of law of contract, as it can help students to pinpoint the correct legal issue to a
different legal related situation. Adopting the innovation described in this article will improve the student-
teacher relationship, students’ motivation, and learning process. Future research is suggested to do study for
different backgrounds of respondents, or other courses to see the significance and reliability of the hypothesis
of this study.
REFERENCES
Akcay, B.2009. Problem-based learning in science education. Journal of Turkish science education, 6(1), 28-
38.
Ali, S. S. 2019. Problem-based learning: A student-centered approach. English language teaching, 12(5), 73-
78.
Allen, V. 2007. A critical reflection on the methodology of teaching law to non-law students. Web journal of
current legal issues, (4).
Alsawaier, R. S. 2018. The effect of gamification on motivation and engagement. The International Journal of
Information and Learning Technology.
Arifin, R., Alkadri, R., Sari, D. P., Resthiningsih, L., & Holish, A. M. 2019. Improving law student ability on legal
writing through critical and logical thinking by irac method. Indonesian Journal of Advocacy and Legal
Services, 1(1), 107-128.
Bell, K. 2018. Game on!: Gamification, gameful design, and the rise of the gamer educator. Johns Hopkins
University Press, Baltimore
Belwal, R., Belwal, S., Sufian, A. B., & Al Badi, A. 2020. Project-based learning (PBL): outcomes of students’
engagement in an external consultancy project in Oman. Education+ Training.
Bench-Capon, T. 2020. Explaining legal decisions using IRAC. In CEUR Workshop Proceedings (Vol. 2669,
pp. 74-83).
Bevins, K. L., & Howard, C. D. 2018. Game mechanics and why they are employed: What we know about
gamification so far. Issues and Trends in Learning Technologies, 6(1).
Changwong, K., Sukkamart, A., & Sisan, B. (2018). Critical thinking skill development: Analysis of a new
learning management model for Thai high schools. Journal of International Studies, 11(2).
Copeland, W. E., McGinnis, E., Bai, Y., Adams, Z., Nardone, H., Devadanam, V., ... & Hudziak, J. J. .2021.
Impact of COVID-19 pandemic on college student mental health and wellness. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 60(1), 134-141.
De la Vega, A. G. 2022. The GeoScenario: A Methodological Resource From Problem-Based Learning (PBL)
in Landscape Teaching. In Didactic Strategies and Resources for Innovative Geography Teaching (pp.
51-78). IGI Global.
Dicheva, D., Dichev, C., Agre, G., & Angelova, G. 2015. Gamification in education: A systematic mapping
study. Journal of educational technology & society, 18(3), 75-88.
Faiella, F., & Ricciardi, M. 2015. Gamification and learning: a review of issues and research. Journal of e-
learning and knowledge society, 11(3).
192
Filgona, J., Sakiyo, J., Gwany, D. M., & Okoronka, A. U. 2020. Motivation in Learning. Asian Journal of
Education and Social Studies, 10(4), 16-37. https://doi.org/10.9734/ajess/2020/v10i430273
Guat, C. L., & Hamidon, Z. 2022. A case study of problem-based learning approach in a mathematics online
learning course. In AIP Conference Proceedings (Vol. 2472, No. 1, p. 050009). AIP Publishing LLC.
Jabarullah, N. H., & Hussain, H. I. 2019. The effectiveness of problem-based learning in technical and
vocational education in Malaysia. Education+ Training.
Kesumawati, S. A., Rahayu, T., & Rahayu, S. 2018. Game model to increase fundamental movement skills in
children with mild intellectual disability. In International Conference on Science and Education and
Technology 2018 (ISET 2018) (pp. 431-436). Atlantis Press.
Khamchiyev, K. M., Batyayeva, Y. K., Shandaulov, A. K., Zhashkeyeva, A. M., Suleimenova, F. M., &
Sagimova, G. K. 2020. The Role Of The Tutor And Students In The Process Of Problem-Based Learning
(Pbl). Systematic Reviews in Pharmacy, 11(12), 388-393.
Kholmurzaev, A. A., & Tokhirov, I. K. 2021. The active participation of students in the formation of the
educational process is a key to efficiency. ACADEMICIA: An International Multidisciplinary Research
Journal, 11(4), 435-439.
Li, R. 2020. Research on Teaching Students in Accordance with Their Aptitude under the Network Learning
Environment.
Leary, H., Walker, A., Lefler, M., & Kuo, Y. C. 2019. Self‐ Directed Learning in Problem‐ Based Learning: A
Literature Review. The Wiley Handbook of Problem‐ Based Learning, 181-198.
Liao, C. C., Chang, W. C., & Chan, T. W. 2018. The effects of participation, performance, and interest in a
game‐ based writing environment. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 34(3), 211-222.
Lopez-Caudana, E., Ponce, P., Mazon, N., Marquez, L., Mejia, I., & Baltazar, G. 2019. Improving the Attention
Span of Elementary School Children in Mexico Through a S4 Technology Platform. In International
Conference on Smart Multimedia (pp. 525-532). Springer, Cham.
Miksikova, V. 2019. Today’s Students Do (Not) Read. In EDULEARN19 Proceedings (pp. 2349-2355). IATED.
Ministry of Education Malaysia. “Malaysia Education Blueprint 2015- 2025 (Higher Education).” 2015.
Maharaj Singh, R. K. 2011. Outcome based education. International Journal of Nursing Education, 3(2), 87.
Malan, S. P. T. 2000. The New paradigm of outcomes-based education in perspective. Journal of Family
Ecology and Consumer Sciences= Tydskrif vir Gesinsekologie en Verbruikerswetenskappe, 28(1), 22-
28.
Moust, J., Bouhuijs, P., & Schmidt, H. 2021. Introduction to problem-based learning: A guide for students.
Routledge.
Moallem, M., Hung, W., & Dabbagh, N. (Eds.). 2019. The Wiley handbook of problem-based learning. John
Wiley & Sons.
Mohamed, S. M. B., Ahmad, A. B., & Mazlan, A. B. (2021). Penggunaan WazeTech untuk Meningkatkan
Tahap Kefahaman Pelajar dalam Topik Kirchoff’s Law. Journal on Technical and Vocational Education,
6(2), 161-170.
Owens, A., & Wex, I. 2010. What are the challenges involved and the strategies employed in teaching
Australian law to non-law students from non-English speaking backgrounds and cultures. Journal of the
Australian Law Teachers Association, 10(1), 89-98.
Radzali, U. S., Mohd-Yusof, K., & Phang, F. A. 2018. Changing the conception of teaching from teacher-
centred to student-centred learning among engineering lecturers. Global Journal of Engineering
Education, 20(2), 120-126.
193
Ramadhani, R., Rofiqul, U. M. A. M., Abdurrahman, A., & Syazali, M. 2019. The effect of flipped-problem
based learning model integrated with LMS-google classroom for senior high school students. Journal
for the Education of Gifted Young Scientists, 7(2), 137-158.
Razak, F. A., Osoman, A., & Patel, I. F. M. 2020. Teaching Law to Non-Law Background Students: Challenges
and Strategies. International Journal of Humanities and Social Science Invention (IJHSSI), 9(3), 51-55.
Razak, F. A., & Azmi, A. F. 2019. The Effectiveness of Studying Commercial Law through E-Learning among
UiTM Non-Law Students: Perceptions and Guidelines.
Ridley, A. 1994. Legal skills for non‐ law students: Added value or irrelevant diversion?. The Law Teacher,
28(3), 281-291.
Ros, S., Gonzalez, S., Robles, A., Tobarra, L. L., Caminero, A., & Cano, J. 2020. Analyzing students’ self-
perception of success and learning effectiveness using gamification in an online cybersecurity course.
IEEE Access, 8, 97718-97728.
Shahzad, A., Hassan, R., Aremu, A. Y., Hussain, A., & Lodhi, R. N. 2021. Effects of COVID-19 in E-learning
on higher education institution students: the group comparison between male and female. Quality &
quantity, 55(3), 805-826.
Shakhnoza, R. 2022. Improving student’s speaking proficiency and motivation through problem-based
approach. Web of Scientist: International Scientific Research Journal, 3(6), 583-589.
Subhash, S., & Cudney, E. A. 2018. Gamified learning in higher education: A systematic review of the
literature. Computers in human behavior, 87, 192-206.
Thandevaraj, E. J., Gani, N. A. N., & Nasir, M. K. M. 2021. A review of psychological impact on students online
learning during covid-19 in malaysia. Creative Education, 12(6), 1296-1306.
Tagliabue, C. F., Assecondi, S., Cristoforetti, G., & Mazza, V. 2020. Learning by task repetition enhances
object individuation and memorization in the elderly. Scientific reports, 10(1), 1-12.
Ulger, K. 2018. The effect of problem-based learning on the creative thinking and critical thinking disposition
of students in visual arts education. Interdisciplinary Journal of Problem-Based Learning, 12(1).
Wiznia, D., Korom, R., Marzuk, P., Safdieh, J., & Grafstein, B. 2012. PBL 2.0: enhancing problem-based
learning through increased student participation. Medical education online, 17(1), 17375.
Wolff, L. C. 2021. Law Teaching and Skills Training. In The Art of Law Teaching (pp. 13-18). Springer,
Singapore.
Yaman, S., & Yalçın, N. 2020. Effectiveness on creative thinking skills of problem based learning approach in
science teaching. Elementary Education Online, 4(1), 42-42.
Zabit, M. N. M. 2010. Problem-based learning on students critical thinking skills in teaching business education
in Malaysia: A literature review. American Journal of Business Education (AJBE), 3(6), 19-32.
Zach, B. (2021, May 12). When to Use Mean vs. Median (With Examples). https://www.statology.org/when-
to-use-mean-vs-median/ [Accessed 15 July 2022]
Zhao, W., He, L., Deng, W., Zhu, J., Su, A., & Zhang, Y. 2020. The effectiveness of the combined problem-
based learning (PBL) and case-based learning (CBL) teaching method in the clinical practical teaching
of thyroid disease. BMC medical education, 20(1), 1-10.
194
A New Rebranding SME Packaging Design Concept for DFF Industries
Sdn. Bhd. Via Illustration
Nurulkusuma binti Adnan1 and Muhammad Rizqin Husnan bin Junan2
1&2 Department of Design and Visual Communication,

Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, KM10, Jalan Kong Kong, Pasir Gudang, 81700, Malaysia.
nurulkusuma@pis.edu.my1
mrizqin@gmail.com2
Abstract: This study was conducted to rebrand the graphics on the product packaging with a
bright and bold colour concept, thus changing the packaging structure of the company's food
products with established and safer materials. The ADDIE model has been adapted for this
product development. A quantitative method was used in this research with a questionnaire used
as an instrument to collect and analysed data. This survey was uploaded and shared via Google
Form link to one hundred (100) respondents who participated randomly in the community with
sixty-one (61) women and thirty-nine (39) men. The data collected were analysed and the result
concluded that the most influential element of bright and various colours is suitable to attract the
attention of the consumer. Besides that, the 2D illustration moreover beneficial for the frozen food
packaging design. The findings collected also showed that the packaging structure is important for
product safety. Moreover, translucent plastic is used on the packaging to allow the consumers to
see the product in the packaging and the box material for security purposes. Therefore, this study
will focus on modern graphic design and robust packaging structure for traditional frozen food
products that are marketable and meets the taste of a customer. The results of this study show
that consumers are more interested in buying products with more prominent and innovative
graphic designs. Thus, have been restructured and new design, it is expected the company should
be concerned with the graphic.
Keywords: Rebranding, Packaging Design, Graphic Design
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The importance of packaging is because of its function as a protection for the product to maintain nutrients
from organisms and germs. Based on Muhammad Faishal and Effendi Mohamad's (2021) studies, the role
of packaging is very important in building a target market to determine the consumer's decision to buy an
item such as a food product. Moreover, referring to Taku Togawaa and Jaewoo Park (2019), a good design
in packaging is a powerful medium that saves costs for manufacturers to convey product information to
consumers. The packaging of Doana Frozen Food Company's products has an outdated design and does
not meet the tastes or needs of consumers. Packaging is an opportunity to tell customers who you are as a
brand and what you trust. Moreover, Tia Toby (2019) stated that when food packaging is promoted for
delivery, many people can see it, then order from your brand and become stronger in the market. It needs to
attract, create a mood, and induce a variety of emotions. Importantly, according to Konrad Kwiatkowski
(2018) packaging should provoke the customers and think of the brand of its products Therefore, the
packaging design of Doana products needs to be redesigned according to the trends of the times that follow
the tastes and desires of consumers. The packaging material of Doana products is only wrapped in
transparent pp plastic and does not have a strong and strong structure to protect their products. According
to Asri, Chik, Rais and Othman (2020), various types of materials are used in packaging such as sacks,
plastic, boxes, and containers to guarantee the product's lifespan. Food packaging boxes are a great way to
tell customers about your brand and the type of food you offer them. Product packaging from Doana Frozen
Company should be packaged in a relatively safe box and product quality is guaranteed. These study
objectives are to redesign and rebrand packaging that is more attractive and effective to customers and
lastly to ensure the product remains safe and ensure its quality is guaranteed. The scope of the study will be
conducted in Felda Air Tawar 1, Kota Tinggi, Johor. The information obtained will be used to continue the
packaging design development project for Doana's frozen products.
195
Rebranding is a strategy to solve a problem and improve customer satisfaction and confidence by addition
of creativity and originality according to Basit Ali (2019). Rebranding is also relevant when the ownership
structure of a company changes due to mergers and acquisitions when the corporate strategy changes or
when changes can be observed in the external environment. Moreover, Fadhilnor Rahmad (2020), said that
rebranding is a process that develops and builds one brand and company by product or service in the
market with a different brand identity. Nadeesha M. Gunaratne (2019) said that appearance products like
branding and packaging design will influence a consumer to buy the food product. Bambang Kuswandi and
Jumina (2020) stated that good packaging is not only able to protect the quality and shelf life of the food but
also displays information about the quality, manufacturing process and safety of the food. The main purpose
of packaging is to hold its contents securely to prevent leakage and breakage, and to protect food from
different dangers during the distribution process too. Besides, the packaging is also used as a form of the
promise given by companies to consumers which means that the packaging is used as a means of
delivering information related to the product. Packaging design is another crucial part of a product,
especially for a new existence in the industry. Packaging design includes the fonts, layout and colours used
on the product. According to Lungwen Kuo, Tsuiyueh Chang, and Chih-Chun Lai (2021), a way to improve
the product's appearance is by stimulating the consumer visually and giving the sensation of aestheticism.
The scenario nowadays has changed the packaging design not only to protect the merchandise from
possible harm but also to encourage purchases; in other words, some consumers select their product based
on packaging design. Moreover, Novan Andrianto & Rahayu Arya Shintawati, (2020), said that successful
packaging can meet the needs and desires of the target audience, which can communicate and follow by
consumer behaviour. Graphic design is a broad discipline that includes various principles and elements of
art. It can be difficult to explain as a fractured discipline because designers work in a varied environment and
may rarely or never, engage in some aspects of practice. Graphic design works as ideas, concepts, text,
and images that present them in visual form through print, digital or other forms of media. Dorotea
Kovacevic (2020), mentions that aesthetics on packaging can appeal through applying graphic design
principles. The graphic design was affected the most influential besides the components of sensory
expectation, quality, price perceptions said Shekoofeh Maleki (2019).
3.0 RESEARCH METHODOLGY

This study involved a qualitative research design and was built by research development using by Model of
ADDIE (Figure 1). According to Mohd Jalil Ahmad & Md.Nor bin Abdul Halim (2019), there are five phases in
this model of the research process. There are analysed, designing, developed, implementation and
evaluation.
Analyse Design Development Implement Evaluate

Phase Phase Phase Phase Phase
Figure 1: Model ADDIE
In analyse phase, the problems determined that are needed to solve. After that, an analytical process can be
identified to find out what are the factors that related to the problem. The problem focuses on the studies
objectives of rebranding and redesign the packaging and to ensure the product remain safe and ensure its
quality is guaranteed. Next phase, involving all design phase. The designs process was including the
sketching, designing (Figure 2), packaging structure, types of die line and paper material with label mapping
packaging design finishing. According to Mohd Erfy Ismail (2018), planning strategies are involved in
designing to achieve goals. According to the Model ADDIE, the keyframe of the foundation in developing this
study because of solving the problem determined from the early research stages based on the objective. In
this research, a questionnaire by google form that uses a quantitative method approach is given to one
hundred respondents. In the early stage of research, an interview to the company to identity a need to this
research. The results were included in the problem statement and a survey in developing in the product
research.
196
Figure 2: Mix Media, Painting and Digital Illustration
Moreover, in development phase, using all appropriate paper material like Art Card 250 gram per square,
cold laminate paper, sticker label, increase tools, glue, double sided tape to build 3D mock-up based on
research requirements. The purpose of this phase to produce 3D mock-up (Figure 3) with proper and
precisely packaging material for this company. Each development will be tested to ensure that it was
practically effective and consistent.
Figure 3: 3D Mock-up Development
Furthermore, involving implement phase, which is 3D mock-up that have been prepared given to company
to test and being implemented in the research. Testing will be on packaging design and material which will
be developed by the researcher. The finalized and complete of packaging design and material was tested
to identify errors during the project development process. All the mistakes will be repaired before it is fully
delivered to consumers. This evaluated phase involved an advance of the implementation phase. The
responses are gained by company which consist of three aspects such as the development of packaging
design process and packaging materials that ensure remain product safe and its quality (Figure 4).
Figure 4: Final Design Packaging Design
These study findings showed that a new rebranding of this research helped SME industry increased more
potential market. The questionnaire is divided into two categories to redesign and rebranding through
Illustration in Packaging Design and to ensure that the product remains safe, and its quality is guaranteed
with the Structure in Packaging Material. Referring to Table 1, most respondents (98.1%) were agreed that
the usage of bright and various colours is suitable to attract the attention of consumers. Moreover, 85.6%
respondent were agreed that 2D illustration more suitable for this frozen product. Addition for that, about
68.6% agreed that pen and marker as the type of illustration for this product. Besides, the percentages of
100% strongly agreed that the packaging structure important for product safety. The findings showed that
96.2% were strongly agreed that the translucent plastic is used on the packaging to allow consumers to see
the product in the packaging. Respondents also agreed 76% wanted a handle for the packaging structure for
this company. Besides that, 86.7% of respondents were agreed that company products need box material
for more security purposes.
197
Table 1: Illustration in Packaging Design
No Statement YES NO
46.2% 53.8%
Q1
Does the above packaging attract your interest as a consumer to buy the product?
Q2 Is the use of 2D illustrations suitable for this frozen product? 85.6% 14.4%
The use of bright and various colours is suitable to attract the attention of consumers.
Q3 98.1% 1.9%
Do you agree?
In your opinion, which illustration is suitable to use on the packaging products?
Q4
ILLUSTARATION 1 ILLUSTARATION 2 ILLUSTARATION 3
16.2% 60.0% 23.8%
In your opinion, which type of illustration is suitable for the product?
Q5
B&W PEN FLAT VECTOR

PEN & MARKER
68.6 0.0 31.4
Table 2: Structure in Packaging Material

Percentage (%)
No Statement
Yes No
Q6 100.0 0
In your opinion, is the packaging structure important for product safety?

Q7 Does the packaging structure for Doana company products require a handle? 76.0 24.0
Do you agree that Doana Frozen Food’s products need box material for more
Q8 86.7 13.3
security?
Translucent plastic is used on the packaging to allow consumers to see the
Q9 96.2 3.8
product in the packaging. You agree?
198
Which form is suitable for safe storage and transportation of Doana company products?
Q10
STRUCUTURE 1 STRUCTURE 2 STRUCTURE 3
74.3 19.0 6.7
4.0 FINDINGS AND DISCUSSION

Referring to the result from the previous chapter, the researchers found that the usage of bright and various
colours is the most suitable to attract the attention of consumers. Azman and Shahrul Azmeer (2020), said
that attractive colours are one of the main keys in packaging design in addition to the use of text and graphic
elements. The implementation of 2D illustrations in food packaging has a high impact on the choice of
buyers in the market. Throughout this study, the challenge was to accurately measure the packaging
structure. It needs to be measured carefully so that the packaging looks solid and neat. In addition, the
colour selection on the illustration also requires time to match the colour of the illustration with the colour of
the back of the packaging. All these processes are performed using the Procreate application on the iPad,
Adobe Illustrator. The packaging structure, handle, and boxes are very important for product safety
purposes. As mentioned earlier, the illustration in packaging design gives the highest impact on buying the
food product. Chitroda, J., & Patel, P, (2020), stated that a good mix of colour usage can influence the
buyer's interest by just looking at the external design of the packaging.
5.0 CONCLUSION
In conclusion, consumers in this modern age have been exposed to great graphics. So, they have become
accustomed to looking at the graphics so much so that they apply their point of view to something by looking
at the visuals of the graphics that are aesthetically pleasing.
6.0 REFERENCES
Asri, Chik, Rais and Othman. 2020. SME Product Packaging: How to Attract Consumers? International
Journal of Business Society, 4 (7), 102-109
Azman, Shahrul Azmeer. 2020. Color in Packaging. Journal of Art and Design (REKA), 2. pp. 17-19. ISSN
2600-7878V
Basit Ali 1, Muhammad Nazam 1, Rana Shahid Imdad Akash 2, Kashif Hamid 1, Muhammad Hashim 3,
Sajjad Ahmad Baig 3. 2019. Investigating the Impact of Corporate Rebranding on Customer
Satisfaction: Empirical Evidence from The Beverage Industry. International Journal of Advanced and
Applied Sciences, 6(4) 2019, Pages: 110-122.
Chitroda, J., & Patel, P. 2020. A Study on Product Packaging Impact on Consumer Buying Behaviour.
International Journal of Novel Research in Marketing Management and Economics Vol. 7, Issue 1, pp:
(74-82), Month: January - April 2020. ISSN 2394-7322
Dorotea Kovačević, Maja Brozović, Dubravko Banić. 2020. Applying Graphic Design Principles on Tea
Packaging. http://doi.org/10/24867/GRID-2020-p64
Fadhilnor Rahmad, Siti Arpah Noordin, Ap- Azli Bunawan, Zahari Mohd Amin. 2020. The Impact of
Corporate Rebranding on Malaysian Public Library Users’. 1618: Creating Global Competitive
Economies: 2020 Vision Planning & Implementation.
Lungwen Kuo, Tsuiyueh Chang, Chih-Chun Lai. 2021. Visual Color Research of Packaging Design Using
Sensory Factors. Sanming University, Research Foundation for Advanced Talent, Grant/Award
Number: 21YG02S
199
Krishna, A., Cian, L., & Aydınoğlu, N. Z. 2017. Sensory aspects of package design. Journal of Retailing,
93(1), 43-54
Konrad Kwiatkowski. 2018. The importance of Product Packaging and Branding.

https://fleximize.com/articles/012727/the-importance-of-product-packaging
Mohd Jalil Bin Ahmad, & Md.Nor Bin Abdul Halim. 2019. Pembangunan Fuel Injector Tester Untuk
Pengajaran Dan Pembelajaran Modul Skr 4303. Journal Of Technical and Vocational Education
(2019). Volume 1. Page 51-60.
Muhammad Faishal and Effendi Mohamad. 2021. Integrated Approach to Customer Requirement Using
Quality Function Deployment and Kansei Engineering to Improve Packaging Design. Asia-Pacific
Journal of Science and Technology: Volume: 26. Issue: 02. Article ID.: APST-26-02-04.
Nadeesha M. Gunaratne. 2019. Effects of Packaging Design on Sensory Liking and Willingness to
Purchase: A Study Using Novel Chocolate Packaging. Heliyon (5) 2019, Volume 5, Issue 6, June
2019, e01696.
Novan Andrianto & Rahayu Arya Shintawati. 2020. Analysis of the Effect of Packaging Creativity, Packaging
Effectiveness and Brand Trust on Interest in Purchasing SME Products in EastJava. Proceeding of
the 2nd International Conference on Business and Management of Technology (ICONBMT 2020) –
Part 2
Sinar Harian. 2018. KPM Lancar Kempen Guru Pembelajaran Abad Ke-21. 20 Disember.
https://www.sinarharian.com.my/article/3275/BERITA/Nasional/KPM-lancar-kempen-guru-
pembelajaran-abad-ke-21]
Shekoofeh Maleki, Seyed Fathollah Amiri Aghdaie, Arash Shahin & Azarnoush Ansari. 2019. Investigating
the Relationship Among the Kansei-Based Design of Chocolate Packaging, Consumer Perception,
and Willingness to Buy. Journal of Marketing Communications, Volume 26, 2020 – Issue 8
Tia Toby. 2020. Why Custom Packaging Boxes Are Necessary? https://tiatoby7.medium.com/why-custom-
packaging-boxes-are-necessary-f7dc21a50cc8
Taku Togawaa & Jaewoo Park. 2019. A Packaging Visual-Gustatory Correspondence Effect: Using Visual
Packaging Design to Influence Flavour Perception and Healthy Eating Decisions. Journal of Retailing
Volume 95, Issue 4, December 2019, Pages 204-218.
200
Developing a Smart Multifunctional Activewear Jacket
Nurrul Asmar Binti Azhan1, Muhammad Helmi Bin Abu Bakar2 Nafsiah Binti Sairi3
and Rabi’atul Aisyah Binti Mohd Anuar
1,2,3Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan,Km 10 Jalan Kong-kong, Pasir Gudang, Johor. MALAYSIA
*Corresponding Author: nurrulasmar@pis.edu.my
Abstract: There is an ongoing effort to deliver digital functions through the medium of fashion design.
This study investigates how fashion is used in conjunction with technological products available on
the market. The research produced a prototype of an activewear jacket with a pouch bag for storing
items and a transparent pocket to house solar panels as an alternative method for charging a mobile
phone. Research and development (R&D) of prototypes was conducted by sewing jackets and
developing solar system applications. First, it is necessary to determine which transparent pocket
function is more suitable for storing solar panels. Both pouches are attached to the shoulder, can be
moved forward and backward, and can store the DC-to-DC battery converter without compromising
the wearer's comfort. As a commercial product, one-third of the E-Sport-themed technological
wearable jacket designs include a solar power flow system for charging the phone. In this study, the
results of design experiments involving the placement of a solar-powered portable device in a
transparent fabric pocket and a multifunctional pouch on a jacket bag for the charging process
without harming the user's body were obtained.
Keywords: fashion, wearable technology, outdoor fashion, activewear
1. INTRODUCTION
The emergence of smartphones in the middle of the 2000s made mobility a crucial requirement for information
tools. The prevalence of minicomputers enables users to surf the internet, check e-mails, and view videos and
music that pique daily interest. Apple and Samsung, among other information technology (IT) companies,
have been developing wearable smartphones for hands-free devices (Hyunseng Lee, 2021). Combining IT
with fashion accessories such as watches, eyeglasses, and rings was developed to increase consumer
appeal. By forming partnerships with Hermes and Nike, Apple solidified its position as the market leader in
wearables (Choi JW & Kim SC, 2016).
Product development strategies that combine the IT and fashion industries significantly affect
consumers. Specifically, the jacket's design. It is worthwhile to develop the jacket as a part of Wearable
fashion. The distinctive design of the jacket makes it suitable for use as a Wearable platform. This research
was conducted by developing a prototype that satisfies certain functional requirements by focusing on the
design of a jacket with a special pocket for installing solar panels to allow the phone to be commercially
charged.
Multifunctional clothing is defined as a design of clothing that is more than its aesthetic value and basic use
as a protective layer, but it also has other functions that can be used in different occasions or situations (Cunha
& Broega, 2009). This kind of multifunctional garment offers more than only one function. It can be converted
or transformed into other forms of clothing or items that can be used to fulfill user needs during a certain time
201
or period. As mentioned by Mohammad Shafirul & Rosita (2021) multifunctional wear is a garment that can
be simply disassembled to provide a few functions that can be used by users for different purposes.
The concept or approach of multifunctional garments cannot be far away from sustainable issues. A
garment will have more lifespan if it has more than one function or use. The rate of use and increased lifespan
is the alternative way to reduce clothing disposal (Koo, Dune & Bye, 2014). This is a good practice by the
fashion industry to assure that there will be fewer unused and unsold cloth or garments. In other words, one
piece of garment would have multiple functions that can provide more alternative usage to the user. Therefore,
it will eliminate the waste of raw materials in the fashion industry.
In regards to multifunctional garments, Siti Sukhaila & and Marzie (2021) have identified that there
are four categories that can relate to the specified clothing; (1) clothing that can be transformed by folding and
tying down pieces, (2) small parts that can be used, replaced or removed, (3) a garment that can integrate
with technologies or smart materials and (4) equipped with transformable items. The categories helped
designers in designing a more functional and robust garment according to user needs as it will give added
value to a cloth. The current study will be looking into integrating a few categories to develop a garment that
has multifunction that can benefit us.
3. METHODOLOGY
The development of the jacket is based on the survey using Graffiti Wall Technique. The questionnaire was
presented to the respondents who were men and women in their 20s and 30s and each of them was to choose
only one function presented for the proposed jacket. Experts from the identified field (wearable technology,
fashion business, and outdoor leisure activities) reviewed the selected functions from the survey and provided
their professional opinion on the usefulness and technical feasibility of the proposed jacket. Four (4) functions
were selected through this survey, reflecting the garment platform concept and wearable system. Refer to
Table 1 for the selected functions jacket.
Table 1: Selected Functions and Material Selection

Functions and Material Usage
(Number of Votes)
Solar Panel Converting solar to electrical power
Rechargeable Supply Power Storing converted power
USB Connectors Connecting item to be powered
Smart Pocket Placing item to be powered
Scuba Fabric Fabric that quickly dries when wet. Lightweight and
wrinkle-free.
Tricot Knitted of Fabric Mesh Store the cell phone-waterproofing and tearing
resistance.
Transparent Fabric To facilitate solar panels' exposure to sunlight
3.1 R & D Concept Development, and Materials.

The jacket's design, which features a pouch bag and a multipurpose pocket, is intended for outdoor
enthusiasts. The pouch bag jacket and smart pocket are designed for light activities like hiking and tracking
and leisure activities like jogging and spending time with the family. Producing prototypes ensures usability for
all outdoor activities. Regardless of environmental activity, dynamic movement is prevalent in most outdoor
activities. The developed specifications and layout of the clothing platform are geared toward usability, storage
convenience, and phone charging during outdoor activities.
Design is created by identifying the primary function based on a review of existing product requirements. The
study focused on 40 respondents who appreciated wearable clothing, entrepreneurs in the clothing industry,
and outdoor-loving consumers. The prototype is being studied with the success of the smart pocket function
to the solar system flow that absorbs sunlight directly to the solar pad. The solar panel that connects to the
Battery Converter parallels the position of the device's base pattern without causing the wearer any difficulty.
Transparent pocket fabric is sewn to facilitate the removal of solar panels to facilitate the washing of clothing.
This jacket is multifunctional thanks to the adjustable position forward and backward pouch design. The
concept and design were examined until confirmation of the wearability and functionality of each system
component were obtained. Efforts were made to bolster the findings by examining the combination of
functionality and aesthetics in clothing. The purpose of the study on the smart pocket function was to advance
202
the study of wearable technology that utilizes hands-free smart handphones to assist users in charging their
phones while engaging in outdoor activities.
3.2 Scuba Fabric

Neoprene is a type of synthetic fabric that is commonly referred to as "Scuba fabric." The original developer
of this fabric was the DuPont Corporation, which remains one of the largest innovators of new products. The
composition of Scuba fabric is 95% polyester and 5% elastic spandex. Fabric that quickly dries when wet.
Lightweight and wrinkle-free.
3.3 Tricot Knitted of Mesh Fabric

Ventilation is facilitated by the perforated nature of the mesh fabric. A mesh pocket was sewn onto the body
of the jacket to store the cell phone-waterproofing and tearing resistance.
3.4 Transparent Fabric

Microfiber. Polyester microfiber material can have a special waterproof coating, making it perfect for raincoats.
Polyurethane laminate is a very durable material that can also be a blend of polyester and cotton. The body
of the jacket shirt is sewn with transparent fabric to store solar panels. The selection of transparent materials
facilitates solar panels' exposure to sunlight
4 GARMENT PLATFORM DEVELOPMENT
Implementation of 3D design is a clothing platform with E-sports and activewear concepts.

Approximately 18–40-year-old women's size 12 clothing is the design choice. The design has its design line,
emphasizing the garment's aesthetic and functional qualities. The jacket's design was established by
incorporating the necessary electronic components in tandem with technology and contrast to the jackets
currently available on the market. Combining a jacket with a pouch bag and a transparent pocket for solar and
electrical energy use creates the design.
Adding a hoodie to the jacket's design aligns it with those on the market. The design includes trousers
and outdoor-appropriate pockets inside and outside the jacket. The design and color of the final combination
were chosen based on color forecasting for 2022/23 with the assistance of three fashion experts. The design
combines black and blue because black absorbs the sun's rays more efficiently than any other color. The
choice of blue color is a harmonious balance of colors to black and blue hues, as evidenced by tranquil and
energetic hues. It has a sleeve pattern with a two-way zipper at the elbow to make it simpler for users to
choose between long and short sleeves.
Figure 3 : Style Illustration and Sample of the Design
203
Solar Panel
Rechargeable Supply
Power
+
DC to DC converter and Ic
+
USB out
put
Handphone
Figure 4: Finalised Garment Platform
4. FUNCTIONAL DETAILS
Details of each function are discussed in the following table. Each part of the jacket was inserted with a
function that is suitable for different needs.
Table 1: Jacket Details
The design of the Smart Wireless Charging Jacket

incorporates a pouch bag that positions a
transparent solar panel pocket on the top of the
shoulder. The solar panels are positioned in an
optimal location to receive and absorb sunlight.
Front View of smart wireless Charging Jacket
Without altering the position of the solar panel and

battery converter, the position of the pouch jacket
bag can be shifted forwards and backward with
various fabric hues.
Rear View of Smart Wireless Charging Jacket
204
A multipurpose jacket bag pouch for charging and
storing mobile phones. The smartphone can be
charged via pouch bag (a), and it can also be placed
in the pocket of a jacket (b).
(a) (b)
The USB connector made from plastic is sewn onto

the pouch bag jacket. The USB plastic case is
shockproof, shock-resistant, and waterproof.
Using a 2-way zipper, the sleeve was designed to be

either long or short-sleeved for convenience.
The design of the shortened sleeves for fans of

short-sleeved jackets.
205
Pocket solar
Pouch bag jacket
Battery / circuit power

Side release buckles supply/ DC to DC
converter and Ic
USB connector kit/plastic

case (waterproof)
Mesh pocket
Figure 5: Finalised Garment

6 CONCLUSION
Clothing is the most effective form of human protection. The jacket's multifunctional design has the potential
to improve its function through a combination of technological systems. As a result of the research, the primary
study is the convergence of the engineering techniques of the jacket's pattern and design. The best access
for the solar system to carry out the process of obtaining the energy source for charging the phone
demonstrates this. The prototype factor and the selected fabric's material are crucial to studying electronics'
durability. For the production of the designed jacket, the prototype was able to facilitate the placement of the
solar system to aid in the functionality of the wearable technology. However, improvements must be made to
the capacity of electricity storage cells regarding solar system testing. The study was completed, and the
results can serve as a very useful stepping stone for outdoor enthusiasts without requiring them to leave the
device to charge their cellphones. This study is also a catalyst for promoting the commercialization of solar
cell-based products in the current technological era.
206
REFERENCES
Bae, J [Jiyoung]. (2008) A study on environmentally friendly fashion design (Unpublished master's thesis).
Ewha Woman’s University, Seoul, Korea
Bae, J [Jugmin]. (2011) A study on the development of outdoor wear design to respond to the climate and
environment. Journal of the Korean Society of Costume, 61(7).
Lee, E (2010). Development of outdoor wear to be wearable as town wear: For women of their 20s and 30s
(Unpublished master's thesis). Ewha Woman’s University, Seoul, Korea.
Android Developers (n.d.) Bluetooth overview. Android developers. https://developer.android.com/guide/

topics/connectivity/Bluetooth/. Accessed 27 May 2020
Cho GS, Lee SS, Cho JY (2009) Review and reappraisal of smart clothing. Int J Hum Comput Interact
25(6):582–617. https://doi.org/10.1080/10447310902997744
Dellinger AJ (2020) Self-drying jacket means you'll never fear rainy days again. Daily Dot. https://www.
dailydot.com/debug/self-drying-rain-jacket/. Accessed 1 Feb 2020
Dunne L (2010) Smart clothing in practice: key design barriers to commercialization. Fash Pract 2(1):41– 65.
https://doi.org/10.2752/175693810X12640026716393
Gellersen HW, Schmidt A, Beigl M (2002) Multi-sensor context-awareness in mobile devices and smart
artifacts. Mob Netw Appl 7:341–351. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1016587515822
Hwang CG (2014) Consumers' acceptance of wearable technology: examining solar-powered clothing

(Master's thesis, Iowa State University). Iowa State University Digital Repository. Retrieved from
HTTPS:// lib.dr.iastate.edu/etd/13950/. Accessed 11 Feb 2020
Mohammad Shafirul Riza Ibrahim & Rosita Mohd Tajuddin (2021). A Zero-waste Concept of Multifunctional
Clothing Design. ESTEEM Journal of Social Sciences and Humanities. UiTM, Shah Alam.
Porjazoski M, Latkoski P, Popovski B (2019) Bluetooth low energy-based smart home android solution. In:
IEEE EUROCON 2019 -18th International Conference on Smart Technologies, IEEE. Novi Sad, Serbia.
https://doi.org/10.1109/EUROCON.2019.8861866
Weir J (2007) Burton-Motorola Audex jacket. CRUNCHGEAR. https://crunchwear.com/burton-motorolaaudex-

jacket/. Accessed 1 Feb 2020
Watson A, Lyubovsky A, Koltermann K, Zhou G (2021) Magneto: joint angle analysis using an electromagnet-
based sensing method. In: Proceedings of the 20th International Conference on Information Processing
in Sensor Networks (co-located with CPS-IoT Week 2021), Nashville: Association for Computing
Machinery, pp. 1–14. Nashville, Tennessee, USA
Hyunseng Lee (2021) Developing a smart multifunctional outdoor jacket with wearable sensing technology
for user health and safety. Published Online 28 July 2021
Koo, H.S., Dunne, L. & Bye, E., Design Functions in Transformable Garments for Sustainability, International
Journal of Fashion Design, Technology and Education, 7(1), pp. 10-20, Jan. 2014
207
Comparative Analysis of Financial Performance Before and During the
Covid-19 Pandemic: A Case Study on Technology and Infrastructure
Sector Companies on the IDX for the 2018-2021
Wiwik Andriani1, Rangga Putra Ananto2 Eka Rosalina3, Wina Nofrima Fitri4, Dandi Aprila5
1Wiwik Andriani, S.E., M.Si, Ak,
Politeknik Negeri Padang, Nanggalo, Padang, 25143, Indonesia

2Rangga Putra Ananto, S.E., M.Si, Ak,
Politeknik Negeri Padang, Aur Birugo Tigo Baleh, Bukittinggi, 26137, Indonesia
3Eka Rosalina, S.E., M.Si, Ak,
Politeknik Negeri Padang, Kuranji, Padang, 25158, Indonesia

4Wina Nofrima Fitri
Politeknik Negeri Padang, Guguk Panjang, Bukittinggi, 26111, Indonesia

5Dandi Aprila
Politeknik Negeri Padang, Sungai Rumbai, Dharmasraya, 27686, Indonesia
Corresponding author : wiwikandriani@pnp.ac.id1, rangga@pnp.ac.id2, ekarosalinapnp5@gmail.com3,

wnanofrima@gmail.com4, dandiaprila@gmail.com5
Abstract: Financial performance is the result of the company's operational activities presented in
the form of numbers listed in the financial statements. The results of the company's operational
activities will be compared with the previous period both in terms of financial performance, the
company's balance sheet and profit and loss, as well as various other financial performance
averages. This aims to see whether the company's performance compared to previous years has
increased or decreased significantly. Financial performance is part of the analysis that must be
carried out by the company to see how far the company has achieved the predetermined target.
Financial performance itself is generally measured in the form of ratios such as profitability ratios,
activity ratios, liquidity ratios, solvency ratios, and market value ratios. This study aims to examine
the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic on the financial performance of infrastructure and technology
sector companies listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange (IDX) for the 2018-2021 period. The data
used in this research is secondary data. The sampling technique used purposive sampling method.
This study used the normality test and the Paired T-test and the Wilcoxon Signed Ranks Test. The
results showed that the financial performance of technology companies did not change significantly
for all variables and was inversely proportional to the infrastructure sector companies which had a
significant effect on 6 of the 8 research variables.
Keywords: covid-19 pandemic, financial performance, technology and infrastructure companies.
208
1. INTRODUCTION
In 2019, the COVID-19 pandemic occurred which affected many countries. This incident began in the city of
Wuhan, China, which then continued to spread throughout the world, including Indonesia. The COVID-19
pandemic has affected various sectors of life, one of which is the business sector. The company's activities
began to decline, causing many companies to lay off their employees. This causes the unemployment rate to
increase and this may increase in the near future. Some potential and economic impacts pose a threat to
decreased production or income, but it is also assumed that there are businesses that grow during the
pandemic.
Financial performance is a description of the company's operational activities which will be presented in the
form of numbers listed in the financial statements. This description of the company's operational activities will
later be compared with the previous period both in terms of financial performance, the company's balance
sheet and profit and loss budget, and various other financial performance averages (Karyoto, 2017). Financial
performance itself is part of the analysis that must be carried out by the company to see how far the company
has achieved to achieve the predetermined targets. Financial performance itself is generally measured in the
form of ratios as follows: (1) Profitability ratios, (2) Activity ratios, (3) Liquidity ratios, (4) Solvency ratios, (5)
Market value ratios.
The liquidity ratio is the ratio that becomes the basis for determining how far the company is able to meet its
short-term debt obligations. Broadly speaking, the liquidity ratio consists of (1) the current ratio which serves
to see the extent to which the company is able to pay its short-term obligations as a whole as they mature, (2)
the quick ratio which is the basis for determining the comparison between current assets and current liabilities
and seeing whether the comparison is able to cover its current liabilities, (3) the cash ratio is used to see the
company's ability to pay short-term debt with the results of the accumulated comparison of the amount of cash
with current debt, (4) the working capital to total assets ratio to see the value of the company's liquidity.
The solvency/leverage ratio is a ratio used to see the extent to which the company is able to meet all of its
obligations, both short-term and long-term. Leverage is said to be high if the company uses a lot of debt to
finance its operational activities. The solvency ratio consists of (1) the total debt to equity ratio serves to
calculate how capable the company's equity is to bear the obligations of the company, (2) the debt to asset
ratio is used to see how capable the company's assets are in bearing the debt. owned by the company itself,
generally this ratio uses an accumulated comparison, (3) the long term debt to equity ratio measures the ratio
between non-current liabilities/long term debt and total equity, (4) fixed charge coverage is a ratio that almost
similar to the times interest earned ratio but is calculated if the company has a lease contract in its operations.
(5) times interest earned ratio measures how many times the operations/businesses are able to pay the
interest expense obligations.
Activity ratio is a ratio that serves to see the level of effectiveness of the use of assets financed by debt. This
ratio consists of: (1) total assets turnover to calculate the turnover of funds invested in assets in a period, (2)
receivable turnover serves to see the turnover of funds embedded in receivables, (3) account payable turnover
is used to see the frequency of debt payments company to creditors, (4) inventory turnover looks at the
effectiveness of the turnover of funds invested in inventory, (5) working capital turnover the ability of net
working capital to rotate in a cash cycle period.
Profitability ratio is a ratio that is generally used to compare the level of rewards obtained by the company with
sales or assets it owns. This ratio is divided into (1) gross profit margin functions to see the percentage of
profit earned from product sales, (2) net profit margin is used to see the level of net profit (after deducting
costs) obtained from the business, (3) return on total assets is a ratio that measures how many percent of net
profit is generated for each rupiah of total assets or shows the business return of all investments that have
been made by the company, (4) return on equity ratio is a ratio that measures how many percent of net income
is generated for each rupiah of equity capital, (5) earnings per share is used to see the percentage of the
company's success in achieving profits for shareholders.
Previous studies examined the comparison of company performance with different cases, including the
research of Ibrahim et al. (2021), Prasetya (2021), Amalia et al. (2021), Hilman & Laturette (2021), Hidayat
(2021), Ach. Yasin (2021), Siswanto (2021), Syafa’at (2021), dan Pratama et al. (2021) Previous research
used several different financial ratio variables such as quick ratio, debt to equty ratio, return on equity
receivable turnover, return on assets and others. The results of previous studies also vary because there are
several variables that have significant differences between before and during the pandemic and some are not.
The difference between this research and previous research lies in the sector being studied, the research
209
variables, and the time span of the research. In addition, it is found in the results of previous research, for
example in research conducted Prasetya (2021), the current ratio increased during the pandemic, while in
research conducted by Amalia et al. (2021), the current ratio decreased during the pandemic. This research
has differences that lie in the cases faced and also in different sectors from previous research and the research
period carried out in the 2018-2021 period.
The following is an overview of this research hypothesis:
Financial Ratio (X)
Current Ratio (X1)

H1
Quick Ratio (X2) H2
Debt To Equity H3
Ratio (X3)
Debt to Asset H4
Ratio (X4) Financial
Performance before
H5 and during the Covid-
Total Asset 19 pandemic (Y)
Turnover (X5)
H6
Receivable
Turnover (X6)
H7
Net Profit Margin

(X7)
H8
Return On Asset
(X8)
Picture 1: Research hypothesis
2. RESEARCH METHODS
The method used in this study is a quantitative research method using statistical methods to determine the
differences in the research variables. This research is also a combination of descriptive and comparative
research. The object in this study itself is several financial ratios as shown below:
Liquidity Solvency Activity Profitability

Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio
Current Ratio Debt to Equity Ratio Total Asset Turnover Net Profit Margin
Quick Ratio Debt to Asset Ratio Receivable Turnover Return On Asset
Picture 2 : Object of Research
The data used in this study is secondary data obtained from the annual financial statements of infrastructure
and technology companies with a time span from 2018 to 2021. The population used in this study is all
infrastructure and technology sector companies listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange for the period 2018
to 2021, with a sample of 30 infrastructure companies and 11 companies from the technology sector. The
method of determining the sample uses a non-probability sampling type with a purposive sampling type. The
analytical technique used in this research is quantitative analysis by performing calculations and then
analyzing the data in the form of numbers using the normality test. If the data is normally distributed, then the
hypothesis test will use the paired T-test, but if the data is not normally distributed, the Wilcoxon Signed Ranks
Test will be used to test the hypothesis.
210
Testing the normality of the data using the Kolmogorov Smirnov test based on financial statement data from
11 samples of technology companies and 31 samples of infrastructure companies with residual criteria being
said to be normal if the significant value is above 0.05 or 5%. The results of the normality test of the data with
the Kolmogorov Smirnov test show that the value of the technology company meets the normality criteria,
namely the details show that the significant value of the current ratio is 0.203 > 0.05 (5%), the quick ratio
shows a significant value of 0.120 > 0.05 (5%) , total debt to equity ratio shows a significant value of 0.594 >
0.05 (5%), debt to asset ratio shows a value of 0.287 > 0.05 (5%), total asset turnover shows a significant
value of 0.420 > 0.05 (5%), receivable turnover showed a significant value of 0.433 > 0.05 (5%), net profit
margin showed a significant value of 0.295 > 0.05 (5%), return on assets showed a significant value of 0.787
> 0.05 (5%).
This data shows that the normality test of the technology sector companies is inversely proportional to the
infrastructure sector companies, where based on the results of the normality test, it shows that the value of
the infrastructure companies does not meet the normality criteria because 31 samples from the infrastructure
sector have a value of < 0.05 (5%). Based on the test results, the infrastructure sector will use the Wilcoxon
signed ranks test.
Paired sample T-test Technology Companies
Table 3.1 Paired sample T-test

Variable Sig. (2-tailed) Conclusion
Current Ratio 0.203 There is no significant difference
Quick Ratio 0.120 There is no significant difference
Total Debt to Equity Ratio 0.594 There is no significant difference
Debt to Asset Ratio 0.287 There is no significant difference
Total Asset Turnover 0.420 There is no significant difference
Receivable Turnover 0.433 There is no significant difference
Net Profit Margin 0.295 There is no significant difference
Return On Asset 0.787 There is no significant difference
The paired T-test sample difference test is used with the aim of knowing whether there is a difference between
the two samples to be tested with pre-test and post-test data, the decision-making criteria in the paired T-test
is <0.05 (5%). Based on the test results obtained a significant value of the current ratio of 0.203> 0.05 (5%).
Quick ratio is 0.120 > 0.05 (5%). The total debt to equity ratio is 0.594 > 0.05 (5%). Debt to asset ratio of 0.287
> 0.05 (5%). Total asset turnover is 0.420 > 0.05 (5%). Receivable turnover is 0.433 > 0.05 (5%). Net profit
margin of 0.295 > 0.05 (5%). Return on assets is 0.787 > 0.05 (5%).
The test results above show that all the variables of the technology sector companies show that they are not
significantly different. Based on the test results, the Covid-19 pandemic did not have a big impact on
technology sector companies when viewed from the variables listed in table 3.1. The decrease in the current
ratio & quick ratio is caused by the large current liabilities of the company compared to the current assets of
the company. Furthermore, the value of the debt to equity ratio and debt to asset ratio has a stable value both
before the Covid-19 pandemic and during the Covid-19 outbreak. In addition, the value of total asset turnover
and receivable turnover can be said to be stable based on the comparison because the turnover of assets
and receivables from technology sector companies has a constant value leading to an increase in the turnover
value. Then the value of the net profit margin of technology sector companies experienced a not too large
decrease based on the comparisons that have been made. However, the decline experienced by technology
companies only occurred in a few companies and most companies were actually able to get an increase in
profits during the Covid-19 pandemic. The value of the return on assets of technology companies has
decreased during the Covid-19 pandemic, but this value does not greatly affect the company's performance
because it is still within the track of a positive RoA value. Broadly speaking, it can be said that the technology
sector is a sector that is able to survive the Covid-19 pandemic, so this comparative analysis shows that there
is no significant effect on the financial performance of technology companies.
211
Wilcoxon Signed Ranks Test Infrastructure Companies
Table 3.3 Wilcoxon Signed Ranks Test

Variable Sig. (2-tailed) Conclusion
Current ratio 0.015 there is a significant difference
Quick ratio 0.027 there is a significant difference
Total debt to equity ratio 0.015 there is a significant difference
Debt to asset ratio 0.225 There is no significant difference
Total asset turnover 0.000 there is a significant difference
Receivable turnover 0.383 There is no significant difference
Net profit margin 0.014 there is a significant difference
Return on asset 0.006 there is a significant difference
The Wilcoxon signed ranks test was used to see if there was a comparison effect between 2 groups of data
that were not normally distributed. This test is a substitute for the pairing T-test if it does not meet the
assumption of normality with the decision-making criteria of < 0.05 (5%). Based on the Wilcoxon Signed Ranks
Test, a significant value of the current ratio was 0.015 < 0.05 (5%). The quick ratio is 0.027 < 0.05 (5%). The
total debt to equity ratio is 0.015 < 0.05 (5%). Debt to asset ratio of 0.225 > 0.05 (5%). Total asset turnover is
0.000 > 0.05 (5%). Receivable turnover is 0.383 > 0.05 (5%). Net profit margin is 0.014 > 0.05 (5%). Return
on assets is 0.006 > 0.05 (5%).
Current ratio before and during the Covid-19 pandemic in infrastructure sector companies
Tests conducted on the current ratio variable of infrastructure sector companies showed that there was a
significant difference between before and during the pandemic. This shows that the Covid-19 pandemic has
had a major impact on the company's infrastructure sector. The decrease in the current ratio was caused by
the size of the company's current liabilities compared to the company's current assets. If the amount of current
assets is less than current liabilities, it means that the company is less able to pay its short-term obligations.
This means that the company lacks current assets to cover its short-term liabilities
Quick ratio before and during the Covid-19 pandemic in infrastructure sector companies
The test results on the quick ratio of infrastructure sector companies show that there are significant
differences before and during the pandemic. The quick ratio is used as a basis to see how far the company
can meet its short-term obligations. The decrease in the quick ratio was caused by the large amount of the
company's short-term liabilities compared to the company's current assets. If the value of current assets is
small, short-term liabilities mean the company is not good at paying its short-term obligations. A low quick
ratio indicates the company's ability to pay its current liabilities is weak. That is why in this ratio there are
influences that cause differences based on the results of the analysis.
Total debt to equity ratio before and during the Covid-19 pandemic in infrastructure sector companies
The results of the above test on the total debt to equity of infrastructure sector companies show that there are
significant differences. The total debt to equity ratio is used as a basis to see the extent to which the company
pays its obligations using the company's equity. In general, the higher the value of this ratio indicates that the
company is in an unhealthy condition. In infrastructure companies, the total debt ratio is greater than the
company's equity. The increase in corporate debt causes changes in the value of the company's debt to equity
ratio to a negative value so that it can be said that the company's equity cannot bear the company's debt. The
increase in debt to equity ratio indicates that the company is in an unhealthy condition due to the increasing
number of company loans. This is what causes the difference in the value of the debt to equity ratio in
infrastructure companies.
Debt to asset ratio before and during the Covid-19 pandemic in infrastructure sector companies
Hypothesis testing on the debt to assets ratio variable using SPSS version 25 software shows that there is no
big difference between before and during the pandemic. In general, companies that have a high debt to assets
ratio can be said to be in an unhealthy state. In this transportation company, the total debt to asset ratio is still
in the normal category according to general standards. The average infrastructure industry experienced a
drastic decline due to restrictions on community activities which also had an effect on the infrastructure sector.
However, the average number of assets owned by infrastructure companies is so large that they are still able
to bear debts. In addition, the value of this variable can be said to be stable both before and during the Covid-
19 pandemic so that it does not have a significant impact.
212
Total asset turnover before and during the Covid-19 pandemic in infrastructure sector companies
The total assets turnover variable shows differences based on the results of hypothesis testing. If the total
asset turnover is low, then the company is categorized as having excess assets because these assets are not
used as much as possible to generate sales. The total value of the average asset turnover owned by this
infrastructure company has decreased, the amount is not more than 0.5 when viewed from the test results.
This decline was caused by the company's sales which fell drastically during the pandemic due to social
activities and activities that should only be done indoors. This has led to a drastic decline in the company's
revenue during the pandemic. Therefore, it can be said that there are differences in company assets that are
very influential in this study.
Receivable turnover before and during the Covid-19 pandemic in infrastructure sector companies
Tests on the variable receivable turnover of infrastructure sector companies show that there is no significant
difference. This is because the value of this variable both before and during the Covid-19 pandemic can still
be said to be normal. The company's receivables were relatively the same in number between before and
during the pandemic because many customers were unable to pay their receivables. Another reason that
makes no significant difference is the company's dependence on receivables during the restrictions on
community activities during the Covid-19 pandemic.
Net profit margin before and during the Covid-19 pandemic in infrastructure sector companies
The test on the net profit margin variable shows that there are differences that affect financial performance
and this value is very significant. If the net profit margin is high, the higher the net profit generated by the net
sales of a company. From the results of the analysis of the average net profit margin that has been calculated,
infrastructure companies in general experienced a very drastic loss as indicated by a minus value in the
financial statements. Moreover, in 2020, restrictions on community activities caused a lot of development to
be delayed so that it had an impact on the performance of infrastructure companies, causing huge losses.
That is why there is a very significant difference in the net profit margin of infrastructure companies.
Return on Asset before and during the Covid-19 pandemic in infrastructure sector companies
The results of hypothesis testing on the return on assets variable show that there is a significant effect on the
financial performance of infrastructure companies. This is based on the development of the return on assets
of infrastructure companies which has continued to decline since the Covid-19 pandemic. Of course, this
decline will greatly impact the company's performance, especially in terms of asset use. Moreover, when there
are restrictions on community activities, the company is unable to utilize its assets optimally and there are
some assets whose value actually decreases. So it can be concluded that there is a significant difference to
the value of return on assets based on the test results.
4. CONCLUSION
Based on the results of the analysis regarding the Comparative Analysis of Financial Performance Before and
During the Covid-19 Pandemic (Case Study on Technology and Infrastructure Sector Companies on the
Indonesia Stock Exchange for the 2018-2021 Period) the following conclusions can be drawn: (1) There are
no significant changes in all test variables for technology sector companies both before and during the Covid-
19 pandemic. This is due to the stability of the value of financial ratios in technology companies. (2) There are
significant differences in 6 of the 8 financial ratios of technology sector companies, namely the current ratio,
quick ratio, debt to equity ratio, total asset turnover, net profit margin, and return on assets. This significant
difference is caused by the unstable value of each ratio which causes the financial performance of
infrastructure companies to be negative, moreover this is exacerbated by restrictions on community activities
which cause delays in company operations which have an impact on the finances of technology sector
companies.
5. REFERENCES
Ach. Yasin, L. W. P. F. (2021). Analisis Komparasi Kinerja Keuangan Bank Perkreditan Rakyat (BPR)
Sebelum Dan Pada Pandemi Covid-19. Equilibrium Jurnal Ilmiah Ekonomi Dan Pembelajarannya, 9(2),
142–152. http://e-journal.unipma.ac.id/index.php/equilibrium/article/view/10011
Amalia, N., Budiwati, H., & Irdiana, S. (2021). Analisis Perbandingan Kinerja Keuangan Sebelum Dan Saat
Pandemi Covid-19 (Studi Kasus Pada Perusahaan Transportasi Yang Terdaftar Di BEI). Progress
Conference, 4(1), 290–296.
213
http://www.proceedings.stiewidyagamalumajang.ac.id/index.php/progress/article/view/377
Hidayat, M. (2021). Analisis Perbandingan Kinerja Keuangan Dan Nilai Perusahaan Sebelum Dan Disaat
Pandemi Covid 19 Comparison. Measurement: Journal Of The Accounting Study Program, 15(1), 9–
17. https://www.journal.unrika.ac.id/index.php/measurement/article/view/3332
Hilman, C., & Laturette, K. (2021). Analisis Perbedaan Kinerja Perusahaan Sebelum Dan Saat Pandemik
Covid-19. BALANCE: Jurnal Akuntansi, Auditing Dan Keuangan, 18(1), 91–109.

https://doi.org/10.25170/balance.v18i1.2659
Ibrahim, I. H., Maslichah, & Sudaryanti, D. (2021). Analisis Perbandingan Kinerja Keuangan Perusahaan
Sub Sektor Rokok Yang Terdaftar I Bursa Efek Indonesia Sebelum Dan Saat Pandemi Covid-19.
Jurnal Ilmiah Riset Akuntansi, 10(09), 24–34. http://riset.unisma.ac.id/index.php/jra/article/view/12961
Karyoto. (2017). Analisa Laporan Keuangan. UBMedia: Universitas Brawijaya, Malang.
Prasetya, V. (2021). Analisis Kinerja Keuangan Perusahaan Sebelum Dan Saat Pandemi Covid-19 Pada
Perusahaan Farmasi Yang Tercatat Di Bursa Efek Indonesia. Jurnal Ilmiah Indonesia, 1(5), 579–587.
https://doi.org/10.26905/jbm.v5i2.2664
Pratama, E. H., Pontoh, W., & Pinatik, S. (2021). Analisis Dampak Covid-19 terhadap Kinerja Keuangan
Perusahaan Ritel Yang Terdaftar Di Bursa efek Indonesia. Jurnal Riset Akuntansi, 16(2), 111–118.
https://ejournal.unsrat.ac.id/index.php/gc/article/view/35921
Siswanto, E. (2021). Apakah Covid-19 Berimbas Pada Kinerja Keuangan? (Analisis Perbedaan Profitabilitas
Sektor Perdagangan , Jasa Dan Investasi Sebelum dan Ketika Terjadi Pandemik Covid-19 Di
Indonesia). Proiding Seminar Nasional KBK, 1(5).
http://conference.um.ac.id/index.php/mnj/article/view/1915
Syafa’at, A. (2021). Analisis Kinerja Keuangan Perusahaan Perdagangan Sebelum Pandemi Covid-19
(Studi Pada PT Ace Hardware Indonesia Tbk). Jurnal Development, 9(1), 65–76.
http://jurnal.umjambi.ac.id/index.php/JD/article/view/174.
214
The Effect of Culture and Locus of Control on
Management of Household Finance
Eka Rosalina1, Wiwik Andriani2, Fitra Oliyan3, Asratul Rahmi4

1Eka Rosalina, S.E., M.Si, Ak,

2Wiwik Andriani, S.E., M.Si, Ak,
Politeknik Negeri Padang, Nanggalo, Padang, 25143, Indonesia

3Fitra Oliyan, S.S.T., M.Si,

4Asratul Rahmi
Politeknik Negeri Padang, Pauh, Padang, 25162, Indonesia
Corresponding Author: ekarosalina02@gmail.com1, wiwikandriani@pnp.ac.id2,

oliyan.fitra@gmail.com3, asratulrahmi07@gmail.com4
Abstract: Culture and locus of control cannot be separated from within a person. Given the high
consumption growth and supported by a luxurious lifestyle compared to a relatively low income,
housewives must have a good culture and locus of control in managing their household finances.
This research was conducted to determine the influence of culture and locus of control on the
management of household finance. This research was conducted through a questionnaire survey
distributed to housewives with an age range of 20-50 years, Senior High School/Vocational High
School, not working, and not earning in 2022. The sample of this study was 100 samples using
convenience sampling technique, then followed by hypothesis testing using path analysis on the
SEM (Structural Equation Modelling) model and simultaneous testing using STATA 16 software. The
results of this study state that culture has a significant effect on management of household finance,
and locus of control has a significant effect on management of household finance, while
simultaneously (together) culture and locus of control significantly influence the management of
household finance.
Keywords: culture, locus of control, management of household finance
1. INTRODUCTION
Financial management is very important at this time, considering the growth of public consumption which
continues to increase along with the increase in people's income and economic growth which is getting better,
especially supported by the luxury lifestyle factor, the desire to follow the lifestyle of others can trigger
individuals to make financial expenditures. following their wants, not their needs (Silaya et al., 2019). This is
reflected in the increase in the consumer confidence index (IKK) which currently stands at 118.3 (Pramana,
2022). Everyone will want to live in financial prosperity to achieve this goal of financial well-being, so one needs
to plan and manage their finances well. Financial management is planning, organizing, and controlling financial
activities in order to avoid the condition of more debt than income (Natalia et al., 2019).
Financial management is not only in business companies but also in non-business companies such as
educational circles, government officials and even households. Households are those who live together using
collective resources to achieve common goals. The main problems in the household are usually about
finances. This is in accordance with Siregar (2020) opinion, problems in the family that can lead to divorce are
financial problems that cannot be managed properly, such as unclear expenses and differences of opinion
regarding the use of finances, causing feelings of hurt that lead to quarrels in the household.
Financial management in the household starts from mandatory needs that must be met such as bill payments,
monthly shopping, paying for electricity or internet to desires or consumption that are additional or
entertainment (Cimbniaga, 2021). Because the problem of managing finances does not look at the poor, middle
or rich. Anyone who has to manage his family's finances, both husband and wife, both have a role in managing
household finances. According to data from the Central Statistics Agency of West Sumatra Province, the
household expenditure sector is the biggest driving factor for West Sumatra's economic growth. From the
215
expenditure side, in August 2021, based on the percentage of household consumption expenditure, it was
54.86% while in August 2020 it was 54.64%, meaning that there was an increase of 0.22% from last year.
In life lessons, such as consumption expenditures made by housewives, it is important to emphasize, this
greatly affects the financial management of the environment and the rules that exist in the household. Another
factor that also influences financial management and also affects individuals in making decisions in the
household is culture. Cultural values become very important in terms of individual attitudes (Davidov et al.,
2008). This is because each individual may have a different culture, which will affect financial planning and
management (Gogolin et al., 2017). An interesting thing in making decisions that must be planned is how
financial behaviour in a plan is related to cultural values in individuals (Gogolin et al., 2017).
Therefore, the role of housewives in the family is very important. The role of housewives in taking care of daily
matters is not easy because everyone has their own needs. In this case also applies in the culture in
Minangkabau and has been deeply rooted in their social life, according to the customary expression in
Minangkabau women are Amban puro or the holder of the key to heirlooms. Amban puro is a kind of bag made
of cloth to store money or temples (Idris, 2010). Almost all old women in Minangkabau have puro which means
women are the custodians of household welfare, and this understanding has become a culture that is rooted
in everyday life. It can be concluded that the power in managing household finances is in the hands of the
elderly woman (mother or grandmother) who acts as a controller of power in the Minangkabau family, the older
woman has a higher position than the mamak because women are the holders of heirlooms (Zusmelia et al.,
2013). From the previous explanation, financial management is held by the oldest Minangkabau woman in the
household and has been carried out for generations from the past. So this has an impact on family control and
self-control (Ashraf et al., 2010).
One of the factors that can influence an individual in doing financial planning is locus of control, because self-
control to carry out financial planning and management is very important. Self-control is the introduction and
self-control into the economic model in inter-time decision making specifically in economic decisions such as
income or expenditure and saving (Cobb-Clark et al., 2013). Individual behaviour which is often referred to as
locus of control refers to the individual that the individual can control a life event with his own abilities and the
ability of an individual to control an event in life, or the individual's perspective in controlling. With this locus of
control, it is proven that the good behaviour of saving with income and expenditure is also financial behaviour
related to planning and managing finances (Cobb-Clark et al., 2013).
The current economic development requires someone to be smarter in managing the financial planning needed
to determine the future of the individual or family more clearly in making financial decisions. People who have
a good financial attitude will be encouraged to have a good locus of control as well. The person will control
himself to always have the feeling to always carry out financial activities that are not detrimental (Widi Asih &
Khafid, 2020). Formally locus of control describes the extent to which a person views the relationship between
his actions and the consequences/results or a person's perspective on an event that occurs to him (Ahmad et
al., 2020). Based on previous research conducted by (Ariani et al., 2016) stated that the internal locus of control
variable has a significant effect on investment decisions on real assets and bank accounts. Likewise, the
results of research (Kholilah & Iramani, 2013) found that locus of control has a direct effect on financial
management behaviour.
This the study can create a financial management model that is associated with culture and locus of control in
the household. Therefore, researchers want to know management of household finance that is carried out with
cultural values, and locus of control by housewives in West Sumatra as seen from the control variables,
namely, the age range of 20-50 years, Senior High School/Vocational High School, do not work, and have no
income. then build models and strategies in achieving good financial management.
This research uses behavioural finance. Behavioural finance studies how humans actually behave in a
financial decision. Behavioural finance is an interdisciplinary of three studies, namely psychology, sociology,
and finance (Sisbintari, 2017). Behaviour finance can also be defined as the science that studies how humans
take action in the decision-making process in investing in response to the information they receive.
In this study, the factor that influences household financial management is culture. Culture is a characteristic
and knowledge of a certain group of people which includes language, religion, cuisine, social habits, music,
and art (Tysara, 2021). In addition, culture is a complex that includes knowledge, beliefs, art, morals, customs,
216
and other abilities and habits possessed by humans as part of society. Culture joins social, historical,
demographic, and ecological structures in complex interrelationships that affect every aspect of human life.
This study focuses on family culture or family teachings to children. In research Gogolin et al., (2017) explained
that cultural values have a relationship and are determinant in household decision making
H₁: Minangkabau culture influences the management of household finance
Another factor that influences the management of household finance is locus of control. Locus of control is
self-control over an event that occurs to a person both internally and externally (Mahayani et al., 2020). Locus
of control is a psychological concept regarding individual beliefs about events that can affect them
(Cahyaningrum & Fikri, 2021). Formally locus of control describes how far a person views the relationship
between the actions he or she does with the consequences/results, or one's perspective on events, whether
or not a person can control the events that occur to them.
H₂: locus of control affects the management of household finance
In carrying out a life that is implemented with the implementation of activities, of course, it must begin with a
management process so that the intended goals can be achieved optimally. Financial management in general
is an activity of managing the company's financial resources starting from how the company is funded, how it
is managed and what profits are obtained which will then be distributed to company owners (Siregar, 2020).
Financial management is a technique to balance human lifestyles such as a consumptive lifestyle with a
productive lifestyle such as investing, saving or doing business (Natalia et al., 2019). The purpose of financial
management is to avoid us from more debt than income. The main task of financial management is the
budgeting process, so individuals must be able to manage financial obligations in a timely manner using
income received in the same period (Ida & Dwinta, 2010). In the household is also very necessary planning
regarding finances. In this case, mental budgeting or financial planning is very influential with the management
of household finance (Antonides et al., 2011).
H₃: Minangkabau culture and locus of control affect the management of household finance.
With the hypothesis and previous research above, it can be presented in a framework of thought to be able to
clarify research with variables that become measuring elements. This research uses the framework of the
author's thinking presented in Figure 1 below.
Figure 1. Thinking Framework
3. RESEARCH METHODS
The design in this research is quantitative research. This study is intended to identify how financial
management is applied in household life which is seen from the aspect of financial behaviour through culture,
locus of control which will affect the management of household finance. The population of this study is
household financial management, namely housewives in 2022 in West Sumatra. This research was conducted
by distributing questionnaires to household financial management online via google form and offline by
distributing an infinite number of houses. The sampling method from the elements is convenience sampling,
which is a sampling technique from population elements that are available or easily obtained from the
population who agrees to provide information (Sugiyono, 2018). The population in this study is an infinite
population addressed to housewives, during data collection the required number of samples is at least 5 times
the number of indicator variables to be analysis (Ferdinand, 2014). The number of indicators in the study was
20 indicators, so a minimum of 20 x 5 was needed, so around 100 samples in this study, after the validity and
217
reliability tests were carried out, they were declared valid and reliable with all alphas above 0.6 (Wiratna
Sujarweni, 2015).
4. RESEARCH RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The quality test is carried out with validity and reliability tests. A questionnaire is said to be valid, if the questions
on the questionnaire are able to reveal something that will be measured by the questionnaire. The test is
carried out using a two-party test with a significance of 5% and the test criteria if r count r table. based on the
sample and significance obtained r table of 0.2542. From the processed results using STATA 16, it can be
concluded that all question indicators are valid variables, because all indicators are stated to be large from r
tables.
A questionnaire is said to be reliable or reliable if a person's answer to the statement is consistent or stable
over time. The reliability test of the questionnaire data in this study used Cronbach alpha, which was said to
be reliable if it had a Cronbach alpha value > 0.6. The results of data processing obtained a Cronbach alpha
value of 0.6980 for the Minangkabau culture variable, 0.7989 for the locus of control variable and 0.7089 for
the management of household finance variable, it is concluded that all variables of this study are reliable.
Normality testing can be detected by observing the image below that the points approach or their distribution
is on the diagonal axis of the normal graph. The following are the results of the normality test of this research
data.
Source : Output STATA 16, 2022

Figure 2. Normality Test Graph with Graph
In addition, the normality test graphically as shown in Figure 2. can also be used with skewness and kurtosis.
Table 1. Normality test with skewness and kurtosis
Source: Output STATA 16, 2022
The probability value or Prob>chi2 is obtained with a value > 0.05, which is 0.0509, so it can be concluded
that the data is normally distributed.
Path Analysis or Structural Model with SEM Analysis

Path analysis is used to partially test using SEM path analysis to get results from hypotheses that have been
made previously. By using SEM analysis, a path diagram with a structural equation is formed, which is to see
all the effects of exogenous variables (culture and locus of control) on endogenous variables (management of
household finance) with the control variable being the age range of 20-50 years, Senior High School/Vocational
High School, occupation and income, the results of the SEM analysis are as follows.
218
Figure 3. Path Analysis or Structural Model
After making path diagrams for all variables, then it raises the estimation of each latent variable to obtain the
probability value z or p value as a tool to test the hypothesis, if the probability value z > 0.05 then it is stated
that the exogenous/independent variable has no significant effect on the variable. endogenous/dependent, on
the other hand, if the probability z < 0.05 then it has an effect. This test also looks at the z value, it is declared
influential if the z value is greater than 1.96 (Kurniawan, 2019). In addition, it is also seen from the coefficient
value, which can be seen in the estimated output as follows:
Table 2. Path Diagram Output / Structural Model Results
The following is the equation of the structural equation model.

Y = CUL + LOC + ԑ1
From the above equation, it implies that culture (X1) is 0.287, which means that there is a 28.7% increase in
management of household finance with an increase in culture. As well as an increase in locus of control (X2)
by 53.9% with the control variables, namely the age range of 20-50 years, Senior High School/ Vocational
High School, not working and have no income.
Based on the test results, it can be seen that culture affects the management of household finance. The
probability value of z or the value of cultural significance to the management of household finance is 0.033
with a positive coefficient of 0.287 and a z-value of 2.13. Because the significant value of the influence of
cultural variables on management of household finance <0.05, this hypothesis is accepted. This means that
family culture or parental teachings directly affect the management or financial management in the household
that is applied by their children from an early age. Related to the management of household finances carried
out by housewives in Minangkabau custom, namely bundo kanduang who is responsible for maintaining,
maintaining and managing the integrity of the property (Devi et al., 2014). This study is in line with the research
219
of Gogolin et al., (2017) which explains that culture has a relationship in household financial decision making,
because culture shapes one's attitudes and behaviour.
Furthermore, from table 2 it is known that locus of control affects the management of household finance. Based
on the path analysis test, the effect of locus of control on management of household finance has a significant
value or probability of 0.000 with a positive sign coefficient of 0.539 and a z-value of 4.99. Because the
significant value of the influence of locus of control on management of household finance <0.05, this hypothesis
is accepted. This shows that the higher or stronger the locus of control, the better the financial management
of the household. Therefore, people who have a high locus of control are able to solve daily financial problems,
so they try to do good financial management, for example setting aside money for saving and paying bills on
time (Kholilah & Iramani, 2013). The results of this study are in line with research by Chrisandi, (2018) which
states that self control has a positive effect on the management of household finance.
Simultaneous Test (F)

For the F test using STATA 16, the F test basically shows whether all the independent variables culture (X1)
and locus of control (X2) which are included in the model have a simultaneous (simultaneous) influence in
explaining the information content. on the dependent/dependent variable, namely management of household
finance. The results of the F test in this study can be seen in the following table:
Table 3. Simultaneous Test Output (F)
Based on the simultaneous test output table (F), the results show that culture and locus of control affect the
management of household finance. The magnitude of the simultaneous effect can be seen from the prob F
value which is 0.0001, then the probability value can be smaller when compared to the significant value of
0.05, or by comparing the calculated F value of 71.42 which is greater than the F table value of 3.09. It can be
concluded that the variables culture and locus of control simultaneously have a significant effect on the
management of household finance. So it can be explained that if housewives intend to carry out financial
management in the family, they must be sure that with cultural support they can manage household finances
well to create social welfare in the family (Mahdzan et al., 2019). In addition, a locus of control is needed in
carrying it out, namely housewives can think and control their feelings whether the financial management they
do can be carried out properly.
5. CONCLUSION
This study aims to determine whether culture and locus of control affect household financial management
using control variables, namely the age range of 10-50 years, Senior High School/Vocational High School,
unemployed and not earning. The test results state that culture has a significant positive effect on financial
management with a significance value of 0.003 <0.05 with a positive coefficient of 0.287 and a z value of 2.13.
This means that family culture or parental teachings directly affect the management or financial management
in the household that is applied by their children from an early age. In addition, the results of the locus of control
test on household financial management show that there is a significant positive effect on household financial
management, with a significance value of 0.000 <0.05 with a positive coefficient of 0.539 and a z-value of 4.99.
This shows that the higher or stronger the locus of control, the better the financial management of the
household. If tested simultaneously, the influence culture and locus of control on the management of
household finance on housewives with an age range of 20-50 years of education level Senior High
School/Vocational High School, unemployed and have no income simultaneously (overall) have an effect
positive and significant. This study has several limitations. First, this study only used a sample of 100 samples,
so it is considered quite small when using STATA 16 software. Second, this study only tested Minangkabau
culture and locus of control, so there are still many other factors or variables that are not used in this study and
This results in a lack of information that can be used for further analysis. Based on these limitations, there are
two suggestions for further research. First, further research is expected to increase the number of samples so
220
that they are more, because using SEM analysis and using STATA software is very good for large samples.
Second, further research can add other variables.
6. REFERENCE
Agusty, F. (2014). Metode Penelitian Manajemen: Pedoman Penelitian Untuk Penulisan Skripsi,Tesis Dan
Disertasi Ilmu Manajemen. Badan Penerbit Universitas Diponegoro.
Ahmad, G. N., Khairunnisa, T. K., & Gurendawati, E. (2020). Pengaruh Religiusitas, Preferensi Risiko, Dan
Locus Of Control Terhadap Perilaku Keuangan Dan Dampaknya Terhadap Personal Financial Distress
Pada Pekerja Muda Di Dki Jakarta. 11(2), 381–403.
Antonides, G., Manon de Groot, I., & Fred van Raaij, W. (2011). Mental budgeting and the management of
household finance. Journal of Economic Psychology, 32(4), 546–555.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.joep.2011.04.001
Ariani, S., Asiza, P., Aulia, A., Putri, Y. R., Rohmah, M., & Budiningrum, A. (2016). locus of control , dan etnis
terhadap pengambilan keputusan investasi. https://doi.org/10.14414/jbb.v5i2.550
Ashraf, N., Karlan, D., & Yin, W. (2010). Female Empowerment: Impact of a Commitment Savings Product in
the Philippines. World Development, 38(3), 333–334. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2009.05.010
Cahyaningrum, B., & Fikri, M. A. (2021). Peran Pemediasi Locus of Control Pada Pengaruh Financial
Knowledge Dan Financial Attitude Terhadap Financial Management Behavior. Jurnal Ilmu Manajemen,
9(4), 1500–1515. https://doi.org/10.26740/jim.v9n4.p1500-1515
Chrisandi, A. A. (2018). Hubungan Mental Budgeting Dan Management of Household Finance Dengan
Mediator Self Control Pada Ibu Rumah Tangga. Jurnal Ilmiah Mahasiswa Universitas Surabaya, 7(2), 1–
19.
Cimbniaga. (2021). Cara Mengatur Keuangan Rumah Tangga yang Efektif. Cimbniaga.
https://www.cimbniaga.co.id/id/inspirasi/perencanaan/cara-mengatur-keuangan-rumah-tangga-yang-efektif
Cobb-Clark, D. A., New, S. C. de, & Sinning, M. (2013). Locus of Control and Savings. Melbourne Institute
Working Paper, 42(13), 48.
Devi, S., Sistem, D., Matrilin, K., & Minangkabau, D. I. (2014). Kedudukan Dan Peran Bundo Kanduang Dalam
Sistem Kekerabatan Matrilineal Di Minangkabau.
Gogolin, F., Dowling, M., & Cummins, M. (2017). Individual values and household finances. Applied
Economics, 49(35), 3560–3578. https://doi.org/10.1080/00036846.2016.1262528
Ida, & Dwinta, C. Y. (2010). Pengaruh Locus Of Control, Financial Knowledge, Income Terhadap Financial
Management Behavior. Jurnal Bisnis Dan Akuntansi, 12(3), 131–144.
Idris, N. (2010). Dalam Metafora Masyarakat Minangkabau. Lingua, 5(2), 119–127.
Kholilah, N. Al, & Iramani, R. (2013). Studi Financial Management Behavior Pada Masyarakat Surabaya
. Journal of Business and Banking, 3(1), 69. https://doi.org/10.14414/jbb.v3i1.255
Kurniawan. (2019). Analisis Data menggunakan STATA SE 14 (pertama, pp. 1–2). Deepublish.
Mahayani, Herawati, L. P. S., & Trisna, N. (2020). Pengaruh Literasi Keuangan , Locus Of Control dan Budaya
Konsumerisme Terhadap Perilaku Keuangan ( Studi Empiris pada Mahasiswa Program Studi S1
Akuntansi Universitas Pendidikan Ganesha ). JIMAT (Jurnal Ilmiah Mahasiswa Akuntansi), 11(2), 113–
124.
Mahdzan, N. S., Zainudin, R., Sukor, M. E. A., Zainir, F., & Wan Ahmad, W. M. (2019). Determinants of
Subjective Financial Well-Being Across Three Different Household Income Groups in Malaysia. Social
Indicators Research, 146(3), 699–726. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11205-019-02138-4
221
Natalia, D. E., Murni, S., & Untu, V. N. (2019). Analisis Tingkat Literasi Dan Pengelolaan Keuangan Pribadi
Mahasiswa Di Fakultas Ekonomi Dan Bisnis Univeristas Sam Ratulangi. Jurnal EMBA: Jurnal Riset
Ekonomi, Manajemen, Bisnis Dan Akuntansi, 7(2), 2131–2140.
Pramana, E. (2022). Minat Belanja Tinggi, Jokowi Buktikan Ekonomi Indonesia Makin Membaik.
Https://Www.Jawapos.Com/. https://www.jawapos.com/ekonomi/09/02/2022/minat-belanja-tinggi-
jokowi-buktikan-ekonomi-indonesia-makin-membaik/
Silaya, M. A., Persulessy, G., Purimahua, S. Y., & Hiariej, N. (2019). Self-Control Analysis of Financial
Expenditure in Managing Christian Household Finance A study on housewives, Member of GPM Silo
Ambon City. 187(Icrpc 2018), 94–97. https://doi.org/10.2991/icrpc-18.2019.17
Siregar, B. G. (2020). Ibu Rumah Tangga Dalam Manajemen Keuangan Keluarga. Jurnal Kajian Gender Dan
Anak, 3(1), 16–32. https://doi.org/10.24952/gender.v3i1.2255
Sisbintari, I. (2017). Sekilas tentang Behavioral Finance. Jurnal Ilmiah Administrasi Bisnis Dan Inovasi, 1(2),
88–101.
Sugiyono, D. (2018). Metode penelitian kuatintatif , kualitatif dan R & D / Sugiyono. In Bandung: Alfabeta.
Tysara, L. (2021). Pengertian Kebudayaan Secara Umum, Unsur, dan Wujudnya Menurut Para Ahli.
https://hot.liputan6.com/read/4663610/pengertian-kebudayaan-secara-umum-unsur-dan-wujudnya-
menurut-para-ahli
Widi Asih, S., & Khafid, M. (2020). Economic Education Analysis Journal Terakreditasi SINTA 5 Pengaruh
Financial Knowledge, Financial Attitude dan Income terhadap Personal Financial Management Behavior
melalui Locus Of Control sebagai Variabel Intervening How to Cite. Eeaj, 9(3), 748–767.
https://doi.org/10.15294/eeaj.v9i1.42349
Wiratna Sujarweni, V. (2015). Metodologi penelitian bisnis ekonomi. Pustaka Baru 2015.
Zusmelia, Dasrizal, Erita, Y., & Fitlayeni, R. (2013). Model Pengembangan Enterpreneurship Dalam
Pemberdayaan Ekonomi Rumah Tangga Pada Masyarakat Matrilienal Minangkabau. 6(1).
222
Redefining Digital Banking
Willson Gustiawan1, Maya Permata Sari2, Mega Dwi Septivani3, Rahmat Eka Putra4, and
Rifdatul Husna5
1, 2, 3, 4, 5 Department of Business Administration,
Politeknik Negeri Padang, Unand Limau Manis Campus, Padang, 25164, INDONESIA
*Corresponding Author: willson@pnp.ac.id
Abstract: Digital banking (DB) is currently evolving in tandem with the internet of things (IoT).
Traditional banking operations have been taken over by DB. The trend of database creation is
increasing in tandem with the advancement of new technologies and changing customer
expectations. In truth, the banking business has been steadily digitalized since the 1960s. This DB's
development is inextricably linked to the digital transformation of a traditional bank to a digital bank
in response to the global development and distribution of new information technology, which not
only improves the quality of products and services but also lowers costs, allowing DBs to become
more effective and efficient. The rapid development of DB does not correspond to public knowledge
and acceptance of the notion of DB itself. This paper aims to find a more comprehensive definition
for DB. Methodologically, this work compiles numerous definitions of earlier DB, then takes
keywords that are thought to reflect the categories of institution, product and service, process,
technology, and characteristic. The terms are then combined to form a new, more comprehensive
definition. It is redefined DB as innovative activities of the financial institutions to provide electronic
financial products and services through virtual digitation using the online electronic platform over the
internet network.
Keywords: digital banking, redefinition, comprehensive definition
1. INTRODUCTION
The internet has now become a necessity. It is already regarded as a basic need. The internet has evolved
into an effective and efficient answer to all problems. Everything has been reliant on the internet as a smart
solution, which has now become an interesting topic of discussion, namely the internet of things. This covers
economic activities such as banking. The banking activities is rapidly developing. Banks play a crucial role in
the distribution of money in the economy, not simply as an intermediate institution between savers and
borrowers. The application of the internet in banking has led to the development of Digital Banking (DB). It
has become an essential element of our daily lives. And it is the most effective and viable method for increasing
customer value (Wirdiyanti, 2018).
Because of the amazing rise of DB, people's understanding of DB varies greatly, as does the level of
acceptance of DB in the community. This paper aims to provide an understanding of DB and its aspects. by
beginning with the trend of DB, DB initiation, digital transformation, digital business evolution, existing DB
definition, and DB features, it is proposed the new comprehensive DB definition.
1.1 Digital Business Evolution

According to (Dasho, Meka, Sharko, & Baholli, 2017), there are two aspects regarding the digital evolution:
digitization and digitalization. The digitization is an optimization opportunity that employs digital methods to
make current resources and processes more efficient and effective, and this strategy may result in cost savings
and increased agility. While the digitalization is a business opportunity in which digital assets and capabilities
are used to produce new services that are attractive to clients, resulting in differentiation, business innovation,
and new revenues.
In the context of digitization, DB is commonly used to describe the process of digitizing all levels of banking
(Isa, Hamdan, & Alareeni, 2021). The digitalization of the bank's services from conventional to DB, from
manual to automation activities, and from offline to online transactions (Ab. Aziz, Jali, Sulaiman, Harun, &
Mustafar, 2021). Furthermore, the notion of DB may be defined as the process of digitalization (from offline to
online) of all conventional banking services and products that were previously only available to consumers
223
when they visited a bank office. Simply, DB is the process of digitizing all banking operations that were
previously solely available to consumers within a bank branch (Ananda, Devesh, & Al Lawati, 2020). Similarly,
DB entails digitizing all bank transactions and replacing the bank's physical presence with a permanent
presence on the Internet, obviating the consumer's requirement to visit any branch of the bank (Ganieva &
Mirzaeva, 2022). More clients are adapting to mobile platforms, and younger people are utilizing internet
platforms. Because of these factors, there is undeniable power that can be utilized through digital platforms.
However, in order to harness the potential of digitalization, a number of obstacles must be addressed (Cuesta,
Ruesta, Tuesta, & Urbiola, 2015).
Regarding the digitalization, to be ready for the new digital age, financial systems must cope with digitalization
properly and productively (Dasho, Meka, Sharko, & Baholli, 2017). In almost the same resonance,
digitalization refers to all banking processes in order to replace the bank's physical presence, hence reducing
the need for customers to visit the branch (Haralayya, 2021).
The digitalization of banking functions begins with the ability to withdraw cash from ATMs without needing to
visit a branch office. Furthermore, to reduce time when performing transactions, financial features such as
Personal Computer Banking and Mobile Banking have arisen as innovations that allow the public to access
banking services without having to go via ATMs or branch offices (Siregar, Rohman, Luviyanto, &
Prabowosunu, 2022). The findings of their study demonstrated the significance of the digitization process in
assisting the establishment of a business model for the Indonesian banking sector. According to the
preliminary findings from this study, digital penetration is directly tied to the development of non-traditional
banking operations in Indonesia.
(Cuesta, Ruesta, Tuesta, & Urbiola, 2015) identified three stages in a bank's digitalization process: the first
involves the development of new channels and products, the second involves the adaptation of technology
infrastructure, and the third necessitates significant organizational changes for strategic positioning in the
digital environment.
1.2 Digital Transformation

The recent digital revolution has radically altered the transaction behavior of economic actors, impacted the
economy's foundations, and challenged traditional services, particularly those in the financial sector. The
increased prospects for financial inclusion brought forth by many existing digital advances separates the
present digital revolution from the preceding period. Consumption patterns are shifting to digital platforms, and
payment systems must be mobile, rapid, and safe at the same time (Bank Indonesia, 2019).
Banking operations have shifted from brick to click as a result of digital banking (Wirdiyanti, 2018). For good
reason, banking and financial services have always been quite formal in character. Even if the remark was
meant to be sardonic, it remains true for at least all enterprises. However, things are transforming in the digital
era (Cuesta, Ruesta, Tuesta, & Urbiola, 2015).
The development of the DB is inseparable from the development of digital transformation. The transformation
of commercial banks and the shift to a DB system is a response to the global development and active
distribution of new information technologies, and digital technologies not only increase the quality of products
and services, but also cut needless expenditures. The growth of DB is a key part of the development of the
banking system (Abdulaziz, 2022). In this context, conventional banks that commit to digital banking are going
through a metamorphosis that will allow them to position themselves inside the new ecosystem. This digital
transformation is determined by the conditions under which each institution begins, while it is clear that there
are numerous stages based on the level of maturity (Cuesta, Ruesta, Tuesta, & Urbiola, 2015). Furthermore,
the introduction of DB has transformed financial services into more efficient and competitive, providing a
competitive advantage (Ab. Aziz, Jali, Sulaiman, Harun, & Mustafar, 2021)..
1.3 The trend of digital banking

The trend of digitization has an impact on the economy, displacing traditional operations such as those in the
banking industry (Bank Indonesia, 2019). The trend identified by researchers is the transfer of most services
to a 24/7 mode. Banks are getting more and more automated as a result of technological advancements
(Ganieva & Mirzaeva, 2022). Because of the Industrial Revolution 4.0 and the growth of the digital economy,
DB has become an unstoppable commercial trend (Isa, Hamdan, & Alareeni, 2021). In line with the worldwide
trend, the banking sector, especially in Indonesia adapts to changing consumer habits by gradually introducing
advanced DB products and services (Indriasari, Gaol, & Matsuo, 2019). The primary trends in bank digitization
include the automation of back-office operations and operational procedures, the growth of electronic payment
systems, the use of analytics, and the transfer to cloud technologies (Mamedov & Azer, 2020).
224
There are several causes that might provide some explanations for 'turning digital' behavior, but the following
trends are likely the most essential and influential aspects, having a significant influence on the digital
transformation of financial services (Dasho, Meka, Sharko, & Baholli, 2017). Those are: (1) the development
of new technology. The rapid development of new technologies, such as the Internet, smartphones, and
tablets, as well as the threat of new entrants (running digital-only products and services) and new models,
adds a new dimension to banking's changing role. Many enterprises rapidly extend their activities into financial
services, constantly innovating and competing - or partnering - with banks and other financial institutions in
various parts of the financial markets or in activities that do not explicitly require a banking license. This helps
to drive banks to reconsider their business practices. (2) the change of customer expectations. Customers are
no longer the same as they were two decades ago. In only a few years, their expectations for products and
services have shifted. Digital consumers are members of the digital native generation, having been born and
raised on the Internet: The Y generation, who have been exposed to technology since early infancy, and the
Z generation, who have grown up in a media and online environment with nearly endless alternatives.
Concerning technology, the primary goal of integrating banking services with it, is without a question,
convenience. Most people are now so accustomed with technology that it impacts their way of life. Businesses
must therefore differentiate themselves in the digital realm with distinctive offers (Cuesta, Ruesta, Tuesta, &
Urbiola, 2015). Banks' decisions to use DB technology must be active enough to boost financing and liquidity
efficiency, but overly aggressive DB technology adoption may undermine their performance efficiency. The
use of DB technology might improve banking sector efficiency (Wirdiyanti, 2018).
Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Big Data Analytics (BDA) have emerged as significant technologies in the
modern banking service. The latest trend of AI and BDA enables banking to be more data-driven and
customer-centric. Personalization services are increasingly critical for leveraging existing customer interaction
and encouraging potential consumers to become new ones (Indriasari, Gaol, & Matsuo, 2019). AI and DB rely
heavily on artificial intelligence to automate all banking activities such as administrative work and data
processing, which reduces the burden placed on bank staff to complete their day-to-day responsibilities (Isa,
Hamdan, & Alareeni, 2021).
1.4 DB Initiation
The global expansion of DB has been predicted for many years, but numerous factors have lately converged
to accelerate this trend. Among the most significant changes is the presence of a much stronger ecosystem
to enable DB, which includes rapid increases in Internet and smartphone adoption as well as growth in e-
commerce, resulting in a shift in demand for DB from early adopters to a broader range of customers (Barquin
& HV, 2015).
The roots of automated services in the banking business may be traced back to the 1960s (Ngo, Phung, &
Chu, 2021). However, researchers identified quite diversely the following evolution of DB in various places of
the world. In US, Stanford Federal Credit Union was the first internet banking in 1994 (Wewege, Lee, &
Thomsett, 2020); (Cuesta, Ruesta, Tuesta, & Urbiola, 2015). The DB revolution in Indonesia began in the
early 2000s, when some national banks implemented Internet Banking and Mobile Banking (Indriasari, Gaol,
& Matsuo, 2019), where BII launched internet banking in 1998, and BCA implemented mobile banking in 2001.
BCA Syariah implemented Islamic mobile banking in 2014, and followed by other banks (Cuesta, Ruesta,
Tuesta, & Urbiola, 2015). Especially, the development of DB in Indonesia in 2020 also lags behind China,
which established Webank in 2014, and the United Kingdom, which established Monzo and Revolut in 2016.
National Bank of Oman and Bank Muscat introduced the concept of digital banking in Oman in 2002 (Ananda,
Devesh, & Al Lawati, 2020). In Uzbekistan, JSC Anor Bank launched its first online banking service as DB in
2020 (Abdulaziz, 2022). Notwithstanding, according to McKinsey report, DB has grown dramatically
throughout Asia since 2011. Consumers of financial services are increasingly using computers, cellphones,
and tablets to conduct business with their banks, while visiting branches and phoning service hotlines are
becoming less common. Despite certain institutional impediments, the transition is likely to continue, and
incumbents and new entrants alike should brace themselves for the repercussions (Barquin & HV, 2015).
2. DB DEFINITION
Defining a DB properly is not an easy task. There is no comprehensive explanation of this new term in the
literature (Cuesta, Ruesta, Tuesta, & Urbiola, 2015). Though, recently, Recently, the notion of DB has
emerged as a critical concept in both the banking sector and the whole economy (Isa, Hamdan, & Alareeni,
225
2021). Along with the development of information media, several terms have been associated with DB, and
even those terms are often interchanged with each other, making the true meaning of DB even more obscure.
Frequently, DB has been referred terms such as electronic banking, internet banking, online banking (Ab.
Aziz, Jali, Sulaiman, Harun, & Mustafar, 2021); (Cuesta, Ruesta, Tuesta, & Urbiola, 2015), mobile banking
(Dasho, Meka, Sharko, & Baholli, 2017), tablet banking (Ananda, Devesh, & Al Lawati, 2020), telephone
banking, contactless cards (Ngo, Phung, & Chu, 2021), web banking (Wirdiyanti, 2018), web-based services
(Isa, Hamdan, & Alareeni, 2021).
Methodologically, this article seeks to compile prior research on DB spanning from digital business evolution,
digital transformation, trend of digital banking and DB initiation. Then, numerous definitions of DB from
scholars are gathered from the 2008 to 2022 research papers. Keywords are recognized in the categories of
the institution, product/services, process, technology, and characteristic based on this description. From these
several keywords, one word is selected or new words representing keywords are created as part of the new
DB definition. Finally, the terms are combined to form a new definition of DB. The arguments for the choice of
words are discussed.
Indeed, this new definition does not provide a definition that is significantly different from prior definitions,
because the evolution of DB demonstrates that the features of the DB category do not evolve as quickly as
the derivatives of the category substantially. As a result, the categories are thought to be appropriate as DB
concepts. The keywords are then utilized to generate a new, more comprehensive definition of DB. Because
some of the prior definitions did not contain all of the current categories, this new comprehensive definition is
thought to be able of representing all of the relevant terms and keywords in each category.
Here, it is listed some issues related to the definition of DB.
Table 1: Definition of DB
Author DB definition
Abdulaziz (2022) is a bank or its subsidiary that provides remote
banking services using innovative banking
technologies
Ganieva & Mirzaeva (2022) is the automation of traditional banking services.
Digital banking allows bank customers to access
banking products and services through an
electronic online platform
Siregar, Rohman, is a bank that is meant to deliver value for the digital
Luviyanto, & Prabowosunu goods and services that are expected to optimize
(2022) the use of digital channels in providing services to
clients for everyday transaction activities.
Ab. Aziz, Jali, Sulaiman, refers to the utilization of technology to conduct
Harun, & Mustafar (2021) banking transactions in a smooth and convenient
way that conduct a virtual process where banking
services are delivered over the internet
Haralayya (2021) is the computerization of traditional banking
services. It enables the bank’s customers to access
banking products and use banking services via an
online/electronic platforms
Isa, Hamdan, & Alareeni ( typically refers to the process of digitization of every
2021) level of banking
Wijaya (2021) a bank/business organization activity that provides
fully online banking activities that were previously
only available at bank branch offices by automating
procedures with modern technology
Ngo, Phung, & Chu (2021) can be defined as a form of banking activities which
based on a digital core, ensuring maximum utility to
both the bank and the client in terms of cost saving
and benefit enhancement
226
Wirdiyanti (2018) is the process by which the customers perform their
financial transactions digitally without visiting the
bank branch; is a refers to accomplishment of
financial transactions over the Internet through a
bank's secured websites that enables the
customers to do their banking transactions with the
help of gadgets and through the internet
Platonov (2017) the provision of banking services via the Internet;
the use of Internet standards and protocols for the
interaction of the bank with the client;
Teedev (2015) the provision of electronic financial services by
credit and banking institutions, including the
activities of credit institutions in the field of electronic
settlements using bank cards and electronic money
systems, as well as exchange transactions with
stock values and financial intermediation of other
participants in electronic economic activity
Grizov (2014) the ability of the client to have direct access to a
bank account using a computer via the Internet and
using a standard browser
Gavrilova (2010) banking based on electronic technologies in the
information environment of the Internet
Mamedov (2008) operations carried out by the bank in the network,
differing from operations in standard bank branches
only in an interactive form of relationship with the
client
Several essential terms can be derived from the above definitions proposed by various authors. These terms
are separated into categories: institution, product and service, process, technology, and characteristic.
Table 2: Keywords of DB Definition

Category Keywords Redefine
Institution bank, bank subsidiary, business financial institution
organization, credit and banking
institution
Product/Service remote banking service, digital goods, electronic financial
financial transaction, electronic product and services
financial services, exchange
transaction with stock values, financial
intermediation, bank cards and
electronic money system
Process automation, utilization, virtual process, virtual digitation
computerization, digitation, electronic
settlement, direct access
Technology electronic platform, online platform, electronic platform,
digital channels, internet, modern online, internet,
technology, digital core, websites, network
gadget, , computer, network, standard
browser
Characteristic innovative, optimizing, smooth and innovative
convenient way, differing
Based on the above keywords, it is proposed the DB definition as innovative activities of the financial
institutions to provide electronic financial products and services through virtual digitation using the online
electronic platform over the internet network.
227
It is argued that digital banking is activities in any level of banking or financial transaction day to day. The
activities are carried out in a smooth and convenient way that differs from traditional banking service by
optimizing the process of virtual digitation including automation, utilization, and computerization that have
direct access between customer and institution. The customer does not need to come directly to the bank
office or branch. The institutions are not limited to just a bank or its subsidiaries, but also financial sector
business organizations in general such as credit and banking institutions in the field of electronic settlement
or other financial intermediation institutions. The word financial institution was adopted to anticipate future
developments in the financial industry's digitalization. DB products and services include remote banking
service, digital goods, financial transaction, exchange transaction with stock values, financial intermediation,
bank cards and electronic money system, mobile check deposits, tax-alters, e-statement and online bill
payment (Ananda, Devesh, & Al Lawati, 2020), cash deposit, cash withdrawal and transfer, checking or saving
account management, applying for financial product, credit and loan management, bill payment, account
service, money deposit, withdrawal and transfer (Ab. Aziz, Jali, Sulaiman, Harun, & Mustafar, 2021). All of
these products and services are referred to as electronic financial products and services. Technology related
to DB covers electronic platform, online platform, digital channels, internet, modern technology, digital core,
websites, gadget, computer, network, and standard browser that are represented as electronic platform,
online, internet network .
3. DB FEATURES
In an effort to redefine DB, this study ended by exposing numerous elements of DB, including benefits, factor
influence in adoption, advantages, key success factors, , issues and challenges. Some of these elements are
just briefly discussed in the following paragraphs.
DB provides the following benefit: cost efficiency, the flexibility of delivering service, operational efficiencies,
saving time, and ease of finding the product and service information (Ab. Aziz, Jali, Sulaiman, Harun, &
Mustafar, 2021); t removes the geographical barriers for customers, its convenience and innovative techniques,
it saves time, easy to access and nominal transaction fees, minimized the customer attrition and maximized
the customer loyalty, and free from hazardous circumstances (Mamedov & Azer, 2020).
DB Advantages include: performing banking functions from home, offering convenience, becoming paperless,
setting up automatic payments for regular utilities, supporting online shopping, providing services in remote
areas, reducing the risk of currency counterfeiting, enhancing privacy and security, reducing the requirements
for currency minting (Ganieva & Mirzaeva, 2022); convenience in terms of assisting customers in performing
banking functions from the comfort of their home, operating banking services around the clock (24/7), reducing
paperwork for banks' employees, utility bills can be done with one click, support online payments, DB service
are expanding in remote areas, minimize the risk of counterfeit currency, and it saves time (Haralayya, 2021);
enhance efficiency, saving cost, increase competitiveness, customer loyalty (Wijaya, 2021).
The following are the essential success elements for DB: currency order ability, customizable position settings,
account related to the status of tax credits, card lock function, innovation in secure storage, integration with
investment channels of the stock market, financial management analyst, enable account grouping in different
banks, readily accessible assistance (Ganieva & Mirzaeva, 2022).
DB Issues and challenges: traditional banking habits, security, transaction difficulty, technical issues, small
budgets, sustainable competitive advantage, convenience and death of loyalty, understanding customer
context, automation, and future work. And, the DB opportunities: leveraging the power of social, the right time,
and the right place (Revathi, 2019).
4. REFERENCES
Ab. Aziz, M. R. et al., 2021. Bibliometric Analysis of Literatures on Digital Banking and Financial Inclusion
Between 2014-2020. Library Philosophy and Practice, Volume 5322, pp. 1-31.
Abdulaziz, A., 2022. Benefit of Digital Banking. nternational journal of Social Sciences & Interdisciplinary
Research, 11(6), pp. 151-155.
Ananda, S., Devesh, S. & Al Lawati, A. M., 2020. What factors drive the adoption of digital banking? An
empirical study from the perspective of Omani retail banking. Journal of Financial Services Marketing,
25(1), pp. 14-24.
228
Bank Indonesia, 2019. Bank Indonesia: Menavigasi Sistem Pembayaran Nasional di Era Digital - Blueprint
Sistem Pembayaran Indonesia 2025, Jakarta: Bank Indonesia.
Barquin, S. & HV, V., 2015. Digital Banking in Asia: What do consumers really want?, Kuala Lumpur: Asia
Banking Practice.
Cuesta, C., Ruesta, M., Tuesta, D. & Urbiola, P., 2015. The digital transformation of the banking industry, s.l.:
BBVA Research.
Dasho, A., Meka, E., Sharko, G. & Baholli, I., 2017. Digital Banking the Wave of the Future. Tirana, s.n.
dos Santos, A. A. & Ponchio, M. C., 2021. Functional, psychological and emotional barriers and the resistance
to the use of digital banking services. Innovation & Management Review, 18(3), pp. 331-348.
Ganieva, U. A. & Mirzaeva, M. G. K., 2022. Types of Digital Banking Services and Increasing Their Popularity.
International Journal of Multicultural and Multireligious Understanding (IJMMU), 9(6), pp. 1-5.
Haralayya, B., 2021. How Digital Banking has Brought Innovative Products and Services to India. Journal of
Advanced Research in Quality Control and Management, 6(1), pp. 16-18.
Indriasari, E., Gaol, F. L. & Matsuo, T., 2019. Digital Banking Transformation: Application of Artificial
Intelligence and Big Data Analytics for Leveraging Customer Experience in the Indonesia Banking
Sector. Jakarta, s.n.
Isa, A. A., Hamdan, A. & Alareeni, B., 2021. The Impact of Digital Banking on the Bank Operation and Financial
Performance. Cham, Springer Nature Switzerland, pp. 421-430.
Kreitstshtein, A., 2017. Digital transformation and its effects on the competency framework: a case study of
digital banking, Helsinki: Haaga-Helia University of Applied Science.
Lipton, A., Shrier, D. & Pentland, A., 2016. Digital Banking Manifesto: The End of Banks?, Massachusetts:
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Mamedov, Z. F. & Azer, A., 2020. Development of Digital Banking in Modern Russia. Baku, s.n., pp. 186-192.
Ngo, D. T., Phung, T. H. & Chu, T. V., 2021. Factors Influencing the Consumer Adoption of Digital Banking
Services During the Covid-19 Pandemic in Vietnam. Cham, Springer Nature Switzerland AG, pp. 397-
410.
Pavithra, C. B. & Geetha, K., 2021. Factor Affecting Customers' Perception towards Digital Banking Services.
Turkish Journal of Computer and Mathematics Education, 12(11), pp. 1608-1614.
Revathi, P., 2019. Digital Banking Challenges and Opportunities in India. EPRA International Journal of
Economic and Business Review, 7(12), pp. 20-23.
Riza, A. F., 2019. Customer acceptance of digital banking in Islamic bank: Study on millennial generation.
Yogyakarta, Universitas Islam Indonesia, pp. 66-74.
Siregar, R. Y., Rohman, I. K., Luviyanto, A. N. & Prabowosunu, M. A., 2022. Digitalisasi dan Bisnis Model
Perbankan Indonesia. Economic Bulletin, 23 March, Issue 6.
Štavljanin, V. & Pantović, V., 2017. Online Customer Experience - Implications for Digital Banking. Bankarstvo,
46(2), pp. 101-129.
Sutikno, S., Nursaman, N. & Muliyati, M., 2022. The Role Of Digital Banking In Taking The Opportunities And
Challenges Of Sharia Banks In The Digital Era. Journal of Management Science (JMAS), 5(1), pp. 27-
30.
Wewege, L., Lee, J. & Thomsett, M. C., 2020. Disruptions and Digital Banking Trends. Journal of Applied
Finance & Banking, 10(6), pp. 15-56.
Wijaya, K., 2021. Digital Banking vs Digital Bank. s.l.:Majalah Infobank.
Wirdiyanti, R., 2018. Digital Banking Technology Adoption and Bank Efficiency: The Indonesian Case, Jakarta:
Indonesia Financial Services Authority (OJK).
229
Developing Alami’s Adventure Advergame for Promoting Eco Tourism
Activities at Kelab Alami Tanjung Kupang
Umi Kalthom binti Ramin1, Mazlisa Binti Mohd Isa2 and Nur Nasyrah Aainaa3
1Umi Kalthom Binti Ramin,

2Mazlisa Binti Mohd Isa,

3Nur Nasyrah Aainaa binti Mohd Nasri,
*Corresponding Author: umikalthom@pis.edu.my
Abstract: Kelab Alami Mukim Tanjung Kupang situated in Gelang Patah, Johor, Malaysia offers
unique eco-tourism and edu-tourism activities by exploring nature. However, most of the activities
provided have a few limitations for tourists. Some of tourist comes with family and young children
so an outdoor activity was not suitable for them. Moreover, sometime the activities such as cycling
and hiking only can be held in a good weather. So, the aim of this study is to develop a prototype of
Alami's Adventure advergame and get some feedback to see the acceptance of UI UX from the
respondents as a promotion tool especially to the youngsters. Spiral Models have been used along
the development process consist Four Phases which include Design and Planning, Game Code,
Play Test and Evaluation. This research manages to develop a prototype Alami’s Adventure
advergame with special fauna character that can be found at Mukim Tanjung Kupang as main
characters in the game. 50 respondents were involved from random area with different age range
and gave feedbacks in the questionnaires through Google form. We choose this age range because
this group is our target audience and most of the activities provided is suitable for teenagers, adults
or young eco-tourist. The findings reveal that evaluation made by User Interface (UI) aspects is high
(4.49) followed by User Experience (UX) aspects (4.37) which show most of the respondents
satisfied with the design and experienced a fun journey while playing the game. Hopefully this
research can enhance brand awareness and satisfy the tourist to enjoy the activities while at the
tourism spot or at home.
Keywords: advergame, eco-tourism promotion, mobile games application
1. INTRODUCTION
Kelab Alami is an edu-tourism site that should be one of the places for young people looking to learn more
about the exploring the nature. Founded by Dr Serina Rahman and Shalan Juma'at 14 years ago they
collaborate with a few local young teenagers who have been trained and educated to respect their community's
natural environment. Kelab Alami has now established community entrepreneurs by developing and
supporting local economic operations while also disseminating environmental knowledge and preservation.
To sustain the eco-tourism, they also educate guests about wildlife, plants, and animals, as edu-tourism has
evolved into one of the club's primary offerings. Tourists will gain fresh knowledge and insights about living
and appreciating the nature of the Tanjung Kupang area.
Kelab Alami's main eco-tourism and edu-tourism activities are Mangrove Habitat Walk, Seagrass Habitat
Walk, Merambong Island Habitat Walk, Cycling Tour, and Pendas River Tour. Despite the fact that the
activities offered are quite appealing, their promotional limits are not as severe as those of the Malaysian
Nature Lovers' Association (MNS), which promotes the 'forest and environment protection' campaign through
a mobile application in 2020. Kelab Alami's, on the other hand, is still aggressively promoting itself to the public
via social media platforms such as Facebook. Their target demographic or market consisted of people
between the ages of 25 and 34, who are thought to be frequent users of the media platform. (N. Ain, 2021).
For this reason, an advergame prototype was developed using a mobile games application, in order to ensure
that visitors of Kelab Alami (especially the young eco-tourist) will learn about nature as early as possible. This
230
type of inventive advertisement will help to promote Kelab Alami and encourage visitors to explore and learn
about the way of life in Tanjung Kupang. Environmental activity-based activities that are being offered should
be promoted among the younger generation so that the surrounding area can continue to be a fertile ground
for future generations (Datuk Seri Dr Ir Zaini Ujang, 2019).
1.1 Advergame and UI UX

Playing games is an excellent method for individuals of all ages to have fun and occupy themselves. As a
result, digital games are increasingly seen as a source of revenue in the gaming and advertising industries
(Jayswal & Vora, 2017). To attract customers to a product or brand, innovative and imaginative marketing
methods were developed. In WIRED Magazine issue 2001, Anthony Giallourakis first mentioned and coined
the word advergames in 2000 (Chakraborty & Saha, 2019). According to Çeltek, 2017 advergames have
shown to be a viable technique for increasing brand loyalty and gathering client information. Interactive
advertising games are being created. The global gaming market has reached $99.6 billion, with 37% of the
revenue earned by mobile phone businesses (Mastrocola, 2010). The integration of games and commercials
has increased branding and product understanding in order to obtain information from concerned consumers
(Çeltek, 2017).
Aggarwal (2015) defined the attitudes of advergames and the brand to test the efficacy of advergaming design,
revealing that well-executed advergames have a significant impact on customer behavior of all ages. In the
realm of marketing, conventional tactics are giving way to unusual approaches in order to improve brand
knowledge (Jayswal & Vora, 2017). Advergame has evolved into an important instrument for effectively
communicating businesses and products (Chakraborty & Saha, 2019). The growing interest in advergames
has revealed that marketers recognize the considerable benefits of advergames as a covert marketing
technique. The importance of this study is that the majority of mobile advertising games encourage fascinating,
daring, and thrilling elements. (Adis, 2020)
These traits, however, accentuate the assistance supplied in mobile advergames and its competitors. Creating
mobile advergames with these features helps improve advergame knowledge; nevertheless, the expected
outcomes from mobile advergames cannot be guaranteed. Furthermore, perceptions of advergame consumer
personalities, also known as advergame personality (AP), can be used to establish a different identity to
highlight advertisements. Furthermore, adopting understanding based on user perceptions of mobile
advergames can improve advergame efficacy. As a result, the study's goal is to identify the utilisation of mobile
advertising games as a brand communication tool (Adis, 2020).
Printsome (2015) wrote about three types of advergame (1) Advertising inserted into an existing game (2) Full
games for desktop computers, consoles, or mobile devices (3) Games on a company’s website. Moreover,
the interactive and social aspects of games are used to a brand's benefit in advert games. Here are some of
the principal advantages they provide for brands (1) Raise brand awareness (2) Positive brand interaction (3)
Opportunity to increase more followers (4) Promotional opportunities like coupons or rewards (5) Data and
research (6) Good games go viral lastly (7) Great reach through games. It is because over $100 billion is made
in the gaming business each year, and social and mobile games account for about 20% of that revenue. You
have a fantastic chance to connect with your target audience because to the wide market.
Advergame is been chosen because our target audience is local young generation or young eco-tourist which
is very close with gadget and games nowadays. Thus, this study aims is focusing on developing a prototype
advergame that user can assess and play through desktop or mobile devices to add the awareness to Kelab
Alami’s activities. We also get the feedback on the user acceptance with brand awareness through
questionnaires that also lead to user interface (UI) and User Experienced (UX) aspect. According to (Steven
et. al 2018) A high-performance product must have a good User Interface (UI). Good UI design is mostly
concerned with how they look graphically. The UI is just one aspect of the overall user experience. Usability
and UX, then, are not purely pragmatic. It includes the anticipation of use as well as the emotional effect
experienced during the engagement. The term "UX" refers to a person's reactions and perceptions as a result
of using or anticipating using a system, service, or product. (Daumal, S. 2012) Nor forgetting, the user also
has to give feedback on game design and brand awareness while testing the prototype.
231
According to (Wallace, 2019) ecotourism is a type of travel that involves natural attractions, focuses on the
preservation of nature, and requires tourists to appreciate local traditions and lifestyles while also minimising
their adverse impact on the environment. By raising people's knowledge of the need to protect the
environment, ecotourism motivates local populations to take part in the efficient management of indigenous
resources. The enhancement of nature and support of local cultures are important aspects of ecotourism a
region's customs and way of life to entice tourists to visit (Cobbinah, 2015). The young eco-tourist or a first
timer eco-tourist will always find the interesting destination to fulfill their inner peace by exploring nature with
their heart and spreading their experience online to attract more friends. They are somehow directly in charge
of preserving the environment and have a greater potential to disseminate environmental consciousness in
the future. Therefore, there is a need for additional research on young people's understanding of the issues
associated with ecotourism, as well as consideration of their perceptions and expectations of this matter as
essential components in the implementation and promotion of ecotourism (Cini et al., 2015)
The marketing strategy and product awareness of ecotourism must be in accordance with current trends that
might compel young people to enjoy the activities and attractions offered in order to attract their interest
Traditional communication methods have become less effective in recent years; therefore, marketers have
looked for more innovative ways to draw customers. The mobile advergame, which is regarded as an
appealing and innovative marketing communication vehicle that is able to create awareness. Companies
developed the Advergame concept to market their goods or brands by fusing "advertising," "computer games,"
and "mobile phones." (Çeltek, 2017). Advergames have the potential to be an effective tool for fostering brand
loyalty and gathering essential information about both current and prospective customers. Product awareness
can be increased by fusing games and advertisements. According to Çeltek (2017), advergames are viewed
as a conceptually fresh and cutting-edge communication route, particularly for reaching well-defined target
populations.
The capacity to involve teenagers and young people is raising the interest of advertising firms in advergames
(Peters & Leshner, 2013). Combining commercials and games is an excellent method for increasing branding,
increasing product awareness, and gathering thorough information about participants (Çeltek, 2017).
Aggarwal (2015) in the article titled 'A Analyze of Effectiveness of Advergames on Children,' had studied the
effectiveness of advergames from the KFC brand, where the brand has built a game that is still available to
this day. A modified Hierarchy of Effects model (Lavidge and Steiner1961) in figure 1, was used to examine
the effectiveness of advergames on young children and how their reactions altered at different stages of the
model. Attention, awareness, relevance, liking, preference, purpose, and decision are some of the processes
involved. This modified model includes the concepts of cognition, conation, and emotion to explain responses
to advertising.
Figure 1: Hierarchy Of Effect To Advergame Research
It is important to determine whether there is a correlation between the product and game material because
the primary goal of an advergame is to increase brand awareness. Additionally, mobile advergames need to
be made in a simple and convenient manner to draw in a growing audience because any of the issues they
are facing may cause the project to fail (Adis, 2020). A seamless synthesis of non-intrusive marketing,
branding, and advertising can be found in mobile advergames. In tourism, simple integration of a mobile game
into the trip is possible. This may take the shape of a game-based tourist guide that accompanies the user
while they are traveling and it can be played both indoors and outdoors (Çeltek, 2017).
232
3. METHODOLOGY
The study includes 4 phases that refer to the Spiral Model by Boehm (1988), where the first phase refers to
project planning, the second and third phase is the production process of the advergame prototype. The fourth
phase is to test the project prototype and get feedback from user through a set of questionnaires using the
Google Form.
Figure 2: Spiral Model By Boehm (1988)
3.1 First Phase – Project Design and Planning
Planning processes include the development of storytelling and concept of the game, the selection of the main
character of the game, the title of the game, the design of software and characters, the branding logo for the
game, the wireframe and also the preliminary ideas for the game layout.
Several sketches for background, game asset and character design have been selected and approved by the
Project manager in Kelab Alami. Figure 3 is sample of finalized sketches character design that has been
approved before go through an inking phase. The selected character is chosen based on the villager's
acknowledgment and can easily be found in Mukim Tanjung Kupang.
Figure 3: Sketches For Games Asset And Character Development

For Alami’s Game
After the inking phase four character have been finalized refer to Figure 4 (a). All the collectible items is mostly
other flora and fauna that can be found in habitat Tanjung kupang in Figure 4(b). Figure 5 shows a few layout
and game asset after inking phase and endorse by both Project manager and project leader. If a few
amendments will be made iteratively until we satisfied with the final output within the concept and theme that
been decide earlier. All the design and inking phase made by Adobe Illustrator and Photoshop.
233
Chippy Pak Dugong Bacak Fiddy Collectible items
(a) (b)
Figure 4: (a) Four Main Character (b) Collectible Items
Figure 5: Sample Of Game Asset After Inking Phase
3.2 Second Phase – Game Code for Alami’s Adventure Advergame
The majority of the time, energy, and resources used to create video games are put toward the end product.
This is also one of the most difficult phases of making a video game. In this phase, design works will involve
designing the character models, rendered, and iterated on to look exactly how they should in the story. Audio
design works continuously to make sure it sounds realistic. Environments that are dynamic, immersive, and
appropriate for a variety of playstyles are created. Each piece of in-game content required a few of lines of
source code. (Lehtinen, 2022). Utilizing the GDevelop 5 game engine was refer to figure 6, the simpler option
for creating a two-dimensional endless runner game. The implementation of game logic using a visual editor,
together with the user interface's ease of use and simplicity, were the primary factors in coming to this
conclusion. (Aslan, 2015).
All characters, backgrounds, game assets, and design layouts will go through coding procedures using
specific software. This technological component acquired a well-planned process that requires a significant
period of time.
Figure 6: Gdevelop Software Used As Game Engine In Production Process
3.3 Third Phase – Play and Test the Prototype
To ensure that this advergame development run smoothly and can be completed within the timeline we
divided this phase to six section, refer to figure 7 consist section A, B, C, D, E and F. By referring Kelab
Alami’s advergame flowchart we start with the section A first this splash screen applied and all the menu
234
being play and test the prototype. User interface UI elements, game asset, the navigation, effect, and
interaction will be put together including the sounds if necessary. All the play and test the prototype will be
finalized by project leader and sometime it takes the test repeatedly until we satisfied with the smoothness
and gameplay.
Figure 7: Flowchart and Section In Play And Test Phase
Then continue to section B – which got different level and we separate by the type of activity which as for sea
grass habitat walk- we use as a background and asset first level and mangrove habitat walk as background
and asset for second level. Then we continue the play test to section C- collectible items, mostly about all the
character. Then we proceed to complete Section D which is educate the user about the tutorial on how to play.
If we find not much problem we continue on Section E – more on claim and reward. The part that they can
claim the token if they play at the Kelab Alami itself. That we proceed to the final part section E where they
can like and share in social media.
Figure 8 refer to splash screen and main menu page which also provide background sound to the user, figure
9 and figure 10 is the sample how the prototype looks at ‘Background’ and ‘Coupon Redeem Interface’.
Figure 8: Loading Page and Main Page
Figure 8: Sea Grass Level Page
235
Figure 9: Game Interface With Coupon Redeem Section
3.4 Fourth Phase – Evaluation and Feedback

The prototype was tested using a set of questionnaires through the Google Form. This study involved 50
respondents overall, which comes in different group, (i) children, (ii) teenagers and (iii) adult. We choose it
randomly because our target audience is young traveler and nature lover, eco-tourist, or first-timer eco-tourist
come from all around Malaysia. Table 1 below shows the demography from the user, 52% of the respondents
is male and balance 48% is women. Well as for group of respondents there are 38% of them were children
below 11 years old, follow by 34% are teenagers and lastly 28% of them is adults which above 18 years old.
Table 1: Demography
Number Total (%)
Gender
Male 26 52
Female 24 48
Group of respondents
children (below 11) 19 38
teenagers (12 to 17) 17 34
adults (18 above) 14 28
4. FINDINGS
In this section, this finding is to ensure that users who want to be tested according to the target that this project
wants to achieve are not misled. This helps to some extent and ensures that the project is executed properly
with the testers.
4.1 Questionnaire Section and Mean Scale Interpretation

The questionnaires that we distribute consist five section, as shown in Table 3, Section A consist demography
gender, then B aspect game design. Follow by Section C and D the UI and UX and lastly the last section E is
regarding overall more on brand awareness.
Table 3: section in questionnaires

Aspect No of Question
Section A Demography 2 (gender,age)
Section B Game Design 4 (Yes/No)
Section C User Interface (UI) 7 (likert scale)
Section D User Experience (UX) 7 (likert scale)
Section E Overall - Awareness 7 (Yes/No)
Mean scale interpretation is used to summarize the research findings based on the User Interface (UI) and
User Experience (UX) of the game. (Allen, 2007) Likert scales are a frequent survey rating format. Using five
236
or seven levels, respondents score quality from excellent to poor or from best to worst. These interpretations
were collected using a five-point Likert scale with the options Strongly Disagree, Disagree, Neutral, Agree and
Strongly Agree. Table 4 shows the interpretation of the mean scale resulting from the data that has been
collected.
Table 4: Mean scale
Average Mean Mean Interpretation
1.00 - 2.33 Low
2.43 - 3.67 Medium
3.68 - 5.00 High
4.1.1 Game Design Aspects

In this aspect the question mostly relate with the concept and theme for Alami;s Adventure advergame refer
to table 5 below. There are 94% of the user agreed that the game concept relate with nature while 6% not
sure about it. 88% agreed that the color match with the theme, and 12 percent nor sure if the color match with
the theme. 86% agreed the character are attractive and can understands the personalities for each charactor
in this game but 12% choose Maybe attractive to them while only 10% not sure they understand the
personalities of each character.
Table 5: Game design (Theme)

No Question Yes No Maybe
1. In your opinion, does the concept of this game have 94% 0% 6%

anything to do with nature?
2. Do the colors used in this game match the theme of 88% 0% 12%
nature?
3. Do they think characters in this game are attractive? 86% 2% 12%
4. Do you comprehend the personalities of each 86% 4% 10%
character in this game?
4.1.2 User Interface (UI) Aspect

As shown in table 6, each item debates about the appropriateness of the button position, visuals in the game
and the use of graphics. The average mean is obtained by the average mean for all 50 respondents in each
question. The total Average Mean is mean for all the average mean for that certain aspect for User Interface
aspects is (x=4.49) is high and this proof that the users who have played this prototype are satisfied with the
visual design, button position and graphic used, background as well character and other relate with UI.
Table 6: Mean Scale Interpretation for User Interface (UI) Aspects

No Question Average Mean Mean
Interpretation
1. The placement of button is suitable 4.34 High
2. The text used can be read easily 4.52 High
3. Overall UI is easy to navigate 4.54 High
4. The graphics used is in accordance with 4.54 High
the game concept
5. The background of the game is visually 4.40 High
appealing
6. The characters in the game are well 4.56 High
designed
7. Buttons is clear, understood and helped 4.54 High
me navigate the game well
Total 4.49 High
237
4.1.3 User Experience (UX)
Each question discusses the function of the game, the user's achievement of the game and the user's
satisfaction from the game user. The value mean obtained after the analysis is high and this makes this
prototype of this game mostly agreed that the game functions are good, the user experience UX of the is
satisfied with the achievements they get in playing the game. The total Average Mean is 4.37 (high) refer to
table 7.
Table 7: Mean Scale Interpretation for User Experience (UX) Aspects

No Question Average Mean Mean
Interpretation
1. The game is fun 4.40 High

2. The game is easy to play 4.56 High
3. I can play every level in game
4. This game is challenging for me 4.50 High
5. Information provided in the game 4.46 High
6. help improve my knowledge 4.60 High
Total 4.37 High
4.1.4 Overall Feedback (Awareness)

In this aspect the question mostly relates with the brand awareness for Alami’s Adventure advergame refer to
table 8. There are 82% of the user agreed that they think this game can educate them about nature, while
18% not sure. 88% agreed that it is possible to use as educational tools for young generation, and only 12%
not sure. 78% respondent agreed that the content increase them to learn more about Kelab Alami and want
to visit that place. But only 6% not agreed and said No, balance 16% are not sure about it. 90% say this game
can create awareness and help to promote. This quite high value and show their acceptance of this game as
a promoting tool. However, only 10 % not agreed with it. Followed by 78% have interest to learn more about
Kelab Alami’s after playing this game. Finally, 88% will recommend this Alami’s Adventure to their friend and
family. Only 2 % say No and 10% not sure about it.
Table 8: Overall Feedback (Awareness)

No Question Yes No Maybe
1. Did you think this game can educate your knowledge 82% 0% 18%
about nature?
2. Did you think it is possible to use this game as an 88% 0% 12%
educational tool to educate the young generation
about nature?
3. Did the content of this game increase your interest to 78% 6% 16%
learn more about the Kelab Alami?
4. Does this game make u want to visit Kelab Alami? 78% 6% 16%
5. Do you think this game can create awareness and 90% 0% 10%
help to promote Kelab Alami?
6. Do you have any interest to learn more about nature 78% 2% 20%
after playing this game?
7. Would you recommend this game to your friends and 88% 2% 10%
family?
5. CONCLUSION
In conclusion, the method of promoting a services or product nowadays has many creative ways and one of
them is to use the advergame method. Advergaming revenue is a good opportunity for businesses because it
aids in the development of brand loyalty and the collection of customer data (Çeltek, 2017). The game also
238
introduces eco-tourists to the destinations or cities in a fun way. The presentation of information through
visuals is emphasized to attract the interest of young people. Visual appeal is used as the main attraction for
them. Young people easily remember a product or service if it is presented with an attractive and accurate
visual for them.
Following that, the development of Alami's Adventure advergame is expected to assist Kelab Alami's in moving
forward with strategies for the implementation of advergame as one of the methods of promoting their activities
during the exploration. Associating a brand with the fun of gaming has been shown in recent brand-impact
studies to boost brand metrics such as brand awareness, message association, and purchase intent.
Consumers are able to remember not only the brand or product itself, but also specific brand attributes
associated with it, after playing a game. Kelab Alami may consider the following suggestions, where they may
create a theme mobile advergame emphasizing the touristic information of the destinations.
6. REFERENCES
Adis, A. A. A. (2020). Use of Mobile Advergame as Brand Communication Tool. Journal of Social
Transformation and Regional Development, 2(1), 27-41.
Aggarwal, V. S. (2015). A Study of Effectiveness of Advergames on Children. Journal of Management

Research, 7(2), 137-142.
Ain, N., Hakim, L., Junaidun, N. A., Syazwani, N., & Fadzil, M. (2021). Persepsi Pengguna Internet di Malaysia
Semasa Pandemik COVID-19 Abstrak Perceptions of Internet Consumer in Malaysia during COVID-19
Pandemic Abstract Pengenalan Objektif Kajian Literatur Pengguna Internet di Malaysia Semasa
Pandemik COVID-19. 6(4), 117–125.
Allen, I. E., & Seaman, C. A. (2007). Likert scales and data analyses. Quality progress, 40(7), 64-65.
Alegre, J., & Juaneda, C. (2006). Destination loyalty: Consumers’ economic behavior. Annals of tourism
research, 33(3), 684-706.
Aslan, S., & Balci, O. (2015). GAMED: digital educational game development methodology. Simulation, 91(4),
307-319.
Çeltek, E. (2010). Mobile advergames in tourism marketing. Journal of Vacation Marketing, 16(4), 267-281.
Chakraborty, T., & Saha, R. (2019). Food Advergames and Children: The Psychodynamics. In Application of
Gaming in New Media Marketing (pp. 95-111). IGI Global.
Cini, F., Van der Merwe, P., & Saayman, M. (2015). Tourism students’ knowledge and tenets towards
ecotourism. Journal of teaching in travel & tourism, 15(1), 74-91.
Cobbinah, P. B. (2015). Contextualising the meaning of ecotourism. Tourism Management Perspectives, 16,
179-189.
Daumal, S. (2012). User experience design. Principles and methods UX, 1-2.
Demeter, T., Bratucu, G., & Palade, A. (2015). Dynamics of the youth travel market on a global level. Bulletin
of the Transilvania University of Brasov. Economic Sciences. Series V, 8(1), 95.
Jayswal, M. & Vora, P. (2017). Exploring the Impact of Brand Engagement on Brand Equity in the Context of
Advergame.
Kumar, J., & Nayak, J. K. (2019). Brand engagement without brand ownership: a case of non-brand owner
community members. Journal of Product & Brand Management.
Lehtinen, E. (2022). Comparing the GDevelop and Unity game engines in the development of a 2D endless
runner game.
239
Mallinckrodt, V., & Mizerski, D. (2007). The effects of playing an advergame on young children's
perceptions, preferences, and requests. Journal of advertising, 36(2), 87-100.
Marco. 2019. Spiral Model for Game Development: Techniques to Develop Games.
https://gamedevelopertips.com/spiral-model-for-game-development/ [Accessed 15 May 2022].
Peters, S., & Leshner, G. (2013). Get in the game: The effects of game-product congruity and product
placement proximity on game players’ processing of brands embedded in advergames. Journal of
Advertising, 42, (2-3), 113-130.
Printsome. 2015. Advergaming: The advertising value video games can offer
https://blog.printsome.com/advergaming-what-it-is-and-how-small-companies-can-use-it/ [Accessed 12
September 2022].
TALK, C. (2001). The spiral model as a tool for evolutionary acquisition. Start Your Software Odyssey Here,
801, 4.
Cauberghe, V., & Pelsmacker, P. De. (2013). Advergames. November 2014, 37–41.
https://doi.org/10.2753/JOA0091-3367390101 [Accessed 15 May 2022].
Marco. 2019. Spiral Model For Game Development: Techniques To Develop Games.
https://gamedevelopertips.com/spiral-model-for-game-development/ [Accessed 15 May 2022].
Tuan Man, D. S. T. I. (2021, March 14). Tingkat kesedaran, tanggungjawab pulihara alam sekitar. Berita
Harian.https://www.bharian.com.my/berita/nasional/2021/03/796037/tingkat-kesedaran-
tanggungjawab
-pulihara-alam-sekitar [Accessed 15 May 2022].
Stevens, R., Polk, K., Merrill, C., Feng, F., Weiss, M., Brosnan, E., ... & Barnes, L. E. (2018, April). User
experience design to enhance the effectiveness of mobile technologies for the treatment of mental
health. In 2018 Systems and Information Engineering Design Symposium (SIEDS) (pp. 135-140).
IEEE.
Wallace, R. (2019). Ecotourism in Asia: How strong branding creates opportunity for local economies and
the environment. In Positioning and branding tourism destinations for global competitiveness (pp. 192-
211). IGI Global
Wood, B. D., Leighton, R. W., & Seashore, R. H. (2015). A Study of Effectiveness. The Journal of Higher
Education, 6(7), 397. https://doi.org/10.2307/1974897
Wu, R., & Chen, H. (2018). Determinants of travel intention among asian visitors at the cultural creative
parks: perspective from theory of planned behavior. In Asian Youth Travellers (pp. 153-173). Springer,
Singapore
240
The Effectiveness of Sewing Technique Tutorial Application (SWAP) on
the Learning Process of Students with Special Needs
Mastura Binti Abu Bakar1, Nurul Aini Binti Mohamed2, Nor Rofizah Binti Johari3
1Mastura Binti Abu Bakar,
Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, Km 10, Jalan Kongkong, Pasir Gudang, Johor, 81700, MALAYSIA
2Nurul Aini Binti Mohamed,
3Nor Rofizah Binti Johari
*Mastura Binti Abu Bakar: mastura@pis.edu.my
Abstract: The use of multimedia technology nowadays has become a necessity in the field of
education, especially with online learning. Therefore, this SWAP application was developed to help
lecturers and students, especially students with special needs, as teaching aids. This study aims to
identify the content of applications developed in accordance with the content of lean learning. This
study is also to find out the skill level of using the application for students with special needs. And
also to find out the readiness of lecturers towards the use of interactive learning in teaching and
learning. The development of this application is also an effort to improve the teaching and learning
delivery to students with special needs at the Polytechnic Ibrahim Sultan and hopefully these
students with special needs are also able to compete and become part of a digitally literate society.
The respondents involved in this study were a total of 5 lecturers and 12 students of the Special
Skills Certificate in Fashion & Clothing Design. Data analysis is done qualitatively based on the
answers given by the respondents. The findings of the study show that lecturers have a high level
of use of teaching aids and students are also easy to understand with the video content provided.
There are several suggestions to increase the use of teaching aids.
Keywords: online learning, multimedia technology, special needs.
1. INTRODUCTION
Postcovid-19, the Education system in this country has triggered a lot of teaching and learning innovations
from conventional face-to-face to online learning systems. This change in the education system presents many
challenges to a special need students and lecturers in the Design & Visual Communication Department,
Polytechnic Ibrahim Sultan. Teaching and learning delivery during the pandemic, which mostly had to be done
online, has made it difficult for students to understand a topic because lecturers have to teach using sign
language and make demonstrations at the same time. The effect is that students cannot produce assignments
well and lecturers also have limitations to make physical demonstrations directly to students such as face-to-
face learning
The use of multimedia technology nowadays has become a necessity in the field of education, especially with
online learning. Teaching and learning become very challenging with the unpreparedness faced by students
and lecturers when it comes to practical activities and machine operation. Specially for Fashion Design and
Apparel Special Skills Certificate students. Digital interactive learning that has evolved into online learning,
provides new challenges to teaching and learning methods. Practical activities such as designing, cutting and
sewing fabric require the focus of monitoring from the lecturer.
Therefore, this SWap application was developed to help lecturers and students, especially students with
special needs, as teaching aids. This application was developed using Adobe Animate CC 2019 and Adobe
Premiere. Lecturers can help students with video tutorials included in this application.
This application covers the process of designing, cutting and sewing fabric. Students will be able to see a
step-by-step tutorial with sign language explanations in the video window. Subtitles are also equipped with
241
structured sentences that are easy for them to understand. Visual elements and the use of clear text facilitate
student learning activities so that the interest, quality, and achievement of deaf students can be increased.
With the help of this application they will be able to work independently or with little or no help from the teacher.
The application of this assistive technology can also improve the quality of the teaching and learning process
of lecturers. In addition, this application can be added as a collection of reference materials in the department.
a. Identifying the content of the application developed in accordance with the content of lean
learning.
b. Knowing the skill level of using the application for students with special needs.
c. Knowing the readiness of lecturers towards the use of interactive learning in teaching and
learning.
The literature review will discuss three main points which are interactive learning, students with special needs
and teaching aids.
3.1 Interactive Learning

The current learning method that is growing with the application of technology as a teaching aid is a familiar
thing. The same goes for interactive learning which is indeed a must for all teaching methods. Interactive
learning that allows students to engage with the teaching content is the choice of today's instructors.
Learner interactivity is defined as the learner's ability to respond continuously. Interactivity has long been
identified as contributing to successful teaching and learning. Because that is the reason to solve the problem,
we need interactivity in teaching and learning to create a better environment to be more active and dynamic .
Interactive learning environment is one of the factors should be considered before developing the interactive
learning especially to special needs student. However, problems can occur when the interactive learning
environment does not support the wishes and needs of special students. They also often encounter problem
in accessing the information available in terms of understanding it and using it in a proper manner (Fichten,
Ferraro, Asuncion, Chwojka, Nguyen, Klomp & Wolforth, 2009). Therefore, in order to assist these HI students
in accessing the information adequately, the e-learning environment needs to be developed and designed
according to the needs of the HI students by adding or enhancing some features within the e-learning
environment. (Hashim, Tasir & Mohamad, 2013).
3.2 Students with Special Needs

Students with special needs consist of students who have learning difficulties. Other terms have also been
used for these "students with special needs" such as special children, exceptional children, disabled children,
disabled children, abnormal children, problem children and children stunted growth and development.
According to Kail (2001), almost 4% of the world's population consists of exceptional individuals or children
with special needs. There are children who are born without being able to hear any sound, while there are
also those who are born without the ability to see objects or the light includes the parents' own faces.
Gargiulo & Kilgo (2010) categorized students with special needs into nine (9) categories which are :-
i. Mentally retarded.
ii. Disability in learning.
iii. Emotional and behavioral disorder
iv. Smart, intelligent and talented.
v. Language and speech problems
vi. Hearing problems
vii. Vision problems
viii. Autism Spectrum Disorders.
242
3.3 Teaching Aids
The teaching method using multimedia-based teaching aids is a method synonymous with online learning.
The use of ABBM based on multimedia is a more modern approach in improving the quality of teaching and
learning. Among the transformations implemented in teaching and learning is the use of multimedia as a
teaching aid. ABBM is very important in the P&P process because it can convey the content of the lesson
more clearly and easily understood. Anas, (2013). According to Mohamad & Musa, (2013) ABBM is divided
into two categories which are electronic and non-electronic. Examples of the electronic category are radio,
television, slide projectors, video and computer-aided devices. While the non-electronic category consists of
flash cards, models, journals, pictures, and magazines related to the lessons taught. While according to
Savage & Vogel (2013), multimedia is a modern term that means a combination of the process of development
and transmission of information in the form of audio, video, graphics, text, images and animation using digital
devices. The use of multimedia elements such as text, audio, video, animation, graphics, pictures and
interactive animation can stimulate students' interest to follow P&P (Ibrahim, 2013, Vebrianto, & Osman, 2012,
Basiron, 2012, Rashidi, 2009).
4. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
The application development process is adapted from the ADDIE instructional design model which contains
five phases namely Analysis, Design, Development, Implementation and Evaluation. The product
development stage (SWap) is in the third phase of the ADDIE Model. The five important methods (Figure 1)
in developing a prototype are gathering information, designing, identifying product problems, developing the
product and evaluating the product. This method was also chosen because researchers or anyone who wants
to develop a product can get feedback on the product being developed before it is marketed.
Figure 1. ADDIE Model
4.1 Analysis
Teaching problems are explained, teaching aims and objectives are set and the learning environment and
students' existing knowledge and skills are identified.
4.2 Design
This phase is related to learning objectives, assessment instruments, training, content, subject analysis,
lesson planning and media selection. The design phase should be systematic and specific
4.3 Development
Instructional designers and developers create and assemble content. storyboards are created, content is
written and graphics are designed. Programmers work to develop and/or integrate technology.
243
4.4 Implementation (Implementation)
Procedures for lecturer and student training were developed. Training should include course curriculum,
learning outcomes, delivery methods, and testing procedures.
4.5 Evaluation
The assessment phase consists of two parts: formative and summative. Formative assessment is present at
each stage of the ADDIE process. Summative assessment consists of tests designed for reference items
related to domain-specific criteria in an opportunity for feedback from identified users.
5. DESIGN FRAMEWORK
The design farmework is based on findings from analysis, design, development, implementation and
evaluation stages. Figure 2 shows the flow of navigation and sub-modules in the storytelling module along
with its components. Figure 3 shows the design of the developed application interface.
Utama
loading page
Mendraf Pola Menggunting Pola Menjahit Fabrik Nota
Susun Pola atas Bahagian Hadapan

Menjahit Baju
Fabrik & Belakang
Bahagian Bahu &

Menggunting Baju Menjahit Lengan
Lengan
Menggunting
Menjahit Kolar
Kolar
Menggunting
Poket
Figure 2. Swap application navigation and sub-modules.
244
Figure 3. Swap application interface design
6. RESULTS
This study uses a questionnaire as a research instrument. The data obtained has been analyzed to find the
effectiveness of using this SWap application on learning and studying in the course. The data of this research
study was analyzed using the help of Google Doc and Microsoft Excel 2016 software. In addition, this
software was also used to produce information in the form of tables showing frequency and percentage. The
respondents are students and lecturers of the Special Skills Certificate in Fashion & Clothing Design, Design
& Visual Communication Department, Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan.
6.1 Respondent Demographics

The data shows that 100% of the individuals from this questionnaire are female students. Out of a total of 14
respondents, 13 students are Malay students and one student are Indian student.
Table 1: Respondent Demographic Information Table

Percent % (frequency)
Gender Male
Female 100% (14)
Race Malay 93% (13)
Chinese
Indian 7% (1)
Age 20 years old 21% (3)
21 years old 29% (4)
22 years old 50% (7)
23 years old and above -
Polytechnic admission SPM 44% (6)
eligibility SPMV 28% (4)
SKM 28% (4)
Others -
245
Table 2 : Research items on the Effectiveness of Application Use in P&P.
Bil Item 4 3 2 1
1 1. The presentation of sign language through this application is easy

to understand
2 2. The SWap application developed shows how to draft patterns that

are easy to understand and follow.
3 3. The SWap application developed shows how to cut fabric in an

easy to understand and follow way.
4 4. The SWap application developed shows how to sew in an easy

to understand and follow way.
5 5. The notes provided in the SWap Application are easy to

understand and follow.
6 6. The visual design used increases my interest in learning about

this topic.
7 7. This application is very easy to use in teaching and learning

sessions.
Table 3 : Level Of Effectiveness Of SWAP Application Use In Teaching And Learning.
Bil Item 4 3 2 1
1 1. The presentation of sign language through this 86% 14% - -

application is easy to understand (12) 2)
2 2. The SWap application developed shows how to draft 86% 14% - -

patterns that are easy to understand and follow. (12) (2)
3 3. The SWap application developed shows how to cut 79% 21% - -

fabric in an easy to understand and follow way. (11) (3)
4 4. The SWap application developed shows how to sew in 72% 28% - -

an easy to understand and follow way. (10) (4)
5 5. The notes provided in the SWap Application are easy 93% 7% - -

to understand and follow. (10) (4)
6 6. The visual design used increases my interest in 86% 14% - -

learning about this topic. (12) (2)
7 7. This application is very easy to use in teaching and 72% 28% - -

learning sessions. (10) (4)
246
The table above shows the percentage of the effectiveness of the use of the Swap application for Fashion &
Clothing Design Skills Certificate students in the teaching and learning process at Ibrahim Sultan Polytechnic.
The results of the study were obtained using a Likert scale. The results of the questionnaire show that 86% of
students strongly agree and 14% of students agree that the presentation of Sign Language through this
application is easy to understand. Next, the same percentage of 86% strongly agree and 14% agree that the
developed Swap application shows how to draft patterns that are easy to understand and follow. 79% strongly
agree and 21% agree that the developed Swap application shows how to cut fabric that is easy to understand
and follow. Whereas, 72% strongly agree and 28% agree that the developed Swap application shows how to
sew that is easy to understand and follow, 93% strongly agree and 7% agree that the Notes used in the Swap
application are very easy to understand and follow. For the Visual Design item used to increase my interest in
learning about this topic, a total of 86% strongly agree and 14% agree and the last 72% strongly agree and
28% agree that this Application is very easy to use in PdP sessions.
Therefore, from the result above, shows that interactive learning application easy to understand to student
need special needs. Also, the content created are suitable with the need of the program. Student in special
needs also strongly agreed that the design in application is really increase their interest while studying.
7. SUMMARY
The technology developed should aim to foster communication between students and lecturers. Therefore,
SWAP: Sewing Technique Tutorial Application is designed to be able to help in the learning process of deaf
students to become independent. It is hoped that this application can help students improve the quality of
assignments as well as improve their time management. From this application, also can help the KFP program
add on their video in learning and teaching as a reference material. With an open access service, it can be
downloaded by students or those interested in the field of fashion design. In addition, this assistive technology
can be added as a reference collection in the department.
8. REFERENCE
Hashim. H, Tasir. Z., and Mohamad S.N, 2017.E-learning Environment for hearing Impaired Students. The
Turkish Online Journal of Educational Technology, 2013 vol:12 (4)
Aidah. A., M.H. Azahari, and A.I. Ismail,.2015. Enhancing learning ability among deaf student by using
interactive images. International Journal of Education and Research, Vol.3(3).
L. Ugalde, M. Santiago-Garabieta, B. Vilarejo-Carballido, and L. Puigvert. 2021. Imoact of interactive learning

environment on learning and cognitive development of children with special educational needs: A
literature review. Frontiers in Psychology.
Special Education in Context: People, Concepts, and Perspectives, https://www.sagepub.com/
http://eprints.utm.my/id/eprint/2236/1/7_9.pdf
247
Management Cash Waqf in West Sumatera: Case Studies On
Yayasan Wakaf Arrisalah
Gustina1, Syukri Lukman2, Muhammad Rizki Prima Sakti3, Mohamad Fany Alfarisy4
1Politeknik Negeri Padang,
Limau Manis Campus, Padang, Indonesia

2Andalas University,

3 University College of Bahrain,
Department of Business Administration, 2314 Rd No 2314, Saar, Bahrain

4Andalas University,
*Corresponding Author: umikhazid@gmail.com
Abstract:Waqf is one instrument that has been proven to make a major contribution in improving
the welfare of the people in the fields of education, social, religious, and health. The main objective
of this study is to explore the management of cash waqf, in West Sumatera, especially at the
Arrisalah Waqf Foundation (YWA) by linking the digitization factor, trust and the role of religious
leader as factors that are considered for waqif and waqif candidates in paying cash waqf. This
research is a qualitative research with interviews / depth interviews, observation and document
review as a medium of data collection. Interviews were conducted with structured questions that
could be developed in the field. This study found that YWA as nadzhir BWI (Indonesian waqf agency)
has managed cash waqf well. In addition, this study also found that the trust factor, the role of
religious leaders and using financial technology are important things that are considered by wakif
and candidate wakif in cash waqf. This study provides recommendations to stakeholders such as
local governments and religious leaders to increase their support for nazhir so that they can still gain
the trust of wakif. Nadhir must also provide periodic reports to the wakif for activities or cash waqf
management processes carried out as a form of maintaining the reputation to wakif.
Keywords: YWA, Trust, Religious Leaders, Wakif.
1. INTRODUCTION
History of waqf as one of successful instrument give huge contribution in Islamic civilization is very nice story
and prove in lots of writing. This instrument proven could increase well-being public good in various line life.
Throughout history Islamic civilization , waqf capable help government in provide various the intended facilities
and infrastructure for necessity worship , health , education , economy , social , culture and goals other (Sadeq,
2002) . This fact too much adopted by the west in form endowment (Mahamood & Rahman, 2015) . In context
modern Islamic finance , waqf categorized as as instrument finance Islamic social finance (Islamic Social
Finance) and trusted be one of determinant achievement Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) (Ihsan,
2022) .
Ministry of Religion data shows more from 55 thousand hectares soil waqf spread over various province
(Ministry of Religion, 2022) . This is something already becomes culture for Muslims in Indonesia as well as
around the world, that Muslims are very generous in give waqf this good for social interest or other. New world
award for this achievement is what gives the most generous country category to Indonesia show that
Indonesians are consist from people who like helpful, kind and like share World Giving Index 2021 version,
which published in publication Global Charities Aid Foundation in 2021. These facts in line with statement that
the big potential sodaqoh / others donation , including among them is cash waqf (Intan & Nidia, 2019) .
Traditional waqf known in West Sumatera and Muslims usually still about 3M that are mosques/ mushalla ,
tombs (makam) and madrasas. It is documented by the office of the Ministry of Religion of the Republic of
Indonesia that During period 1500s to 1600s, there are soil waqf in East Java covering an area of not
248
enough over 20,615 square meters , along with a number of asset registered waqf _ such as mosques and
graves / graves (Fauzia, 2013) . The Office of the Ministry of Religion noted there is more of 4.9 million square
meters soil waqf in Indonesia. Land value that is estimated reached IDR 377 trillion (equivalent to with
US$26.26 billion). Added by (Ihsan, 2022) , Mostly soil this used for destination religious . Data from Ministry
of Religion office shows that more of 60% land waqf in Indonesia is used good for mosques and musallah.
The rest is used for funerals, schools and necessities social others (Ministry of Religion of the Republic of
Indonesia, 2021).
For cash waqf / waqf cash, is form revitalization from traditional waqf. This thing becomes a phenomenon of
increasing waqf cash this , because its possible flexibility for exploration use potency waqf including in terms
of financing, public sector and reduction poverty (Alpay, S. & Haneef, 2015) . This enhancement potency waqf
is one of them could conducted with make waqf as supporter enhancement well-being community.
Based on BWI 2021, there are 5 waqf foundations and financial institutions registered as nadzhir cash waqf
in West Sumatra . As for the five is as following :
⚫ KSPPS BMT AL FATAYA, In Payakumbuh City

⚫ KJKS BMT ALANG LAWEH, Padang City
⚫ KJKS BMT SEBERANG PADANG, Padang City
⚫ Yayasan Wakaf Arrisalah (YWA), Padang City
⚫ Yayasan DARUL HIKMAH, West Pasaman.
From five nadzhirs, researchers take Yayasan Wakaf Arrisalah (YWA) as object research this time. The reason
is from that 5 foundations waqf and financial institutions, YWA is the oldest institution, so it experience and
knowledge better in manage waqf.
1.1 Objectives Of Study

The main objective of this research is to explore the management of cash waqf, in West Sumatra, especially
at YWA by linking digitization factors, trust and the role of religious leader as factors that are considered for
waqf in paying cash waqf.
The digitization factor, or often called fintech, is becoming something important at this time. Not only banking,
business, philanthropy have also used the convenience of this digitalization. This has not been explored much,
especially for the study of cash waqf. This fintech can be seen from the system used, the online donation
platform, and the reporting used. Hou et al (2021) investigated the effect of trust, and the influence of friends
on the online donation platform. The study of Farokhah, et al (2019) included the element of digitization in
waqif behavior by using PEOU (Perceived Ease of Use) or Ease of Use and PEU/perceived Ease usefulness
digitally. The easier the system to use and the higher the perceived benefits, the higher their desire for waqf
to participate in cash waqf.
Trust is an individual's readiness to give trust/trust to partners or other people who will provide the desired
results as expected. Shatar et al., (2021) gives the meaning here is the level of trust of donors to waqf
institutions. The better of reputation and integrity of the waqf institution in the eyes of the wakif and candidate
wakif, the greater their desire for cash waqf. Studies Kasri & Chaerunnisa (2022) show that trust is important
in influencing a person's perception of wakif for waqf. The existence of a sense of certainty and trust in waqf
institutions will increase wakif in cash waqf (Osman & Muhammed, 2017), (Shukor et al., 2019).
Teah et al., (2014) stated that the various motives that are the reasons for a person to donate/waqf apart from
education, religiosity, and government are the role of the scholar. In the context of this waqf, it may be more
appropriate with the role of religious leader (Chrisna et al., 2021). Religious figures are public figures who can
motivate the community, both in providing religious knowledge/education through lectures they do in mosques
or mushalla. Their explanation will strengthen public trust in the management of the waqf institution. Their
existence is clearly very influential for society (Chrisna et al., 2021).
1.2 Problems of Research

The three factors that are considered by waqif in cash waqf are the main issues in this study. This study will
observe how YWA collects and manages cash waqf in West Sumatera by considering the factors of
digitization, trust and the role of religious leader.
249
To make this paper easier to understand, the structure of the writing begins with a study of the research
background. Here is a discussion regarding the reasons for this writing. Next is a literature review related to
waqf and followed by a research methodology. The next section is a discussion that contains the results of
the research discussion and the last section, will be closed with conclusions.
2.1 Waqf and Cash Waqf
Kahf (2007) states, originally, waqf has the meaning of stopping, holding or restraining. However, technically
Kahf (2007) in (Gustina & Ihsan, 2018) continued by waqf means "holding certain properties and storing them
for philanthropic purposes and preventing them from being used other than the intended purpose. Many
scholars agree that waqf is the same as sadaqoh jariah which has continuous rewards for the giver.
Interestingly, waqf addressed for public interest , nadzir / manager (trusted person) manage waqf must prevent
use treasure waqf from besides destination the donor (Raissouni, 2001) . Next (Sadeq, 2002) also added that
add that ownership property waqf no can transferred; only benefit from property that can be taken .
Though most treasure the waqf given public in form treasure not move like land and buildings , (Kahf, 1998)
disclose that waqf could given in various form such as; books , tools agriculture, animal livestock , stock and
property , as well as cash .
Number of scholars who allow waqf cash look at that money is not finished the benefits after invested. Related
this thing, in Indonesia, the MUI has issued fatwa number 29 of 2002 concerning Cash waqf containing as
following : ( https://www.bwi.go.id/3636/2019/09/17/fatwa-mui-about-wakaf-uang/ ):
1. Waqf (Cash Waqf / Wagf al -Nuqud ) is waqf performed _ a person , group of people, institution or
legal entity in cash form . _
2. Including to in the meaning of money is letters valuable .
3. legal money waqf Jawaz (boleh)
4. Cash waqf only can distributed and used for allowed syariah complaint.
5. Core value Cash waqf must guaranteed sustainability, no can sold, given away, and or inherited.
2.2 Elements of waqf
Referring to the Law Republic of Indonesia No. 41/2004 concerning waqf (BWI, 2020) explained elements
waqf that , is as following:
1. Wakif is is Arabic term for donor , person who gives waqf . Waqif is someone who is mature , intelligent
healthy , no blocked deed law as well as owner legitimate treasure object waqf , which can in the form of
individuals , organizations and legal entities
2. Nadzhir , is a trusted person Becomes manager waqf . Nadzhir could in the form of individual, organization
or legal entity. In Article 10 of the Republic of Indonesia Law No. 41/2004 above mentioned individual
could becomes nadzhir if fulfill requirements for Indonesian citizens, Muslim, baliqh, trustworthy, capable
by physical and spiritual as well as no blocked to do deed law . By general nadzhir organization or legal
entity have same conditions with nadzhir individual and for organization or legal entity, concerned engaged
in social, educational, community, and/ or Islamic religion. The tasks of nadzhir are namely:
✓ Manage and develop waqf assets in accordance with its purpose, function and designation ;
✓ To do administration treasure object waqf;
✓ watch over and protect treasure object waqf;
✓ report implementation Duty to the Indonesian Waqf Board.
3. Waqf Property, Treasure object waqf only could donated if owned and controlled by Wakif by legitimate.
Treasure object waqf consist of object not move and move.
(1) Objects not move included:
a. right on suitable land with regulation legislation valid invitation both already / not yet registered.
b. Building or part standing building of on soil earlier, including plants and other related objects with
soil that.
c. next right owned by on unit house stack in accordance with provision regulation legislation valid
invitation.
d. Objects not move other in accordance sharia provisions.
250
(2). Moving object, i.e treasure things that don't can finished because consumed, includes
a. Money
b. Metal glorious
c. Securities
d. Vehicle
e. Right on riches intellectual
f. Right rent
g. Other moving objects as appropriate legislation invitation
4. Pledge waqf
a. Pledge waqf implemented by Wakif to Nadzhir in front of PPAIW (Pejabat Pembuat Akta Ikrar Wakaf)
or Waqf Pledge Deed Official with 2 (two) witnesses.
b. Pledge waqf as referred to in paragraph (1) is stated by oral and/ or written as well as poured in Waqf
Pledge Deed Official by PPAIW.
5. Waqf Property allocation. To reach purpose and function waqf, property object waqf only could for :
a. worship facilities and activities;
b. facilities and activities education as well as health;
c. help to the poor, children abandoned, orphans, scholarships;
d. progress and improvement economy people; and/ or
e. progress well-being general others who don't contrary with sharia and regulations legislation.
Mauquf alaih is the party has accepted benefit from allotment treasure object waqf in accordance to statement
will Waqif that is poured in Deed Pledge waqf.
6. Period time waqf apply forever, except there is agreement for period time certain.
2.3. Trust and Role of Religious Leaders in waqf Cash
Nadzhir as manager waqf is very important party in a management waqf. It’s because they are spearhead that
will make this waqf becomes useful and arrived at maukuf alayhi . For getting amount waqf and cash waqf
from people who will they manage, It needs a commitment that must be maintained as a form of accountability
later on to the people or the community who have given their waqf. Nazhdir's reputation must always be
maintained so that he will still gain the trust of the people.
Therefore, it is important to know what things can increase the participation of the people/community in paying
cash waqf that they can manage. Several previous studies, which adopted quantitative research, provided
empirical evidence that trust was an important consideration for waqf for cash waqf.
Trust / Trust defined as confidence that something organization / institution and its people no will once take
profit from vulnerability holder interests , with behave fair , can reliable , competent , and ethical in all thing
transaction (Sargeant & Lee, 2004) .
Trust, refers to the individual's readiness to develop trust in exchange partners in providing the desired results
as expected (in this case, the level of donor trust in the waqf institution) ( Shatar et al., 2021). Trust is an
important issue, it is highly valued. reasonable, because trust can come from a person's personality, or from
the reputation of that person.
Apart from trust, the role of religious leader is also considered to be a consideration for wakif and wakif
candidates to participate in cash waqf.
In their study (Van Slyke & Brooks, 2005) and (Teah et al., 2014) stated that the various motives that are the
reasons for a person to donate/waqf besides education, religiosity, and government are the role of the scholar
role. In the context of this waqf, it may be more accurately called the role of religious leader (the role of religious
leaders/religious leaders) (Chrisna et al., 2021) .
Religious figures are public figures who can motivate the community, both in providing religious
knowledge/education through lectures they do in mosques or mushalla. Religious leaders are important people
in motivating people to do cash waqf and giving trust to waqf institutions. Their existence is clearly very
influential for society (Chrisna et al., 2021) .
2.4.Digitalization Or Fintech
Digitization/fintech is widely used in studies related to internet banking, stock trading or online ticketing. Gopi
& Ramayah (2007), Lee-Partridge & Ho (2003) conducted studies related to the relationship between attitudes,
subjective norms, and perceived behavioral control on the behavior of using stock trading via the internet. In
addition, this study was also used by Chan & Lu (2011), Shih & Fang (2004) in internet banking, as well as in
online ticket studies (Athiyaman, 2002). Currently, fintech is also starting to be used in philanthropic studies
251
such as donations and endowments. Studies by Kasri & Chaerunnisa (2022), Farokhah, N et al. (2019),
Masrizal et al.,(2022) are some examples.
Kasri & Chaerunnisa (2022),stated that millennial waqifs are influenced by the online platform system used to
pay cash waqf. Here it can be seen that fintech is one of the millennial considerations when it comes to waqf.
Farokhah, N et al. (2019) the use of fintech in cash waqf has a significant effect on cash waqf participation.
People will want to do waqf with a system that is easy to use and useful. Masrizal et al.,(2022) stated that the
fintech factor had a significant effect on waqf crowdfunding.
From the research that has been done, it can be seen that the digitalization or fintech factor is important in
making it easier to pay waqf.
From three factors above namely trust, the role of religious leader and fintech are important that are considered
for waqif in cash waqf. That is why researchers want to explore deeper into the object of the Arrisalah Waqf
Foundation (YWA) in the context of cash waqf management.
3. METHODOLOGY
This research is a qualitative research with a case study as the research design. More specifically, this study
uses an interpretive paradigm that requires a good understanding and interpretation from researchers about
what individuals do in organizations. In this study there is no testing of the deductive hypothesis model
because that is one of the characteristics of a qualitative research approach.
Qualitative methods emphasize the observation of phenomena and more research into the substance of the
meaning of the phenomenon. The analysis and sharpness of qualitative research is greatly affected by the
strength of the words and sentences used. Therefore,(Basri, 2014) concludes that the focus of qualitative
research is on the process and the meaning of the results. The attention of qualitative research is more focused
on human elements, objects, and institutions, as well as the relationship or interaction between these
elements, in an effort to understand an event, behavior, or phenomenon (Mohamed et al., 2010).
In this study, the case was carried out at YWA in West Sumatra, which is one of the waqf nadzhir registered
with BWI. This foundation already has its own school buildings, health facilities and others which were built
purely from waqf funds.
In conducting this research, the researchers used various data collection methods in the form of in-depth
interviews, observation and document review on the object of research, namely Yayasan Wakaf Arrisalah
(YWA). Interviews/ depth interviews conducted have structured questions, which are then developed in the
field according to the objectives to be achieved in the research.
In qualitative, analysis is the process of breaking down data into smaller components based on certain
elements and structures. According to Bogdan and Biglen in (Moleong, L, 2016) which states that qualitative
data analysis is an effort made by collecting data, organizing data, sorting it into manageable units (reducing
data), synthesizing, searching and finding patterns, finding what is important and what is learned and decides
what can be shared with others. Thematic analysis is carried out, then narrated, then written down for others
to enjoy.
4. FINDINGS AND DISCUSSION

4.1 Profile of Yayasan Wakaf Arrisalah (YWA).
The idea of establishing this waqf foundation began when several West Sumatran students returned to school
at LIPIA (Institute of Islamic and Arabic Sciences) Jakarta who considered the importance of establishing a
high-quality religious education institution in the Minang region. This can be seen from the fact that at that time
religious education institutions were still lacking, even though West Sumatera was the center of Islamic
religious education in Indonesia in the past. This idea has not been realized, it is still in the heart, which then
these students continue their education to various parts of the world, such as Cairo, Egypt, the Middle East or
Medina. After returning, they strengthened their determination to establish this educational institution, which
is also the institution where they work and serve in education.
Finally, an Islamic Foundation was established with the concept of Islamic waqf-based development. A
strategic area for the future development of the Ummah is Education, so the focus of the Foundation at that
time was the establishment of a boarding school for the education of the younger generation in West Sumatra,
which was named the Ar Risalah Islamic Boarding School.
Based on the notarial deed of Helmi Darlis No. 28 dated 24/6/2003 in Solok, Yayasan Wakaf Arrisalah (YWA)
was established with the main program being to establish the Ar-Risalah Islamic Boarding School. The
teaching and learning process for this Islamic boarding school is carried out at the 3rd-floor mosque in Nagari
Cupak, Solok. In the 2004/2005 academic year, the learning process at the Arrisalah Islamic Boarding School
began with 120 students, namely 2 male classes and 2 female classes. (https://arrisalah.sch.id/profile-
yayasan-waqaf-ar-risalah/)
252
Initially, Yayasan Wakaf Arrisalah (YWA) managed 4 areas under it, namely the Educational Sector (SMP and
MA), the Basic Education & Development Sector (TPA, PAUD, TK and SD), the Community Service
Institutions (Dakwah and Lembaga Amil Zakat) and the Development & Business Sector. (Mini market, depot
and cooperative). Each field is led by the Chairperson of the Foundation I-IV. Then this field continues to
develop according to the demands of the people's needs.
In 2005, the Ar Risalah Islamic Boarding School branch was officially opened in Padang, which is located in
Koto Tangah District, which was established on a waqf land area of ± 4 hectares. With the trust of the people
through the extent of the waqf land located in Padang, in 2007 it was determined that the institution in Padang
become the core foundation and in Solok the branch Foundation. The Ar Risalah Islamic Boarding School in
Padang for the 2007/2008 school year opened a Madrasah Aliyah (MA) with a focus on Science and Religion
(East Timor/Middle East). Beside that, Arrisalah also open the Madrasah Tsanawiyah class (junior high school
level). Since 2009, the foundations in Solok were all moved to Padang, so this educational institution continues
to grow until now. From 2012, Ar Risalah Islamic College has opened PAUD & Kindergarten, Qur'an
Elementary School, Middle School and MA (Madrasah Aliyah), Ar Risalah Islamic College.
(https://arrisalah.sch.id/profile-yayasan-waqaf-ar-risalah/).
4.2 BPW (Badan Pengelola Wakaf) Yayasan Wakaf Arrisalah (YWA)
Because of Yayasan Wakaf Arrisalah (YWA) has a focus on education, the Ar Risalah Waqf
Management Agency (BPW) was formed which is under the education sector. Currently, this BPW led by a
chairman, namely Aris Setiabudi, Lc. From him, researchers conducted interviews / in-depth interviews related
to waqf management at this Foundation, including cash waqf. Since 2017, Yayasan Wakaf Arrisalah (YWA)
has officially become the official nadzir of waqf management and is registered in BWI (Indonesian Waqf
Board). Mr. Aris Setiabudi was appointed as chairman of the waqf management body under the YWA (Aris
Setia Budi, 2022).
4.3 Source of Waqf YWA
Since the establishment of YWA, they are still focusing on the development of education. Waqf fundraising
continues to improve the quality of education. In collecting waqf funds, YWA has attempted to collect waqf
funds through parents of students who are indeed the closest environment to the Foundation. Every month
there will be permanent/regular or non-permanent waqf donors who come from the parents of students at this
Arrislah Islamic College.
“If I see it, the regular waqif means those that are repeated, no... if we look at it, on average, our
wakif is the regular one. Around 70% of the waqf will return to BPW arrisallah because the majority
of our wakif are actually guardians of students. Because they have an emotional bond with us
because their children go to school here, while seeing their children waqf here. "
In addition to getting waqf from parents, YWA also maximizes fundraising from waqf boxes for students
studying at Arrisalah.
"We are also trying and educating students by placing waqf boxes in each dormitory. familiarize
yourself. Maybe the regular donors are our children. They donate in boxes provided in their
dormitory, or in the school environment. A thousand or two thousand, as much as they could.
Once a month we pull the box. Sometimes it collects 1 million or 2 million. Thus it is a way of
educating what we do, as well as a means to collect cash waqf for us Arrisalah”.
Then, do better empowerment on the results of waqf given by the people. For example, cash waqf given by
donors from the Middle East (because they have good relations with the Middle East) is used as productive
for the management of canteens and cafes, chicken farms, for convection of student uniforms which are
routine needs every year.
“We are also trying to make the waqfs entrusted to us productive. However, of course, we are
very selective in the field of business, seeing the accountability of this waqf property from the
Foundation to the people is very important. So the business we are doing is chicken farming
(which is one of the nutritional needs in the dormitory), then the canteen and cafe business which
is also the needs of students in the dormitory, and the business of convection of student school
uniforms which is a routine need every year at the Arrislah Islamic boarding scholl.”
In addition, since YWA officially became a nadzhir registered with BWI, in 2021 it has been launched to
become LKSPWU (Islamic Financial Institution Recipient of Cash Waqf) at Bank Nagari West Sumatera, so
this is one way also in funding cash waqf by YWA.
253
"So the community does not understand that waqf does not have to be in large quantities like land
waqf. The public's interest in waqf money is still low. At the time of 2020, we only received a little.
About 20 million. However, since the launch of Arrisalah as LKSPWU (Islamic financial institution
receiving cash waqf) through Bank Nagari West Sumatra in 2021, we have received cash waqf
of around 55 million.”
“The wakif we obtained at that time was from external, not the guardian of the student anymore.
With the help of Bank Nagari (in 2021 we will launch our report as LKSPWU, we will get more. It
is Bank Nagari who do the most, they explain it to customers, or maybe the employees themselves
who donate."
From the results of the interview, it can be concluded that the sources of waqf obtained from YWA are:
1. Collect from available waqf sources, such as regular/permanent wakif from parents and students of the
Arrisalah Islamic boarding Scholl
2. Empowering productively accepted waqf through chicken farming, convection and canteens/cafes.
3. Collecting through LKSPWU
4.4 Waqf Programs in Arrisalah and Wakif Trust
In order to collect waqf at YWA, they carry out several programs. This waqf program are in the form of
Dormitory Waqf, Land Waqf, Mosque Waqf, Quran Waqf, Productive Waqf, Money Waqf, Orphan House
Waqf, Tahfiz House Waqf.
In designing this program, the management of YWA felt that the trust factor of the wakif was very crucial to its
success. The administrators believe that they can get that trust as long as they are also trustworthy towards
the waqf they have received. Related to the trust, the researcher also interviewed the management of YWA
on how to campaign for the people to participate in the waqf program. They stated that giving a good
explanation to the wakif and the candidate wakif what benefits would be received by the maukuf 'alaihi
(beneficiaries of the waqf) with the program was very important. They mention this as a form of educating the
public regarding to the waqf.
“First, we prepare the materials first (for explaining waqf to people). The purpose is education that
we will provide later. Then we also provide clear information, the benefits of the waqf program.
For example, this waqf is intended for scholarships for underprivileged students. So when this
program runs, people have an interest in waqf because it is used for students who memorize the
Koran. In addition, for this education, we have cooperation with mass media. We have
cooperation with Padang Express and Posmetro. Maintaining the trust of the people by providing
regular program activity reports is our way to maintain the good name (reputation) of the
Foundation in the eyes of the people, so it is hoped that people will be more interested in
participating in this waqf, especially cash waqf.”
What was conveyed by YWA regarding trust as one of the important considerations for waqifs to pay cash
waqf, the Foundation always tries to maintain their good name/reputation and accountability in front of wakif
and prospective waqf. The results of this study are very linear with previous studies that have been carried
out quantitatively such as studies (Sargeant & Lee, 2004) and (Shatar et al., 2021).
4.5 YWA Using Financial Technology
In managing cash waqf at YWA , as nadzhir they try to make it easy for the community to participate. One of
the halls that Nadzhir can do is use digitalization facilities as a channel for collecting waqf that can be used by
wakif and prospective wakif.
We cannot deny that technological advances have made it easier for many people to make financial
transactions. Likewise with this waqf collection media. The Waqaf Ar Risalah Foundation has used financial
technology, either in the form of transfer payments/ online payments using the banking system or certain links.
In terms of convenience, this of course saves a lot of time for the wakif or prospective wakif.
“We have used online/fintech media. because it has collaborated with Bank Nagari to become
LKSPWU. We also use QR. For this cash waqf, we cooperate with several banks as well. In
addition to the nagari bank, there is BSI, as well as Bank Muamalat. We all use QR codes. All
with barcodes. But sometimes people don't want to be bothered/complicated, sometimes they
don't want to use barcode scanning. so they want it via transfer only. Send the account number
so they want to do cash waqf by transfer only.”
YWA uses fintech to increase cash waqf receipts from the public. This shows that wakif considers
the existence of fintech to make it easier for them to do good deeds, because fintech can save time
254
and costs. From the data obtained, the easier the system is to use, the more willing people are to
make waqf. These findings confirm the research (Masrizal et al., 2022), (Kasri & Chaerunnisa, 2022)
and (Farokhah, N et al., 2019)
4.6 The Role of Religious Leaders / Tradisional Leaders/ Regional Leaders
As a nadzhir, the management of YWA said that the influence of religious leaders, traditional leaders,
trustworthy and religious leaders in West Sumatra had a very big influence in increasing people's awareness
of waqf money. They've done it before and seen amazing results. When a cleric/religious figure provides
support for the waqf program they launched, it is evident that many people/people are willing to do waqf.
"It's very influential. We have proven that in 2020 we invited Ustad Abdul Somad (UAS) to
endorse our land waqf, the results are very significant. The people's belief in them is always
taken into consideration in the decisions of the people. The enlightenment of religious
leaders also makes them participate in giving that belief to the institution that raises the
waqf. Then, when there is an order from superiors, usually a project can be carried out
immediately. With invitations and calls from superiors, whether company leaders,
traditional leaders, or governors, this program will run more easily. If the governor
motivates, maybe the civil servants will be excited as well. "
What has been done by YWA to increase the number of cash waqf by using the role of religious leaders, or
regional leaders is something that is very dominant to be considered by wakif and wakif candidates to pay
cash waqf. This is also strongly supported by previous research conducted in the form of quantitative research
such as (Van Slyke & Brooks, 2005) , (Teah et al., 2014) , (Chrisna et al., 2021).
4.7 Management has a Certificate of Competence
In order to maintain the Amanah properly, the central BWI also wants to guarantee to the people later that
those who manage their waqf funds are competent people/managers. For this reason, for several years BWI
has required waqf foundation managers who are nazdhir waqfs to have a certificate of competence. This
important criterion has also been met by YWA. The Foundation has tried to carry out its responsibilities as
well as possible, through existing competencies, accountability, and responsibility.
“The management of YWA already has a certificate of competence. This is indeed
mandatory, to ensure that the management of waqf is carried out by the right person. The
Foundation tries to provide an accountability report for each waqf program that is run. This
is of course to maintain the trust given by the people to us, as nadzhir "
Waqf obtained by YWA, especially cash waqf, is intended in accordance with the contract made at the
beginning or the purpose of the waqf program. This is to ensure that there are no deviations and errors.
Dormitory waqf is intended for the construction of dormitories, Quran waqf is intended for the provision of the
Koran for students, orphanage waqf is intended to provide housing for orphans, tahfiz house waqf is intended
for the construction of tahfiz houses. If the number of waqf for the designation of the program has not been
fulfilled, of course the manager/nadzhir has not been able to implement it.
That is the effort made by YWA in managing waqf and cash waqf entrusted by the people / community to
them. Of course, in addition to the level of trust, the role of religious leaders/regional leaders who are influential,
of course the transparency and accountability that Nadzhir shows will be important things to be considered by
the wakif and candidate wakif. Nadzhir's reputation has always been a consideration for the people.
5. CONCLUSION
For researchers, studying waqf is always interesting, because it is not just giving some money to others, but
also with the benefits that will be created after that. For a long time, waqf has been proven to give an
extraordinary positive appearance in terms of worship, social. health, education and even facilities and
infrastructure. Waqf has great potential to improve the welfare of the people. the existence of nadzhir is an
important personal in the delivery of the purpose of the waqf. Therefore, the element of trust is one of the
important things to build a reputation for nadzhir. Nadhzir must have a sense to know what considerations are
the decision-making points of the wakif or prospective wakif, so that waqf participation can be carried out to
the maximum by them to the waqf manager.
5.1 Recommendation
This study provides recommendations to stakeholders such as local governments and religious leaders to be
able to increase their support for nazhir so that they are still able to carry out their duties as they should. Nazhir
255
needs to remain consistent in being transparent, providing reports on the implementation of the waqf
activities/programs being carried out.
5.2 Limitations
This research is a qualitative research through interviews and observations of YWA. Combining data collection
by doing surveys or questionnaires on wakif and candidate wakif in a large enough sample size will sharpen
the results of research related to cash waqf in the future.
6. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
We as authors would like to thank the Padang State Polytechnic, as the institution where we work, which has
given us permission for further studies, especially at the PNP Research and Service Institute which has
supported us financially in this study.
I also thank to Ustad Aris Setia Budi, Lc as a informan in interview of this study.
7. REFERENCES
Alpay, S. & Haneef, M. (2015). Integration of Waqf and Islamic Microfinance for Poverty Alleviation: Case
Studies of Malaysia, Indonesia and Bangladesh. SESRIC, IIUM, Gombak, Malaysia.
Athiyaman, A. (2002). Internet users’ intention to purchase air travel online: an empirical investigation.
Marketing Intelligence & Planning, 20(4), 234–242. https://doi.org/10.1108/02634500210431630
Basri, H. (2014). Using Qualitative Research In Accounting And Management Studies: Not A New Agenda.
Journal of US-China Public Administration, Vol.11,(No.10, pp 831-838. DOI: 10.17265/1548-
6591/2014.10.003).
BWI. (2020). Himpunan Peraturan perundang-undangan tentang wakaf.
BWI. (2021). 3 Jenis Wakaf Berdasarkan Peruntukkan. Https://Www.Bwi.Go.Id/6911/2021/05/20/Ada-3-Jenis-

Wakaf-Berdasarkan-Peruntukkan-Yang-Perlu-Anda-Ketahui/. Retrieved Mei 20, 2021 9:15 Am .
Chan, S., & Lu, M. (2011). Understanding Internet Banking Adoption and Use Behavior. Advanced Topics in
Global Information Management, Volume 5, 12(3), 21–43.
https://doi.org/10.4018/9781591409236.ch014.ch000
Chrisna, H., Noviani, & Hernawaty. (2021). Faktor - Faktor Yang Mempengaruhi Minat Berwakaf Tunai Pada
Jamaah Majelis Taklim Istiqomah Kelurahan Tanjung Sari Medan. Jurnal Akuntansi Bisnis & Publik, Vol
11 No. 2 , Pp 70-79.
Farokhah, N, M., Lu’liyatul, M., Faizatu, H., A., Nurwahidin, & Huda Nurul. (2019). Do Indonesian Muslims
Have Intention to Participate on Cash Waqf Through Fintech? Proceedings of 3rd International
Conference on Strategic and Global Studies, ICSGS 2019, 6-7 November 2019, Sari Pacific, Jakarta,
Indonesia, 97–114.
Fauzia, A. (2013). Faith and the State: A History of Islamic Philanthropy in Indonesia. Leiden: Brill.
Gopi, M., & Ramayah, T. (2007). Applicability of theory of planned behavior in predicting intention to trade
online: Some evidence from a developing country. International Journal of Emerging Markets, 2(4), 348–
360. https://doi.org/10.1108/17468800710824509
Gustina, G., & Ihsan, H. (2018). Manajemen Wakaf dan Peranannya Pada Perguruan Tinggi. Jurnal Menara
Ekonomi, 4(1), 87–98.
Hou, T., Hou, K., Wang, X., & Luo, X. (Robert). (2021). Why I give money to unknown people? An investigation
of online donation and forwarding intention. Electronic Commerce Research and Applications, 47(May
2020), 101055. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.elerap.2021.101055
Ihsan, H. (2022). Waqf Development in Indonesia : Current Landscape and Future Trends. In Ali, S.N and
256
Osein, U.A (Editor), Waqf Development and Innovation : Socio Economic and Legal Perspectives, New
York: Routledge, pp 180-191.
Intan, N., & Nidia, Z. (2019). BWI: Potensi Aset Wakaf Capai Rp 2.000 Triliun per Tahun. Senin 30 Sep 2019
08:31 WIB Https://Www.Republika.Co.Id/Berita/Dunia-Islam/Wakaf/19/09/30/Pymexa383-Bwi-Potensi-
Aset-Wakaf-Capai-Rp-2000-Triliun-per-Tahun.
Kahf, M. (1998). Financing development of Awqaf properties.
Kahf, M. (2007). The role of waqf in improving the ummah welfare. Singapore International Waqf Conference.
Kasri, R. ., & Chaerunnisa, S. R. (2022). The Role Of Knowledge, Trust, And Religiosity In Explaining The
Online Cash Waqf Amongst Muslim Millennials,. Journal of Islamic Marketing, Vol 13,(No 6,), pp 1334-
1350, DOI 10.1108/JIMA-04-2020-0101.
Kemenag. (2022). Data Tanah wakaf.
Lee-Partridge, J. E., & Ho, P. S. (2003). A retail investor’s perspective on the acceptance of Internet stock
trading. Proceedings of the 36th Annual Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences, HICSS
2003. https://doi.org/10.1109/HICSS.2003.1174437
Mahamood, S. M., & Rahman, A. (2015). Financing universities through waqf, pious endowment: is it possible?
Humanomics, 31(4), 430–453. https://doi.org/10.1108/H-02-2015-0010
Masrizal, Sukmana, R., Trianto, B., & Zaimsyah, A. M. (2022). Determinant Factor of Crowdfunders’ Behavior
In Using Crowdfunding Waqf Model In Indonesia: Two Competing Models. Journal of Islamic Marketing,
© Emerald Publishing Limited 1759-0833 DOI 10.1108/JIMA-08-2021-0246 May 2022.
Moleong, L, J. (2016). Metodologi Penelitian Kualitatif. Penerbit PT. Remaja Rosdakarya, Edisi
Revi(Bandung).
Osman, A. F., & Muhammed, M. O. (2017). Measuring a Cash Waqf Giving Behavior among Muslim Donor in
Malaysia: A Theory of Planned Behavior Approach Using Structural Equation Modelling. The Journal of
Muamalat and Islamic Finance Research, vol 14(No 2), pp 39-63.
Raissouni, A. (2001). Islamic waqf endowment: scope and implications. Rabat : ISESCO.
Sadeq, A. . (2002). Waqf, perpetual charity and poverty alleviation. International Journal of Social Economics,
Vol.29,(No. 1&2,), 135-151.
Sargeant, A., & Lee, S. (2004). “Donor trust and relationship commitment in the UK charity sector: the impact
on behavior.” Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Quarterly, Vol 33(No. 2), 185–202.
Shatar, W. N. A., Hanaysha, J. R., & Tahir, P. R. (2021). Determinants of cash waqf fund collection in
Malaysian Islamic banking institutions: empirical insights from employees’ perspectives. ISRA
International Journal of Islamic Finance Emerald Publishing Limited 0128-1976 DOI 10.1108/IJIF-06-
2020-0126, https://www.emerald.com/insight/0128-1976.htm.
Shih, Y. Y., & Fang, K. (2004). The use of a decomposed theory of planned behavior to study Internet banking
in Taiwan. Internet Research, 14(3), 213–223. https://doi.org/10.1108/10662240410542643
Shukor, S. ., Johari, F., Wahab, K. A., Zulkefli, Z. K., Ahmad, N., Alias, M. H., Rahman, A. A., & Orip, N. M.
M. (2019). Trust on awqaf institutions: evidence from Malaysia. Journal of Islamic Marketing, 10(2), 511–
524.
Teah, M., Michael Lwin, & Cheah, I. (2014). Moderating role of religious beliefs on attitudes towards charities
and motivation to donate. Asia Pacific Journal of Marketing and Logistics, Vol. 26(No. 5), 738–760.
Van Slyke, D. M., & Brooks, A. C. (2005). Why do people give? New evidence and strategies for nonprofit
managers. American Review of Public Administration, 35(3), 199–222.
https://doi.org/10.1177/0275074005275308
257
Anthroscale: An Innovative Human Anthropometry Measuring Tool for
Ergonomic Furniture Design
Nazirah Binti Mat Zain1
1Nazirah Binti Mat Zain,
Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, KM 10 Jalan Kong Kong, 81700 Pasir Gudang, MALAYSIA
nazirahmatzain@pis.edu.my
Abstract: Anthropometry is the key element in ergonomic to identify the problem with the tasks
fitting with to the user. Since the main element is for human use, its emphasis to productivity, safe,
effective and comfortable. The objective of this study is to identify the anthropometry approach
influence towards ergonomic furniture design and the effectiveness of Anthroscale as an innovative
measuring tool to obtain human anthropometric measurements for furniture design. This research
was conducted to obtain the effectiveness of Anthroscale uses as an innovative measuring tool to
obtain human anthropometry scales accurately by involved 23 respondents comprising third
semester of Industrial Design Diploma students. Problems that happened among these students
they are having difficulties in determining human dimensions and anthropometry scale to be adapted
in their furniture design. The lack appropriate data collection may lead to inappropriate dimension
and students will tend to produce furniture without ergonomics features. After the data collection and
analysis, the obtained results show the students realize the importance of adapting ergonomic in
furniture design and the effective use of Anthroscale as a medium in teaching and learning to help
students produce furniture with ergonomic features. Futhermore, the achievement of these students
also indicates the by the increment of Course Learning Outcome (CLO) 1C and 2C
DVI30094(Industrial Design 2) that is related to the terminology of ergonomics, anthropometric in
the industrial design work process and develop a scaling model by applying the ergonomics aspects
were also reviewed in this study. Several recommendations are highlighted related to the use of
Anthroscale in increasing the student’s capabilities in determining human dimensions and
anthropometry also for developing ergonomic furniture with quality design features, good
manufacturing and production that may lead to the commercialization.
Keywords: Innovative Measuring Tool, Human Anthropometry, Ergonomic Furniture Design
1. INTRODUCTION
The furniture creation was probably a result of an evolutionary adaptation to life on Earth. Therefore, it can be
assumed that the history of the furniture emerged with the process of human evolution (Blaszczak, I, 2015). It
was related in industrial design, where objects are created with the intention to satisfy not only aesthetic criteria
but also, primarily, criteria of utility and practical function (Papanek 2005). As for industrial design students,
ergonomic issue related to anthropometry is important as they need to understand and practice a systematic
collection and correlation of human body measurements as an important element in ergonomics. And thus,
will lead to the process of manufacturing and developing furniture innovation that requires a detailed process
that is not only has a good quality but also meets the criteria with ergonomic characteristics was supported by
Pheasant & Steenbekkers, 2005 define criteria a successful outcome to the design process falls into three
main groups: comfort, performance, and health and safety. These three factors together benefit the
companies’ productivity and efficiency. Meanwhile, Chapanis, 1985 defined ergonomics as productive, safe,
comfortable, and effective human use. The aim is to study the application of Anthroscale as a medium that
helps students of the third semester Diploma Industrial Design to obtain the accurate of human dimension
during the process of producing furniture innovation design with ergonomic features. Through this study, the
benefits of Anthroscale as a medium in teaching and learning have also been identified as one of the
approaches that can assist students to obtain accurate measurements of human anthropometry. Problems
that happened among these students they are having difficulties in determining human dimensions and
anthropometry scale to be adapted in their furniture design. The lack appropriate data collection may lead to
inappropriate dimension and students will tend to produce furniture without ergonomics features. Previously,
258
this method also has been adapted through cycle exerciser development study referred to Norman, E. (1995)
to determine the size, features and the whole proportion of the design. A scale measuring tool was developed
to ease the process of determining the human dimensions and anthropometry scale. The application of
measuring tool was approved to assist designer in upgrading and make adjustment to design profile. This
method was not limited to teaching and learning, but suitable process in developing the vehicle as well. The
relationship between ergonomics and anthropometry in determining the reliability of a piece of furniture is
mentioned by Salunke, M. P., & Kallurkar, S. (2015). Moreover, there are study shows that anthropometric
data are essential for applying ergonomic principles to the design and improvement of a wide range of products
for different users. (Dewangan, K.N., Owary, C., Datta, R.K., 2010). This study also determines the increment
of achievement of CLO (Course Learning Outcome) 1C and 2C for course DVI30083 (Industrial Design 2) that
is related to the understanding of terminology of ergonomics, anthropometric in the industrial design work
process and to develop a scaling model by applying the ergonomics aspects. This study was indicating the
increment percentage of session 1:2021/2022 compared to Session December 2021 from 23 respondents of
third semester Diploma Industrial Design. The comparison achievement of this CLO’s was being analyzed
here as the important outcome that students should be possessed for the assessment.
1.1 Research Objectives

i) To identify the anthropometry approach influence towards ergonomic furniture design.
ii) To identify the effectiveness of Anthroscale as an innovative measuring tool to obtain human
anthropometric measurements for furniture design.
i) What are the characteristics of anthropometry towards ergonomic furniture design?

ii) How effective Anthroscale as measuring tool to obtain human measurement for ergonomic
furniture design?
2.1 Ergonomic In Design
Ergonomic concepts have existed since 1700 (Saleh, B., Rasul, M. S., & Affandi, H. M., 2018). The word
comes from the Greek ergos, work, and nomos, natural law by late Professor Hyrell Murell. It also also can be
defined is the science of work: of the people who do it and the ways it is done, of the tools and equipment they
use, the places they work in, and the psychosocial aspects of the working situation. (Pheasant, S., &
Haslegrave, C. M., 2018). There are two main objectives of ergonomics whereas to increase the effectiveness
and efficiency of work and activities and to upgrade certain desirable human values, including improved safety,
reduced fatigue and stress, increased comfort, greater user acceptance, increased job satisfactions and
improved quality of life. In other words, to make any work and activities easier. Referring to Pheasant, (2003)
ergonomics is the science of fitting a task to humans and products to users. With the existence of ergonomic
as the element to be highlighted in industrial design area, students will be taught and alert with the human
errors to help develop the optimal conditions of efficiency as well as productivity. However, it mostly refers to
the satisfaction and interaction between the product and the user with the scientific study of the physical,
product-capable and product-user criteria. Kroemer, Kroemer, & Kroemer-Elbert, 2001 strictly related
ergonomics as crucial in designs for physical products and systems. Again, in the field of industrial design,
Bridger, R. 2008; Das & Mishra, 2015; Norris & Wilson, 1997, mentioned that ergonomics played an essential
role in product development and associated with the study of users in working environment. Technically,
ergonomic purpose is to enhance on consumer comfort and are also related closely to the user-friendly design.
By referring to Course Learning Outcome (CLO) 1C and 2C in course DVI30094(Industrial Design 2), students
must able to explain the different terminology of ergonomics, anthropometric in the industrial design work
process and able to develop a scaling model by applying the ergonomic aspects. It requires the student’s
capability and skills in understanding the theory of ergonomics and anthropometry besides its implementation
in developing furniture design process. Furthermore, the percentage of achievement for this CLO’s indicates
the possessed skills of third semester students in implementation of ergonomics elements in constructing a
furniture design. The realization of ergonomics implementation in furniture design among students, will
reflecting to user-centered design that emphasizing to product user that fit with the task. The user-centered
design: the product the user and the task can be seen in Figure 1. Accordingly, the common important criteria
in achieving a successful combination including; the efficiency in functionality, ease of use, comfort, safety
and health.
259
Figure 1: User-Centered Design : The Product The User And The Task
(Source : Adapted From Pheasant, S., & Haslegrave, C. M., 2018)
2.2 Adaptation Of Anthropometry In Design

Anthropometry is important data for designers in designing various facilities that will be used by the users.It
explains the detailed measurements so that it can help designers when determining the scale and placement
of design elements needed that will be carried out by the user of the facility. According to Pheasant and
Haslegrave, 2006, anthropometrics is from within the physical branch of ergonomics and often is regarded as
the basis of a designer’s knowledge (Moggridge, 2007), especially when they design physical products. Table
1 shows the previous studies regarding anthropometric-based design as adopted from Dianat, I., Molenbroek,
J., & Castellucci, H. I., 2018. In developing furniture design, students need to concern the anthropometry data
as a design procedure. Hsiao, 2013 mentioned determining body dimensions that are essentials to the design
in anthropometric-based design procedures. Meanwhile, Pheasant, 2018 concerned obtaining the
anthropometric characteristics of the users, determining the impose constrains and defines effective criteria
that match between the design and the user. Although there is a lot of procedures that can be adapted in
anthropometric-based design procedures, industrial design students here in Diploma Industrial Design, always
adapted their studies in developing, constructing and testing their build mock-up of the design with the end
user. Hence, this study is approved that students have going through the anthropometric-based process
procedures since it was important and detailed design process in furniture making development.
Table 1: Anthropometric-Based Design Procedures Proposed In The Literature

(Source : Adopted From Dianat, I., Molenbroek, J., & Castellucci, H. I., 2018)
Source Procedure
Das and Sengupta, • Getting the necessary data such as working posture and environment
1996
• Identifying the best user population and gaining anthropometric
measurements or using the data available from anthropometric surveys
• Constructing a mock-up and testing it with user participants.
• Developing a final design porotype based on the final design
Jung et al., 1998 • Analysis of survey results and design requirements.

• Designing a product using the analysis
• Prototyping and assessment.
• Planning and layout
Pheasant, 2003 • Getting the anthropometric data of the users.

• Finding the potential limits these qualities might place on the design.
• Choosing the standards that represent a successful fit between the design
and the user
HFES, 2004 • Identifying the issue (e.g., relevant design and anthropometric
measurement)
260
• Identifying the target audience
• Finding the database and any pertinent factors
• Picking out the cases using the examples to perform the design
Garneau and • Considerate carefully of the target user population

Parkinson 2012 • Proposing a modelling actual user behavior
• Performing virtual fitting trials
• Considerate simultaneously of multiple dimensions of variability
Hsiao, 2013 • Identifying the body measurement that are required for the design
• Choosing the population to be considered
• Choosing the accommodating population proportion
• Getting the relevant reference information and materials to produce the
requisite statistics
• Determining the precise dimensions
Rhie et al., 2017 • Design applied (for shoes, clothing and other gear)
• Clearing up through task analysis
• Examining HF/E factors
• Plan and simulate Evaluation of the accepted manuscript with a mock-up
3. METHODOLOGY
This chapter discusses the research methodology used to collect and analyze the data required to identify the
effectiveness of Anthroscale to improve student’s performance in producing ergonomic design. Research
methodology allows the research question to be solved systematically through the provision of a detailed plan
which enables the research to be conducted efficiently and effectively (Mohajan, 2017). To collect the data
required to study the effectiveness of Anthroscale to improve student’s performance in producing ergonomic
furniture design, an online questionnaire is distributed to the 23 respondents among third semester Industrial
Design Diploma students in Polytechnic Ibrahim Sultan based on their experience using Anthroscale as a
measuring tool in furniture making design.
Section I of the questionnaire, the demographical data of the respondents are collected. The data that is
collected in this portion of the questionnaire include their gender only. This is to find data of the gender among
respondents. There is only one question in this section is to determine respondents’ gender.
Section II of the questionnaire aims to gain insight into the students’ understanding regarding the concept of
anthropometry and ergonomics in design. The respondents are required to answer from a scale of 1 to 5 (1 =
strongly disagree to 5 = strongly agree with a 3 = neutral) (Jamieson, S. 2004) about considering the
ergonomic factors in furniture design development process. The aim is to investigate further about the
students’ understanding of applying ergonomics features in furniture design. Moreover, it also aims to gain the
information of students’ experience of using Anthroscale as innovative tool in furniture making processes in
determining the accurate human dimension in developing furniture design, minimizing time consumption and
the helps determining the uses of raw sources. Table 2 shows Likert-type scale used to analyze findings in
this research. This study was conducted by using questionnaire to gain the findings. 23 respondents of third
semester Diploma Industrial Design were being chosen as respondents. The questionnaire consists two parts
of survey area which is Section I (Demographic data) and Section II (Technical knowledge). The sample
question in Section II are, I understand ergonomic in design and Anthroscale should be used in teaching and
learning to help students produce furniture with ergonomic features.
Table 2: Likert-Type Score Scale
Score Evaluation Scale
1 Strongly disagree
2 Disagree
3 Neutral
4 Agree
5 Strongly agree
261
The Course Learning Outcome (CLO) 1C and 2C for course DVI30094 (Industrial Design 2) which were related
to the achievement of students in ergonomics and anthropometric in industrial design work process were
measured and analyzed in this study to approved the effectiveness of Anthroscale. The importance of
achievement comparison of students result in CLO’s will helps to indicates the enhancement skills of students
in determining human dimension and anthropometry before and after the implementation of Anthroscale in
developing the furniture design.

In this study, the researcher referring to the questionnaires are distributed to total of 23 respondents among
students third semester Diploma Industrial Design that took DVI30094 (Industrial Design 2). 12 respondents
(52.2%) were male and 11 respondents (47.8%) were female. To complete this course, students need to
construct a model or scale prototype precisely referring to technical drawings and mock up. This is an essential
requirement of Course Learning Outcome (CLO) for students in exploring, form, shape, appropriate technique
of design process and method in developing furniture design.
Figure 2: Percentages Of Respondents By Gender
Table 3: Table Frequency And Percentage By Gender

Frequency Percent
Gender Male 12 52.2
Female 11 47.8
Total 23 100.0
Table 4: Frequency And Percentages By Questionnaire About Anthroscale Application

strongly Disagree neutral agree strongly
disagree agree
n (%) n (%) n (%) n (%) n (%)
I understand ergonomic in design 0 0 0 (0) 14 (60.9) 9 (39.1)
I know the correlation of anthropometry and 0 0 8 (34.8) 12 (52.2) 3 (13)
ergonomic in design
I consider the ergonomic factors in furniture 0 0 1 (4.3) 4 (17.4) 18 (78.3)
design
I realize the importance of anthropometry in 0 0 7 (30.4) 9 (39.1) 7 (30.4)
designing furniture with ergonomic features
I know basic furniture dimension 0 0 3 (13) 13 (56.5) 7 (30.4)
Anthroscale helps for accurate dimension 0 0 1 (4.3) 13 (56.5) 9 (39.1)
Anthroscale easy to apply 0 0 1 (4.3) 11 (47.8) 11 (47.8)
Anthroscale save your time in furniture making 0 0 0 (0) 7 (30.4) 16 (69.6)
process
Anthroscale helps to determine prompt 0 0 3 (13) 8 (34.8) 12 (52.2)
quantity and costs of raw materials
262
Anthroscale should be use in teaching and 0 0 0 (0) 5 (21.7) 18 (78.3)
learning to help students produce furniture with
ergonomic features.
The table above shows that 78.3%(n=18) of the respondents strongly agree of considering the ergonomic
factors in furniture design. While only 13% (n=3) of them strongly understood the correlation of anthropometry
and ergonomic in design. On the other hand, 30.4% (n=7) of the respondents indicated to be neutral in term
of understanding the importance of anthropometry concept in designing furniture with ergonomic features.
This followed by 78.3% (n=18) of the respondents indicated to be strongly agree with the usage of Anthroscale
in the learning process as this will help them to produce furniture with ergonomic features. Finally, 69.6%
(n=16) of the respondents stated that by using Anthroscale, does save their time in furniture making process.
Table 5: Mean And Level By Questionnaire About Anthroscale

Mean Std. Level
Deviation
I understand ergonomic in design 4.39 0.50 High
I know the correlation of anthropometry and ergonomic in design 3.78 0.67 High
I consider the ergonomic factors in furniture design 4.74 0.54 High
I realize the importance of anthropometry in designing furniture with 4.00 0.80 High
ergonomic features
I know basic furniture dimension 4.17 0.65 High
Anthroscale helps for accurate dimension 4.35 0.57 High
Anthroscale easy to apply 4.43 0.59 High
Anthroscale save your time in furniture making process 4.70 0.47 High
Anthroscale helps to determine prompt quantity and costs of raw 4.39 0.72 High
materials
Anthroscale should be use in teaching and learning to help students 4.78 0.42 High
produce furniture with ergonomic features.
Mean total 4.37 0.32 High
Percentages total 87.48 6.44 High
Based on the table above, the highest mean 4.78 (sd=0.42) points out to the idea of using Anthroscale in
teaching and learning process as they believed this will help them better to produce furniture with ergonomic.
This is followed by, the mean 4.7 (0.47) which the respondents indicated that Anthroscale does save their time
in furniture making process. Overall, the total mean is 4.37 (sd=0.32) and it is a high level, with the overall
percentage of 87.48% statistically.
Table 6: The Mean Range

Level Mean range
Low 1.00 - 2.33
Moderate 2.34 - 3.66
High 3.67 - 5.00
4.1 Anthroscale As Innovative Measuring Tool For Ergonomic Design
DVI30094 (Industrial Design 2) is one of the most important course in Diploma Industrial Design. In this
research, the comparison of CLO achievement in subject DVI30094 (Industrial Design 2) will be referred to
get the data of the reliability of Anthroscale as a measuring tool to be applied in this subject. The comparison
result obtained from the CLO shows the numbers of achievement among students’ performance. Comprises
of the data taken form the achievement of Session December 2020 and Session 1 2021:2022 in CLO1C :
Explain the different terminology of ergonomics, anthropometric in the industrial design work process and
CLO2C : Develop a scaling model by applying the ergonomics aspects. Here, students are required to
construct a model or protype based on the design as approved during consultation with the lecturers. During
this process, Anthroscale was used as a measuring tool and evaluation data were obtained here to evaluate
based on the experience from the respondents. As illustrated in figure 1, it is clearly shows that the increment
of achievement result in CLO1C (9%) and 2C (1.5%) among students in Session 1 2021: 2022 compared than
263
Session December 2020 before the application of Anthroscale used as a measuring tool. The number of the
increment is contributed after students used Anthroscale as a measuring tool in developing their furniture
process. Thus, will enhanced students’ skills in constructing model or prototype precisely according to the
technical drawing and producing general assembly.
70
CLO2C
68.5
76
CLO1C
67
62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76
SESSION 1 2021:2022 SESSION DECEMBER 2020
Figure 3: Comparison Percentage Of CLO Achievement For DVI30094 (Industrial Design 2)
As initiative to help industrial design students in having a good understanding in adapting anthropometry in
furniture design, figure 2 shows the design process model of anthropometric-based design procedures that
have been adapted to our industrial design students. This procedures model works as a key reference to
lecturers and students in design process in Diploma Industrial Design, Polytechnic Ibrahim Sultan. This model
contains six steps and step four requires students uses Anthroscale to define the appropriate measurement
of their respondents. Thus indicate the importance of using Anthroscale as an innovative measuring tool to
complete the anthropometric-design procedures in developing a furniture design with ergonomic features. This
study was conducted purposely to evaluate Anthroscale as an innovative measuring tool designed for Diploma
Industrial Design students to measure human anthropometry dimension for ergonomic furniture making. It
helps students to come out with human-based design with good usability, safety and prevention of human
error and accidents. One important element of ergonomics is anthropometric, which is a systematic collection
and correlation of measurements of the human body. Thus, this element is important to be adapted by students
to their furniture design. By using Anthroscale, this innovative measuring tool will help students to get human
measurement and scale precisely and save more time. Moreover, this tool also will help students identify the
costs and quantity use in their furniture without wasting any sources.
Figure 4: Anthropometric-Based Design Procedures Proposed For DVI30094 (Industrial Design 2)
264
Figure 5: Anthroscale Model Develop By Researcher
5. RECOMMENDATIONS
Students must be exposed and implement the ergonomic-based design that may lead to the user-friendly
design and considerations for a good manufacturing process and production. Lecturers are advice to
encourage students in practicing a good design process with ergonomic elements and aesthetic appearance.
In addition, students are encouraged to use Anthroscale as an innovative measuring tool for furniture making
design that can assist them to identify the accurate anthropometry measurement, saving time and helps to
determine the quantity and costs of raw material. Developing the furniture using Anthroscale as an appropriate
medium in determining ergonomics elements will help students in producing an aesthetic, safe, comfort,
effective and quality furniture design that potential for commercialization.
6. CONCLUSION
The application and usage of Anthroscale has been seen to give benefits to the entire process of furniture
design development, in obtaining accurate measurement, easy to apply, saving time as well as assisting
students in determining the quantity and cost of raw material of resources to be used. The application of
Anthroscale as innovative and effective medium for the furniture construction indicates to the overall desired
of the respondents. Regarding from this result, industrial design lecturers can play role to adapt and to
encourage the uses of Anthroscale as a main measuring tool to gain data for human anthropometry
measurement for students in furniture design making process. Accordingly, the increment of the achievement
in CLO’s that is related in ergonomics and anthropometrics in this study can be used as a benchmark to prove
third semester of industrial design students, possesses a good skill in developing a furniture design with
ergonomic elements that is valuable for commercialization. In addition, previous study shows anthropometrics
is a key input for sustainable and healthy product design that focused on essentials of design improvement.
7. REFERENCES
Blaszczak, I., Lisiecka, E., & Mielnik, A. (2015). The aesthetic charakter of industrial design furniture in the
eclectism period. Annals of Warsaw University of Life Sciences-SGGW. Forestry and Wood
Technology, 92.
Bridger, R. (2008). Introduction to Ergonomics. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.

https://doi.org/10.1201/9781439894927
Cuffaro, D., Blackman, C. J., Paige, D., Zaksenberg, I., Laituri, D., & Covert, D. E. (2013). The Industrial
Design Reference & Specification Book: Everything Industrial Designers Need to Know Every Day.
Reference & Specification Book.
Chapanis, A. (1985, October). Some reflections on progress. In Proceedings of the Human Factors Society
Annual Meeting (Vol. 29, No. 1, pp. 1-8). Sage CA: Los Angeles, CA: SAGE Publications.
Croasmun, J. T., & Ostrom, L. (2011). Using likert-type scales in the social sciences. Journal of adult
education, 40(1), 19-22.
Das, S. P., & Mishra, P. (2015). Ergonomics and Its Impact on Workplace Productivity with Special Reference
to Employees of Various Sectors in Mumbai. The International Journal of Business & Management, 3,
28.
265
Dewangan, K.N., Owary, C., Datta, R.K., 2010. Anthropometry of male agricultural workers of north-eastern
India and its use in design of agricultural tools and equipment. International Journal of Industrial
Ergonomics, 40, 560–573.
Dianat, I., Molenbroek, J., & Castellucci, H. I. (2018). A review of the methodology and applications of
anthropometry in ergonomics and product design. Ergonomics, 61(12), 1696-1720.
Elbert, K. K., Kroemer, H. B., & Hoffman, A. D. K. (2018). Ergonomics: how to design for ease and efficiency.
Academic Press.
Giacomin, J. (2014). What is human centred design?. The Design Journal, 17(4), 606-623.
Jamieson, S. (2004). Likert scales: How to (ab) use them?. Medical education, 38(12), 1217-1218.
Kroemer, K. H., Kroemer, H. B., & Kroemer-Elbert, K. E. (2001). Ergonomics: how to design for ease and
efficiency. Pearson College Division.
Moggridge, B., & Atkinson, B. (2007). Designing interactions (Vol. 17). Cambridge: MIT press.
Mohajan, H. K. (2018). Qualitative research methodology in social sciences and related subjects. Journal of
Economic Development, Environment and People, 7(1), 23-48.
Nadadur, G., & Parkinson, M. B. (2013). The role of anthropometry in designing for
sustainability. Ergonomics, 56(3), 422-439.
Norman, E. (1995). Advanced design and technology. Longman Publishing Group.
Norris, B., & Wilson, J. R. (1997). Designing Safety into Products: Making Ergonomics Evaluation a Part of
the Design Process. Nottingham: University of Nottingham.
Papanek, V. (2005). Design for the Real World: Human Ecology and Social Change. Edition.
Pheasant, S., & Haslegrave, C. M. (2018). Bodyspace: Anthropometry, ergonomics and the design of work.
CRC press.
Pheasant, S. T., & Steenbekkers, L. P. A. (2005). Anthropometry and the design of workspaces. In Evaluation
of human work (pp. 715-728). Taylor & Francis.
Saleh, B., Rasul, M. S., & Affandi, H. M. (2018). The Conceptual Framework of Quality Product Design Based
on Computer Aided Design (CAD). Creative Education, 9(14), 2311.
Salunke, M. P., & Kallurkar, S. (2015). Identifying anthropometric parameters considered for the improvement
in ergonomic design of classroom furniture. Int. J. Ind. Eng, 6, 1-13.
266
The Design and Development of Mobile Application (mobile apps) for
The Topic of Probability
Zainab binti Ali Taha1 and Naksa binti Ahmad2
1,2 Department of Mathematics, Science and Computer
Polytechnic Ibrahim Sultan, Jalan Kong Kong, Pasir Gudang, 81700, MALAYSIA
Abstract: The use of mobile applications has grown exponentially and is widely used in the field of
education especially for students’ development. Significant benefits of educational mobile apps are
portable, user-friendly, stimulating, ease of access, and various other mobile technology capabilities
which makes it valuable and a necessity nowadays. This study aims to explore the design and
development of potential mobile applications for probability topics. Based on students’ feedback, the
topic of Probability is mundane and deemed uninteresting since the concepts of probability were
challenging to grasp. This situation leads students to lack confidence and unable to answer
probability questions correctly. With the advantages of mobile learning, an educational mobile
application (mobile app) named “Kebarangkalian” has been developed to address this issue. This
mobile app is developed using MIT app inventor based on ADDIE teaching model (Analyse, Design,
Develop, Implement and Evaluate). The objective of this study is to improve students’ interest in
learning probability and to boost students’ confidence in their ability to answer probability-related
questions. A total of 36 students who took the Electrical Engineering Mathematics course were
involved in this study. The study used descriptive statistics (frequency, percentage and mean) to
measure users' perception of “Kebarangkalian” app use. The findings showed that the app was at a
moderate level of usability. In conclusion, the mobile application has great potential to be integrated
into the topic of probability. Despite the various limitations and constraints faced there will be
improvements by app developers in the future.
Keywords: Mobile Learning, Mobile Application, Design and Development, Probability
1. INTRODUCTION
The development of information and communication technology affects almost every aspect of modern life
including the education system. In fact, advancements in technology have changed the way people acquire
knowledge. One of the new concepts to gain knowledge that has been used nowadays is through mobile
learning. Mobile learning is an extended version of e-learning using mobile technologies and devices to
facilitate learning process anywhere and anytime. Because of its flexibility, there are potential benefits that
can be supported by mobile learning. One of them is, it allows students to pace learning at their own speed,
convenience and place. Mobile learning enables collaborative learning when students use mobile devices to
easily interact and communicate with other students and lecturers. It also supports informal learning and allows
students to learn out of class at their convenience (Ansari & Aditya, 2017).
2. BACKGROUND OF STUDY
Despite the challenges, drawbacks, and cultural differences, more efforts are being made to promote mobile
learning at all levels of education. Technology advances and the widespread use of various mobile devices
today indicate that mobile learning will no longer be an option in the future. In a modern education system, the
use of mobile devices will be very important to facilitate learning. Smartphones and tablets have also been
identified as crucial in enhancing the feedback process between educators and students, providing for a better
grasp of the overall learning process. As a result, mobile learning is becoming an increasingly significant part
of higher education's evolution of teaching methodologies (Criollo-C et al., 2018).
With internet of things, most of mobile learning application or mobile application (mobile apps) such as Google
Classroom, Telegram and other application can help students benefit from learning resources, manage
assignments and work on task. Lecturers also use some of the applications to teach highly specialized
concepts, complex physical, scientific simulations etc. (Hanan Aldowah et al., 2017).
267
According to the research conducted by Wilkinson and Barter (2016), incorporating mobile devices and app-
related learning material can improve student achievement. Therefore, it is hoped that mobile application will
be able to assist students who are facing difficulty grasping certain concepts of learning, including
mathematics.
At Polytechnic Ibrahim Sultan, the challenge of learning mathematics is relatively high because students lack
the ability to understand certain concepts. One of the topics that always concerns lecturers is probability, due
to the low level of achievement shown in this topic. The following is the student achievement in probability,
one of the topics covered in the course Electrical Engineering Mathematics, which must be taken by all
students in the engineering diploma program.
Figure 1: Student Achievement in Probability, Continuous Assessment Session II: 2021/2022
Figure 1 demonstrates that 52.5% of students achieve marks below 40. According to student interviews, the
topic of probability was deemed uninteresting since the concepts of probability were challenging to grasp. This
situation leads to students being unconfident and unable to answer probability questions correctly.
According to Anggara et al. (2018), some students have difficulty in describing sample space and constructing
the event space. They also could not relate the principle of events in solving probability problem. Based on
Figure 1, interviews and previous research, students have the ability to use the principles of probability and
appropriate quantitative information but it may be incorrect or inadequate. Therefore, with the advantages of
mobile learning, a mobile apps named “Kebarangkalian” has been developed to enhance the learning and
overcome this issue.
4. THE DESIGNED AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE MOBILE APPS

The mobile apps are planned based on ADDIE model, where ADDIE is an acronym for Analysis, Design,
Development, Implementation and Evaluation. ADDIE was the earliest instructional design model that has
been developed, and it has since been used as a foundation for numerous other instructional system design
models. (Gustafson & Branch, 2001).
4.1 Analysis
The first process that needs to be carried out according to the ADDIE model is analysis. Based on previous
interviews and student achievement in probability, we have set out to design and develop a mobile application
with the following objectives:
i. To improve students’ interest in learning probability

ii. To boost students' confidence in their ability to answer probability-related questions
4.2 Design
The second phase that needs to be implemented according to the ADDIE model is design. The aim of this
second phase is to figure out and plan the methods that can be used to reach the objectives. We decided to
use the Connectivism theory, which was first put forward by Siemens in 2005. This theory focuses on learning
that is based on interaction with students through social networking lines and technology. A new learning
268
theory called connectivism has emerged in an effort to address how learning occurs in the current digital era.
Technology has changed the life of communication and learning. Therefore, as technology advances,
traditional education must also adapt to the digital format.
Figure 2: Flow Chart in Designing Mobile Apps “Kebarangkalian”
Figure 2 shows how notes, videos, exercises, and interactive quizzes are linked together in the mobile apps
“Kebarangkalian”. Inferred the theory of connectivism learning requires students to learn by using the online
methods that are widely available today. So, in the development of this application the full use of the internet
has been used such as videos, notes through blogs, exercises, and quizzes online. It is not just limited to
classroom learning; it also has a communication network where students can get more information based on
what they are learning.
4.3 Development
The next step is development, which is the process of producing the mobile apps that have been designed
using all the media and technology that has been chosen based on what is needed. MIT app inventor has
been utilised as the key platform to integrate all the provided materials to produce the mobile apps. The actual
user interfaces of the mobile app “Kebarangkalian” are as follows:
269
Figure 3: Interface of The First Four Main Menu in Mobile Apps “Kebarangkalian”
Figure 4: Interactive Exercise and Quiz Provided in Mobile Apps “Kebarangkalian”
270
Figure 5: Interactive Games to Play Between Learning Activities
4.4 Implementation
During this stage, the mobile apps “Kebarangkalian” was published to the Google Play Store for distribution.
Students can download the application on their smartphones and begin using it immediately.
Figure 6: Icon of Mobile Apps “Kebarangkalian” Displayed in Google Play Store
5. EVALUATION
The assessment was carried out at Polytechnic Ibrahim Sultan. The sample of the study consists of 36 diploma
students that took the Electrical Engineering Mathematics course. The syllabus of Electrical Engineering
Mathematics has the topic Probability. So, this mobile app is given to the student to evaluate the mobile
learning application that has been built and to provide marks based on the rubric given. The data obtained are
analysed descriptively.
Based on Table 1 of the findings, the mean value of the interaction design to attract interest and motivation is
2.69 which is the highest. While the mean value of interaction design to increase confidence was 2.44 which
is the lower. The total score for the mobile apps built was 15.25, then it was at a moderate performance.
271
Table 1: Rubric Reviews of Mobile Learning Apps
4 3 2 1 0 Mean
Score
A INFORMATION DESIGN It is easy to learn. Clear Easy to learn and It is quite difficult to It is exceedingly difficult What should I do with 2.47
User-Friendly Instructions and easy instructions to instructions can be learn. Restricted to learn. No command this app?
and Descriptions follow. followed. Instructions. found.
B DISPLAY DESIGN The best graphics and Graphics and sounds are Graphics and sound Poor quality graphics Boring and 2.56
Attractive Display and sounds. Interesting. good. Improve my satisfying with a little and sound. Misleading unattractive
Sound Improve my experience. learning. annoying. purpose of use
C INTERACTION DESIGN Constantly increase high Increase motivation and It is a bit interesting to Hardly brings Boring 2.69
Attracting Interest and motivation and interest me interest me most of the me, but it is lost motivation.
Motivation all the time with it time. motivation in a short
time.
272
D INTERACTION DESIGN Fully customizable to my Customizable to my Can be slightly Barely fits my teaching Not compatible at all 2.56
Compatibility made into teaching and learning teaching and learning customized with my and learning method. with my teaching and
teaching and learning method. method teaching and learning learning method.
material method
E INTERACTION DESIGN I am very confident that I I am confident of being I may be able to use I might be able to use The knowledge I 2.44
Increasing Confidence can use the knowledge I able to use the the knowledge I some of the knowledge learned from the apps
have learned from apps to knowledge I learned from learned from apps to I learned from the apps is unlikely to help me
answer final exam the app to answer the answer final exam to answer final exam to answer the final
questions on probability final exam questions on questions on questions on probability exam questions on
topics. the topic of probabilities. probability topics. topics. the topic of
probabilities.
F TECHNICAL PROBLEMS Performance is smooth and Performance is smooth Performance is quite Quite often stuck and Not operational and 2.53
Performance and Easy to operates quickly. Reliable and operates quickly. A smooth and operates take time to operate unable to open. Full of
Use and no issues arise. little technical issue. slowly. Sometimes errors.
stuck
Total Score
Application Excellent Good Moderate Need to fix Useless 15.25

Performance
Scoring 24-21 20-17 16-11 10-6 5-0
Adapted from Sutton, 2013: digitaldivideandconquer.blogspot.com

Overall, the findings showed that all items were on a moderate score. Based on the findings through
assessments and data that have been analysed. For the design of information related to the instructions and
user-friendly description, the mean score is 2.47. There are likely instructions that are poorly understood by
some students. In the display design and sound item, the mean score obtained is 2.56. Software usage
interactive and user-friendly multimedia teaching and learning is very important because a rigid and user-
friendly software will cause users to become bored (Yusoff et. Al ,2018). For interesting interaction design
items and motivation, the mean score obtained was 2.69 is the highest score in the rating. This shows that
the mobile application is a module that can be used in learning which can be of interest to students and
according to the Papadakis et al. (2016c) study, a carefully prepared educational activity utilising mobile
devices leads to higher motivation and improved student performance.
The interaction design item for suitability as a teaching and learning material the mean score is still at a
moderate level of 2.56 as a whole this application is still suitable for use in teaching and learning. The findings
of this study support the study of Ab Rahman et. al (2019), this online application is an approach that can
attract students to learn complex and difficult subjects. Similarly, Razali et. al (2021) stated through a variety
of features, mobile technology can offer educational possibilities anywhere and at any time. But only some
students are interested in using this mobile app in their learning because they state that this math learning is
better to study face-to-face with the teacher.
The interaction design item to increase the confidence of the mean score is 2.44. This shows that the app can
still help students answer final exam questions on probability topics. The item for technical problems for
performance and the easy-to-use mean score is 2.53. This is likely to be a slight technical problem during the
application use such as the internet or access problems. This mobile learning requires self-motivation,
dedication, and discipline because the use of this mobile application is self-guided (Shiun, 2007, Najib et al.,
2017).
In summary, the use of mobile applications in this math subject can help students to train themselves in self-
learning and requires self-motivation, dedication, and discipline in the individual as well as the need to produce
more mobile applications because with the advent of this learning application can help make the teaching and
learning process more engaging and flexible. Therefore, the satisfaction obtained by the user is dependent to
the level of benefits that are easily achieved in such developed applications.
7. CONCLUSION
A Mobile App is a program that is loaded into mobile tools and can be used anytime and anywhere. The mobile
application developed through mobile phones to make it easier for students to learn the topic of probability is
suitable to be used to attract students. Several factors need to be noted in the success of this effort to ensure
that the application developed meets the teaching and learning objectives that have been set. One aspect that
aids the production of applications in education is by applying instructional models in construction.
Apart from ADDIE, there are many more models that can help material developers such as ASSURE, ACTION,
Hannafin and Peck, Dick and Carey, Robert Glasea, and others. All these models are beneficial and can be
used by other app developers to produce more flexible and effective educational applications in the future.
Hence, the conclusion of the construction of this mobile application is successfully developed and potentially
implemented in teaching and learning on the topic of probability.
Some technical issues with mobile devices have been raised, such as their small screens and low-resolution
displays, inadequate and low memory, slow network speeds and dis-connectivity, and lack of standardisation
273
and comparability. Apart from that, users of iPhones are restricted because this programme is only available
for Android. Even against the various limitations and constraints faced, there will be improvements by app
developers in the future such as for users of small-screen mobile devices, learning materials for mobile apps
should be scaled down and will build an app that can be used for all kinds of phone users.
8. REFERENCE
Ab Rahman, A., Ab Ghani, N. A., Zakaria, M. A., & Ab Rahman, M. F. (2019). Penggunaan Aplikasi Permainan
Mudah Alih Global Zakat Game (GZG) Dalam Pengajaran dan Pembelajaran: Global Zakat Game
(GZG)’s Application For Android in Teaching And Learning Process (P&P). Journal of Fatwa
Management and Research, 26-41.
Aldowah, H., Rehman, S. U., Ghazal, S., & Umar, I. N. (2017, September). Internet of Things in higher
education: a study on future learning. In Journal of Physics: Conference Series (Vol. 892, No. 1, p.
012017). IOP Publishing.
Anggara, B., Priatna, N., & Juandi, D. (2018, May). Learning difficulties of senior high school students based
on probability understanding levels. In Journal of Physics: Conference Series (Vol. 1013, No. 1, p.
012116). IOP Publishing.
Ansari, M. S., & Tripathi, A. (2017). An investigation of effectiveness of mobile learning apps in higher
education in India. International Journal of Information studies and libraries, 2(1), 33.
Gagne, R. M., Wager, W. W., Golas, K. C. & Keller, J. M. (2005). Principles of Instructional Design. 5th Ed.
Belmont, California: Thomson Wadsworth Learning.
Gustafson, K. L. & Branch, R. M. (2001). Survey of instructional development models. New York: ERIC
Clearinghouse on Information & Technology.
Najib, H. M., Bakar, N. R. A., & Othman, N. (2017). E-Pembelajaran Dalam Kalangan Pelajar di Sebuah
Institusi Pengajian Tinggi Selangor. Attarbawiy: Malaysian Online Journal of Education, 1(1), 74-82.
Papadakis, S., Kalogiannakis, M. and Zaranis, N. (2016c). Developing fundamental programming concepts
and computational thinking with ScratchJr in preschool education: a case study. International Journal
of Mobile Learning and Organisation, 10(3), 187–202.
Razali, N. H., & Khalid, F. B. (2021). Penggunaan Aplikasi Pembelajaran Mudah Alih dalam Pembelajaran
Matematik bagi Pelajar Sekolah Menengah. Malaysian Journal of Social Sciences and Humanities
(MJSSH), 6(6), 73-85.
Steven J. McGriff. (2000). Instructional system design: using the ADDIE model. College of Education, Penn
State University.
Siemen (2007). Complicity: An International Journal of Complexity and Education
Kim, D., Rueckert, D., Kim, D.-J., & Seo, D. (2013). Students’ perceptions and experiences of mobile learning.
Language Learning & Technology, 17(3), 52–73. Retrieved from
http://llt.msu.edu/issues/october2013/kimetal.pdf
Criollo-C, S., Luján-Mora, S., & Jaramillo-Alcázar, A. (2018, March). Advantages and disadvantages of M-
learning in current education. In 2018 IEEE world engineering education conference (EDUNINE) (pp.
1-6). IEEE.
Shiun, T. K. (2007). Kajian Mengenai Penggunaan E-Pembelajaran (E-Learning).
Wilkinson, K., & Barter, P. (2016). Do mobile learning devices enhance learning in higher education anatomy
classrooms?. Journal of pedagogic development, 6(1), 14-23.
Yusoff, A. F. M., & Romli, A. B. (2018). Kebolehgunaan Aplikasi Mudah Alih (Mobile Apps) Bagi Kursus Sains,
Teknologi Dan Kejuruteraan Dalam Islam (M-Istech) Di Politeknik Malaysia. Malaysian Online Journal
of Education, 2(1), 18-28.
274
An Experimental Study on Teaching and Learning Universal Design
Through Virtual Reality 360-Degree Video
Syafiza Ab Wahab1, Nur Atiqah Daud2 And Norhaida Hussain3
1Syafiza Ab Wahab,
Politeknik Balik Pulau, Balik Pulau, 11000, MALAYSIA

2Nur Atiqah Daud,
Politeknik Balik Pulau, Balik Pulau, 11000, MALAYSIA

3Norhaida Hussain,
Politeknik Tuanku Syed Sirajuddin, 02600, MALAYSIA
*Corresponding Author: syafiza@pbu.edu.my
Abstract: Since the beginning of the COVID-19 epidemic, many educational institutions have
made the transition to a teaching and learning strategy that is centered on the use of the internet.
It is not sufficient for students to understand universal design principles just through theoretical
classes in most design schools; they must also get hands-on experience in applying these ideas in
a real-world setting. Educators who are looking for new ways to engage their pupils are turning
more frequently to the use of immersive technologies. This research investigates how students
feel about the use of 360-degree virtual reality technology in the classroom to teach Universal
Design. In order to accomplish its objectives, the study involved forty individuals, each of whom
wore a virtual reality helmet and had a mobile phone with them at all times. The study utilized 360
Virtual Reality: Universal Design. Students enrolled in the Diploma Information Technology (Digital
Technology) program at Politeknik Balik Pulau were given open-ended structured questionnaires
to fill out in order to provide their responses for the data collection. In order to analyze the data, the
5-point Likert scale method was utilized. The results show that 100% of respondents agreed this
technology could clarify the concept of Universal Design especially that involving real environment
design and that this technology could overcome the constraints encountered in teaching and
learning of Universal Design in the real atmosphere. However, only 88% of respondents agreed
that virtual reality (VR) technology works well for this topic, allowing students to learn firsthand
about the concept of design but 16% answered hesitant. The implementation of programs that
utilize virtual reality will also provide a novel and engaging educational setting. In point of fact, it
can provide teachers with assistance in developing virtual reality simulations for use in appropriate
classes, with the goal of enhancing students' technical comprehension. Finally, virtual reality (VR)
can play a significant role in the education and training of Malaysians.
Keywords: Virtual reality 360, virtual reality, universal design
1. INTRODUCTION
Our lives have been impacted in innumerable ways by the global COVID-19 pandemic. According to the
World Health Organization (WHO) in March 2020, 107 nations had enforced school closures because of this
issue. More than 70% of students around the world have been unable to attend physical classes since the
pandemic began (UNESCO, 2020). Many colleges and universities around the world have either cancelled
all on-campus events or adopted an entirely online teaching and learning model in order to save money. For
the first time, all of Malaysia's higher education institutions will be entirely online by March 2020 as a result
of the implementation of the Movement Control Order (MCO) (Sia et al., 2020).
VR technology is a computer simulation through translation of imitations of the environment in an effort to
imitate the real or physical state of a scenario, thing, or product. The 360-degree films can be a useful tool in
this context because of the interactivity they provide. Images can be collected in a complete circle using
panoramic cameras, resulting in a sphere-shaped image. Head-mounted displays or cellphones can be used
to view the videos. Turning their heads in any direction reveals a portion of the sphere. (Fokides et al.,
2020). In addition, the site's content can be accessed and manipulated in real time. Using virtual reality as a
teaching aid is nothing new. Teachers and students have long expressed a desire to include cutting-edge
275
technologies like virtual reality into the teaching and learning process (Pelan Strategik Politeknik and Kolej
Komuniti 2015-2025, 2018). Students appear to have a good outlook on the use of virtual reality (VR) as a
teaching tool, according to a study (Azar et al., 2020).
Applications that make use of virtual reality technology have been put to use as teaching aids in a variety of
subjects for some time now. One of the numerous questions that is frequently asked is whether or not this
technology can make changes to the way in which learning and teaching are carried out.
Despite the fact that a great deal of research is conducted in educational fields such as the sciences,
medicine (Ulrich et al., 2021), business studies (Hyttinen et al., 2020), and architecture (Hamilton et al.,
2019), there are none that many studies on design studies. By utilising VR, it is possible to provide the user
with a greater grasp of the circumstances all around them, which in turn inspires the user to use the
application for more than one occasion (Pivik et Al., 2002).
There are many research conducted on Virtual Reality 360 in education, however none of them focus on
Universal Design. This research is done to discuss the potential of Virtual Reality technology as a new way
in techniques learning and teaching Universal Design and to improve learning and teaching process through
the use of technology. Our research questions are: 1- Does the use of virtual reality is able to help students
understand the concepts of Universal Design?, and 2- Does this virtual reality technology affect learning and
teaching Universal Design?.
VR technology has created a new discovery where users can interact with synthetic objects. By adding the
sense of touch to 2-dimensions, 3-dimensions provide an exciting new experience. In VR space, a virtual
display provides users with 3 dimensions surroundings. They will have a sense of feeling in a real place.
When equipped with walk-through functions, users can navigate through the scenes and interact with any
available interactivity. Many studies show encouraging results of using the 360-degree video in education in
terms of the effectiveness (Ostrander et. al, 2018, Fokides et. al., 2020), exposure (Adnan et al., 2020),
enjoyment (Lin et al., 2021), and motivation to learn (Webster 2016). VR application can be used as a
standalone learning apps or as a teaching aid for learning and training purpose. By using a head-mounted
display device, users are given the experience to be transported into a different world and engage with its
content in real-time (Adnan, 2020).
Universal Design includes products, places, systems, and services that are designed to be accessible by as
many people as necessary, without the requirement for adaption or specialized design (Preiser, 2001). It is
essential to understand the real-life concepts before creating a design that fit the purpose. While having
limited access to explore the real world due to the pandemic, students may find it difficult to relate the
concepts of Universal Design. In environmental education, because the situation is not directly accessible, it
can be difficult to identify related issues (Ahn, 2016).
The implementation of 360° videos may provide students with the same quality of learning experience as
traditional methods while also boosting their sense of presence. Studies conducted in (Adnan et al., 2020)
proved that the use of 360-degree video in education promotes immersive and greater exposure to the
students.
3. METHODOLOGY
A total of 55 people was surveyed, including 10 lecturers and 45 diploma students from Politeknik Balik
Pulau. To find out how people think about VR as a tool for learning and teaching Universal Design was the
goal of this research. All participants were given the opportunity to view and explore the Universal Design
VR on their own smartphones throughout the survey. The VR application was created using 360-degree
image and video recording technologies. A 360-degree camera was used to capture footage of the area
around Politeknik Balik Pulau. As a result of the pandemic, many students were unable to attend the event in
person, thus it was decided to hold it in their comfortable surroundings on campus. It is possible for students
to travel through familiar regions and see how each Universal Design element is implemented in a way that
makes sense. In addition to written explanations of each idea, the app includes interactive elements like a
quiz and video embeds.
276
Additionally, this virtual reality app can record video. As a result, the user feels as if they are part of the
simulation.
Requirement Design VR 3600 app Evaluation:

Specification development Lecturer, student
Figure 1: Methodology
By using VR technology in teaching and learning Universal Design, it is possible for students to experience
the full location and to engage further with the material presented. In Figure 2, the main menu is shown in a
real-life environment, and the students can navigate each menu oh the side. By dragging the 360-degree
embedded video (Figure 3) up, down, left and right, students can experience the environment that they have
never thought before. Figure 4 depicted one of the activities available in the application which is iteractive
quiz. Students can scroll-over the interactive button and quiz will appear. Most of the user interface used in
developing this application is designed using Canva (Figure 5).
Figure 2: The main menu
Figure 3: Video embedded in the application
277
Figure 4: Interactive Quiz in Universal Design using VR technology
Figure 5: Designing User Interface
To use this application, students must install 3DVista Tour Suite (Figure 6). After downloading the
application file, they need to drag and drop the file in order to view the application (Figure7). Finally the
application will load and the students are presented with the main menu (Figure 2).
Figure 6: Installing 3DVista Tour Suite
278
Figure 7: Drag and drop the file

The distribution of responses to the questionnaire items are given in Table 1. The results of the study (Figure
8) showed that 100% of the respondents agreed that the use of this virtual reality (VR) technology could
increase interest in learning Universal Design. 100% of respondents agreed this technology could clarify the
concept of Universal Design especially that involving real environment design. 88% of respondents agreed
that virtual reality (VR) technology works well for this topic, allowing students to learn firsthand about the
concept of design but 16% answered hesitant. The 16% of students who responded "hesitant" may have
been feeling uneasy for a variety of reasons, including nausea from wearing VR goggles and data
consumption difficulties. (Adnan et al., 2020). 100% respondents also agreed that this technology could
overcome the constraints encountered in teaching and learning of Universal Design in the real atmosphere.
Finally, in terms of minimize time for teaching and learning 100% of respondents agreed with this
technology.
Table 1: The Distribution of Response

Questionnaire Item Strongly Disagree Hesitant Agree Strongly
Disagree Agree
The use of this virtual reality 0 0 0 42% 58%
technology can increase interest in
learning universal design.
VR technology can help student to 0 0 0 67% 33%

understand the concept of universal
design.
VR technology works well for this 0 0 16% 62% 22%

topic allowing students to learn
firsthand about the concept of
design.
This technology can overcome the 0 0 0 69% 31%

constraints encountered in the
teaching and learning of universal
design in the real environment.
Implementing the VR technology 0 0 0 58 42

can minimize time for teaching and
learning.
279
Figure 8: Results of respondents
The research found out that both category of respondents agreed and give positive perception towards using
virtual reality technology as a new approach in methods teaching and learning Universal Design. Virtual
reality technology is newly introduced in this country, therefore there are some aspects that need to be
improved. However, the potential of virtual reality technology in the field of education, especially concept of
universal design can go even further if given more exposure and emphasis.
i. Does the use of virtual reality is able to help students understand the concepts of Universal Design?
As according to results of the study, respondents agreed that by used virtual reality technology could help
students to understanding the Universal Design concepts of real-world environment. This is because
students may explore the concept of design that are apply in real atmosphere, using a 360° virtual display.
The students were immersed in the video and felt liked they were in that place. Realistic visualization can
assist students to better understanding learning objects, concepts, and processes, especially the difficult
ones (Cai et al, 2013). Moreover, students also can understand more about the content since it was view in
the first point of view. The use of 360-degree videos also kept them awake during the teaching and learning
session because the video materials were interesting to watch and attract the attention of the students’ more
than traditional methods.
ii. Does this virtual reality technology affect teaching and learning Universal Design?
As well as development of new systems for applied educational purposes, basic research also being carried
out on the effectiveness of using virtual environments and Virtual Reality (VR) technology on learning and
teaching Universal Design on perception. Virtual Reality (VR) technology could overcome the constraints
encountered in teaching and learning of Universal Design in the real atmosphere in terms of minimize time
for teaching and learning. Due to pandemic, method of teaching and learning in classroom has been change
into online learning, by using VR technology it could help students to learn firsthand about the concept of
design. “Firsthand” refers to experience is gained or learned directly rather than from people or books.
According to a research, more than 98% of students agree that the usage of Virtual Reality 360 video will
support teaching and learning in higher level education (Adnan et al., 2020). According to the participants,
using this technology allows them to revise by playing the video again and again. In another research done
by Adnan (2020), majorities of the participants provide positive feedback which suggest this technology will
benefit the future of teaching and learning.
Participants who exposed to VR environment first then had access to a learning demonstrated significantly
greater performance (Lamb, 2021). This approach using virtual reality technology will create a new and fresh
280
atmosphere in learning. In fact, it will be able to help lecturers produce virtual reality simulations for
appropriate courses in giving technical understanding to students.
5. CONCLUSION
The purpose of this study was to investigate people's thoughts on the application of virtual reality (VR)
technology to the teaching and learning of universal design. According to the findings of the research study,
both professors and students have a favorable attitude toward the application of virtual reality technology
and improvement in the process of learning Universal Design. The Virtual Reality (VR) technology offers a
lot of potential as a brand-new way for teaching and learning in Malaysia, and not just for the Universal
Design subject matter. Learning through the use of visuals was not only engaging but also encouraged
students to be more active. It helps students to review their course in a way that is more permanent and
quicker, it makes it easier to understand the issues, it provides faster learning than other methods, it makes
it easier to understand the issues, it requires students to concentrate, and it provides students with a general
idea of what they have just learned. It also facilitates the implementation of the information obtained from the
topics described in the course.
6. REFERENCES
Adnan, A. H. M. (2020). From interactive teaching to immersive learning: Higher Education 4.0 via 360-
degree videos and virtual reality in Malaysia. In IOP Conference Series: Materials Science and
Engineering (Vol. 917, No. 1, p. 012023). IOP Publishing.
Adnan, A. H. M., Shak, M. S. Y., Karim, R. A., Tahir, M. H. M., & Shah, D. S. M. (2020). 360-degree videos,
VR experiences and the application of Education 4.0 technologies in Malaysia for exposure and
immersion. Adv. Sci. Technol. Eng. Syst. Journal, 5(1), 373-381.
Ahn, S. J., Bostick, J., Ogle, E., Nowak, K. L., McGillicuddy, K. T., & Bailenson, J. N. (2016). Experiencing
nature: Embodying animals in immersive virtual environments increases inclusion of nature in self
and involvement with nature. Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication, 21(6), 399-419.
Cai, Y. et al, 3D Immersive and Interactive Learning. 2013, Springer Singapore Heidelberg New York
Dordrecht London. p.7
Fokides, E., & Arvaniti, P. A. (2020). Evaluating the effectiveness of 360 videos when teaching primary
school subjects related to environmental education. Journal of Pedagogical Research, 4(3), 203-
222.
Hamilton, D., McKechnie, J., Edgerton, E., & Wilson, C. (2021). Immersive virtual reality as a pedagogical
tool in education: a systematic literature review of quantitative learning outcomes and experimental
design. Journal of Computers in Education, 8(1), 1-32
Hyttinen, M., & Hatakka, O. (2020). The challenges and opportunities of using 360-degree video technology
in online lecturing: A case study in higher education business studies. In Seminar. Net, Vol. 16, No. 1,
16-16.
Lamb, Richard. (2021). Virtual Reality Simulations in Science Education: Learning Science by Writing.
10.4018/978-1-7998-5043-4.ch014.
Lin, H. C. S., Yu, S. J., Sun, J. C. Y., & Jong, M. S. Y. (2021). Engaging university students in a library guide
through wearable spherical video-based virtual reality: Effects on situational interest and cognitive
load. Interactive Learning Environments, 29(8), 1272-1287.
Mansor, E. I., Mokhtar, M. M., & Sharef, N. M. (2022) Exploring The Acceptance of 360 Videos In Virtual
Reality Settings For Teaching And Learning. Asia-Pacific Journal of Information Technology and
Multimedia (Vol. 11 No. 1, June 2022: 78 – 89)
281
Ostrander, J. K., Tucker, C. S., Simpson, T. W., & Meisel, N. A. (2018, August). Evaluating the effectiveness
of virtual reality as an interactive educational resource for additive manufacturing. In International
design engineering technical conferences and computers and information in engineering conference
(Vol. 51784, p. V003T04A018). American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Pivik, J., McComas, J., MaCfarlane, I., & Laflamme, M. (2002). Using Virtual Reality to Teach Disability
Awareness. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 26(2), 203–218.
Preiser WFE, Ostro E. (eds) Universal Design Handbook. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2001.
UNESCO (2020). Education: From disruption to recovery. Retrieved from

https://en.unesco.org/covid19/educationresponse
Ulrich, F., Helms, N. H., Frandsen, U. P., & Rafn, A. V. (2021). Learning effectiveness of 360 video:
experiences from a controlled experiment in healthcare education. Interactive Learning
Environments, 29(1), 98-111.
Webster, R. (2016). Declarative knowledge acquisition in immersive virtual learning environments.

Interactive Learning Environments, 24, 1319–1333
282
An E-govqual Model to Analyze the E-government
Web Portal Service
Devi Utami1, Y.Yuhefizar2 And Josephine Sudiman3
Department of Accounting, St. Kampus Limau Manis, Padang, 25163, INDONESIA

2Politeknik Negeri Padang
Department of Information Technology, St. Kampus Limau Manis, Padang, 25163, INDONESIA
Department of Accounting, St. Kampus Limau Manis, Padang, 25163, INDONESIA
*Corresponding Author: yuhefizar@pnp.ac.id
Abstract: A public perception in using a new system, borned an idea to develop how far the level
of satisfaction of information system and their existence, the Tanah Datar regency portal website
has already responsively displayed and relatively good appearance, it’s important to carried out
many factors such as their age, ability, etc. What the priorities for improving service quality based
on the results of the e-Govqual analysis model as problems that should be solved. This paper aims
to knows the public perceptions of the quality of web services, the scope of the research consists
only on determined variables such as reliability, trust, efficiency and citizen support. Using a
quantitative method, the user's perception of performance is labelled as an independent variable
(X), and service quality expectations labelled as the dependent variable (Y) by combining the likert
scale with 5 dimensions. After a few days, 275 respondents were obtained, the majority are civil
servants and the civil society. The results of the validity test shows all the attributes are valid and
the reliability test of cronbach's alpha is 0.984 for performance and 0.973 for importance was greater
than 0.6, it means reliable. The lowest ranks score is KP1 (The website asks for a password and
username) -0.68 and the highest rank score is CS2 (the City government completes complaint input
quickly) -1.25, it means what users expect is not yet good as they get. The final statements was
reached on the cartesian diagram show the city government about their interested to solving user
problems, resolves feedback quickly and some information should be up to date was labelled
“concentrated here”.
Keywords: e-Government, Quality, Services, e-Govqual
1. INTRODUCTION
All channels allows communities access their needs. Look likes checking market prices, tourism places
information, area informations, and data collection for government employees who required. There are still
many of civil society (users) are unable in using e-gov even though they’re input of personal data. Civil society
access the page on http://www.tanahdatar.go.id. Our problems are the perception and how much the level of
user satisfaction feels on e-government services quality, which are the priorities for improving service quality
based on the results of the e-govqual model analysis and important performance analysis (IPA).
1.1 Another Opinions

Here the present study combines the likert scale with a proposed e-Govqual model to classify service attributes
and then diagnoses which service attributes should be prioritized or should be maintained with their current
level of performance. the proposed approach could help determine a proper and effective service improvement
strategy public information (Tseng, 2020). The application of servqual involves the use of structured
questionnaires that are applied to the users asking them about their service expectations and perceptions.
The gap between expectations and perceptions can be calculated for each QA or a quality dimension (Lizarelli
et al., 2021). This paper aims to experimentally evaluate the performance of services web portal e-Government
of Tanah Datar Regency. The paper confirmed and illustrate the conceptquences gap on the performance and
the comparison with the importance in ensuring their service quality.
283
E-Government as a multidimensional construct with customer orientation, channel orientation and technology
orientation as its predecessors (Malodia et al., 2021). The two most important predictors of satisfaction with
one- and two-star accommodation are accommodation infrastructure and employee expertise (Nunkoo et al.,
2020). An user’s expectation of a specific service is decided by factors like recommendations, personal needs
and past experiences. The expected service and therefore the perceived service sometimes might not be
equal, thus leaving a niche. The service quality model or the ’GAP model’ developed in 1985 highlights the
foremost vital necessities for delivering high service quality. It identifies ’gaps’ that cause unsatisfactory
services. Users generally match the service they ’experience’ with the service they ’expect’ (Arul Oli &
Dhanasekaran, 2022).
The e-governance outlets that support information technology are increasingly being used in developing
countries to facilitate the delivery of e-Government services. These outlets are run by social entrepreneurs
who serve as intermediaries between citizens and the government. This brings a unique perspective of social
entrepreneurship to e-Government service delivery and provides recommendations for policy makers to focus
on satisfying these intermediaries for sustainability in the digital mainstream (Sharma et al., 2021).
2. RESEARCH METHOD
The research used quantitative method. The results will be presented by numbers. The research used a survey
method that will prove an association. Users perception of performance as an independent variable (X), and
expectations of service quality as the dependent variable (Y) is a research design. On the other hand, the
present study combines the likert scale with a proposed e-Govqual to classify service attributes and then
diagnoses which service attributes should be prioritized or should be maintained with their current level of
performance. The proposed approach could help determine a proper and effectively service improvement
strategy public information. Another characteristic of the approach is its simplicity advanced statistical
knowledge is not required (Tseng, 2020). We take the advantages by the results of data collection from the
psychological test instrument. So the instrument can be arranged according to their needs. The participants
recruited by google form questionnaires. The validity and reliability of the tool were established using
quantitative (Morad et al., 2021). The following procedure how this research running as well as was described
on Fig.1.
We understand how ethics should inform choice of study topic, study design, methods of obtaining consent,
data management, and access to treatment after closure of the study (Bitter et al., 2020). Over all this paper
completed the research ethics.
2.1 The E-Govqual Model

A user’s expectation of a specific service is decided by factors like recommendations, personal needs and
past experiences. The expected service and therefore the perceived service sometimes might not be equal.
the e-Govqual/the servqual model was proposed and developed to measure service quality separately (Arul
Oli & Dhanasekaran, 2022). The e-Govqual model may contained simple steps. Analyze the gap to the each
attributes. Analyze Q as the quality of service for each attribute and finally rank the attributes from the lowest
to highest values. Then write a cartesian diagram obtained with the average of each attributes equal. E-
Govqual dimensions provide a useful indicator for obtaining signals from users as they experience the service.
Moreover, the follow-up analysis, in which one identifies the frequency and keywords that determine the scores
of each dimension, would help policy makers design more specific interventions, and resource allocations
could be more effective by tracking those areas (Lee et al., 2021).
2.2 The Likert Scale

The Likert scale uses five levels of statements range score scale of 1-5, see Table 1.
Table 1: The Likert Scale
Performance/ Importance Score
Very dissatisfied/ very unimportant 1
Dissatisfied/ unimportant 2
Satisfied enough/ important enough 3
Satisfied/ Important 4
Very satisfied/ very important 5
284
2.3 The Performance-Importance Attributes Description
We have four attributes and 21 sub attributes with multiple statements of each attributes. By 21 statements
respondents filled out as a tour experience exploring the e-Government web portal. Here is the sentences on
Table 2.
START
Collect the data
Is the data No
completed?
yes
Pre-processing the raw

data
Validity & reliability testing
No
Is the data valid Data can’t be used
& reliable?
Yes
Questionnaire data recap
Process of e-Govqual model:
1. Creating the GAPs

2. Make Q (quality of service
for each sub attributes)
3. Classifying the e-Govqual
ranks
The cartesian diagram
Decisions & planning
FINISH
Figure 1: Research Flow Diagram
285
Table 2: The Attributes Description
Sub- Description
Attributes
Reliability
RB1 Download files/content is a short time
RB2 Users access the website wherever they are
RB3 The users succeeded the first time access
RB4 The web service is on time
RB5 The web process speed is good enough for users
RB6 Website can be used with any browser
Trust
KP1 The website asks for a password and username
KP2 The username and password that you use on the web is safer
KP3 Use of user's personal data only as necessary
KP4 The data archived on the web can be kept confidential
Efficiency
EF1 The web structure is easy and clearly for users to follow
EF2 The search engine on the web is effective to help users search
EF3 The site map according to the users is well organized
EF4 The website already full filed the needs of users
EF5 The available information was detailed
EF6 The information on the website is up to date
EF7 The instructions for filling out the form are sufficient
Citizen Support
CS1 The city government shows their interested in solving users problems
CS2 The city government processed input quickly
CS3 The city government has specific knowledge to answer users
questions
CS4 The city government giving trust and confidence to users
3. RESULT & DISCUSSION

The third part of this paper are result and discussion. This sub-section has made some tables and figures
detail. Before we take a conclusion, it focused to the main part that includes descriptive statistic, the result of
validity and reliability, how to interpreted by e-Govqual model analysis was describe here.
3.1 Respondents Distribution Profiles
The descriptive data analysis was interpreted by gender, age and occupation.
3.1.1 Gender
The gender of the respondents consisted of two, male and female. After the questionnaires were distributed
and gained 275 respondents, the profile of respondents by gender can be seen in Table 3.
Table 3: Gender
Gender Frequency %
Male 98 64,4
Female 177 35,6
Total 275 100
based on gender, the respondents were dominated by female as 177 persons or 64.4% and males as 98
people or 35.6%.
3.1.2 Age
Respondents who filled out the survey identified as minimum age of 21 years old and a maximum of 58 years
old. The total age number data of respondents shows in Fig. 2.
286
Figure 2: The Respondents Age
From the table above we reached on age 35 – 64 years old citizens filled out this research. It means they still
on productive age but some of them can’t using this web portal.
3.1.3 Occupation
Based on the level of the respondents occupation, the majority of respondents as civil servants 164 persons
or 60.1% The diagram is as shown in Fig. 3.
Figure 3: The Occupation Percentage
On 275 samples most of them are civil servants likes government employees, teachers, principals,
supervisors, staff, and others.
3.2 Validity and Reliability

The validity test is carried out by comparing the r value with table for degrees of freedom (df) = n-2. By 21 sub-
attributes all statements are valid. The following tables are the reliability testing on the quality of the web portal
service. Basic for making reliability decisions:
1. If the cronbac’h alpha value > 0.6, the questionnaires instrument is reliable (reliable).
2. If the cronbac’h alpha value < 0.6, the questionnaires instrument is not reliable.
Here is the following sentences show the reliability of the importance and performance:
Table 4: Cronbach’s Alpha for Reliability Test
Cronbach’s
Alpha N of Items
.984 21
Cronbach’s
Alpha N of Items
.973 21
Based on the table 4 above, we can conclude that the r alpha has reached 0.984 for the performance and
0.973 for the importance greater than standard r Alpha table 0.6 which is labelled “reliable”.
287
3.3 Model Implementation
An e-Govqual model measures perceptions of service quality across four dimensions: reliability; trust;
efficiency and customer support. The following steps are the gap dan quality value, and ranks:
3.3.1 GAP Value - Quality of the Attributes

Generally, the results of the e-Govqual analysis of each attribute can be summarized using the average. The
overall results show in Table 5.
Table 5: GAP Value and Quality of the Services
Attributes P I GAP Q = P/I
Reliability 3,55 4,31 -0,77 0,822091
Trust 3,57 4,31 -0,75 0,827012
Efficiency 3,46 4,35 -0,88 0,796869
Citizen Support 3,09 4,21 -1,12 0,734183
Based on the table 5 above, when Q > 1, the service quality is labelled “good”. We can concluded that Qi
value of all attributes less than 0, then their assumed the quality of services has labelled “not good yet”.
3.3.2 e-Govqual Ranks
Using these questionnaires, the sub-attributes could be significantly contributed for the rank of the web portal
services, were identified (Mehrotra & Bhartiya, 2020), see Tabel 6.
Table 6: E-Govqual Ranks
Sub-Attributes Rank Value
CS2 1 -1,25
CS1 2 -1,19
CS3 3 -1,03
CS4 4 -1,00
EF6 5 -1,00
EF5 6 -0,94
EF4 7 -0,92
EF3 8 -0,89
RB2 9 -0,88
EF1 10 -0,83
EF7 11 -0,83
RB5 12 -0,80
KP4 13 -080
KP2 14 -0,78
EF2 15 -0,78
RB4 16 -0,77
RB3 17 -0,73
RB1 18 -0,73
KP3 19 -0,73
RB6 20 -0,69
KP1 21 -0,68
3.3.3 The Cartesian Diagram
The value of the user satisfaction level is estimated by abstract satisfaction indices that it is hard to understand
and compare (Phan et al., 2021). The satisfaction level for the intercept of x-axis and y axis was made by
formula 1,2.
𝑛
̅̅̅
𝑥̅̅ = 𝛴ⅈ=1 𝑥𝑖 (1)
𝑘
72,16
21
𝑥̅̅ = 3,44
𝑛
𝛴 𝑌̅ⅈ (2)
𝑌̅ = ⅈ=1
𝑘
90,41
21
𝑌̅ = 4.31
288
The importance and performance pairs for each attribute are plotted in the matrix. The horizontal axis
represents the degree of importance, and the vertical axis denotes the degree of performance:
Table 7: The Average and Intecept

Sub-Attributes AVG (P) AVG (I)
RB1 3,52 4,25
RB2 3,54 4,42
RB3 3,55 4,28
RB4 3,51 4,28
RB5 3,54 4,35
RB6 3,61 4,30
KP1 3,52 4,20
KP2 3,58 4,36
KP3 3,57 4,30
KP4 3,60 4,40
EF1 3,51 4,33
EF2 3,48 4,27
EF3 3,50 4,39
EF4 3,45 4,37
EF5 3,45 4,39
EF6 3,42 4,42
EF7 3,44 4,27
CS1 3,13 4,32
CS2 3,10 4,35
CS3 3,07 4,10
CS4 3,07 4,07
MEAN 3,44 4,31
Performance
X Y
3,44 4
3,44 4,5
Importance
X Y
3 4,31
3,7 4,31
The average total performance is 3.44 and the average total importance is 4.31. Here is the sentences on Fig.
4.
Figure 4: The Cartesian Diagram
289
Quadrant A includes (a) CS1: the city government has not resolved user problems, likes inability of senior
governments employees and related users, (b) CS2: the city government has unable to complete the input
problems quickly. The Tanah Datar district e-Government web portal was not yet have a responsive
suggestion column and (c) EF6: some information on the website not up to date.
4. CONCLUSION
All of items used to measuring the variables in this research have greater than the r table of 0.118 for a sample
of 275 respondents. All statements was labelled “valid”. The r alpha value has reached 0.984 for the level of
service performance and 0.973 for service importance so this value is greater than compared to the standard
r Alpha table of 0.6 which labelled all is reliable attributes.
The final result in the cartesian diagram show that CS1 (the city government about their interested to solving
user problems), CS2 (resolves feedback quickly) and EF6 (some information should be up to date) should be
concentrate here.
5. REFERENCES
Arul Oli, A., & Dhanasekaran, C. (2022). A study related to product service systems (PSS), SERVQUAL and
knowledge management system (KMS) – A review. Materials Today: Proceedings.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2021.07.321
Bitter, C. C., Ngabirano, A. A., Simon, E. L., & Taylor, D. M. D. (2020). Principles of research ethics: A research
primer for low- and middle-income countries. African Journal of Emergency Medicine, 10, S125–S129.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.afjem.2020.07.006
Lee, H. J., Lee, M., Lee, H., & Cruz, R. A. (2021). Mining service quality feedback from social media: A
computational analytics method. Government Information Quarterly, 38(2).
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.giq.2021.101571
Lizarelli, F. L., Osiro, L., Ganga, G. M. D., Mendes, G. H. S., & Paz, G. R. (2021). Integration of SERVQUAL,
Analytical Kano, and QFD using fuzzy approaches to support improvement decisions in an
entrepreneurial education service. Applied Soft Computing, 112.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asoc.2021.107786
Malodia, S., Dhir, A., Mishra, M., & Bhatti, Z. A. (2021). Future of e-Government: An integrated conceptual
framework. Technological Forecasting and Social Change, 173.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.techfore.2021.121102
Mehrotra, D., & Bhartiya, S. (2020). Results of mapping patients expectation using SERVQUAL. Journal of
Healthcare Quality Research, 35(6), 381–390. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhqr.2019.11.008
Morad, S., Ragonis, N., & Barak, M. (2021). The validity and reliability of a tool for measuring educational
innovative thinking competencies. Teaching and Teacher Education, 97.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103193
Nunkoo, R., Teeroovengadum, V., Ringle, C. M., & Sunnassee, V. (2020). Service quality and customer
satisfaction: The moderating effects of hotel star rating. International Journal of Hospitality Management,
91. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijhm.2019.102414
Phan, H. T., Nguyen, N. T., Tran, V. C., & Hwang, D. (2021). An approach for a decision-making support
system based on measuring the user satisfaction level on Twitter. Information Sciences, 561, 243–273.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ins.2021.01.008
Sharma, R., Mishra, R., & Mishra, A. (2021). Determinants of satisfaction among social entrepreneurs in e-
Government services. International Journal of Information Management, 60.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2021.102386
Tseng, C. C. (2020). An IPA-Kano model for classifying and diagnosing airport service attributes. Research in
Transportation Business and Management, 37. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rtbm.2020.100499
290
Soybean Residue-Modified Formulation
Sustainable And Healthier Ingredients in Bread Formulation
Siti Saleha Binti Abdul Azis1, Aishah Binti Mohd Marsin1 Fariz Bin Mahmod1
123Kolej Komuniti Pasir Salak, Jalan Lebuh Paduka,Changkat Lada, Kampung Gajah, 36800, PERAK
saleha@kkpsa.edu.my, aishah@kkpsa.edu.my, fariz_mahmod@kkpsa.edu.my
Abstract: Soybean residue (SR) becomes the excess output after making soybean-based product
such as soy-sauce, soybean milk or sweet tofu, Later, it would be dumped, becoming fertilizers or
contributes to animal feeds. SR believes to still retaining fiber, fat, protein, vitamins, and trace
elements. It has the potential for value-added food products; an option that simultaneously
promotes great economic value as well as decreases waste consumption. The use of SR as the
source of fiber in bread formulation promotes sustainable usage which fully utilized all parts of the
soybean. When added to bakery products, it could improvise the nutritional value, mainly
increasing the protein contents. This research was developed to look at the sensory evaluation in
the making of healthier bread through modified formulation in substituting 20% SR flour, which
compared to regular bread formulation. Samples were evaluated in terms of texture, taste, aroma,
colour, and overall acceptance using a hedonic scale with a scale of 0 for very bad up to a scale of
5 for very good. The sample of respondents for this study contains 110 respondents including
students and staff at Pasir Salak Community College and its surroundings. The overall acceptance
of the parameters has shown that more than 70% of the respondents gave a scale of 5 in terms of
color, taste, texture, and aroma using 20% SR premixed formulation in the production of bread
products. The use of SR in developing new –value-added products for commercialization will be
appreciated by the nature and educate the nature of society’s responsibility towards environmental
sustainability.
Keywords: Soybean residue flour, Sensory evaluation, Bread product,
1. INTRODUCTION
Soybean or its scientific name Glysine Max is widely grown in various countries, especially Western
countries such as Canada. Soybeans are widely known as a source of protein that can be consumed either
in the form of solid food, semi-solid food or in liquid form (USDA, 2019). It also contains isoflavone, saponin,
phenolic acid, calcium, magnesium, iron, phosphorus vitamin B and fiber. The usage of soybean in the
making of food products commonly leaves a large amount of waste, especially in the making of soy milk.
The accumulation of soybean residue (soybean by-product) contributes to approximately 25 % of the total
weight of soybean used (Ogemdi et al., 2022). Since soybean residue are the by-product of the production
of soybean-based product, the soybean residue is scarcely utilized as such it has a low market value.
Recently soybean residue has caught the attention of certain researchers to sustain waste from soybean-
based product and convert it into a functional additive since its remaining protein and fiber to enhance the
nutritional benefits of food product. SR when dried still contains 50% dietary fiber, 25% protein, 10-20% lipid,
and also still contains glucose, galactose, arabinos, xylose, ironic acid and polyphenols (Privati et al. 2021).
The production of waste from soybean meals sometimes creates disposal problems, so this is what led to
the idea of producing products that use this waste. As well as roughage consisting of cellulose,
hemicellulose and lignin is suitable for the production of bakery products because it acts as an emulsifier
and has a high-quality protein breakdown, which has water-holding qualities for bakery products (Stephen
O. Arinola et. Al 2022).
Bread is one of the main foods taken in large quantities to obtain carbohydrate nutrition worldwide. Bread is
produced from the processing of dough that is raised by yeast and reacts through the fermentation process.
The characteristics of a good bread are those with a springy, elastic, and hollow texture. Apart from that,
bread also has its own nutrition such as protein, vitamins, sodium, potassium, carbohydrates, and good fats.
The nutrients in bread can be obtained from wheat flour which is used as a basic ingredient to produce
bakery products and other additives (Tian et. Al, 2018). But today, the demand for wheat flour supply to
291
produce various food products is very high but the limited supply of wheat flour makes processing difficult.
An alternative to producing flour from other materials is a method to overcome this problem. Soybean
residue (SR) which has been accumulated, dried, and grind into powder to form SR flour is one of the best
candidates to overcome the wheat flour supply. SR flour contains approximately 50% protein, which shows a
much higher protein content compared to wheat flour (9-14%). The inclusion of soy flour in bread dough
enhances the nutritional value of the bread and improves the appearance and texture of the bread with a
slightly nutty flavor. The development of products produced from waste generation is always studied by food
technologists to reduce the resulting environmental impact and to find alternatives to make it a source of
nutrients (Guimaraes et al., 2018).
Sensory evaluation is a scientific method to gather information about an existing or new product. The niche
use of sensory evaluation techniques is to evaluate on product development which leads to quality control
and research in the food science of the product (Zolfaghari et al., 2014). In this study, sensory evaluations of
pizza bread including texture, taste, aroma, color and overall acceptance were evaluated. Pizza bread is a
proper case study, and it has distinctive sensory parameters. It is a plain, springy with high energy value that
is served as convenient food. It represents one of the common breads consumed in bakery product because
it is ready to eat and portable. Hence, the study of sensory characteristics of pizza bread plays an important
role in the production of pizza bread with higher functional properties and quality in this market. In this study,
the different modified formulation was applied and sensorial characteristic of different formulation of pizza
bread were evaluated.
2. METHODOLOGY
2.1 Soybean residue flour
Soybean were purchased from a local market in Changkat Lada, Pasir Salak, Perak. Soybean were used as
the main ingredients in the making of soy milk. After grinding and extraction of soy milk were conducted,
soybean hull and pulp has been collected. The soybean residue was dried using a dehydrator (SunBeam,
China) at 45°C for 4 hours until the soybean residue is dry and hardened. Dried soybean residue was
ground using a grinder (Panasonic, Malaysia) and sifted to obtain fine soybean residue flour. Dried soybean
residue flour was stored in a dry and airtight container before being used for analysis.
2.2 Dough preparation
Pizza dough ingredients including high protein flour, soybean residue flour, margarine, yeast, salt, egg,
castor sugar, and bread improver were purchased from a local market in Changkat Lada, Pasir Salak.
Topping ingredients involve bolognaise sauce, sausage, button mushroom, bell pepper, Holland onion, and
mozzarella cheese were purchased from Lotus Superstore in Ipoh for pizza decoration. All pizza dough
ingredients were mixed together with an Electric Standard Mixer (Hugel, No, HG550TMEM) for 10 min until
homogenize by adding water in a small volume until finished. After the dough shows elastic characteristics,
the dough was rested at 40°C for 60 min in a proofer (Berjaya Stainless Steel Proofer with Humidifier,
Malaysia). The dough was brought out and kneaded and ponded to release air, then proofed at 40°C for 30
min for second proofing. After cooling at room temperature for 10 min, the dough was weighing 55 g for
each mini pizza and kneaded until flattened. For decoration purposes, all the ingredients were cut into slices.
One tablespoon of bolognaise sauce were spread evenly on flattened dough and all the decoration
ingredients were placed on the dough and finished with a sprinkling of mozzarella cheese with a specified
amount evenly on all the pizza dough. Finally, the pizza was baked in oven (Okazawa Stainless Steel
Electric Oven, China) at 180°C for 20 min. Baked pizza were cooled and kept in closed containers for
sensory evaluation. The schematic of pizza dough preparation is depicted in Figure 1.
2.3 Sensory evaluations
Sensory evaluation of mini pizza was carried out in 2 days following Bailey et al. (1995) with slight
modification. Panelists were selected from students and staff of Pasir Salak Community College, aged
between 17 and 50. Evaluators were first undergoing comparison tests in identifying the specified product
with defined characteristics. Scoring was carried out on a 5-point hedonic scale according to Table 1. Quality
attributes include taste, color, aroma, texture, and overall acceptance. Each sample was randomly
numbered and presented to panel members.
292
Preparing pizza dough mixture (0, 20 % high protein flour
substitution with soybean residue flour)
Mixing high protein flour (600g) + Margarine (60 g) + salt

(10g) + egg (2) + castor sugar (100g) + bread improver (10g)
Activating yeast (15 g) by
adding castor sugar (100 g) Adding yeast solution + mixing
and water (300 ml) for 30
min at room temperature
Dough becomes elastic
Proofing (60 min) at 40°C
Kneaded and pound proofed dough
2nd proofing (30 min) dough at 40°C
Weigh dough (55g) and kneaded until flattened
Add toppings and spread evenly
Baking at 180°C for 20 min
Figure 1: Mini Pizza Preparation Procedure
Table 1: Scoring of Sensory Characteristics of Mini Pizza
Sensory Scoring levels

characteristics 1 2 3 4 5
Taste Very bad Bad Fair Good Very good
Somewhat Somewhat
Colour Very dull Fair Bright
dull bright
Aroma Very bad Bad Fair Good Very good
Texture Very bad Bad Fair Good Very good
Overall
Very bad Bad Fair Good Very good
acceptance
293
A total of 110 respondents have been given the questionnaire in evaluating 5 parameters consisting of taste,
colour, aroma, texture, and overall as shown in Figure 2. The product taste evaluation shows that about 90
people (81.8%) rated the taste on a scale of 5 (Very good) meanwhile a scale of 3 (fair) shows the lowest
rating (5.5%). Next, 90.1% of respondents rated with a scale of 5 (Bright) for the product colour evaluation
which tends to show a similar property to regular bread formulation. A number of81 respondents rated a
scale of 5 (Very good) for aroma while19 respondents rated a scale of 4 (Good) and 11 respondents rated a
scale of 3 (fair). The product texture evaluation demonstrates about 93 respondents (91%) rated with a scale
of 5 (Very good) and only 2.7% of respondents rated on a scale of 3 (fair). The overall acceptance
evaluation shows that 81% of respondents rated the modified SR formulation bread as the fondest product.
None of the respondents rated with a scale of 1 (very bad) and 2 (bad). The descriptive sensory analysis
showed that the SR-modified formulated bread does not contribute to the acceptance of panellists to regular
formulated bread (Gabriela et al., 2018). The attributes colour, texture, aroma, taste, and overall acceptance
of SR modified formulated bread shows highly accepted by the panellist, and no difference between regular
formulated bread (Shin, 2006). This indicates the substitution of 20% SR into bread formulation does not
alter the characteristics of bread yet increases the nutritional content.
(a) (b) (c)
(d) (e)
Figure 2: Result of Sensory Evaluation Test, a) Color b) Texture c) Aroma d) Taste e) Overall
Acceptance
294
4. CONCLUSION
The research on this new product is expected to help in the development of improved food product research
and provide opportunities for new entrepreneurs in the food industry. The widespread disposal of raw
material waste could reduce to ensure the cleanliness of the environment through this research. The
production of bread by adding soybean residue flour in the formulation produces a unique and highly
nutritious bread compared to regular bread in the market and as one of the alternatives to help the problem
of wheat flour supply is the best method that can be done to help in the food industry. The advantage of
using soybean residue flour could also encourage the use of food waste for the production of commercial
food products. Bread products from soybean residue flour have excellent potential to be commercialized and
mass-produced and compete with other bakery products in the market. The results of this research show
that SR-modified formulated bread can be accepted by consumers and commercialized up to the
international level. This product innovation is capable of expanding the food industry, especially in the bread
or pastry industry.
5. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
We would thank the 4th International Conference on Applied Science, Engineering, Information, and
Technology (ICo-ASCNITech2022) because give us an opportunity to invent our research paper
successfully until the very end of the research. Also, a big thanks to teammates the cooperate and helped
each other to establish this research. We acknowledged and appreciated everyone that helped in bringing
this research to success.
6. REFERENCES
Dinkar, B.K. and Savita, R. (2020). Bioactive components, in vitro digestibility, microstructure and
application of soybean residue (okara): a review. Journal Legume Science. 2(1): E32.
Gabriela M-M., Karina E.H-R, Erick H-O., Esther P-C., Ana A. C-G. and Sergio O. S.S (2018). Rheology,
acceptability and texture of wheat flour tortillas supplemented with soybean residue. Journal of Food
Science and Technology, 55: 4964–4972
Rafaiane Macedo Guimarães et al. (2018). Okara: A soybean by-product as an alternative to enrich
vegetable paste.Journal of Food Engineering,Volume 92, June 2018, Pages 593-599
Shin, D-H (2006). Effect of Soybean Milk Residues Powder on the Quality of Dough. The Korean Journal
of Food and Nutrition, 19(4): 381-391.
Shuang-qi Tian Zhi-cheng ChenYi- chun Wei (2018). Measurement of colour-grained wheat nutrient
compounds and the application of combination technology in dough. Journal of Cereal Science,
83, 63-67.
Stephen O. Arinola, (2022) Effects of soy flour on the quality attributes of gluten free bread produced from
breadfruit flour, Croatian journal of food science and technology, Vol. 14 No. 1, 2022.
Colletti, A.A., Luisa B., Stefano M., and Giancarlo C. (2020). Valorisation of By-Products from Soybean
(Glycine max (L.) Merr.) Processing. Molecules, 25: 2129.
Lamacchia C, Camarca A, Picascia S, Di Luccia A, Gianfrani C (2014). "Cereal-based gluten-free food:

how to reconcile nutritional and technological properties of wheat proteins with safety for celiac
disease patients". Nutrients (Review). 6 (2): 575–90
Bo Li, Meiying Qiao and Fei Lu (2012). Composition, Nutrition, and Utilization of Okara (Soybean
Residue): 231-252
Bailey, L.H., Capen, R.G., and Leclerc, J.A (1995). The composition and characteristics of soybeans,
soybean flour, and soybean bread. Cereal Chemistry, 12: 441-472.
Ogemdzi, F.Z., Chatzifragkou, A., and Charalampopoulus, D. (2022). Properties of protein isolates
extracted by ultrasonication from soybean residue (okara). Food Chemistry, 368: 130837.
295
Bloomfield, H. E., Kane, R., Koeller, E., Greer, N., MacDonald, R., and Wilt, T. (2015). Benefits and Harms
of the Mediterranean Diet Compared to Other Diets. VA Evidence-based Synthesis Program
Reports. Nutrient Data Laboratory. USDA National Nutrient Database, US Department of
Agriculture, Standard Release 28.
Privatti, R.T.; Rodrigues (2021) C.E.d.C. An Overview of the Composition, Applications, and Recovery
Techniques of the Components of Okara Aimed at the Biovalorization of This Soybean Processing
Residue. Food Rev. Int. 2021, 1–24.)
Zolfghari, Z.S., Mohebbi, M. and Najariyan, M. (2014). Application of fuzzy linear regression method for
sensory evaluation of fired donut. Applied Soft Computing, 22: 417-423
Peña, R. J. (2002). Wheat for bread and other food. Food and Agriculture Organization.
file:///C:/Users/User/Downloads/molecules-25-02129-v2.pdf
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service (USDA) (2019). Food Data Central.
Available online at: fdc.nal.usda.gov (accessed September 30, 2021)
296
Implementation of A Hybrid Teaching and Learning Strategy for A
Digital Electronics Course Utilizing Tinkercad Application
Nazra Aris1
1Electrical Engineering Department, Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, Pasir Gudang, Johor, Malaysia
anazra@pis.edu.my,
Abstract: Malaysia has entered the endemic phase of COVID-19 starting at the end of 2021. Due
to this, hybrid learning has been introduced in the teaching and learning sessions for the Digital
Electronics course. In practical work session, there are 6 hands-on exercises to be performed where
3 hands-on exercises will be conducted face to face while the other 3 hands-on exercises will be
conducted using the Tinkercad app online. This study was conducted to measure the interest of
students towards applying the Tinkercad application as an alternative to the conventional face-to-
face approach of conducting practical work in the lab. Student interest can be measured through
questionnaires that involve 3 different emotions, namely student satisfaction, enjoyment and
motivation. The fourth dimension was indicated to the learning outcomes. At the end of the
questionnaire, the author is able to determine the last resort of the student. The study respondents
consisted of 2nd semester students who took this course. The study took the form of a survey using
quantitative methods. Data were collected using a questionnaire instrument and distributed using
Google form. Data were analyzed using Statistical Package Social Science (SPSS) version 22
software. The study items used the Likert Scale 5 to describe the questionnaire items. The study
data obtained were analyzed using descriptive statistics involving mean score and standard
deviation. The results of the study show that the use of the Tinkercad application does not have a
significant effect on students' interest in face-to-face practical work. Both learning methods can be
accepted by students in doing practical work. However, there is a substantial difference in percent
showed that the majority of respondents were interested in learning practical in face to face. This
study is expected to help lecturers choose the right method to use in carrying out hands-on work in
future.
Keywords: Hybrid, Teaching and Learning, Covid-19, Tinkercad, Digital Electronics
1. INTRODUCTION
As face-to-face teaching and learning sessions had to be discontinued due to the Covid-19 pandemic, the
spread of the virus in March 2020 impacted the educational landscape of the nation and offered a big challenge
to lecturers at the Polytechnic. After going through several pandemic phases, starting in late 2021, the
government announced Malaysia has entered the endemic phase of COVID 19. This has seen that a lot of
relaxation has been given, the economic sector has reopened, and even the education system has also been
operating face-to-face according to levels. However, hybrid learning sessions have been implemented in the
teaching and learning process throughout the polytechnic. During Session 2 2021/2022 students are allowed
to attend lectures and practical in a hybrid setting due to the large number of everyday cases of COVID-19,
this is to ensure the students' health and safety. In order to learn for the practical work section of the course
Digital Electronics, the students used two different learning techniques: they used the Tinkercad application
and participated in face-to-face learning in the lab.
1.1 Definition of Hybrid Learning

Hybrid teaching and learning is an approach to education that combines online educational materials with
traditional in-person classroom methods (Quigley, 2019). It’s not fully virtual nor is it fully digital. It requires the
physical presence of both teacher and student while providing the student some control over time and pace.
At its broadest, hybrid learning describes the introduction of computer labs, interactive whiteboards, and
educational software to the learning process. Mostly, hybrid learning is used to refer to the more recent practice
of including online self-study to supplement in-class lessons. The term "hybrid learning model" describes the
297
blending and combining of the two types of learning environments: traditional classroom education and the
online class (Doering, 2006).
Face to Face Online

Learning Learning
Hybrid Learning
Figure 1: The Components of Hybrid Learning
Figure 1 shows the components of Hybrid Learning that combine face to face learning method and online
learning method. The hybrid learning method for Digital Electronics course that has been implemented is that
students will take theoretical classes online through the Microsoft Teams digital portal and face-to-face classes
in the campus. For the practical implementation, students will carry out 6 hands-on exercises where 3 hands-
on exercises use the Tinkercad application while the rest are carried out in the measurement laboratory.
Face-to-Face learning as “where the lecturer and students physically or in person, without utilizing any internet
technology, meet and communicate”. (Ibrahim, 2011). Courses that involve practical work and experiments
need to be implemented through face-to-face teaching and learning at the polytechnic because it is the best
process for students to comprehend the subject matter. The practical work will go more smoothly if it is done
in person rather than online because there are several limitations, one of which is that the teacher won't give
it extra attention.
(a) (b)
Figure 2: (a) An Example of the Task from the Lab 5 Counters: Asynchronous Counters using
Tinkercad Application (b) An Example of the Task from the Lab 2 Boolean Operations: Logic
Expressions Design in Face to Face Class
Figure 2. The illustration of students performing practical work in digital electronics course in 2 different
learning modes.
1.2 Conceptual Framework

A conceptual framework illustrates the expected relationship between selected variables. It defines the
relevant objectives for the research process and maps out how they come together to draw coherent
conclusions (B. Swaen, 2022). In this study, the author has adapted the conceptual framework as illustrated
in Figure 3 below. Student interest which can be measured through 3 different emotions namely satisfaction,
enjoyment and motivation is an independent variable connected with learning outcomes in the DEE20033
298
Digital Electronics course. The results of this study will be able to show the relationship of satisfaction,
enjoyment and motivation of students towards learning outcomes.
SATISFACTION
STUDENTS ENJOYMENT LEARNING

OUTCOMES
MOTIVATION
Figure 3: Conceptual Framework of The Study
The objectives of this study are as follows:

 Identify 3 basic emotions measured through satisfaction, enjoyment and motivation has a significant
influence on students during the hybrid mode of education.
 Identify the effective use of Tinkercad applications for practical work learning to improve student
learning outcomes in Digital Electronics course in 2nd semester students Session 2: 2021/2022.
 Know students' main options whether to use the Tinkercad app or do hands-on work in the lab.
2.1. Learning mode using Tinkercad Application
Tinkercad is a free 3D modeling program known for its ease of use. It’s 100% web-based, making it available
to anyone with an internet connection (Kennedy, 2020). Tinkercad Circuits is the easiest way to get your
students started with learning electronics. Using our interactive circuit editor, students can explore, connect,
and code virtual circuits with a bottomless toolbox of simulated components.
TinkerCAD is a free online tool for building digital prototypes of electronics components and basic 3D designs
(Reyes, 2019). Without having to initially download and install it on a computer or smartphone, Tinkercad is a
free web-based software application or simulator that can be used. A product of the Autodesk company,
Tinkercad contains 3D design features, simulation and design of basic electronic circuits, and also code
blocks. Tinkercad is a free online tool for building simple 3D forms and electronic component digital prototypes.
These prototypes include basic digital circuits with switches as inputs, LED lights as outputs, breadboard,
power source and digital logic gates.
The process used in Tinkercad is often used for rapid prototyping. Prototyping is a process where we can
develop components in a flexible manner than can be quickly updated and modified to test a variety of options
when constructing the digital circuits. We will use this process of prototyping to learn how to create basic digital
electronic circuits.
Go over to https://tinkercad.com and create a free account. Tinkercad integrates with Social Media services
like Facebook. It also Integrates with services like Microsoft and Google. Students can use their district
accounts to log into Tinkercad if your district uses active directory accounts with Google or Microsoft. Students
at the polytechnic who are enrolled in the same class for this course must sign in to Tinkercad and register as
students. The lecturer will then provide the class code. Students can then construct circuits and run simulations
to obtain the results.
299
2.2. Face to Face Practical Work in the Lab
Courses at polytechnics that need practical work must be delivered face-to-face since this is the most effective
way for students to learn. Many students find that learning occurs more readily when they are actively
participating in activities. This is especially important for practical work activities. When studying a particular
topic, we frequently start with a hands-on lab exercise that is open-ended and allows students to form their
own ideas, test them, and draw their own conclusions (Hart, 2018).
There are important procedures for practical work in digital electronics course, these are
 At each work station, a group of students could only have a maximum of four students. Ten work
stations have been set up in the lab.
 Before constructing the circuit, carefully follow the steps on the lab sheet.
 Before beginning with the practical, carefully read the theory.
 Student should refer the data sheet to construct the circuit.
 Fill in the Result Tables with expected result by following the theory.
 Read the precautions for the practical before they start the practical.
 Read the logic Integrated Circuit (IC) required for that practical work and connect them together
in the digital trainer where the students will follow the procedures.
They would acquire accurate results if they carefully followed these procedures.
This research aimed to determine students’ interest in constructing circuits using the Tinkercad application.
However, no research has looked into how endemic environments will affect the students' learning outcomes
for this course when using hybrid educational teaching methods. The author took the initiative to look into how
hybrid learning affected students during an endemic period. In consideration of this, it became crucial to
identify important research problems. The problems associated with this study are as follows:
 Do the fundamental emotions—satisfaction, enjoyment, and motivation—have a significant influence
on the student during the hybrid educational mode?
 Does using the Tinkercad application for practical work learning effectively improve students’ learning
outcomes in the Digital Electronics course in semester 2 students’ Session 2: 2021/2022?
 What really is student choice? Applying Tinkercad or performing hands-on work in the lab.
4. METHOD
The study methodology covers the means, methods and approaches used to achieve the objectives and goals
of the study. The methodology of the study makes the studies more systematic and the course of the study
more directed in achieving the objectives (Muhamad Fahmi, 2012).
4.1 Research Design

The preparation of a study design in a research is to find an answer to the question of the study (Kerlinger,
1973). The design of the study will guide the author towards obtaining information and data in relation to the
objectives of the study. The research was descriptive, and it used the survey approach. Three different
emotions that students experienced when practicing in a hybrid way were identified by the author after asking
respondents for feedback. The outcomes of learning can then be determined using the same way.
Survey methods are used to take data or information in one specific time only, often by using a set of
questionnaires. The author only surveys the situation at a given time and this is as if a snap shot depicting the
current situation (Abdul Ghaffar, 1999).
4.2 Sampling Procedure

Students in semester 2 of the Diploma in Electrical Engineering program at Ibrahim Sultan Polytechnic for
session 2 of 2021/2022 comprised up the sample for this study. 295 students who registered for this session's
DEE20033 Digital Electronics course were chosen as research respondents.
4.3 Data Collection Tool

In this research, the research instrument was using a survey method with a quantitative approach. This survey
of questionnaire was adapted from Panskyi, T. (2021) according to the background of practically the same
research.
300
The questionnaire used contains 4 parts. Part A is related to students' emotional satisfaction containing 3
questions. Part B is related to students’ emotional enjoyment containing 4 questions. Part C is related to
students’ emotional motivation containing 2 questions. The last part of questionnaire part D is related to
learning outcomes containing 3 questions. In the last section of the questionnaire, the author asks if
respondents prefer to use the Tinkercad app or do practical work in the lab.
Descriptive statistical methods are used in data analysis in the form of Likert scale. To facilitate data analysis,
the Likert scale will be categorized as shown in Table 1. This table is based on the study of Shahar (2006).
Four dimensions were employed in the designing of a five-point Likert scale questionnaire.
 Satisfaction
 Enjoyment
 Motivation
 Learning Outcome
Table 1: Likert Scale Classification

Strongly Disagree Uncertain Agree Strongly
Disagree Agree
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Category Disagree Agree
A Likert scale is a psychometric scale commonly involved in research that employs questionnaires. It is the
most widely used approach to scaling responses in survey research. In a Likert scale survey, respondents
don't choose between 'yes/no,' there are specific choices based on 'agreeing' or 'disagreeing' on a particular
survey question. Likert scale (typically) provides five possible answers to a statement or question that allows
respondents to indicate their positive-to-negative strength of agreement or strength of feeling regarding the
question or statement. This scale of measuring agreement will offer 5 answer options such as strongly agree
and strongly disagree with an uncertain option at the midpoint. These selections are related to other choices
that might give respondents the variety they need.
4.4 Data Collection

This research method uses quantitative data collection and analysis. Quantitative methods place an emphasis
on precise measurements and the statistical, mathematical, or numerical analysis of data gathered through
surveys, polls, and other types of research, as well as the manipulation of statistical data that has already
been obtained using computing methods. Quantitative research focuses on collecting numerical data and
using it to understand a specific event or generalize it across groups of individuals. (Babbie, 2010).
Primary data collection involves the following steps:
 Design of data collection instrument (Questionnaire design)
 Data collection
 Retrieval of data (Transcription and Coding)
The components of a survey or questionnaire are informed by the research's major thrust, and once this is
completed, the medium used to gather data on these components becomes the main focus. Traditional
methods involve the use of paper-based questionnaire but these have a lot of limitations. However, there is
technology to increase the effectiveness of data collecting, such as Google Forms. Data collection starts after
the form is created. With the help of Google Forms, data collection is made simple by allowing respondents
to complete questionnaires and forms online. The retrieval of gathered data takes place when the data
collection activity is complete. With the help of Google Forms, it is possible to export collected data as .csv (or
Comma Separated Values) files. The capability to export .csv files is a built-in feature of the Google form web
app (Olajide, 2019).
Students were given a structured questionnaire created by the author to gauge their interest in the hybrid
learning environment. Three essential emotional elements were included in the survey: enjoyment,
satisfaction, and motivation. A set of validation criteria were used to display the learning outcomes in the fourth
dimension. The study covered a sample (182 responder students) at a specific time. There are various articles
that discuss how enjoyment, satisfaction, and motivation play a part in hybrid education. The author can only
now, in the midst of COVID-19, analyze how much students enjoyed, are satisfied with, and are motivated by
utilizing the Tinkercad application in comparison to face-to-face practice, as well as the significance of student
301
learning outcomes in digital electronics courses. Additionally, the authors only considered the significance of
associations between the students' learning outcomes and perceived enjoyment, satisfaction, and motivation
in various educational learning modes rather than the students' intrinsic perceptions and attitudes as the
determinants of their behavioral intention.
A strategy questionnaire was deemed to be the most effective method for collecting data on students' interest
in the Tinkercad application. Data were gathered by "asking the questions" via an online self-completion
questionnaire Q1–Q22 with closed-ended questions (see Table 2). 295 students enrolled in the Digital
Electronics course received this survey via Google Form and 182 students willingly responded.
The scale created by the author Panskyi, T. (2021), was used to create the question that gauges students'
interest in using the Tinkercad application versus in-person practical work. This test gauges the motivation,
enjoyment, and satisfaction of the students. The question is changed in accordance with the hybrid teaching
approach and the circumstances at present. There are 4 basic categories into which questions are divided:
student satisfaction (A), student enjoyment (B), student motivation (C) and learning outcomes (D). The final
question evaluates students' overall interest in different teaching strategies.
Table 2: This Questionnaire Given via Google Form
Part A: Satisfaction Short Name
I really like to learn through Tinkercad application. Q1
I will continue to choose the Tinkercad application as a learning tool in the future. Q2
I would recommend the Tinkercad application to other students as a learning tool. Q3
I really like to do practical work in the lab. Q4
I will continue to do practical work in the lab as a learning tool in the future. Q5
I would recommend to other students to do practical work in the lab as a learning tool. Q6
Part B: Enjoyment
Learning with the Tinkercad application makes me feel happy. Q7
The Tinkercad has caused my interest in learning process. Q8
It was a pleasure to design the circuit in Tinkercad. Q9
A pleasant feeling was formed when seeing the result from Tinkercad. Q10
Learning process in the lab makes me feel happy. Q11
My interest in the learning process has increased as a result of doing real practical work. Q12
It was a pleasure to construct the circuit in the lab. Q13
A pleasant feeling was formed when seeing the result in the lab. Q14
Part C: Motivation
The Tinkercad can arouse my motivation to design the circuit. Q15
By using the Tinkercad application can attract my interest to learn the digital electronics Q16
course.
By using Digital Trainer in the lab can arouse my motivation to construct the circuit. Q17
By using the Digital Trainer to construct the circuit can attract my interest to learn the Q18
digital electronics course.
Part D: Learning Outcomes
I am confident I will do well in design the circuit in the future without lecturer assistance. Q19
I will put enough effort into learning process. Q20
Learning digital electronics course will give me a career advantage. Q21
302
Interest
Overall, I prefer Tinkercad application/ Practical work face to face Q22
4.5 Data Analysis

The IBM SPSS Statistics Version 22 program was used to analyze the study's final set of data in accordance
with the problem statement that had been recognized. SPSS is used to enter, store, and analyze descriptive
statistics, Pallant (2013). We will evaluate the mean score and standard deviation to respond to the problem
statements. The mean score in Table 3 was interpreted to determine whether or not students were interested
in using the Tinkercad application for the Digital Electronics course. Descriptive analysis was used in the form
of percentage, mean score and standard deviation to see the distribution of feedback in the study sample.
Table 3: Interpretation of the Mean Score (Level)

Mean Score Interpretation (Level)
1.0 – 1.8 Very Low
1.0 – 2.6 Low
2.7 – 3.4 Intermediate
3.5 – 4.2 High
4.3 – 5.0 Very High
Source: Education Policy Planning and Research Division (2006)
Standard deviation is a value that is considered in a descriptive data analysis. The standard deviation is the
mean score difference between the scatter scores in the data distribution. For the value of the standard
deviation from the low to medium range, there is a small mean score difference in the mean score distribution.
A very low standard deviation value on the item indicates a very high consensus of the respondents. While
the value of the standard deviation from high to very high indicates a lack of consensus from respondents
(Ramlee, 1999). The interpretation of the standard deviation values stated above can be interpreted as Table
4.
Table 4: Standard Deviation Values Against Respondent Consensus
Standard Deviation Value Respondent Consensus
0.00 – 0.25 Very Low Very High
0.26 – 0.5 Low High
0.51 – 0.75 Intermediate Intermediate
0.76 – 1.0 High Low
> 1.01 Very High Very Low
Source: Ramlee (1999)

A questionnaire was distributed to 295 semester 2 students in total from the DEE, DEP, and DJK program via
a google form. The survey has received 182 responses. This accounted for 61.7% of the response rate.
Male respondents made up the majority of this study's respondents (74.7%), while female respondents made
up 25.3%. At the Polytechnic, men predominate in the recruitment of students for the Engineering Diploma.
31.3% of the 182 respondents are DEE students, 35.7% are DEP students, and 33% are DJK students. All
that responded to the survey is a semester 2 student who took the course on digital electronics (see Table 5).
303
Table 5: Respondents Profile
Profile Total Respondents Percentage (%)
Male 136 74.7
Gender Female 46 25.3
Total 182 100
Diploma in Electrical and
Electronic Engineering 57 31.3
(DEE)
Diploma in Electronic
Engineering 65 35.7
Program
(Communication) DEP
Diploma in Electronic
Engineering (Control) 60 33
DJK
Total 182 100
The descriptive statistics presented in Table 6 show the mean score, standard deviation, score level,
skewness and kurtosis of the students’ responds and the criteria toward the hybrid teaching and learning mode
for each emotion. According to Bai and Ng (2005), data are normally distributed when skewness and kurtosis
are respectively within the range of ± 1 and ± 3. As can be seen in Table 6, the data’s distribution across all
dimensions was quite normal.
Table 6: Descriptive Statistics of The Analyzed Questions

Tinkercad Application
Emotion
Mean Std. Dev Score Level Skewness Kurtosis
Satisfaction 4.17 0.63 High -0.48 0.49
Enjoyment 4.20 0.59 High -0.36 0.44
Motivation 4.11 0.69 High -0.69 1.19
Face to Face Practical Work
Emotion
Satisfaction 4.45 0.54 Very High -0.438 -0.660
Enjoyment 4.46 0.52 Very High -0.352 -0.963
Motivation 4.40 0.58 Very High -0.364 -0.808
Learning Outcomes
4.34 0.54 Very High -0.30 -0.78
The face-to-face mode of the questionnaire had the highest mean score, according to an analysis of the whole
survey in all three emotions. The mean score for the enjoyment is 4.46, followed by 4.45 for satisfaction and
4.4 for motivation. Additionally, all three emotions of the face-to-face practical work learning mode received
very high scores from respondent. Practical learning activities in the lab have attracted more students than
the use of Tinkercad apps online.
In practical learning using the Tinkercad application, the lowest mean score was displayed in each of the three
emotions. The enjoyment emotion had a mean score of 4.2, followed by 4.17 for satisfaction and 4.11 for
motivation. While for the learning mode using the Tinkercad application, respondents gave a lower level of
score which is only at a high level compared to very high for the face-to-face learning mode. One alternative
that lecturers use as a hybrid learning option is the Tinkercad application. However, as it is taught in laboratory,
students cannot really construct a real circuit.
304
The mean score for the final dimension, learning outcomes, is 4.34, which is again a very high score. Overall
findings revealed that while responding to all questions, every student had a relatively high mean score (4.11-
4.46). (see Table 6). Additionally, regardless of the teaching and learning mode, the descriptive statistics
demonstrated the high level of learning outcomes. The majority of the mean scores for each individual
student's response and evaluation criterion in both teaching modes were often higher than 4, indicating the
Likert mark of "agree." The standard deviation of the overall emotion and learning outcomes measured gave
a value in the range of 0.52 to 0.69 points. This range indicates the respondent's level of consensus is at a
moderate level referring to Table 4.
For the last questionnaire in the survey, do students prefer Tinkercad over face-to-face practical work can be
shown through Figure 2 in percentage. The figure below shows that 70.9 percent of students are interested in
face to face practical work, as opposed to 29.1 percent of students who use the Tinkercad application.
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Face to Face Practical Work Tinkercad Application
Figure 2: Illustrates A Comparison Between the Percentage of Students Who Prefer the Tinkercad
Application Over Face to Face Practical Work

In this study, students attending the Digital Electronics course offered by the Electrical Engineering
Department at Ibrahim Sultan Polytechnic expressed their interest in a hybrid teaching and learning process
that combines face-to-face instruction with online classes. Through the collaborative efforts of both students
and lecturers, hybrid practice allows a flexible approach to the learning process. Students’ attitudes to
particular learning modes were grouped into four basic dimensions: enjoyment, satisfaction, motivation and
learning outcomes. Almost all students gave positive responses. Analysis of each dimension separately
presented no significant differences in the students’ learning outcomes. The learning modes (Tinkercad or
Face to Face) had no significate impact on students performing the practical work. According to the study's
findings, Tinkercad software is a good option for overcoming the lack of electronic skill competency in the
COVID-19 teaching-learning environment in this course. Howsoever, our results also indicated the significant
difference in particular interest of student prefer doing practical work in face to face mode rather than using
Tinkercad app.
Through the use of questionnaires, our study focuses on the students' subjective views of enjoyment,
satisfaction, and motivation. Future studies could analyze the relationship between student interest and
student achievement via course grades. This is to ensure that learning outcomes can be achieved even if
hybrid learning is conducted at the polytechnic. Learning outcomes can be measured through Course Learning
Outcome (CLO) and Program Learning Outcome (PLO) group attainment reaching a target of at least 50%.
7. REFERENCES
Quigley, E. (2019), “What is Blended Learning?”, https://www.learnupon.com/blog/what-is-blended-learning/
[Accessed 3 August 2022].
Doering, A. (2006). Adventure learning: transformative hybrid online education. Distance Education, 27(2),
197-215.
305
Ibrahim, A. Y. (2011). The effects of using PBWorks in a hybrid collaborative class environment on students'
academic achievement (Doctoral dissertation). http://scholars.indstate.edu/ [Accessed 4 August 2022].
Swaen, B., George, T. (2022), “What Is a Conceptual Framework? Tips & Examples“,
https://www.scribbr.com/methodology/conceptual-framework/ [Accessed 7 September 2022].
Kennedy, K. (2020), “What is Tinkercad?”, https://productdesignonline.com/tips-and-tricks/what-is-tinkercad/

[Accessed 6 August 2022].
Reyes, A. D. (2019), “Electronic Circuit Basics with TinkerCAD 2”

https://www.tinkercad.com/dashboard?type=circuits&collection=designs [Accessed 5 August 2022].
Muhamad Fahmi, A. J. (2012). Penguasaan pelajar STAM terhadap imbuhan kata Bahasa Arab/Muhamad
Fahmi Abd Jalil (Doctoral dissertation, University of Malaya).
Hart, T. (2018), “Practical work: The Benefits, Challenges and Solutions”,

https://www.cambridgea.org/us/education/blog/2018/12/05/practical-work-benefits-challenges-and-
solutions/ [Accessed 5 August 2022].
Babbie, Earl R. (2010). The Practice of Social Research. 12th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Cengage, Muijs,
Daniel. Doing Quantitative Research in Education with SPSS. 2nd edition. London: SAGE Publications.
Kerlinger, F.N. (1973). Foundatios of Behavioral Researc. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York.
Abdul Ghafar, M. N. (1999). Penyelidikan Pendidikan. Johor Bahru : Penerbit Universiti Teknologi Malaysia.
Panskyi, T., Biedroń, S., Grudzień, K., & Korzeniewska, E. (2021). The Comparative Estimation of Primary
Students’ Programming Outcomes Based on Traditional and Distance Out-of-School Extracurricular
Informatics Education in Electronics Courses during the Challenging COVID-19 Period. Sensors,
21(22), 7511.
Shahar, R. (2006). Pembangunan Laman Web Sebagai Media Pengajaran Di Politeknik Port Dickson : Topik
Garis Imbas. Tesis Sarjana, Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia.
Olajide, Victor. (2019). Data Collection with Google Forms.
Pallant, J (2013). SPSS Survival Manual: A step by step guide to data analysis using IBM SPSS. (5th Ed).
Allen & Unwin: Australia.
Bahagian Perancangan dan Penyelidikan Dasar Pendidikan. (2006). Laporan kajian penilaian graduan NPQH.
Putrajaya: Kementerian Pelajaran Malaysia.
Ramlee, M. (1999). The Role of Vocational and Technical Education in the Industrialization of Malaysia as
Perceived by Educators and Employers. Purdue University.
Bai, J.; Ng, S. (2005). Tests for Skewness, Kurtosis, and normality for times series data. J. Bus. Econ. Stat.
Am. Stat. Assoc., 23, 49–60.
306
THE MIRACLE OF HEALING WITH THE FOOD FAVOURITE COLOUR OF
THE PROPHET PBUH
Noli Kasim1, Abdul Rahman Muhammad2
__________________________________________________________
1,2General Studies Department,
Politeknik Sultan Mizan Zainal Abidin, KM 8 Jalan Paka, Dungun, Terengganu, 23000, MALAYSIA
*Corresponding Author: abdul.rahman@psmza.edu,my
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Abstract: Healing through colour therapy began to be focused on as a natural alternative treatment
in the Nineteenth century. Various treatment methods are used. This study focuses on the two
colours of food that became the favourite of the Prophet PBUH. i.e., black, and green colours as a
medium of treatment. This study uses the library research method to collect information through
primary and secondary sources. Some quotes from the words of Allah SWT and hadiths related to
the colour of the food of the Prophet PBUH are presented. The discussion tries to reveal the
advantages, functions, and effects of the colours of the favourite food of the Prophet PBUH on
human health. In addition to associating similarities in terms of colour and nutrients of Prophet
PBUH's favourite food with some local herbal plants that are often used as a natural healing medium
to treat physical and spiritual health problems. The study found that there are similarities in terms of
the function and properties of the two colours with the plants and fruits that became the favourite of
the Prophet PBUH. The findings of the study show that the black and green colours can heal physical
and mental illnesses. In conclusion, the colour of this sunnah food is not only a favourite of the
Prophet PBUH, but also has a high healing value. This justifies the wisdom of the messenger of the
Prophet PBUH, enlightening the people with the light of Islam and bringing people out of the
darkness of faith to the truth. His way of life is also the source of the idea of finding a cure to treat
human spiritual, mental and physical ailments.
Keywords: Healing, Sunnah, Colours, Favourites.
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Calming through colour therapy began to receive attention as a natural treatment in the Nineteenth century
when it was seen to effect changes in human physiology and psychology. The fact is this colour therapy has
existed along with the resurrection of our lovely Prophet Muhammad PBUH who brought various blessings to
the universe. There are eight colours mentioned in the Quran. Five colours are supported as the favourite
colours of the Prophet PBUH. However, in this study, only two colours, namely black and green, which were
focused on as the basic colours of healing to help solve physical, spiritual, and intellectual problems. Lately
there are many health products that are based on sunnah food. The product has been processed and mixed
with various ingredients before it is marketed. In this study, the authors only focus on fresh black and green
native fruits and plants. A combination of black and green colours which consist of the favourite food of the
Prophet PBUH and herbs and fruits that are the medium of traditional Malay treatment. The disclosure of
natural healing using black and green elemental food needs to be disclosed to the community because it is
easy to obtain, environmentally friendly and as an alternative treatment.

The favourite food of the Prophet PBUH is also known as sunnah food, which is any food that is based on his
eating habits. Khader Ahmad et al. (2015), stated that this sunnah food is the food mentioned in the Quran
and hadith. They added that Islamic scholars define sunnah food as food that benefits and brings goodness
to humans, whether its benefits are explained in the Quran or hadith or not.
In the Quran there are several words referring to food. Zulkifli Mohd Yusoff (2009) stated that the word ta'am
refers to food repeated 24 times in the Quran. However, in certain circumstances Allah SWT uses the word
307
ta'am to refer to a drink as in verse 249 in surah al Baqarah (al Baqarah (2): 249). While in verse 93 of surah
Ali 'Imran, the meaning of ta'am is more comprehensive, i.e., plants, animals, and processed food.
Faszly Rahim et al. (2015) stated that olives are famous for their oil extracts. It is the main dietary ingredient
of the Mediterranean community. Olive oil can be pickled and eaten as is. It is the only oil that retains its flavour
and aroma. Consuming olive oil in the daily menu consistently can reduce high blood pressure and the risk of
some types of cancer.
Now there are many food products and health products on the market that use foods based on dates, black
cumin, black pepper (black colour), olives and cans (green colour). If the intake of the food is not according to
the correct rules, it will not have an effective effect and can even invite harm to health.
3.0 METHODOLOGY
In this writing, the writer uses the library research method of document analysis to gather information through
primary and secondary sources. The collection of primary source information starts from the words of Allah
SWT and hadiths about the function, benefits, and practices of consuming black and green foods, reading
books and articles from the point of view of scientific evidence for the benefits and effects of these foods on
the quality of human health, as well as from personal experience the writer himself and some friends who are
strict adopt a diet characterized by black and green colours. While secondary sources are obtained from the
writings of experienced writers in the field of agriculture and herbal plants. The information obtained,
researched, and refined to strengthen the topic discussion and get good results.
4.0 DEFINITION
4.1 Healing
Referring to the Fourth Edition Dewan Dictionary (2005), the word healing means healthy, fresh, recovered,
and sane. For example: the sick person has recovered.
4.2 Colour
Colour is the effect that the eye gets from the light reflected by the objects (with different wavelengths) that it
sees. Prawira (1999) defines colour as one of the elements of beauty in art and pattern other than visual
elements. while Nugraha (2008) explains that colour is the effect of the light reflection of the object obtained
by the eye. Therefore, it can be understood that colour consists of three main elements, namely objects, light
and eyes.
4.3 Favourite
Favourite means liking or joy as referred to in the Dewan Dictionary (2005).
5.0 COLOURS IN AL QURAN AND AL HADITH

In al Quran and al Hadith there are mentions of several types of colours. The colours that are mentioned are
not just words, they even have the privilege of an implied revelation.
5.1 The Colour of The Prophet’s PBUH Clothes
Referring to the hadiths of the way the Prophet PBUH dressed, it was found that there is no specific colour
that can be categorized as a sunnah colour. Apart from white, The Prophet PBUH often also wears other
coloured clothes. He used to wear a saffron-coloured qamees, a red hibarah, a green shirt and a black turban.
There are five hadiths that mention the black turban of the Prophet PBUH, among them the hadith narrated
by Jabir (Muslim Life Style Community, 2017).
Meaning: "On the occasion of the Opening of Mecca, the Prophet PBUH, entered the
city of Mecca wearing a black turban on his head".
(Narrated by Tirmizi, Muslim, Abu Dawud, Nasa'ei, Darimi, Ahmad and Abu Shaykh)
In another hadith, Aisha narrates,

Meaning: "One morning, the Messenger of Allah PBUH came out wearing clothes made of black fur".
308
(Narrated by Tirmizi, Muslim, Abu Dawud, and Nasa'ei,)
While the clothes are green, as in the hadith narrated by Abu Ramtsah,
It means: "I have seen the Prophet; PBUH. Wearing two pieces of green clothing.”
(Narrated by Tirmizi, Nasa'ei and Ahmad)
Although the colours of the Prophet's clothes are varied, some scholars think it is recommended to wear green
clothes because it is a cool colour to the eye. In fact, it is the colour of the clothes of the members of heaven.
Allah says in the Quran:
Meaning: "those in heaven wear green clothes made of fine silk and thick silk (which is tight), and they are
adorned with bracelets of silver; and they were given to drink by their Lord with a kind of (another) drink that
is clean and pure."
(Al-Insan: 21)
5.2 The Colour of the Fruits Eaten by The Prophet PBUH

The Prophet PBUH favourite food is fruits. While the colours are focused on only two colours, namely black
and green. Among his favourite fruits that have the colour characteristics are cucumbers, tins, olives, and
dates.
5.2.1 Cucumber with Dates

There are six hadiths that mention these two fruits. Among them were the hadith narrated by Abdullah bin
Jaafar:
Meaning: "I once saw the Prophet PBUH eating an Arab cucumber with ripe dates".
(Narrated by Tirmizi, Bukhari, Muslim, Abu Dawud,Ibn Majah, Darimi and Ahmad)
Anas bin Malik narrated:

Meaning: "I saw Prophet PBUH eating melons and ripe dates at the same time."
(Narrated by Tirmidhi, Ahmad and Nasa'i)
Rubayyi' binti Mu'wwidz bin Afra' narrated:

Meaning:" Mu'adz bin Afra' sent me to give a basket of ripe dates and small fluffy cucumbers to the
Messenger of Allah PBUH. He likes cucumbers. When I met the Prophet PBUH, he had just acquired
jewellery from Bahrain. So, the Prophet PBUH. filled his hand with the jewellery and gave it to me."
(Narrated by Tirmidhi and Thabrani)
Rubayyi' binti Mu'wwidz bin Afra’ narrated

Meaning:"I came to the Messenger of Allah PBUH, with a basket of ripe dates and fluffy cucumbers.
Then he gave me a handful of jewellery or gold".
(Narrated by Tirmidhi and Ahmad)
309
And the hadith narrated by Aisha:
Meaning: "The Messenger of Allah PBUH, once ate cucumbers with dates".
(Narrated by Tirmizi and Nasa'i)
The hadith narrated by Aisha is also narrated by Tirmizi, Bukhari, Muslim, Abu Dawud, Ibnu Majah, Darimi
and Ahmad with the same meaning.
Based on the hadiths above, it was found that the Prophet PBUH eating ripe dates which are usually black,
and cucumbers or watermelons are usually green. The word ‫( ءاثق‬cucumber, melon, or watermelon) if referred
to the Marbawi dictionary means a tree like a pumpkin tree and its fruit is like a cucumber and its fruit is like a
pumpkin and can be eaten.
5.2.2 Olives and Figs

Allah says in the Quran:
Meaning: "For figs and olives!"

(At Tin: 1)
The nature of olives is clear and shiny like light. This is explained in the words of Allah Almighty:
It means:
Allah who illuminates the heavens and the earth. Comparison of Allah's guiding
light (the Holy Book of the Qur'an) is like a cluster of light that contains a lamp; the lamp
is in a glass bulb, the glass bulb is also (clear and bright) like a shining star; the lamp is
lit with oil from a fruitful tree, (that is) the olive tree which is not only exposed to the sun
in its rising and not only in its setting (but it is always exposed to the sun); almost the oil
- by itself - emits a shining light (because of its clarity) even though it is not touched by
fire; (the ray of guidance that is comparable to that is a double ray): light layered with
light. Allah leads whoever He wants (according to His laws and regulations) to His
guidance; and Allah presents various examples of comparison for mankind; and Allah is
All-Knowing of everything.
(An-Nur:35)
Abu Hurairah narrates that the Prophet PBUH said:
Meaning: "Drink olive oil and lubricate yourself with it, indeed it is from a blessed tree."
(Narrated by Tirmidhi, Ad-Daarimiy, Ahmad, Ibnu Maajah and Al Haakim)
310
Ibn Umar also announced,
Meaning: "Always drink olive oil and lubricate yourself with it, because it is indeed from a blessed tree."
(Narrated by Ibnu Maajah, Al Baihaqi and Al Haakim)
The verse and hadith above explain the practice of eating dates and cucumbers, as well as the importance of
olives and figs so that Allah SWT swears by these two fruits as in surah at Tin.
There is no debate about figs in the hadiths of the Prophet PBUH, this is because figs are not found in Hijaz
and Medina. The climate is not suitable for it. But Allah mentions it with a word of oath in the Quran. This
shows that there are many benefits and advantages that can be gained from the figs (Abdul Aziz 2007).
6.0 PLANTS AND FRUITS THAT HAVE BLACK AND GREEN ELEMENTS USED IN MALAY
TRADITIONAL TREATMENT
Only local plants and fruits that are selected and have the similar colour with the favourite fruits of the Prophet
PBUH are discussed. Among them are:
6.1 Black Pepper
Its scientific name is piper nigrum L and its local name is black pepper. Young black pepper is green, after
drying it turns black. According to Nufa (2018), black pepper is very good for mothers who give birth by
caesarean because it works to warm the body and is carminative which helps the production of gas from the
stomach and intestines.
6.2 Black Cumin
Its scientific name is Nigella sativa L, and its local name is black cumin, also known as habbatus sauda. It is
a type of flowering plant from the Ranunculaceae family. Widely used as medicine and spice. It is popular due
to the special health value found in it.
6.3 Bitter Gourd
Bitter gourd or its scientific name Momordica Charantia, from the order of Cucurbitaceae, it is a type of
creeping vegetable. It is different from normal bitter gourd as the shape is smaller and dark green in color.
When young, the colour is orange after ripening, tapered at the end and the base of the skin is wrinkled and
bitter in taste, but it has a thousand nutrients for human health (Siti Fuziah Yusuf, 2010).
6.4 Pumpkin, Cucumber and Watermelon
The scientific name of pumpkin is Lagenaria siceraria, the scientific name of cucumber is Coccinia grandis
and the botanical name of melon or watermelon is Citrullus lunatus. These three fruits are from the
Cucurbitaceae family, green in color, also categorized as creeping trees. According to the understanding of
the Malays, the fruit produced from creeping trees is classified as cool fruits.
7.0 FUNCTION OF COLOUR IN HEALING

According to Dr. Yuda Turana (2013) green is a natural colour and it shows purity and harmony. This colour
can be said to be an extraordinary healer. Green is used to balance and stabilize the body's energy. The green
colour is also associated with the heart chakra.
While for the black colour, he believes that this colour is often used to suppress appetite. For those who plan
to lose weight can try doing so by using a black tablecloth.
In science subject at school, students are exposed to the function of black as a heat-absorbing colour.
Whoever wears black clothes, the heat absorption is faster than other colours. Then sweat will be produced
in a short time in hot weather.
7.1 How Color Works as Therapy

From the arguments of the verses of the Quran, hadiths, and some of the examples of local plants and fruits
that are mentioned above, there are some similarities in terms of the function of colour and the benefits of
these materials to humans. Sunnah colours are not just the favourite colours of the Prophet PBUH. It can even
be used as therapy in treating physical and mental problems. If we look at the colour of the Prophet's favourite
fruits, there is a similarity with the colour of his appearance. Why? If refined between these two favourites,
311
there lies the secret of natural healing. The practice of eating plants and fruits on a regular basis and in the
right proportion can help in treating health problems experienced. This allows it to be a therapy indirectly.
The scientific name of dates is phoenix dactylifera, it is known as dates by local people. There are many types
of dates, such as Deglet Nour, Medjool, Hadrawi, Maryami and al-Ajwah. The colour is also slightly different.
But mostly when the fruit is ripe, it is dark black in colour. Apart from its dark black colour, dates are rich in
carbohydrates, salt and minerals, dietary fibre, vitamins, fatty acids, amino acids, and proteins (Fazly Rahim,
2015).
The benefits of dates that contain mineral salts such as magnesium, potassium and calcium are very important
in correcting the heartbeat and regulating blood pressure. Phosphorus is beneficial for the strength of bones
and teeth, the brain, and the human reproductive system (Ahmad Sabri, 2014). Besides that, dates can also
lower the risk of a stroke and facilitate bowel movements (Grupbuku karangkraf 2011).
The Prophet's date which is al-Ajwah is a type of date from the city of Al-Madinah Al-Munawarah, the seeds
are larger than the Ash-Shaihaani dates, the colour is quite black. Eating Tamar al Ajwah regularly and
continuously can treat various diseases.
Hadith Saad: The Prophet PBUH once said:

Meaning: "Whoever eats seven dates between La Bataiha (two non-sandy lands in Madinah) in the morning,
then the poison will not be able to harm him until evening".
(Narrated by Bhukari)
Among the benefits is that it is useful for strengthening the stomach veins, relaxing the tension of the nerves,
activating muscle contraction, nourishing the growth of the body, strengthening the heart, strengthening the
memory, and filling. Eating dates before breakfast can kill bacteria in the stomach. Drinking the soaking water
of dates can facilitate urination and then it can strengthen the spleen. Dates work as a healing agent because
they have two properties which are heat in the first stage and moist in the second stage. If you think logically,
the colour black works as a heat absorber, therefore, the black colour of dates can absorb toxic excess and
warm the body. The hadith of Saad above shows that dates are a kind of nutritious food and can cure many
diseases.
If a comparison is made between dates and black pepper and black cumin, we find that there are similarities
in the function of these two plants. Both are black and hot in nature.
The use of black pepper among Malaysians is quite widespread. As a mixture in cooking, ingredients for
treatment are also made into perfumes. The perfume produced in Sarawak is said to be the best in the world
(Grup karangkraf 2011).
Black pepper is also effective for treating headaches in addition to being beneficial for treating fever, frequent
urination, and diarrhea. It acts as an absorbent of the disease experienced. Mothers who are in the abstinence
period are encouraged to eat black pepper to warm the body and strengthen the nerves.
The same goes for black cumin. It has many benefits as in the hadith from Aisha, the words of the Prophet
PBUH:
"Indeed, this black cumin (habbatus sauda) is a cure for all diseases except death".
(Narrated by Bukhari)
In another hadith, the Prophet PBUH said,

"There is not a single disease but in black cumin’s (habbatus sauda) there is a cure for it, except death".
(Sahih Muslim narration)
Black cumin contains natural chemical elements. The skin contains sulphate, phosphate, carotene, iron and
cilium. The contents contain oil, enzymes, hormones as well as carbohydrate and protein ingredients. In the
part that separates the skin from the contents, it contains tocopherol, sulphate, copper, and antibiotics (Faszly
312
Rahim, 2015). Black cumin is hot and able to develop the respiratory tract to treat various types of diseases
caused by lack of resistance in the body.
Ibn Sine mentions this black cumin in his famous book entitled “The Canon of Medicine”, that black cumin or
habbatus sauda is a grain that greatly stimulates the body's energy and is very helpful in chronic fatigue, loss
of enthusiasm and has a therapeutic effect on digestive disorders, gynecological diseases and system
breathing.
Black cumin is also beneficial in treating flatulence to remove wind, cure diabetes and gallstones, regulate the
menstruation, increase the production of breast milk, treat heart palpitations, and improve breathing, flu, and
sinusitis. toothache, treat hair loss, treat skin growths (warts), thickens hair, and slows grey hair growth, treats
body aches and bone aches (Grup karangkraf 2011).
While olives, tins, pumpkins, cucumbers, and bitter gourds, their green colour cools the outside and the inside.
The colour green can calm the eyes and act as a therapy in balancing and stabilizing the body's energy. The
green colour is also associated with the heart chakra.
In the Quran, there are many references to the colour green. Allah SWT describes the state of the inhabitants
of heaven with fine green silk clothes with all the pleasures. They are in an atmosphere full of enjoyment,
happiness, and peace of mind.
The words of Allah SWT:
Meaning: Those, prepared for him an eternal paradise, which several rivers flow under it; they are adorned
therein with bracelets of gold, and wear green garments of thin silk and thick embroidered silk; they rest in it
by lying on the (decorated) couches. That's the best answer and that's the beautiful resting place of Heaven.
(Al Kahfi :31)
The relationship of the colour green as a healing agent can also be linked to the benefits of the green olive if
it is consumed. Abdullah al Qari (2004) has noted the advantages of this olive as a natural therapeutic agent,
such as slows down the aging process, moisturizes the skin and brightens the face, treats liver and brain
problems, cares for & strengthens internal organs, reduces cholesterol levels, overcomes skin problems,
overcomes nerve problems and various problems.
It can also be understood through the hadith of the Prophet's way of eating. The Prophet PBUH eats
cucumbers with dates. This is because the cucumber is green and cool while the date is black and hot.
Consuming too much hot food can cloud the blood and cause dizziness. It can be balanced by eating foods
that are cold like cucumber.
Pumpkin is a fruit that quickly dissolves in the stomach, quenches thirst, if drunk or bathed or massaged on
the head, it can get rid of headaches and eaten pumpkin can cools the stomach.
Cucumber is widely used in Malay medicine. It contains high fibre and nutrients and can maintain the alkaline
content in the blood. It is very suitable for treating oily skin and acne problems, overcoming dirty digestive tract
problems (Faszly Rahim, 2015). In addition, Cucumber also helps to cool down a hot stomach, smooth the
urination and the leaves are pounded finely and applied to the dog bite site is very beneficial. It also dissolves
quickly in the stomach. This is because it is cold and humid.
Watermelon is also quickly digested in the stomach. It is best to eat watermelon before eating the main meal.
According to some medical experts: "Eating watermelon before the main meal can cleans the stomach and
removes the source of disease" (Abdul Aziz; 2007, Amina Noor: 2005)
313
However, despite the list of benefits of pumpkin, cucumber, and watermelon, it is a forbidden food for mothers
during confinement and those who suffer from diseases related to the nerves. It is believed that it will have
harmful effects and affect health. It will also delay the healing and recovery period. This belief is based on
daily eating practices inherited from ancestors.
The conclusion from the discussion above, coincides with the words of Ibn Qaiyim al-Jauziyah in At Tib an-
Nabawi, (1978) "The diseases are divided into two parts, firstly heart disease and secondly body or physical
disease", all diseases have a cure except death. Therefore, these diseases can be treated through food colour
therapy and the Prophet PBUH favourite.
8.0 CONCLUSION
The Prophet Muhammad PBUH lifestyle is a healthy lifestyle. This is evident through the appearance of the
prophet’s clothing in the selection of colours that have an indirect therapeutic effect. Similarly, through his way
of food selection, the colour of food selected from fruits has natural healing elements. It can even shape his
mind and soul. There are similarities in terms of colour function and the properties of the Prophet PBUH
favourite food with local plants and fruits that are used as a healing nutritional practice for the Malays. This
unravels the secret of natural healing through the favourite colours of the Prophet PBUH.
9.0 REFERENCES
Abdul Aziz Ismail. (2007). Perubatan mengikut al Quran & Sunah. Kuala Lumpur: Progressive
Publishing House Sdn. Bhd.
Abdullah al Qari Salleh. (2004). Rahsia dan Khasiat air zam-zam, buah zaitun , buah tamar
(kurma). Kuala Lumpur: Al Hidayah Publishers.
Ahmad Sabri Abu Hassan. (2014). Menu Sihat Inspirasi Rasulullah. Kuala Lumpur: PTS
Millennia Sdn. Bhd.
Fasly Rahim, Wan Nasyrudin Wan Abdullah, Aminah Abdullah. (2015). Indahnya Pemakanan
dan Perubatan Islam. Kuala Lumpur: Telaga Biru.
Grup Buku Karangkraf. (2011). 202 Khasiat Herba. Selangor: Grupbuku Karangkraf.
Ibn Qayyim Al-Jauziyah. (1990). Zaad al- Ma’ad (Edisi ke 14). Beirut: Muassasah al Risalah.
Ibn Qayyim Al-Jauziyah. (1978). At-Tib An-Nabawi .Kaherah: Darul Turath.
Imam al-Tirmizi. (2008). Syamail Muhammad s.a.w keperibadian Rasulullah (Edisi Malaysia).
Kuala Lumpur: Telaga Biru.
Khadher Ahmad, Zulkiffli Yusoff, Siti Sarah Izham, Munirah Abdul Razzak. (2015). Salah
faham terhadapa sunnah:isu dan penyelesaian terhadap istilah makanan sunnah
dalam kalangan masyarakat Islam di Malaysia. Universiti Malaya: Jabatan al Quran
dan al-Hadith, Akademik Pengajian Islam.
Muslim Life Style Community.2017.Ensiklopedia Nabi Muhammad SAW dalam Ragam Gaya
Hidup 2. Jakarta: PT Lentera Abadi
Nugraha, A. (2008). Pengembangan pembelajaran sains pada anak usia dini. Bandung: JILSI
Foundation.
Noresah Baharom. (2005). Kamus Dewan (Ed. Ke 4). Kuala Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa dan
Pustaka.
Prawira, S.D.(1999). Warna sebagai salah satu unsur seni dan desain. Jakarta: Depdikbud.
Zaghlul al Najjar .(2009). Al ijaz al ilmi fi al sunnah al nabawi (penterjemah; Norhasanuddin

dan Faisal Salleh. Keajaiban Sains dalam hadis). Kuala Lumpur: al Hidayah
Publication.
314
Siti Fuziah Yusof. (2010). Tumbuhan Ubatan Liar di sekeliling Anda. Selangor: Ar Risalah
Product Sdn. Bhd.
Zulkifli Mohd Yusoff. (2009). . Kuala Lumpur: PTS Islamika.
Yuda Turana. (2013). Terapi warna. Retrieved July 4, 2022, from

http://www.medikaholistik.com/medika.
NuFa. (2018, July 9). Manfaat lada hitam. Majalah Pa&Ma. Retrieved July 4 from
https://www.majalahpama.my/lada-hitam-sebenarnya-bagus-untuk-caesarean-ini-
makanan-yang-perlu-dielakkan-selepas-bersalin-caesarean/
315
A study of the effectiveness of the e-warden smartphone application
utilized by Polytechnic Merlimau Melaka Residential College
Nor Farhana binti Falil1
1Department of Electrical Engineering
Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, Johor Bahru, Johor
farhanafalil@pis.edu.my
Abstract: The bulletin board is utilized to provide safety and welfare information for Politeknik
Merlimau Melaka Residential College. The card system is used to monitor overnight resident
movement. However this strategy is ineffective and wardens had a problems to control the student.
In addition, by applying bulletin board, residents have trouble in obtaining information on-duty
warden during in an emergency. Observations and interviews found that utilizing the app can assist
in resolving this issue. This project purpose was to design an application that would facilitate the
wardens' monitoring system and resident have an access of emergency information. In addition, this
research is to compare the efficacy of the app toward existing methods. The app was developed
using the MIT App Inventor tool set. The features include warden-related data such as organizational
charts, warden duty schedules, emergency flow charts, and disciplinary case management flow
charts. Additionally, residents can directly contact the warden through this application even though
they did not save the warden's phone number. The application also includes a student outing
application. In this study, 193 respondents, including wardens, parents, and residents, participated
in the efficacy of this application. The results indicated that 72.6% of respondents believed this
strategy superior to the current method. 77.7% of respondents believed that the e-warden app could
assist residential colleges in monitoring the movements of students more effectively than card
systems. 76.7% of respondent believed the e-warden app was simple to use while 82.9% of
respondents believed the e-warden app could assist residents in obtaining information about
residential colleges and contacting the warden in an emergency. By using e-warden app is also
easier for residents to request overnight leave. 79.8% of respondents concurred with this statement.
Additionally, e-warden application assists parents, guardians, and wardens in monitoring of their
children. 81.9% of respondents agreed with the statement. Overall, this application has made life
easier for the wardens and resident of residential college, Politeknik Merlimau Melaka.
Keywords: warden; smartphone app; MIT App Inventor.
1. INTRODUCTION
The duties of a warden are challenging to ensure a safe and secure resident environment and ensure the
welfare of all residential student. Wardens are responsible to perform a patrol in and around the residential
hall premises from time to time and perform inspection or spot check. Other than to write a daily report on all
occurrences in the hostel. Sometimes warden be a liaison person in between the security or authority and
residents on midnight emergency to ensure that the residents are being treated or sent to hospital on time.
Warden are expected to work as required by the circumstances at any times of the day and the night to ensure
resident well-being. Warden be part of the team who support student, parents or guardians and other
stakeholders both in and of normal working hours by providing excellent customer care advice and assistance.
In addition, warden are responsible to enforce college and residence regulation relating to pastoral care and
discipline as may be appropriate, and to ensure compliance with college policy on all matters relating to
resident behavior. Because of these responsibility, warden must ensure that physical bulletin board or notice
board at center of residence is displayed up to date information for residents, including information about the
warden team and hall senior ,schedule warden on duty and their contact number, event calendar, and others
essential information such as safety, security and emergency flowchart. However a board on a wall on which
pieces of paper containing written information is not relevant to practice. Sometime in case of emergency its
took a long time to get the information between resident and warden. Student have to get the related
information in notice board at resident center.
316
As a result, an e-warden application was created to aid hostel residents at Polytechnic Merlimau, Melaka in
locating information wardens on duty and making emergency telephone calls. This application is user-friendly
and economical, as students are not charged to install it on their Android devices. Android user applications
provide the space for users to perform activities such as dial-up calls by interacting with a window provided
for each organized activity
Residential wardens were academics with a responsibility for running hall residence. This included
supervision of student behavior and the fostering of the community life of the hall. Residential college wardens
serve as advisors to the Residential College Student Committee in the planning and organization of residential
college activities for each academic semester (Nik.M.H, 2018). The college experience can affect students'
emotions and contribute to their well-being. Narisa. M, 2010 study, identified three important aspects that
contribute to the quality of life of residential college students in terms of amenities, safety, and managerial
factors that ensure academic performance and student happiness (Narisa. M, 2010). Ahmad research
revealed that the monitoring and security features of the college accounted for 66.5% of the residents'
satisfaction poll. Despite this, security controls continue to be carried out efficiently due to the presence of a
warden conducting routine patrols (Ahmad, 2010).
As technology develops and the demand for more sustainable control grows, there is a need for student control
that does not compromise the privacy of either party. The adaptation of the ADDIE paradigm covers five
phases of mobile application development. (Zainiah. J, 2016) noted that the ADDIE teaching methodology has
a structured procedure and supports the material development (Zainiah, 2015). Using MIT App Inventor, (Fatin
& Masri 2017) created a patient tracking app for the Emergency Department. This agile process can integrate
staff and heirs with the information elements and locations of patients in a built application more effectively
(Ayob, 2017). According to (Shaileen & Jose, 2013), MIT App Inventor is a drag-and-drop visual programming
tool for designing and developing android mobile applications with full functionality. App Inventor promotes a
new era of personalized mobile computing in which users have the freedom to design, develop, and implement
mobile technology solutions that are relevant to their daily lives.
Using a block-based programming language built on Google Blockly (Fraser, 2013) and inspired by languages
such as StarLogo TNG (Begel & Klopfer, 2007) and Scratch (Resnick et al., 2009; Maloney, Resnick, Rusk,
Silverman, & Eastmond, 2010), anyone can create a mobile phone application to meet a need. App Inventor
has been used by 6.8 million people in over 190 countries to create over 24 million apps. The interface is
available in over a dozen languages. People from all over the world use App Inventor to create mobile solutions
to real problems in their families, communities, and the global community. In addition, the platform has been
modified to meet the needs of more specialized populations, such as the development of apps for
emergency/first responders (Jain et al., 2015) and robotics (Papadakis & Singh, 2016). Orfanakis, 2016).In
Malaysia, the situation is unique and never-ending. The easy programming model and enhanced development
tools of App Inventor allow developers to concentrate on the logic of application programming rather than
encoding language syntax, so promoting digital literacy for all. As a result of its move from google to MITT.
Since it was transferred from Google to MIT, a number of enhancements and research projects have been
implemented. This demonstrates that MIT offers a wide variety of applications for various purposes. Its
capabilities include the ability to be tested in real-time and to be enhanced over time. Developers can modify
the form factor of the imagined device using the design editor in Program Inventor to see how the app would
look on the device screen. Real-time reflection of changes to the visual components' attributes, such as
background colour and size. In App Inventor, there are two different kinds of blocks: built-in blocks and
component blocks. Booleans, strings, numbers, lists, mathematical operators, comparison operators, and
control flow operators are only a few of the fundamental building blocks and operations that are typically
present in various programming languages. This provides an incentive for users to test as they construct.
Users can select specific function blocks and view instantaneous operational results (Veiga, 2019). MIT App
Inventor is used by students, teachers, developers, fans, and entrepreneurs to create apps for collaboration,
productivity, personal use, recreation, learning, social good, and community activities.
3. METHODOLOGY
The e-warden application was created using MIT App Inventor software, which is online open-source software.
MIT App Inventor is a web application integrated development environment (WIDE) that was initially developed
317
by Google and is now maintained by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT). It enables beginners in
computer programming to develop application software (apps) for two operating systems (OS): Android and
iOS. It is also an excellent starting point for those who dabble in programming or wish to increase their
understanding of how smartphone applications function. The work is performed in two essential App Inventor
sections: The Designer and the Blocks Editor. In the Designer, you determine the app's functionality and
appearance. Figure 1 is a flowchart illustrating the steps required to develop an e-warden application.
Figure 1: Block diagram of the e-warden application development
The main step in designing this application is registering a Gmail address on the MIT App Inventor website. A
user can construct an application with the specified set of features after creating an account. Figure 2(a)
depicts the MIT App Inventor design interface. To begin developing an application, the designer must select
the Start New Project option and enter a file name for the new project. After the interface design phase is
complete, the designer will move on to the code blocks. Figure 2(b) represents the coding blocks used to
guide the functioning of the e-warden application. After the designer successfully arranges the encoding
blocks, the code will be generated as a QR-code or a file for installation on the user's mobile device. Figure 3
displays the layout of the home screen of the e-warden application, which has the major navigation buttons
that direct the user to the subsequent screen. On the main menu screen are buttons for the organization chart,
the warden list by block, the warden task schedule, permission for spending the night outside, and the college
staff management list screen. Based on its role, each button will send the user to a distinct screen.
(a) (b)
Figure 2: (a) MIT App Inventor Interface (b) MIT App Inventor Coding Block
318
Figure 3: Home screen of E-warden App
The e-warden application has a few interfaces. It has a main screen that shows the current session's
organizational structure for wardens. This page displays only one button functionality to access the main
menu. This screen only displays the warden's organization chart. The other page illustrates the authorization
form for residential users who intend to spend the night outside. This screen includes a few pieces of
information that must be completed and submitted by the resident. On this screen, a few hidden buttons only
become visible when the form is successfully submitted. The label text for the buttons is "HOME" and
"SUCCESSFULLY SENT."
The following interface depicts the list of wardens and session-specific information. This information
on the warden has been divided across various screens dependent on the block duties. The user has been
provided two function buttons to access this display. The first button is the "CALL" button, which is used to
contact the warden in an emergency. The second button is "HOME" and returns the user to the main menu.
The next screen depicts the interface display of the residential college staff for the current session. Again, the
user can access only two function buttons on this display. The first button is the "CALL" button, which calls
the staff if necessary. The second button is "HOME" and returns the user to the main menu. The last interface
displays the current session warden's work schedule. Again, this screen view contains only the HOME button,
which returns the user to the primary menu.

The e-warden application has been used for three semesters by Politeknik Merlimau residents. To study the
effectiveness of this application, a questionnaire was distributed to residents, wardens, and parents. The
survey was administered to 193 residents. The results of the questionnaire are detailed in Table 1.0 below.
72.6% of respondents believe this e-warden application system is superior to the inbound and outbound card
system, as shown in Table 1 item A1. Whereas item A2 indicates that 77.7% of respondents believed that e-
warden application systems could help residential colleges monitor residents' movements more effectively
than the card system, item A1 indicates that a majority of respondents (81%) believe that the card system is
the most effective method for monitoring residents' 76.7 percent of respondents found this e-warden system
to be user-friendly. This is demonstrated by exhibit A3 According to 82.9% of respondents, this e-warden
application system can assist residents in obtaining information about the residential college, contacting the
warden in an emergency, etc. This is demonstrated by exhibit A4. This e-warden application system is also
found to make it easier for inmates to request overnight leave. 79.8% of respondents concurred with this
statement. This is demonstrated by item A5. Moreover, this e-warden application system assists parents or
guardians and wardens in determining the status of their children. 81.9 percent of respondents concurred with
the statement. The evidence for this is item A6. Figure 4 is a bar chart overview of the questionnaire results.
319
Table 1: Result of the effectiveness survey for e-warden application
Strongly
ite Strongly Not Not
Question Agree not
m agree sure agree
agree
A1 The e-warden Application System is better than
98 42 35 12 6
the inbound and outgoing card system
A2 The e-warden Application System is able to help
residential colleges better monitor the movement 89 61 32 7 4
of their residents
A3 The e-warden Application System is easy for
98 50 26 11 8
residents to use
A4 The e-warden Application System can help
residents obtain information about residential
109 51 25 5 3
colleges, contact warden in the event of an
emergency and so on
A5 The e-warden Application System makes it easy
for residents to apply for permission to stay 109 45 26 8 5
overnight
A6 The e-warden Application System helps parents
or guardians and wardens to know the status of 105 53 24 7 4
their children
120
number of respondents
100 Strongly agree

80
60 Agree
40
20 Not sure
0
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 Not agree
Items
Figure 4: Bar chart of the effectiveness survey for the e-warden application
Several opinions and comments were gathered using this questionnaire. The majority of comments are
constructive and positive. However, there are a few areas for improvement to consider. There were also
respondents who had trouble using the new application. Previously, a briefing was given to explain to large
groups how to use the application. In accordance with the resident block, a briefing on usage will be conducted
to resolve this issue. With a smaller audience, it is anticipated that the residents will be able to comprehend
the briefing. Residents are also not ashamed to ask for clarification if they are confused. Some residents do
not utilize this application because the briefing may not be audible to them. This application is additionally
recommended for iOS users. This application is currently exclusive to Android users. In the future, this
proposal will be implemented.
5. Conclusion
In conclusion, this study has demonstrated that the implementation of the e-warden system was more
beneficial to wardens, parents, and students than the previous card system. The e-warden application aids
wardens and parents in monitoring the movements of occupants. It also makes it simpler for residents to
communicate with wardens in an emergency or if they wish to spend the night outside of a residential college.
However, there are some things that could be improved, and the system should be updated periodically,
particularly for iOS users.
320
6. REFERENCES
Ahmad, H. S. (2010). Kepuasan Mahasiswi Terhadap Kualiti Kehidupan di Kolej Tun Fatimah, UTM, Skudai.
Johor Bahru: UTM.
Anon. (2019, june 25). Setting up App Inventor. Retrieved from https://appinventor.mit.edu/explore/ai2/setup.
MIT App Inventor.: www.mit.com
Ayob, F. A. (2017). Aplikasi Mudah Alih Pengurusan Menjejak Pesakit Di Jabatan Kecemasan PPUKM.
PTA-FTSM, Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia, Bangi.
Fang, W. P. (2014). Web Base Android Application Development System. International Symposium on
Computer, Consumer and Control.
Jana, S. (2015). An event driven university campus navigation system on android platform .Application and
Innovations in Mobile Computing (AIMOC).
Narisa, M, Y. B. (2010). Tahap Kepuasan Pelajar Terhadap Pengurusan Asrama di Kolej 9, Universiti
Teknologi Malaysia, Skudai, Johor. Johor Bahru: UTM.
Nik.M.H. (2018). Buku Garis Panduan Pengurusan Kolej Kediaman Politeknik Malaysia. Kuala Lumpur:
Tech Printing.
Veiga, S. C. (2019, June 23). MIT App Inventor: Enabling Personal Mobile Computing. Retrieved from MIT
app inventor: MIT Media Lab. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/257592032.
Zainiah, J. &. (2015). Aplikasi Model Addie Dalam Pembangunan Modul Literasi Awal (Modul Lit-A) Untuk
Awal Kanak-Kanak. JPBU.
321
‘Wordwall’ Educational Learning Tools for Deaf Students towards
Strengthening Al-Quran Learning
Siti Suhaila binti Samian1 Rafiuddin bin Rohani2
1Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, KM10 Jalan Kong Kong, Pasir Gudang, 81700, MALAYSIA
2Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, KM10 Jalan Kong Kong, Pasir Gudang, 81700, MALAYSIA
*Corresponding Author: sitisuhaila@pis.edu.my
Abstract: Some of deaf students have no basic understanding of learning the Al-Quran, whereas
other students have very limited knowledge. Students are taught to read the Al-Quran and the
hijaiyyah letter signs thorough exposure to the fundamentals of Al-Quran learning. Online learning
activities can complement teaching and learning activities as well as provide students with a wide
range of benefits. This is because these students are incapable of comprehend learning that is
entirely theoretical. It must be torn up with exercises to increase understanding. The majority of
activities and online learning exercises, however, are not designed with students with special needs,
such as deaf students, in consideration. Failure to memorize, loosing focus, and frequently forgetting
things are all contributors to poor teaching. In a nutshell, this action research conducted and
introduces "Wordwall," one of the educational games that can be used in teaching and learning to
deaf students. This game can be utilised online or in printed version. This game is designed to
improve Qur'anic learning and strengthen the ability to correctly arrange Qur'anic verses.
Additionally, it helps students stay focused throughout learning sessions and engage in a fun
environment while enhancing the efficacy of their sentence memorization skills. 40 deaf students
participated in activities to improve their understanding of the Quran using this online platform. All
of the strengthening activities use the observation approach by instructors in a workshop conducted.
To learn how the students felt about online games that could aid in understanding the Quran, a
questionnaire was given out. Analyzing data using Weka, the students' feedback at the end of the
session showed that this game can boost one's sense of worth, is enjoyable, and can boost
motivation to learn the Quran.They can learn Al-Quran faster, within the workshop day conducted.
For deaf students, diversifying online activities can make learning more efficient and interesting.
Keywords: Online Learning Tool; Wordwall; Deaf student; Motivation.
1. INTRODUCTION
In 2020, the World Health Organization (WHO) stated that 466 million people worldwide have disabling hearing
loss, which impact most of their quality of live. Education is important in every person’s life, but it is considered
more significant for people with special needs like deaf and hearing impaired since it enables them to become
independent, participating and contributing citizens in mainstream society. However, ensuring a full and equal
access to a quality education is still a major concern for deaf communities’ members all around the world. An
interesting fact is that there are 72 million deaf people in our world today, 17% only receive education while
80% are undereducated (WFD, 2010). Indeed, many studies have reported that low educational attainment
levels and literacy among these individuals are associated basically to their inability to develop reading and
writing skills in spoken language or through the so-called oral approach which excludes the use of signed
language as their first language or mother tongue.
People with disabilities (PWD) are frequently linked to dialogues and arguments regarding their concerns in
life, such as their educational requirements, religious beliefs, and customs. The deaf and the blind are not an
exception. Teachers primarily interact with deaf students during teaching and learning sessions utilizing sign
language (Nik Hassan et al., 2015; Mustafa et al., 2015). However, due to the difficulty in pronouncing Arabic
letters, teachers struggle with how to apply the teachings of the Quran (Nik Hassan, 1997). This difficulty has
a significant impact on their ability to learn the skills that are taught in the curriculum.
322
Some deaf students do not really learn the Quran from an early age (Ab Aziz Mohd Zin, et al, 2009; Global
Deaf Muslim, 2014). Their performance on the exam was likewise quite average or unimpressive (Abdullah &
Che Rabiaah, 2004; Easterbrooks & Baker, 2002, Moores, 2001). This failure can be attributed to insufficient
of teaching materials for Islamic education as well as the teaching staff's proficiency in delivering courses in
the classroom (Efthimiou & Fotena, 2007: Siew et al., 2007). While teaching the Qur'an to deaf students, as
opposed to hearing students, there have been difficulties with short-term memory, concentration problems,
difficulty pronouncing the Qur'anic letters, and loss of concentration (Ab Aziz Mohd Zin et al, 2009; Global
Deaf Muslim, 2014).
As a nutshell, effective methods of teaching along with the use of technology in the classroom assist students
in learning better. A creative approach for students to ensure that they do not slip behind in their academic
studies at the primary, secondary, or postsecondary levels is online learning. Sign language and visual
elements are a couple of the added value components that can be supplied in an effort to fulfil the needs of
the students and encourage the best in them. Educational games boost creativity, boost self-confidence, and
improve teamwork skills with others. These also provide visual, tactile, and intellectual stimulation. It has the
power to improve a person's desire to learn and motivate them to accomplish complicated tasks.
In context of this, this research introduces “Wordwall”, a kind of educational games that can be used in
teaching and learning to deaf students. It could be utilized online or in printed version. In order to improve the
ability to effectively arrange the verses of Qur’an, this game is use to reinforce and strengthen the study of the
Qur’an precisely.
The study being done intends to accomplish a number of goals, including:
1. to explore deaf student’s basic knowledge regarding Al-Quran recitation;

2. to explore deaf student’s perception on Wordwall-online educational learning tools game's capability
to assist them learn the Quran faster;
3. to determine deaf student’s motivation level in using wordwall-online educational tools towards assist
them learn the Quran faster.
More than ten years ago, serious initiatives were taken to get the hearing impaired or deaf students to start
learning the Quran. Numerous studies about this group's Quran learning that were conducted by local
researchers provide as proof. It is challenging for this group to learn the Quran because there aren't many
deaf people who can read it aloud (Hamdi, 2011). It is undoubtedly difficult for them to speak, nor how to read
the words of the Qur'an fluently, even though some of them are literate.
In particular, teachers frequently deal with issues such students losing focus and having trouble remembering
things (Mohd Huzairi, 2012). In addition, teachers lack specific training for teaching the Quran (Nor Aziah at
al., 2012). The study also discovered that Islamic Education teachers who work in special education facilities,
lack of specific knowledge or training in Quranic instruction. The study also discovered that most teachers still
implementing chalk and conversation. (2012) Nor Aziah et al.
Even though they were aware of the importance of understanding and reading the Al-Quran, as many as 27%
of students had never learned the hijaiyah letters' signs and 35% had never studied the Al-Quran prior to the
workshop's implementation. 94% of them only learn the Quran in school, and at home, it is not reinforced. As
a result, there is little understanding presently available.
In order to clear up the misunderstanding that they are unable understand the Quran, there must be an
effective way to memorize the verses of the Quran. This can be done by making some more relevant and
current teaching techniques available, such as more engaging online teaching tools.
There are three levels of hearing impairment: mild, moderate, and severe. The ability to comprehend different
things in many aspects of life depends on different levels. In this sense, everyone has the same rights to a
good quality of life regardless of ability and disability, gender, social, economic, cultural, racial, or religious
323
background. This group has been supported with educational opportunities at both the primary and secondary
levels. 2017 (Norsaadah).
In order to improve the quality of teaching and its impacts on deaf students, a variety of teaching techniques
must be considered. The implementation of Al-Quran education, which is a body of knowledge in the lives of
deaf students, requires the use of appropriate strategies, techniques, and approaches (Norakyairee, M., Siti
Ramna, K., Siti Rahmah, A.R., 2020).
According to Wijaya (2016), using the effective learning strategies and approaches, such as the usage of
multimedia as a stimulus, allows students grasp each teacher's lessons with ease. In the twenty-first century,
it is no longer possible to separate education from technology; in reality, it has become an additional demand
that indirectly fulfills life's needs (Wayan Redhana 2019).
4.1 Online learning tools
Deaf students must have access to sign language and visual aids in order to meet their specific requirements
and realize their full potential. In fact, having a way of expressing their own language in writing can benefit
those who are hard of hearing in the same way that written systems for spoken languages benefit speakers.
Assistive technology is beneficial for deaf students. As one of the teaching materials in the classroom, assistive
technology for deaf students may include interpreters, note-takers, digital games, or video text displays (Guyer
and Uzeta, 2009). Due to specific input devices, precise interaction strategies, and an emphasis on visual
control and attention, digital games frequently require stronger cognitive and physical abilities than other
typically used interactive applications.
In recent years it's believed that playing games might help students learn in a variety of ways. In fact, the use
of educational games can keep students' interest, boost their motivation, and raise their involvement, all of
which can stimulate learning. Additionally, educational games enhance and encourage creativity, encourage
genuine teamwork among players, boost self-confidence, and facilitate the development of self-help and social
skills through cooperative working. It has been discovered that using educational versions of popular computer
games is very effective at boosting students' motivation, increasing their desire to learn, making learning more
pleasurable, and encouraging them to complete more challenging tasks. (Khenissi, Bouzid, Essalmi & Jemni,
2015).
Due to unique input devices, extensive interaction strategies, and a focus exclusively on visual control and
attention, computer games are typically far more demanding than normal interactive practices in terms of the
motor and sensory abilities needed for interaction control. This makes a massive number of persons with
disabilities unable to play computer games (Grammenos, D., Savidis, A., Stephanidis, C.: ,2009).
Deaf students must have access to sign language and visual aids in order to meet their specific requirements
and realize their full potential. In fact, having a way of expressing their own language in writing can benefit
those who are hard of hearing in the same way that written systems for spoken languages benefit speakers.
5. METHODOLOGY
This action research using descriptive study investigates deaf students' perception of the ‘Wordwall’-online
educational learning tools in strengthening Quranic learning. At Polytechnic Ibrahim Sultan, 40 Muslim
students with hearing impairments or deaf students participated in The Worship and Prayer Strengthening
Workshop, held from June 24-26, 2022.
The research explored the participants' fundamental understanding of Al-Quran reading through their
familiarity with hijaiyah letter signs in sign language before the observations and questionnaires were given
out. 73% of students are knowledgeable in hijaiyyah sign language, while the remaining students are not. It is
taught in school to 94.6% of students. However, because to the deterioration of the Al-Quran reading process,
it is still challenging for them to learn.
Hijaiyyah letters were introduced in sign language to start off the session. Before being introduced to an online
game application that can aid in improving the participants' capacity to accurately recall and arrange the verses
of surah Al-Fatihah, the participants were taught how to read surah Al-Fatihah and the consolidation of a
number of other surahs.
324
5.1 Wordwall
The interactive learning activity, ‘wordwall’ provide a stimulating learning environment. According to the
lecturer's creativity, it could use printable and interactive strategies. The activities can be played on a range
of suitable devices, including mobile phones, tablets, PCs, or interactive whiteboards, if it asks for interactive
learning activities. Individual or group activities can be accomplished under the guidance of instructors or
lecturers. The printed version can be viewed during interactive activities or utilized as a source of information
for independent tasks.
Users can access Wordwall at https://wordwall.net/ms. Creative educators can use this website to easily
develop a variety of activities. Start by selecting an existing template or signing in to access more templates.
After selecting a template, the instructional material can be added to it, and activities can then be carried either
interactively or with printed materials in the lecture hall.
There are 18 free templates readily accessible, including testing methods, matching exercises, word order,
box opening, sentence ordering, and more. Before beginning each activity, a thorough explanation is provided
for each type. The researcher selected a sentence arrangement wordwall task for the study. The seven verses
of Surah Al-Fatihah must be arranged in the proper order by the participants. Students who successfully
arranged sentences in the proper order achieved the best marks. The participant with the correct answer in
the shortest amount of time is the winner.
In this study, how to use wordwall as an exercise or activities in the workshop? These steps were used:
1. Write ‘wordwall.net’ at google search column;

2. Log in;
3. Sign in with google;
4. Log in using participant email;
5. Create activity;
6. Choose the template;
7. Upload file picture of Quran verses in ‘answers’ column;
8. Upload file;
9. Choose the verses to be fill in ‘answers’ column;
10. Upload file picture of Quran verses in ‘clue’ column;
11. Done, then you can add another question;
12. Click ‘done’.
13. Now you can click ‘START’ to start the activity.
In order to determine the efficiency of the application used, observation techniques were used throughout the
workshop. Utilizing Google Form, adapted set of questionnaire from Khenissi, Bouzid, Essalmi & Jemni (2015)
was distributed to attendees online. One day was given to the participants to complete the questionnaire that
as soon as they left the workshop.
The Weka application was used to analyze the questionnaire results in order to determine whether the findings
might fulfill the study's objectives.
Figure 1: Explanation by the Instructors Before the Game Begin
325
Figure 2: The Game
Figure 3: The Game Ended with the Time Allocation
6. FINDING
The study included 40 workshop participants, of whom 27.5% were male and 72.5% were female. 14 questions
answered using Google Form distributed a day after the workshop conducted. Among those, 42.5% are
studying certificates in fashion and clothing design, 30% are doing certificates in graphic design, 25% are
studying certificates in hotel and catering, and 2.5% are pursuing diplomas in graphic design.
Percentage (%)
Num Question
Agree Not
Agree
1 I like that lecturer only teach theory in the lecture hall. 51.3 48.7
2 I like lecturers doing more activities in the lecture hall. 97.5 2.5
3 I like to do activities online (using a phone or laptop). 90.0 10.0
4 I like competition activities in a class. 90.0 10.0
5 The game enhances my motivation in learning. 92.5 7.5
6 I like activities conducted in a group. 100.0 0.0
7 I prefer individual activities. 62.5 37.5
8 The game help me in memorizing al-Quran easily. 95.0 5.0
9 The game help me in arrange the correct Al-Quran 100.0 0.0
sentences.
10 The game motivates me to learn Al-Quran happily. 95.5 4.5
11 The game boost competition spirit in me. 87.2 12.8
12 The game help me to make decision faster. 90.0 10.0
13 I am happy learning al-Quran using the online games 100.00 0.0
14 The game could be use in other subject activities, not only 90.0 0.0
al-Quran.
Table 1: Percentage of Agreement
326
The results from each person who answered the 14 questions are displayed in the Table 1 above. Out of the
14 questions, three questions received 100% of the students' agreement, indicating that they were happy to
learn the Quran online using tools that would help them rearrange the verses of Al-Fatihah in the right order
and even preferred it if such activities were carried out in groups. However, up to 37.5% of students typically
claim that they choose to complete tasks by themselves. Observations made throughout the workshop's
execution show that the participants are eager to compete with one another to complete the activity in the
shortest amount of time.
According to the table above also, over 50% of the deaf participants said they would disagree if lecturers just
delivered theory in the classroom (48.7%). If lecturers participate in more than merely theory, 97.5% of
respondents are in agreement. In fact, 90% of them admitted that they frequently perform educational tasks
online, whether on desktops or mobile devices, because doing so fosters a spirit of competitiveness in the
classroom and enables them to take faster decisions.
Num Question Mean StdDev

1 I like that lecturer only teach theory in the lecture hall. 0.500 0.506
2 I like lecturers doing more activities in the lecture hall. 0.975 0.158
3 I like to do activities online (using a phone or laptop). 0.900 0.304
4 I like competition activities in a class. 0.900 0.304
5 The game enhances my motivation in learning. 0.925 0.267
6 I like activities conducted in a group. 1.000 0.000
7 I prefer individual activities. 0.625 0.490
8 The game help me in memorizing al-Quran easily. 0.950 0.221
9 The game help me in arrange the correct Al-Quran 1.000 0.000
sentences.
10 The game motivates me to learn Al-Quran happily. 0.950 0.221
11 The game boost competition spirit in me. 0.875 0.335
12 The game help me to make decision faster. 0.900 0.304
13 I am happy learning al-Quran using the online game. 1.000 0.000
14 The game could be use in other subject activities, not only 0.900 0.304
al-Quran.
Table 2: Mean & Std.Dev
Sources: Adapted from Khenissi, Bouzid, Essalmi & Jemni (2015)
It is clear from the Table 2 above that using games as online learning tools can help students become more
capable at structuring proper sentences or verses of Quran. A mean of more than 0.9 was present in 11 of the
14 answered items. Only the first and seventh items display a mean that is less than 0.7. These two cases
illustrate that some students are still able to accept that the lecturer would only teach theory in the classroom
and that some still prefer to participate in individual teaching and learning activities. The diversity of group-
based activities that the lecturers conducted in the classroom to motivate the students also encouraged them.
It makes it easier for the students to recall the verses of the Quran, and it is obvious that this approach can be
used in other subjects as well.
7. DISCUSSION
The lecturers are given the opportunity to consider the variety of teaching approaches for deaf students
through the observation and study that was conducted, particularly with the support of the developing
technology. The psychomotor skills of deaf students are used in their activities rather than their affective and
cognitive abilities. Due to their challenges in absorbing information quickly, deaf students often struggle to
understand content that is given in an abstract or theoretical way. These students also frequently forget what
they've learn, thus repeating techniques are essential to help them retain the information for a sufficient
amount of time.
327
Since the lecturer's concentration is centered in a small area, deaf students best learn in small groups rather
than in big ones. To assure that teaching and learning goals are accomplished, deaf students must be taught
and learned in small groups and with a precision focus.
Utilizing online teaching resources that are more engaging, interactive, and capable of encouraging active
student participation in the lecture hall, lecturers can concentrate on strategies for imparting knowledge. Again,
helping deaf students to learn concepts better, repetition is vital.
The use of interactive teaching methods is more appealing to deaf students. They become more engaged in
the educational activities organized in the lecture hall by asking questions and seeking ideas and opinions. In
order to develop students' understanding and confidence to acquire the information supplied easily and
pleasantly, there needs to be strong engagement between educators and students.
The results of this study can thus be utilized as evidence that deaf students are indeed attracted to online
game activities. It can boost understanding, lessen classroom boredom, and speed up student
comprehension.
8. CONCLUSION
This study explores the deaf student’s perception on wordwall-online educational learning tools game's
capability to assist them learn the Quran and to determine deaf student’s motivation level in using online
educational tools towards assist them learn the Quran. The result shows that this using online educational
learning tools can be actively used in the future towards enhancing student’s motivation in teaching and
learning. However, lectures must be equip with skills to produce interactive, interesting and helpful learning
aids to boost student’s spirits in class. Thus, e-learning team in polytechnic especially could play a vital role
to plan and conduct interactive learning tools workshop for lectures to foster the skills before deliver it to
students.
9. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
We are pleased to Universiti Teknologi Malaysia, which is associated of the Community and Industry
Networking Center (CCIN), for funding the Research and Development Project under the Knowledge Transfer
Program- Research Innovation Grant (UTM KTP-RIG) 2022 with the title "Development of Soft Skills of Deaf
Students at Polytechnic Ibrahim Sultan." The results of the program's implementation under the spiritual
cluster in the specified grant were presented in this research study.
10. REFERENCES
Ab Aziz Mohd Zin, Mohamad Kamil Ab Majid, Anisah Ab Ghani, Mohd Fauzi Hamat, Nor Raudah Hj Siren, &
Juwairiah Hassan. 2009. Dakwah Islam terhadap Orang Kurang Upaya. Kuala Lumpur: Universiti
Malaya Kuala Lumpur.
Alias, U. K., Ishak, H., & Mohamad, S. (2019). Kaedah-kaedah bacaan al-Quran dalam kalangan orang kurang
upaya pendengaran. AL-TURATH JOURNAL OF AL-QURAN AND AL-SUNNAH, 4(2), 59-67.
Curriculum Development Division. (2018). Kurikulum Pendidikan Khas. Retrieved March 11, 2018, from
http://bpk.moe.gov.my/index.php/terbitan-bpk/pendidikan-khas
Khamaruddin, S. R., Muhamad, N. A. F., & Raus, N. M. (2021). Online Tadarus Quran Tanpa Suara (Online
TTS): Cabaran Komuniti OKU Pekak: Online Quranic Tadarus Without Voice: The Challenges of the
Deaf Community. Journal of Quran Sunnah Education & Special Needs, 5(2), 137-154.
Khenissi, Mohamed Ali & Bouzid, Yosra & Essalmi, Fathi & Jemni, Mohamed. (2015). A Learning Game for
Deaf Learners. 10.1109/ICALT.2015.98.
Diego Roberto Antunes and Janaine Daiane Rodrigues. (2021). Endless Running Game to Support Sign
Language Learning by Deaf Children. In Universal Access in Human-Computer Interaction. Access to
Media, Learning and Assistive Environments: 15th International Conference, UAHCI 2021, Held as Part
of the 23rd HCI International Conference, HCII 2021, Virtual Event, July 24–29, 2021, Proceedings,
Part II. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, 25–40. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-78095-1_3
328
Dzulkifli, I., Suhid, A., Fakhruddin, F. M., & Ahmad, N. A. (2020). Cabaran Komunikasi dalam Pengajaran
Pendidikan Islam kepada Murid Kurang Upaya Pendengaran. International Journal of Islamic
Thought, 18, 13-26.
Grammenos, D., Savidis, A., Stephanidis, C.: (2009). Designing universally accessible games. Comput.
Entertain. 7(1), 29 (2009). Article 8.
Guyer, C., Uzeta, M., 2009. Assistive technology obligations for post secondary education institutions. J.
Access Serv. 6, 12–35.
Hamdi Ishak. 2011. Amalan Pengajaran Guru Pendidikan Islam di Sekolah Kebangsaan Pendidikan Khas
(Masalah Pendengaran): Satu Kajian Kes. Tesis Dr. Fal., Fakulti Pendidikan Universiti Kebangsaan
Malaysia.
L. Garber, "Game Accessibility: Enabling Everyone to Play," in Computer, vol. 46, no. 6, pp. 14-18, June 2013,
doi: 10.1109/MC.2013.206.
Mohd Huzairi bin Awang @ Husain. 2010. Persepsi Pelajar Bermasalah Pendengaran Terhadap
Pembelajaran Fardhu Ain: Cabaran terhadap Guru: Proceedings of the 4th International Conference on
Teacher Education; Join Conference UPI & UPSI Bandung, Indonesia.
Mohd Huzairi Awang@Husain. 2012 et.al. Jurnal Teknologi (Sosial Sciences) 58, 135-139.
Mustafa, C. O., Abdul Hakim, A., Nik Hassan, S., & Abdullah, Y. (2015). Kesukaran Mengajar dan Belajar al-
Quran dalam Kalangan Pelajar Pekak: Isu dan Cabaran Guru Pendidikan Islam.
Nor Aziah Mohd Daud, Nazean Jomhari dan Nur Izzaidah Abdull Zubi, (2012) FAKIH: A
Method to Teach Deaf People Reading Quran: http://ww1.cqr.um.edu.modul9=Event [12 ogos 2105].
Norakyairee, M., & Nurutthoilah, M. (2017). Model dan Kurikulum Pendidikan al-Quran Holistik bagi OKU.
Journal of Quran Sunnah Education & Special Needs.
Norakyairee, M., Siti Ramna, K., Siti Rahmah, A.R. (2020) Inovasi Pembelajaran Quran Dalam Kalangan OKU
Pekak Berdasarkan Hadis Keutamaan Membaca Quran. Proceedings of the 7 th International Prophetic
Conference (SWAN) 2020) Paper No. BM031. FPQS, Universiti Sains Islam Malaysia, 29-30 October
2020
Norsaadah, Hasliza, Siti Zaleha, & Aqilah. 2017. Kesedaran Sosial Terhadap Golongan Mahasiswa Kurang
Upaya di Kolej Universiti Islam Antarabangsa Selangor. Persidangan Antarabangsa Sains Sosial dan
Kemanusiaan (PASAK) .26-27 April 2017. Kolej Universiti Islam Antarabangsa Selangor.
Sabdan, M. S., Alias, N., Yakub, M., Yusof, Z. M., Jomhari, N., Daud, N. A. M., & Aslie, N. F. M. (2016).
Tinjauan Pelaksanaan Pendidikan al-Quran Bagi Golongan Pekak di Malaysia. Al-Turath Journal of Al-
Quran and Al-Sunnah, 1(2), 43-51.
Seman, N. H., Idris, M. R., Daud, M. I., Rahman, N. A. N. A., & Rahman, M. N. A. (2019). TEACHING AL-
QURAN TO DEAF STUDENTS: CHALLENGES FOR ISLAMIC EDUCATION TEACHERS. O-JIE:
Online Journal of Islamic Education, 7(1), 46-53.
Siti Ramna, K., & Nurul Asiah Fasehah, M. (2021). Keberkesanan Kaedah Tahfiz Akhyar dalam
Meningkatkan Tahap Penguasaan Hafazan Quran bagi Remaja Pekak. Journal of Quran Sunnah
Education & Special Needs.
Syar Meeze, M., Mohd Hanafi, M., & Noraidah, S. (2017, November). Penggunaan Bahasa Isyarat Malaysia
di dalam Terjemahaman Maksud Surah al-Fatihah. Gema Online: Journal of Language Studies, 17(4),
209-224.
Wijaya. 2016. Transformasi Pendidikan Abad 21 Sebagai Tuntutan Pengembangan Sumber Daya Manusia
di Era Gobal. Prosiding Seminar Nasional Pendidikan Matematika: 263-278. Malang: Universitas
Kanjuruhan Malang.
World Federation of the Deaf (WFD), http://www.wfdeaf.org/, 2010. https://wordwall.net/ms.
329
Stakeholders’ Perceptions of Benchmarking Programme in
Supporting Village Enhancement and Empowerment Program in
Iskandar Malaysia
Nor Hidayu Shahadan1, Mazlisa Mohd Isa2, and Siti Adila Mohamad Yazi3
1,2,3CreativeDesign Center (CDeC),

Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan, 81700, Johor, MALAYSIA
*Corresponding Author: norhidayu@pis.edu.my
Abstract: Local tourism in selected villages within Iskandar Malaysia region in Johor received
significant adverse impact due to the Movement Control Order regulation announced by the
Malaysia government as a countermeasure strategy against COVID-19 pandemic in 2020 and 2021.
Due to this, the Johor state government, through Iskandar Regional Development Authority (IRDA)
has initiated Village Enhancement and Empowering Project (VEEP) as a measure to revive the local
tourism within the Iskandar Malaysia region. Appointed by IRDA, Creative Design Center (CDeC) of
Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan (PIS), as a collaborative partner took initiative to carry out a benchmarking
programme as a part of VEEP planning to reclaim local tourism through capacity building projects.
Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve, Control (DMAIC) model was used to guide the implementation
of the whole VEEP program which this study however, focused on only the MEASURE stage which
benchmarking was used as a tool of measurement. This study sought to determine the stakeholder's
perception of the programme management and programme aims also to identify the stakeholders'
feedback on the benchmarking process. A questionnaire as a quantitative study was used to gain
data that measured perceptions on programme management and program aims. The results
showed a high score of perceptions towards programme management (M=4.9, SD=1.414) and
programme aims which segmented into programme objective and programme fulfillment which
scored the same results respectively (M=4.9, SD=0.316). Qualitative study was used to gain data
on stakeholders’ feedback where Plan–Do–Check–Act (PDCA) cycle was used to guide the
benchmarking processes by stakeholders and resulted in themes to improve that encompassed
enhancing services, products, promotions, marketing, collaboration, and management. In
conclusion, this study has provided significant findings of this benchmarking programme hence
would guide implementation of future programmes based on the next stages of DMAIC to aid ideas
development for VEEP in Iskandar Malaysia among the stakeholders.
Keywords: IRDA, VEEP, capacity building, benchmarking, DMAIC.
1. INTRODUCTION
Iskandar Regional Development Authority (IRDA) is a Malaysian Federal Government Statutory body that was
founded under Act 664 (cited as Iskandar Regional Development Authority Act 2007) which objectives are to
regulate and guide stakeholders within public and private sectors in realizing the vision of developing Iskandar
Malaysia as a robust and sustainable metropolis. As the main southern development corridor in Johor state,
Iskandar Malaysia comprises the region of Johor Bahru district, Kulai district, Pontian district and Kota Tinggi
district. IRDA plays an eminent role in developing key economic activities that includes the tourism sector.
However, due to the Covid-19 pandemic that hit the nation in 2020 and 2021 and regulation of Movement
Control Order, the tourism sector in this area had received adverse effects which then resulted in an initiative
by IRDA introducing the Village Enhancement and Empowerment Program (VEEP). Announced by the Menteri
Besar of Johor (Chief Minister of Johor), Datuk Hasni Muhammad, the social development program for
Iskandar Malaysia received partial funding largely from the Federal Government allocation of Kumpulan Wang
330
Covid-19 (KWC) (Zazali, 2021). This allocation aimed for the existing tourism activities in this region to be
restored and enhanced through capacity building projects.
In executing the capacity building projects, IRDA appointed several other institutions as collaborative partners
to collaborate hence furthering to gain insights from various experts. Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan through the
Creative Design Centre (CDeC) unit, is among the chosen institutions alongside Universiti Teknologi Malaysia
(UTM) and Universiti Kuala Lumpur (UniKL). These institutions have been directly involved in the
implementation of the VEEP planning. As a whole, VEEP planning consists of working with 23 selected
villages, however, for the means of this pioneer project by CDeC as collaborative partner, only eight villages
with existing tourism products administered by their cooperatives association, registered by the name
‘Koperasi’ (which hereinafter be referred to as ‘co-op’) were chosen. CDeC has generally been involved in the
development of tourism activities through several items of understanding negotiated and mutually agreed with
IRDA. Among the things that CDeC needs to fulfill for this collaboration project are providing related training
programmes, community guidance programmes and the development of tourism products for the eight co-ops
involved. CDeC is responsible for ensuring that everything that is planned and agreed, be implemented
successfully to ensure that it really benefits and helps the co-ops to develop.
For this pioneer collaboration project, CDeC took the initiative to make the capacity building programme a
success based on the DMAIC (Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve, Control) model. The DMAIC stage in Fig.
1 is a workflow for problem solving and product or service improvement (Saxena & Srinivas Rao, 2019). For
the first stage which is Define, it had been addressed through a workshop that was delivered by Prof. Madya
Ts. Dr. Abdul Rasid Bin Abdul Razzaq in a program “Minda Kreatif Pelancongan” that was also conducted by
CDeC. Through the workshop, the participants from the related co-op had to identify existing weaknesses that
affected the customers or the company processes. Next, they had to identify elements to be solved and to be
improved.
The second stage of DMAIC is Measure which focused on gathering data and information to improve their
knowledge of the current state of the problem. In this light, benchmarking was used as a tool for measurement
in the DMAIC process for comparing performance and for the learning and implementation of best practices
(Mella, 2019).
Figure 1: The DMAIC Model (Define-Measure-Analyze-Improve-Control) (Kurnia, 2022)
“Benchmarking is simply the process of measuring the performance of one's company against the best in the
same or another industry”(Stevenson, 1996). According to Lankford (2002), benchmarking is essentially
learning from others. It is utilising other people's expertise and knowledge to advance the company. It also
involves examining the organization's performance, identifying its advantages and disadvantages, and
determining what has to be done to make improvements.
Therefore, this study mainly focused on the Measure stage, where the results were drawn from the
implemented benchmarking programme. In accordance with it, a benchmarking programme which included
participants from five out of eight chosen co-ops in the Iskandar region was held in Lenggong, Perak. It should
be noted that the reason for this was due to representatives from another three co-ops failed to participate in
this benchmarking programme as they were down with Covid-19. This program aimed to open minds and
share the experiences of successful tourism product entrepreneurs in Lenggong. Lenggong was chosen due
331
to its great tourist and service performance (Jaafar et al., 2020). The objectives and research questions of this
study are stated as follows:
1.1 Objectives
This study was carried out to
i. determine the stakeholder's perception of the programme management.
ii. determine the stakeholder's perception of the programme aims.
iii. identify the stakeholders' feedback on the benchmarking process.

i. What is/are the stakeholder's perception of the programme management?
ii. What is/are the stakeholder's perception of the programme aims?
iii. What is/are the stakeholders' feedback on the benchmarking process?
This research is important to assist CDeC in planning and improving programs that will be implemented in the
future. The Analyze stage in DMAIC approach will be applied in the next stage in accordance with the findings
from the stakeholders' feedback on the benchmarking process. The gap between current and required
performance will be identified and subsequently listed and prioritize opportunities for advanced betterment
(Rehmat et al., 2018). It is highly hoped that the D,M and A stages in the DMAIC process will succeed in
assisting the listed co-ops to Improve the target process and Control to sustain improvements towards Village
Enhancement and Empowerment.
2. METHODOLOGY
2.1 Data Collection & Sampling
The five days and four nights program was executed with activities like excursions to intriguing locations in
Lenggong, Perak and knowledge-sharing sessions with local tourism companies, and most importantly, the
local councilor office. All participants were informed about the programme objectives and programme
fulfillment through a briefing and handbook given. The handbook with the title “Minda Kreatif Pelancongan”
was used as a guideline for participants throughout the programme.
In this regard, the benchmarking programme implemented involved 10 participants who represented five co-
ops selected by IRDA for this program. As a stakeholder in the VEEP planning, these co-ops are responsible
for executing their unique capacity building programme. Therefore, the respondents of this study were all of
the participants who went through the programme, who were also considered as stakeholders. After the
program was completed, a google form as an online questionnaire was sent to every participant to collect
research data.
2.2 Research Design

In answering the research questions, a study that involved quantitative and qualitative approach was carried
out using a questionnaire that was divided into three parts. A quantitative method was used in the first and
second parts which was analyzing numerical data (Atmowardoyo, 2018). Meanwhile, a qualitative method was
used in the third part which was open-ended questions. In survey research, open-ended questions were a
useful methodological technique since they provide respondents with the chance to explain their responses
and share their own opinions on a subject that interests them (Elliott, 2022).
2.2.1 Quantitative methods

This method is used to answer the first and second research question in this study. Seven items in the
questionnaires were developed using a 5-point Likert scale, with 1 indicating strongly disagree and 5 strongly
agree. The point was classified as 3 points as shown in Table 1.
332
Table 1: Likert Scale Divisions into 3 points
Description Scale Mean score (Range)
Strongly Agree 5
High
Agree 4
Not Sure 3 Medium
Disagree 2
Low
Strongly Disagree 1
Source: Adapted from Mohd Majid (2009)
According to Drost (2011), content validity could be assessed by getting opinions from the field experts.
Therefore, to check for validity, this study employed three academicians who were content experts in this field
to examine the items developed. After revision by the content-experts, the researcher took the responsibility
to modify and edit the items. The final version of the questionnaire then again being reviewed by the content-
experts. Sekaran and Bougie (2013) reported that the content validity is to ensure that the measurement
includes an adequate and representative set of items that meets the concept.
The level of reliability of the research questionnaire has been determined by using the interpretation of
Cronbach's Alpha value which has a range between 0.00 to 1.00. A pilot study was conducted on the
constructed questionnaire instrument. By using the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS)
software version 27, this questionnaire has a Cronbach's Alpha value of 0.745. According to Bond & Fox
(2015), the value shows that the instrument is in good condition and can be accepted to be used in real
research.
2.2.2 Qualitative methods

The open-ended questions in this section were developed by referring to the standard benchmarking model
which is the plan–do–check–act (PDCA) cycle (Kulikowski, 2020) as shown in Fig. 2. Benchmarking is the
process of identifying, learning and adapting best practices and processes from any organization to improve
the organization. Thus, the PDCA cycle was adopted in this study since it is a general strategy for business
continuous improvement (Pham Evans et al., 2012) and is a part of the continuous improvement aspect of
quality management (Hervani et al., 2005).
Figure 2: The standard benchmarking model: Plan–Do–Check–Act (PDCA) cycle
3. RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS

The benchmarking programme was successfully implemented for five days and four nights in Lenggong Perak.
As stated in Table 2, a total of 10 participants from the relevant stakeholders participated in this programme.
Post programme, participants were required to respond to the survey that contained three parts. The first part
was about the perception of the programme management while the second part was about the perception of
333
the programme aims. Both parts were answered based a 1 to 5 Likert Scale. The final section was an open-
ended question where the participants responded to the feedback based on the five questions provided.
Table 2: Number of Participated Stakeholders

No Stakeholders Number of participants
1 Koperasi Penduduk Kampung Sg Melayu Johor Berhad 3
2 Koperasi Kg Sg. Latoh 1
3 Koperasi Usahawan Dinamik Johor Bahru Berhad 1
4 Koperasi Ulu Pulai Lestari Pontian Berhad 2
5 Koperasi Alami Johor Berhad (Mukim Tanjung Kupang) 3
Total 10
3.1 Perception of the Programme Management

The programme management was evaluated in terms of the registration process, competency, program kit,
program venue and accommodation. Table 3 shows the mean score and standard deviation obtained for the
five criteria listed. Overall, the mean score and standard deviation for the program management were at a
high level (M= 4.90, SD=1.41).
Table 3: Descriptive Statistics on Perception of the Organizer’s Management

N Mean Std. Deviation
Registration Process (Easy and Organize) 10 5.0 0.000
Competent Organizer 10 5.0 0.000
Programme Kit (Suitable and Sufficient) 10 5.0 0.000
Programme Venue (Conducive) 10 4.9 0.316
Comfortable accommodation 10 4.6 0.516
Programme Management 10 4.9 1.4142
This showed that the organizers had done a good planning process towards making the village enhancement
and empowerment programme a success. This is illustrated in Fig. 3 where 100% of the stakeholders involved
strongly agreed to state that the registration process was easy and organized, the competent organizer and
the program kit provided were suitable and sufficient. 90% of stakeholders strongly agreed that the program
location was conducive, and 60% of stakeholders strongly agreed that the accommodations were comfortable.
Figure 3: Percentage of the Programme Management
3.2 Perception of the Programme Aims

Next, stakeholders expressed their perception of the programme aims as stated in the handbook given. The
programme aims consists of programme objectives and programme fulfillment segments. According to Table
4, the mean score and standard deviation for programme objective and programme fulfillment were at high
334
level and were the same for both segments (M=4.9, SD= 0.316) respectively. This demonstrates explicitly that
the programme aims were achieved.
Table 4: Descriptive Statistics on Perception of the Programme Aim
N Minimum Maximum Mean Std. Deviation

Programme Objective 10 4 5 4.9 0.316
Programme Fulfillment 10 4 5 4.9 0.316
Referring to the pie chart in Fig. 4, 90% of the stakeholders involved strongly agreed that the objectives of the
programme were achieved and the fulfillment of the programme was also sufficient. This might benefit them
in identifying existing issues in their organization and developing improvement strategies.
Figure 4: Percentage of the Programme Aims
3.3 Stakeholders' Feedback on the Benchmarking Process

Next, the stakeholders involved answered the open-ended questions as indicated in Table 5. It is clear from
the results that the PDCA process was used in the benchmarking process. All relevant stakeholders intended
to gain new experience and knowledge to improve existing management.
Subsequently, the stakeholders involved successfully determined and identified areas which needed
improvements to be done. Among them were products, packages, cooperation, teamwork and management.
For the CHECK process, the success achieved by the tourism company was shown in the friendly attitude
shown, their level of knowledge of local history, the efforts shown by carrying out various activities to attract
tourists and also cooperation between the tourism service providers.
Lastly is the ACT process, where stakeholders used the information obtained to improve their company
performance. According to the feedback, participants were effective in coming up with fresh ideas that
encompassed themes such as enhancing services, products, promotions, marketing, collaboration, and
management.
Table 5: Stakeholder’s Responses to the Benchmarking Process

PDCA Process No Question Stakeholder’s responses
PLAN (P) 1 What am I aiming to gain from ● Experience and learn
Develop a plan for this benchmarking visit? ● Can find a new identity to promote
improvement cooperative tourism
● Ideas to raise & improve tourism at home.
335
● The business chain between the
cooperatives involved
● Additional if appropriate
● Knowledge and experience
● Study tourism
● Learning the knowledge of management
● Looking for new ideas that I can use in my
area
DO (D) 2 What is the thing that caught ● Something ordinary becomes extraordinary
to determine what and my attention during this visit? ● Without products can still generate income
where from tourism activities
improvements are ● The packages offered & the seriousness of
called for the tour operators to serve and receive the
tourists who come.
● The enthusiasm that every entrepreneur has
to attract tourists
● Cooperation between the Council and the
same District page to develop their area
● Teamwork and response from people from
the places we visit ourselves.
● Cooperation between members and
interesting places
● Learn how to manage guests
● Attitudes between local communities
● The history of Lenggong is very interesting
CHECK (C) 3 What can I learn from the tour ● Good cooperation and benefit from the
understand how other companies I visited on this advantages of the environment as eco-
companies achieve benchmarking program? tourism
their high ● Do something you think is good for the
performance levels community even if you don't get the
cooperation of the community you lead
● Friendly attitude & historical knowledge
about their place.
● An effort that never gets tired.
● Steady and consistent in carrying out and
continuing activities
● How they attract tourists
● How they manage co-op and commitments
● Work together to run a program
● The spirit of receiving tourists
● How to introduce local traditions to tourists
ACT (A) 4 What new ideas did I get from ● Look for the advantages of products around
use this information to this benchmark? own place and start something new as an
improve attraction
the company’s ● Because the operating location is located on
performance. the outskirts of the city where there is no
challenging sea/river/waterfall, the coop will
work on a nursery that includes herbs, black
pepper etc. to be developed as a local
learning place among tourists
● Creating attractive travel packages.
● Make promotions to attract tourists.
● Can create a tourism chain
● Highlighting abandoned areas with high
potential to participate in this CBT program
● Ideas to further improve the existing system
in our cooperative and expand the existing
promotion package
336
● Can develop IKS (small-average industry)
products
● Collaborate in running programs to generate
equal income
● Running programs for the community
● How to improve the tourism area in
Lenggong together with the local community
5 What can I improve in my ● Cooperation with the local residents and the
community tourism place? benefits, as well as finding advantages in the
village itself.
● Updating and encouraging the youth
community to be involved in planned
activities
● Marketing management package
● Involve more communities so that they can
generate their respective economies
● Added more CBT programs
● Will try to increase the existing packages
and cooperation from the community
● Improve existing products
● Mobilizing the community together
● Collaborate with the tourism community in
my area to increase tourism in the local area
4. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

This study could conclude that the benchmarking programme implemented had successfully given a positive
perception to the stakeholders involved. This demonstrated that the benchmarking programme was evident
as an effective measurement tool for comparing work processes among companies that operate in the same
industry. In addition, these findings would provide significant insights in order to proceed with the next DMAIC
model, which is A (Analysis), I (Improve), and C (Control), thus assisting the stakeholders in developing new
ideas for Village Enhancement and Empowerment Programme in Iskandar Malaysia.
5. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The authors would like to express our gratitude to the Iskandar Regional Development Authority (IRDA) for
sponsoring this program for Capacity Building under Village Enhancement and Empowering Program (VEEP).
Also to Mr. Abd. Razak Salim, Manager of Creative Design Centre (CDeC) for his continuous support, Mr.
Abdul Kharim Abdul Hamid as project manager who initiated and led this project, and all team members for
all the attention and cooperation given to make this IRDA VEEP Capacity Building Project 2021-2023 a
success.
6. REFERENCES
Apuke, Oberiri. (2017). Quantitative Research Methods : A Synopsis Approach. Arabian Journal of Business
and Management Review (Kuwait Chapter), 6, 40-47. 10.12816/0040336.
Atmowardoyo, H. (2018). Research methods in TEFL studies: Descriptive research, case study, error analysis,
and R & D. Journal of Language Teaching and Research, 9(1), 197-204.
Bond, T. G., & Fox, C. M. (2015). Applying the Rasch Model: Fundamental Measurement in the Human
Sciences (3rd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: L. Erlbaum.
Drost, E. A. (2011). Validity and reliability in social science research. Education Research and perspectives,
38(1), 105-123.
Elliott, J. (2022). The Craft of Using NVivo12 to Analyze Open-Ended Questions: An Approach to Mixed-
Methods Analysis. The Qualitative Report, 27(6), 1673-1687.
Hervani, A.A., Helms, M.M. & Sarkis, J. (2005). Performance measurement for green supply chain
management. Benchmarking: An International Journal, 12(4), 330-353.
337
Jaafar, M., Md Noor, S., Mohamad, D., Jalali, A., & Hashim, J. B. (2020). Motivational factors impacting rural
community participation in community-based tourism enterprise in Lenggong Valley, Malaysia. Asia
Pacific Journal of Tourism Research, 25(7), 697–710.
Kulikowski, K. (2020). The model of evidence-based benchmarking: a more robust approach to benchmarking.
Benchmarking: An International Journal.
Kurgun, H., Kurgun, O. A., & Aktaş, E. (2018). What does web 4.0 promise for tourism ecosystem? A
qualitative research on tourism ecosystem stakeholders’ awareness. Journal of Tourism and Hospitality
Management, 6(1), 55-65.
Kurnia, H., Jaqin, C., & Purba, H. H. (2022). Quality Improvement with the DMAIC Approach Using the
Implementation of Benchmarking and KPI Methods. Industrial Engineering and Operations
Management (IEOM), 2(9), 2122-2133.
Lankford, William M. (2002). Benchmarking: Understanding the Basics. The Coastal Business Journal. 1(1),
8.
Mella, P. (2019). Quality, a Key Value Driver in Value Based Management. 9, 439-462. 10.13132/2038-
5498/9.4.1970.
Mohd Majid Konting (2009). Kaedah Penyelidikan Pendidikan. Kuala Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka.
Nurul Amanina Suhaini (2021, October 23) Program Pembangunan Sosial Iskandar Malaysia Beri Manfaat
Besar. Berita Harian. https://www.bharian.com.my/berita/wilayah/2021/10/879113/program-
pembangunan-sosial-iskandar-malaysia-beri-manfaat
besar?fbclid=IwAR2cvkD7ncUu8yrct4jXvN4HnqRACXxKWV7x-HkOymnAnhf_nx9iLuocn88
Pham Evans, M.T., Tisak, D.J. & Williamson, D.F. (2012). Twenty-first century benchmarking: searching for
the next generation. Benchmarking: An International Journal, 19(6), 760-780.
Rehman, S.T., Khan, S.A., Kusi-Sarpong, S. and Hassan, S.M. (2018). Supply chain performance
measurement and improvement system: A MCDA-DMAIC methodology. Journal of Modelling in
Management, 13(3), 522-549. https://doi.org/10.1108/JM2-02-2018-0012
Saxena, M. M., & Srinivas Rao, K. V. N. (2019), Quality management, total quality management, and six
sigma. International Journal of Scientific and Technology Research, 8(12).
Stevenson, William (1996), Productions/Operations Management (5th ed.). Irwin Publishing Company.
Zazali Musa (2021, November 2021) Irda Allocates RM25mil for Social Development Programmes, says
Johor MB. The Star. https://www.thestar.com.my/news/nation/2021/11/13/irda-allocates-rm25mil-for-
social-development-programmes-says-johor-
mb?fbclid=IwAR1NBG65z97_f2zFMvouzWILoHce4Du0G9WitMxwwyF4cEqlWedOV6YGSeM
338
Conference Publication Board
Patron Dr. Surfa Yondri, ST., SST., M.Kom

Director of Politeknik Negeri Padang, Indonesia
Ts. Zainab binti Ahmad

Director-General of Polytechnic and
Community College Education Department (DPCCE)
Advisor Dr. Revalin Herdianto

Vice Director, Politeknik Negeri Padang, Indonesia
Ts. Noor Aidi binti Nadzri

Director, Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan
Pn. Norhayati binti Daud

Managing Director 2, Sinaran Ilmu Learning & Consultancy
Dr. Riam a/p Chau Mai

Director of Research & Innovation Centre (DPCCE)
Prof. Dr. G.L.D. Wickramasinghe

Director General, Colombo Plan Staff College
Prof. Dr. Yusri bin Yusof

Board of Director, Universiti Tun Hussein Onn Malaysia.
Dr. Ir. Badrul Mustafa Kemal

Lecturer, University Andalas Indonesia
Dr. Hendrick
Lecturer, Politeknik Negeri Padang, Indonesia
Dr. Alias bin Mat Saad

Lecturer, Politeknik Port Dickson
Prof. Dr. Nazri bin Mohd Nawi

Lecturer, Universiti Tun Hussein Onn Malaysia.
Dr. Abdul Rahman Fadil

Lecturer, Bright Star University Libya.
En. Saifuddin bin Semail

Vice Director, Politeknik Kota Bahru.
Dr. Nurul Aini binti Mohd Ahyan

Lecturer, Universiti Teknologi Malaysia.
Chairmain Ts. Hj Hamdan bin Samdin (PIS)

Joint Chairman Dr. Yuhefizar, S.Kom., M.Kom (PNP)
Pn. Hilmun binti Mohamed (PMJ)
Tn. Hj Azirin bin Abdul Aziz (PMJB)
Tn. Hj Abd Razak bin Senan (PTSN)
E. Tahir bin Leemat (KKPG)
Chief Editor Ts. Dr. Saipol Hadi bin Hasim
Managing Editor Ts. Dr. Nor Hidayu binti Shahadan
Editor En. Muhammad bin Mustapha (K)

Pn. Raja Sharidatul Liza binti Raja Shardin
Pn. Nazahiah binti Salleh
Pn. Zuhaila binti Mohammad
Pn. Nurhanum binti Omar
Pn. Siti Tukini binti Sukarno
Pn. Nurul Maizaitul Akmal binti Ab Razak
Pn. Noorilyana binti Abu Bakar
Proofreader Pn. Siti Noraini binti Hamzah (K)

En. Yeow Chee Kheong
Pn. Ainun Juhariah binti Hussin
Pn. Tarishini a/p Visvalingam
Pn. Noor Azeelia binti Abdul Manan
Pn. Rohamiah binti Muda
Pn. Siti Adila binti Mohamad Yazi
Graphic Designer Pn. Mazlisa binti Mohd Isa

Pn. Rohaida binti Razi
Pn. Farhana Binti Safar
Pn. Nadira binti Abdul Aziz
REVIEWER
Associate Professor. Ts. Dr. Jeefferie bin Abd Razak Universiti Teknikal Malaysia Melaka
Cr. Dr. Ling Ying Leh Politeknik Kuching Sarawak
Ts. Dr. Kannan Rassiah Politeknik Melaka
Ts. Dr. Khairul Huda binti Yusof Management And Science University
Ts. Dr. Kohilah Miundy Politeknik METrO Kuala Lumpur
Ts. Dr. Nor Hidayu binti Shahadan Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan
Ts. Dr. Segar Raja Manickam Politeknik Seberang Perai
Ts. Dr. Sylvia Ong Ai Ling Politeknik Kuching Sarawak
Ts. Bakhtiar Affandy bin Othman Jabatan Kerja Raya, Malaysia
Dr. Aishah binti Mohd Marsin Kolej Komuniti Pasir Salak
Dr. Alias bin Md Saad Politeknik Port Dickson
Dr. Arfah binti Ahmad Hasbollah Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan
Dr. Azman bin Talib Politeknik Mersing
Dr. Azrul bin Mahfurdz Politeknik Sultan Idris Shah
Dr. Hanida binti Abdullah Politeknik Nilai
Dr. Khairul Nizam bin Mohd Khalid Politeknik METrO Johor Bahru
Dr. Lewis Liew Teo Piaw Politeknik Kuching Sarawak
Dr. Maria binti Mohammad Politeknik Merlimau
Dr. Marriatyi binti Morsin Politeknik Mersing
Dr. Mazlina binti Jamaludin Politeknik Sultan Idris Shah
Dr. Mohd Hafizil bin Mat Yasin Politeknik Sultan Mizan Zainal Abidin
Dr. Mohd Jamil bin Muhamad Amin Universiti Teknologi Mara
Dr. Muhamad Saufiyudin bin Hj. Omar Politeknik Tuanku Syed Sirajuddin
Dr. Muhammad Nazri bin Abdul Halim Politeknik METrO Johor Bahru
Dr. Noor Ainniesafina binti Zainal Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan
Dr. Nor Haniza binti Mohamad Politeknik Tawau Sabah
Dr. Noraindah binti Abdullah Fahim Politeknik METrO Johor Bahru
Dr. Norazlina binti Ahmad Politeknik Mersing
Dr. Norhafizah binti Ismail Politeknik Mersing
Dr. Normala binti Rahmat Politeknik Sultan Azlan Shah
Dr. Nui Din Keraf Politeknik Sultan Abdul Halim
Mu'adzam Shah
Dr. Nurhuda binti Nizar Universiti Teknologi Mara
Dr. Ong Tze Ching Politeknik Kuching Sarawak
Dr. Rasmuna binti Hussain Politeknik Sultan Azlan Shah
Dr. Rosnani binti Hj. Affandi Politeknik Melaka
Dr. Sharifah Nadiyah binti Razali Kolej Komuniti Selandar
Dr. Siti Anizah binti Muhamed Politeknik Sultan Salahuddin Abdul
Aziz Shah
Dr. Syaripah Za'imah binti Haji Syed Jaapar Politeknik Tun Syed Nasir Syed Ismail
Dr. Zamsalwani binti Zamri Politeknik Sultan Idris Shah
Mr. Dedi Kurniadi Politeknik Negeri Padang
Mrs. Khatijah binti Md Saad Politeknik Ibrahim Sultan

E Proceeding Ico Ascnitech2022 - Low Resolution

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

E Proceeding Ico Ascnitech2022 - Low Resolution

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FOREWORD BY

Ts. Zainab binti Ahmad

The conference theme, “Sustainability IR 4.0 Driven by Research of Applied Science,

Dr Riam A/P Chau Mai

Assalamualaikum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh and greetings to all.

The fourth International Conference (ICo-Asnitech 2022) particularly provides a

Dr. Surfa Yondri

Assalamualaikum Warahmatullahi Warabakatuh & Salam Sejahtera.

Sinaran Ilmu is a Human Resource Development service institution founded by young

This year’s conference emphasises on the theme: “Sustainability IR 4.0 Driven by

Pn Norhayati binti Daud

Assalamualaikum Warahmatullahi Wabaratuh and Salam Sejahtera,

Ts. Noor Aidi binti Nadzri

DIRECTOR-GENERAL OF DEPARTMENT OF POLYTECHNIC & COMMUNITY i

MANAGING DIRECTOR OF SINARAN ILMU LEARNING & CONSULTANCY iv

DIRECTOR OF POLITEKNIK IBRAHIM SULTAN, MALAYSIA v

TECHNOLOGY & ENGINEERING

2 DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF SEMI AUTOMATED CORN SHELLER 9 - 14

3 A DEVELOPMENT OF AUTOMATIC DISINFECTANT HANDWAVE SANITIZER 15 - 21

4 LOW COST REMOTE OPERATED VEHICLE (ROV) FOR UNDERWATER 22 - 27

5 SOCIAL DISTANCING REMINDER SMARTWATCH FOR PREVENTING COVID- 28 - 33

6 ORGANIC COMPOST FERTILIZER PROCESSING MACHINE FOR SMALL AND 34 - 41

8 OPTIMIZING THE NABEEZ FORMULATION IN TERM OF TPC, DPPH AND 50 - 57

9 WATER HEAD INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION TECHNIQUE USING YFS201 IN 58 - 62

10 FABRICATION OF 3-IN-1 ONION FRIED MACHINE (OFM) FOR SMALL AND 63 - 70

12 IOT SMART AVAILABILITY OF THE POLYTECHNIC IBRAHIM SULTAN (PIS) 78 - 86

14 THE DEVELOPMENT OF AN INNOVATIVE HELMET DRYER MACHINE 93 - 100

16 MIXED DURABILITY PERFORMANCE ASPHALT CONCRETE WEARING 112 - 118

17 THE EFFECTS OF PALM FIBERS ON FLEXURAL STRENGTH OF CONCRETE 119 - 125

18 GAMIFICATION IN TEACHING MATERIAL SCIENCE & ENGINEERING AT 126 - 132

19 OCCUPATIONAL STRESS: ANALYSIS OF POLYTECHNIC ACADEMICIANS 133 - 141

22 THE IMPLEMENTATION OF 3R (REUSE, RECYCLE, REDUCE) CONCEPT IN 160 - 168

23 ANALYSIS OF INDUSTRY AND INSTITUTIONAL FEEDBACK FOR STUDENTS 169 - 175

27 DEVELOPING A SMART MULTIFUNCTIONAL ACTIVEWEAR JACKET 201 - 207

28 COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE BEFORE AND 208 - 214

29 THE EFFECT OF CULTURE AND LOCUS OF CONTROL ON MANAGEMENT OF 215 - 222

30 REDEFINING DIGITAL BANKING 223 - 229

32 TTHE EFFECTIVENESS OF SEWING TECHNIQUE TUTORIAL APPLICATION 241 - 247

33 MANAGEMENT CASH WAQF IN WEST SUMATERA: CASE STUDIES ON 248 - 257

36 AN EXPERIMENTAL STUDY ON TEACHING AND LEARNING UNIVERSAL 275 - 282

37 AN E-GOVQUAL MODEL TO ANALYZE THE E-GOVERNMENT WEB PORTAL 283 - 290

38 SOYBEAN RESIDUE-MODIFIED FORMULATION SUSTAINABLE AND HEALTHIER 291 - 296

39 IMPLEMENTATION OF A HYBRID TEACHING AND LEARNING STRATEGY FOR 297 - 306

41 A STUDY OF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE E-WARDEN SMARTPHONE 316 - 321

43 STAKEHOLDERS’ PERCEPTIONS OF BENCHMARKING PROGRAMME IN 330 - 338

Sofian Abd Samad1, Nazahiah Salleh2 And Khairul Nazry Talib3

1,2,3 Department of Mechanical,

*Corresponding Author: sofiansamad@pis.edu.my

Abstract : An experimental examination was completed to investigate the effect of surface

1.1 Colour Sensor

1.2 Surface Roughness

1.3 Roughness Value

2.1 Colour Sensor Detector

Figure 1: Assembly of Colour Sensor Detector. Figure 2: Sensor Pinout.

Table 1: Arrangement Setting of Output S2 and S3.

Table 2: Arrangement Setting of Output S0 and S1.

2.2 Twin Variable Speed Grinder-Polisher

Figure 7(a): 0.2 µm Figure 7(b): 0.4 µm

Figure 7(b): 0.6 µm

Table 3: Surface Roughness Reading For Entire Sample.

2.4 Surface Topography and Composition

Table 3.5: Surface Topography and Composition

3.1 Red Sample